Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/gear/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Tue, 07 May 2024 21:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/gear/ 32 32 7 things you should know about the new M4 iPad Pro and M2 iPad Air https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-ipad-pro-air-m4-let-loose-event-may-2024/ Tue, 07 May 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613867
A person writing on a new M2 iPad Air with an Apple Pencil.
The new iPad Air comes in two sizes and features enhanced AI capabilities. Apple

New chips, better screens, and expanded sizes are just a few pieces of big news Apple announced today at its "Let Loose" event.

The post 7 things you should know about the new M4 iPad Pro and M2 iPad Air appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person writing on a new M2 iPad Air with an Apple Pencil.
The new iPad Air comes in two sizes and features enhanced AI capabilities. Apple

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The iPad Pro has historically been a playground for Apple to try out some of its newest and most interesting tech and features. Today, the company revealed the iPad Pro’s latest generation with a totally new M4 chip inside and an OLED display on the front. The step-down iPad Air also got a refresh, which includes a new size option, improved Apple Pencil compatibility, and more. You can dig into the specs on Apple’s site, but here are some key takeaways from the new product announcements:

The new 11- and 13-inch iPad Pro with M4 chip on pedestals in a brick room.
Stan Horaczek

Apple’s M4 chip debuts in the new iPad Pro

The original M-series silicon debuted way back in 2020, and now Apple has introduced the fourth-generation M4 chip in the iPad Pro (shown above) before it makes its way into a full-on Mac. It’s a big jump from the M2 chip found in the previous tablet. Apple claims a 1.5x improvement in CPU performance over the already beastly M2 iPad Pro. 

The M4 really flexes when it comes to AI. It’s capable of 38 trillion calculations per second, up from 15.8 trillion in the M2 iPad Pro. Numbers like that are so enormous that they’re hard to visualize, but Apple claims they directly translate into drastically improved performance during AI-intensive tasks. Rendering 3D objects happens four times faster. Apps like Procreate can generate visual effects without long stints of staring at a progress bar. 

In short, the new iPad Pro should be silly fast.

The new Ultra Retina XDR display offers unprecedented amounts of contrast and color.
Apple

iPad Pro has a fancy new OLED display—the Ultra Retina XDR

While the M4 chip is big news under the hood, the hood itself is pretty fancy. The new OLED display relies on a unique stacked dual-panel setup to provide the kind of brightness and color accuracy the company desired. As with OLED TVs, this type of display offers unprecedented levels of contrast but often suffers when it comes to overall light output. However, The new Pro models offer 1,000 nits of full-screen brightness or 1,600 nits with HDR, so they match their Mini-LED predecessor’s output while increasing the contrast ratio to 2,000,000. 

For an extra $100, Apple will apply a nano-texture to the display surface to combat glare. This tech was already available on the Studio Display, but this is its first iPad appearance. It could be a worthy upgrade if you typically work in environments with lots of ambient light, like planes or trains. 

The 11- and 13- inch M2 iPad Air on pedestals on a brick room.
Stan Horaczek

iPad Air now offers an M2 chip and a 13-inch screen option

While the iPad Pro is the star of the lineup, the Air is a more practical option for most people. The new Air (shown above) comes with the M2 chip inside, which matches the computing power of the previous-gen. Pro. You can now choose a familiar 11-inch model (which starts at $599) or the new 13-inch model (which starts at $799). Both come in four colors and start with 128GB storage in the base model. The updated Air models also work with the new Apple Pencil Pro.

A new built-in gyroscope allows the pencil detect its own orientation to make lines thinner or thicker.
Apple

Apple Pencil Pro offers new squeeze and rotation features

An Apple Pencil is fairly essential for getting the most out of any iPad, and there’s now a top-end model with features exclusive to the latest generation of Pro and Air. The $129 Apple Pencil Pro still attaches magnetically to the side of the iPads for storage and charging. In addition to typical Pencil features, the Pencil Pro offers a squeeze control. Squeezing the barrel of the Pencil brings up brush menus and other functions without the need to actually touch the screen. 

The other big upgrade comes in the form of a built-in gyroscope. That extra sensor allows the Pencil to detect its own orientation as you roll it over in your hand. So, if you choose a chisel-shaped marker brush, you can actually rotate the Pencil to make the line thinner or thicker. 

The new Magic Keyboard is thinner and lighter.
Apple

The iPad Pro has a new Magic Keyboard case

With all the power from the M4 chip inside, the new iPad Pro draws natural comparisons to full-on laptops. Of course, that requires a keyboard, and the new Pro arrives with an optional Magic Keyboard. The $349 case (pricy, but that’s not surprising) includes a full row of function keys and a large multi-touch touchpad, making the whole package look an awful lot like a typical MacBook. 

The M4 iPad Pro is giving "skinny legend," as the kids say.
Apple

An iPod Nano is thicker than the new iPad Pro

The grand vision for the iPad has always been to make it like a “magic pane of glass.” The new Pro 13-inch iPad Pro is just 5.1mm thick, which is thinner than the 6.2mm thick iPod Nano of days past. The 13-inch model weighs just 1.28 pounds, while the 11-inch sneaks in at 0.98 pounds. That makes the 13-inch model roughly a quarter pound lighter than its predecessor. That’s a noticeable difference in devices like this. 

Final Cut Pro and Logic both got big upgrades for the new iPads

Apple wants pros working on these iPad Pros, so the company redesigned two of its high-end apps to take advantage of the new devices. Final Cut Pro for iPad 2 and Logic Pro for iPad 2 have both gotten considerable updates with touch-first capabilities in mind. Final Cut also now has its own dedicated camera app, allowing real-time multi-cam setups running across several iPhones. The new Logic music editing app adds even more AI-powered musicians to jam along with your compositions. We’re looking forward to trying out both new apps when they’re live. 

The post 7 things you should know about the new M4 iPad Pro and M2 iPad Air appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Last-minute gifts for Mom to make up for all the times you didn’t say ‘Thank you’ https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-mothers-day-gifts/ Fri, 28 Apr 2023 19:10:16 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537568
A lineup of the best Mother's Day gifts on a white background
Amanda Reed

These gifts are great for Mother's Day, but also great for any other giving holiday celebrating someone special in your life.

The post Last-minute gifts for Mom to make up for all the times you didn’t say ‘Thank you’ appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best Mother's Day gifts on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sustainable gift A white Lomi composter on a blue and white background Lomi
SEE IT

Turn egg shells, banana peels, and apple cores into compost for the garden.

Best robovac Narwal Freo X Ultra on a plain white background. Narwal Freo X Ultra
SEE IT

You can control this mop and vacuum combo with Alexa or your phone.

Best cooking aid upgrade Vitamix A3500 Gourmet SmartPrep Kitchen System on a plain white background. Vitamix A3500 Gourmet SmartPrep Kitchen System
SEE IT

This blender and food processor combo can tackle tough veggies and fruit to make yummy soups and smoothies for the whole family.

Mother’s Day provides an excellent opportunity for you and your siblings or children to try and one-up each other in an effort to prove yourself as The Favorite. Yes, being supportive is not a competition, but you can’t be the one who gives Mom a gift that doesn’t suit. Thankfully, the PopSci staff has extensive experience in gift-giving of almost every variety. If you’ve spent years cultivating the perfect gift for mom—or grandmom, or the mother of your children—and have run out of ideas, we have recommendations to make her smile and you shine. Win-win! 

Best coffee: Zend

Zend

SEE IT

These coffee beans go way beyond that crummy old can of Folgers mom keeps on her counter. Zend coffees give a mom the option to enjoy the coffee on its own, or they can infuse them with one of three functional blends: Beauty, which supports hair, skin, and nail health; Recovery, which supports heart health and reduces inflammation; Serenity, which supports stress relief and balance. Mom deserves plenty of caffeine for everything and most definitely deserves to feel beautiful, healthy, and serene. We can’t think of a better gift if a single cup of coffee accomplishes both. Unless …

Best coffee maker for some on-the-go get-up-and-go: Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso

SEE IT

This machine—our best overall choice among Nespresso machines and a supremely easy espresso maker—is great for mom’s home, office, or home office: Just insert a Nespresso capsule, push a button, and watch it go. The Nespresso VertuoPlus offers options for single (1.35-ounce) espresso, double (2.7-ounce) espresso, or Americanos in 5-, 8-, or 14-ounce sizes. Any of these pours can be extracted from a single capsule. The removable water tank holds 40 ounces, and the used capsule container can store up to 12 pods before it needs emptying. This is a more hands-off option for somebody in need of a quick fix to fill their travel mug. The espresso drinks pour nicely with crema on top, though the VertuoPlus does not have a steam wand for milk, so mom will also need a frother. It does, however, come with a complimentary assortment of 12 capsules to get you started.

Best pastel pastime: Nintendo Switch Lite Animal Crossing: New Horizons Bundle – Isabelle’s Aloha Edition

Nintendo

SEE IT

If you’re looking for a portable game system that’s kid-tested mother-approved, it’s the Nintendo Switch. Particularly the Nintendo Switch Lite. Particularly a Nintendo Switch Lite with a download code for Animal Crossing: New Horizons. The signature characters in this social sim are charming, and the gameplay is perfectly paced for winding down, not riling up the kids. But then there’s the fact that the game, and this cozy handheld printed with a leaf motif, is just as appealing to adults looking for a mental getaway. Maybe you can’t get Mom a trip to an exotic island this year, but you can offer her the chance to create her own paradise and enjoy a peaceful existence, even if it’s just for a few hours here and there.

Best for loud children: Vibes Ear Plugs

Vibes

SEE IT

Let us be frank: babies are not quiet. Toddlers are cacophonous. Kids make a lot of noise. You only reach silent nirvana when they ship off to college. Before then, you’ll still need to hear in case they break something or start a fight with each other. By gifting a mom these reusable high-fidelity earplugs, you’ll give them a little peace without being completely unaware of what the kids are up to. 

Best wine upgrade: Ullo Open Wine Purifier

Ullo

SEE IT

Enjoying a bottle of wine is all fun and games until two glasses warrant a hangover the next day. Help prevent them with the Ullo Open Wine Purifier, which uses a selective filtration system to remove sulfites and reduce the histamines that can cause headaches and hangovers—all while preserving the wine’s flavors and aromas. A built-in aeration dial lets you choose the amount of air to incorporate, from off for light whites to full air for rich red varietals. Plus, it’s easy to transport and use: just place the device over your glass and pour. Don’t worry about mess, either—the Ullo’s lid can be used as a base to rest the filter on when not used, making it perfect at home and easy to take to book club. Think mom would prefer something she doesn’t even have to carry and clean? The Ullo Uno single-use wine-purifying wands are perfect for some quick aeration and filtration of wine by the glass.

Best cookbook: Eataly: Contemporary Italian Cooking

Eataly

SEE IT

“What should we eat for dinner?” is sometimes the hardest question to answer. Make the decision process 100 times easier with the Eataly: Contemporary Italian Cooking cookbook, which packs 300 recipes, including pasta with cavolo nero pesto and clams. With clear instructions and helpful tips, mom won’t want to ditch the entire recipe and just order takeout (although we’re not judging if they do).

Best dinnerware: Fortessa Nosse 16 Piece Dinnerware Set

Fortessa

SEE IT

If your mom loves to host, Fortessa’s 16-piece dinnerware set will impress all her guests. Each piece is made from a twice-fired ceramic material that’s both dishwasher- and microwave-safe. The set includes four 10.8-inch dinner plates, four 8.8-inch salad plates, four six-inch bowls, and four 12.5-ounce mugs, and is available in three colors: deep blue, stone, and terracotta. We’re especially fond of the higher curved lip on the dinner and salad plates, which are both aesthetically pleasing and prevent foods and sauces from accidentally slipping off.

Best cooking aid upgrade: Vitamix A3500 Gourmet SmartPrep Kitchen System

Vitamix

SEE IT

Kitchen gadgets shouldn’t make life more difficult, and Vitamix’s A3500 Gourmet SmartPrep Kitchen System is a two-in-one tool that’ll cut down on mundane cooking tasks like chopping and pureeing. The blender is equipped with a powerful 2.2 horsepower motor, can crush ice into a smooth slushie consistency and demolish vegetables to make hearty, yummy soups. A 64-ounce cup means that mom can make enough servings for the whole family with enough for seconds for themselves. The blender has five distinct modes for common foods like smoothies and soups, plus a clean setting that’ll prevent food particles from remaining in the blades and bowl after it’s been used. A touchscreen on the blender’s base ensures there’s no chance of gunk accumulating around buttons. This system also comes with a food processing attachment with several blades for dicing and shredding.  We also think the Yummly—a wireless smart meat thermometer that’s app-controlled—is also a great choice if she already has a swaggy countertop appliance setup and is a fan of roasting, grilling, broiling, and more.

Best snacks: Spirit Almonds

Spirit Almond

SEE IT

If there’s a mom-on-the-go in your life who can appreciate always having a snack packed, look no further than Spirit Almond. Each protein- and healthy fat-rich nut gets one of six Japanese-style flavorings: black garlic, curry, koji salt, miso, mustard, and seaweed. It comes in a handy single-serve pack to easily throw in a purse or bag (making it easy to snag one for yourself, since one gift box comes with three packs of each flavor). If they’re more of a sweet snack mom, consider the Sahale Snacks Glazed Nut Variety Pack, which adds dried fruit and expands the nut varieties to pistachios, cashews, and pecans. 

Best food prep set: Falcon Enamelware Prep Set

Falcon

SEE IT

Falcon’s Enamelware Prep Set is the type of gift your mom wouldn’t buy for herself, but would really enjoy if she loves cooking and baking. It’s comprised of five color-coordinated ceramic mixing bowls and a colander, all of which are dishwasher and freezer-safe. The bowls can even be used in an oven at temperatures up to 530 degrees Fahrenheit. All of the bowls fit neatly inside one another, which makes storing them simple, and their timeless style will look good in any kitchen.

Best for new moms: Birthdate Pendant

Birthdate Co.

SEE IT

Technically, these pendants are meant as a lovely wearable to show off the wearer’s astrology (if they’re into it). However, between the unique collection of stones for every day of the year and personal engraving, we think it makes for a great gift to celebrate a firstborn. Each stone tells the story of their birthday, including their birthstone. Talk about a personalized gift. 

Best shoes: Allbirds

AllBirds

SEE IT

Moms are always on their feet, between running after grandkids or working off all the child-related stress at the gym. Between their lack of flashy logos and synthetic materials, Allbirds is a natural gift for moms: they’re stylish, comfortable, and come in plenty of styles: Need some business-professional flats? They have that. Need some running shoes? They have those, too. The company itself is dedicated to sustainability, so you can feel good gifting them.  

Best for working moms: Troubadour Ember bag

Troubadour

SEE IT

Work backpacks don’t have to be boring. This leather-and-neoprene variety has a waterproof lining to keep things dry, a sturdy grip handle that won’t break on the go, and a trolley sleeve for use as a carry-on. The main compartment folds down once opened for easy access to essentials, and a separate laptop compartment can fit a 16-inch laptop. Plus, there are plenty of pockets for essentials, like keys, a phone, or an emergency pacifier. A five-year guarantee means a mom always gets quality in case something goes wrong in manufacturing. 

Best for outdoorsy mom: Backpackers Pantry

Backpacker’s Pantry

SEE IT

Camp cooking can involve a lot of grilled cheese, reheated soups, and boxed mac and cheese. These aren’t bad meals, but sometimes that mom deserves something a little more five-star after a long day of hikes. Backpackers Pantry has breakfast, lunch, dinner, and dessert covered with various dried and dehydrated foods. These meals aren’t wimpy, either—each averages around 15 grams of protein, which energizes you on your hike. We like to start our outdoor morning with the company’s Blueberry walnut oats and a cup of coffee. Once we get to basecamp, we sit down and enjoy some lasagna (it’s what Garfield would want), followed by the most important meal: dessert. Our choice? Dark chocolate cheesecake

If you want to give a mom the outdoor experience at home, we love the Solo Stove Mesa tabletop fire pit, which makes it safe and easy to roast some marshmallows on the balcony or porch.

Best for impromptu picnics: Nomadix Festival Blanket

Nomadix

SEE IT

A large blanket is great if you find yourself at the park and need to find something to separate your bum from the cold, wet ground underneath you. The Nomadix festival blanket has a lush top and water-resistant base, meaning you’ll be comfortable sans soggy pants. It’s made with post-consumer recycled materials and comes with small loops at each corner to anchor with stakes (not included). No more floppy corners.

If sitting on the ground makes your back want to scream, consider gifting this Kelty Low-Love Seat Camping Chair. It sits about a foot off the ground, is lightweight, and manages to be perfectly stowable.

Best for staying hydrated: OXO Strive XL Tumbler with Handle

OXO

SEE IT

Whether mom loves coffee, tea, or water, she’ll appreciate OXO’s Strive XL, a 32-ounce insulated tumbler that’ll keep her drinks hot or cold longer than a traditional mug. The BPA-free tumbler has a see-through lid, so she can keep an eye on how much of her drink is left, and it comes with a flexible straw, which makes drinking on the go easier. Once she’s done drinking, Mom will be able to pop this tumbler in the dishwasher to keep it clean. OXO offers the Strive XL Tumbler in five colors, so you can find one that matches her style.

Best for athletic moms: Hydro Flask 24 Oz Insulated Shaker Bottle

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Pre-workout. Greens. Protein (vegan or otherwise). Electrolytes. If your mom lifts weights, runs miles, crushes most yoga or pilates moves, or does a combination of activities, she’s probably using some sort of shaker bottle to combine some form of workout-enhancing powder with water for bigger gains. Unlike plastic shakers, which make fast messes, the Hydro Flask shaker has a leakproof flip-top lid that stops chocolate protein rain before it happens. It also keeps drinks cool for 24 hours, meaning Mom can enjoy her athletic liquids all day long.

Best sustainable gift: Lomi

Lomi

SEE IT

Mom’s coffee grounds, egg shells, and banana peels can live second lives as compost in the flower garden with this gift. Lomi makes composting easy: It’s odor-, pest-, and mess-free, and turns food waste into compost in less than four hours. It easily fits onto countertops and is discreet. With all that compost, your special someone’s rose garden—and kitchen—will be the envy of the neighborhood. 

Best for traveling: Monos Carry-On Pro

Monos

SEE IT

Jet-setting moms will appreciate the gift of nice luggage that makes traveling a little less stressful. Our pick is the Monos Carry-On Pro, made for organization and easy access. It comes in eight standard colors and four limited-edition colors and includes an integrated TSA-approved lock for keeping belongings safe. An aerospace-grade polycarbonate shell prevents breaking from TSA agent rough-handling, and a built-in front compartment lets you store a laptop, passport, and other need-haves in one easy place. All-paid vacation not included.  

Best to recreate the spa at home: Sun Home Infrared Sauna Blanket 

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

If there’s something a mom rarely rues and can most likely use, it’s a trip to the spa. Instead of giving a gift card to a spa, why not bring the spa along with the Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket, which allows you to feel the heat without even needing to become vertical. It helps relieve stress and anxiety and can help treat chronic pain. It’s like a sleeping bag that makes mom feel like a Hot Pocket in a microwave. 

Best splurge: Dyson AirWrap

Dyson

SEE IT

The Dyson AirWrap is the hair styler to have—it dries, curls, and styles hair, combining at least four styling tools into one. We’ve gone hands-on with it before and love that it gives salon-quality, shampoo commercial blowouts at home. It comes with two barrel sizes (both with switches to change airflow direction), a soft smoothing brush, a firm smoothing brush, a round volumizing brush (our favorite attachment), and a blow-drying attachment. If the AirWrap is out of your budget, consider the Shark FlexStyle, which has a bendable arm and a diffuser attachment for curly hair. Protect strands beforehand with the K18 molecular repair oil, and help keep hair healthy when it’s shower time with the Kitsch Pre Wash Scalp Oil and K18 leave-in conditioner. For the in-between days, we recommend the Act+Acre Plant-Based Dry Shampoo, which uses rice and tapioca powders—along with fulvic acid—to keep tresses bouncy and fresh.

Best for those chillaxing: Liiton The Peaks Mountains Crystal Bourbon Whiskey Glasses Gift Set

Liiton

SEE IT

The average day can have lots of peaks and valleys, so an above-average way to unwind is with these crystal quick-chill mountain replica whiskey glasses for lifting spirits both emotional and intoxicating. Made of X1 Crystalline with the shapes of iconic summits within them (Denali, Mont Blanc, K2, and Mt. Fuji), these glasses can be stored in the freezer so that they will chill a drink in just 18 seconds, no ice to water down the beverage. Help Mom relax after a long day with a refreshing cocktail and a restorative mood.

Best for those expecting: Proxies Tasting Set

Proxies

SEE IT

If a pregnant person in your life wants to enjoy a fancy little beverage sans alcohol (we happen to have tons of recommendations), nothing looks better in a wine glass than Proxies. There are de-alcoholized wines on the market, but some may have traces of alcohol left after the process. Proxies, however, is boozeless from the start, made from wine grape varietals without the fermenting. The resulting product has a similar mouthfeel and taste to wine but without the “Am I hurting baby?” anxiety. They’re perfect to pair with pizza, fish, pickles, and any other pregnancy cravings. 

Best for music-loving moms: Sony WH-1000XM5

Sony

SEE IT

If Mom has a killer vinyl collection and puts you on to some of the grooviest artists, you should give them a gift that says, “Thanks for giving me good taste.” We think the Sony WH-1000XM5 is an excellent choice. They’re sleek and comfortable on the head, including some killer noise cancellation (perfect for tuning out nosy neighbors) and four beamforming microphones to be heard clearly on work calls. If they’re more of an earbud person, the easily pocketed Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II have excellent sound and the most effective noise cancellation on the market. 

Best robovac: Narwal Freo X Ultra

Narwal

SEE IT

Messes happen, and if you’re not going to help clean them up, at least buy a robot that will. The Narwal Freo X Ultra is both a mop and a vacuum cleaner, and it’s pretty smart for a robot: It can sense the type of flooring it’s cleaning and adjust its power level accordingly. Sensors on the front and sides of the vacuum can detect objects as small as a centimeter and navigate around your room using LiDAR, mapping the space to clean more efficiently in the future. It’ll continually assess the cleanliness of an area before moving on to another one and will return to its base for charging and dirt removal. The vacuum’s base will automatically clean the Freo X Ultra’s mop pads, dry them, and apply additional detergent totally hands-free. Mom will appreciate someone finally helping out around here. 

Best for working out: OMORPHO G-Vest+

OMORPHO

SEE IT

Up any workout with this weighted vest from OMORPHO, which adds five pounds of resistance to level up burpees, sprints, and more. However, it doesn’t feel like a five-pound vest, thanks to even weight distribution. It’s a comfortable piece of workout gear that fits great (adjustable cables and straps help, too) and doesn’t limit your range of motion. Connecting the vest to the OMORPHO app gives you workouts that are quick but effective. If someone wants to outrun the other soccer team moms, gifting this vest is a great start. This leads us to our next pick …

Best for sore muscles: Theragun Mini 2.0

Theragun

SEE IT

For soothing sore muscles after working out—or anytime, really, especially for someone actually outrunning the other soccer team moms—we recommend the Theragun Mini 2.0, which is small enough to throw into a gym bag or hide in a drawer away from small hands. It comes with three attachments, but we love the thumb attachment, which is great for lower backs and pinpoint therapy. My back hurts, I don’t even have children, and even I could benefit from a percussion massager—we’re sure your mom will get a lot of use from the Theragun.

Best for support: Casper Backrest Pillow

Casper

SEE IT

Whether a mom-to-be or a mom who just wishes to be by herself for a little while, anyone with a child on the horizon or in the house has a lot on their shoulders, which takes a toll on the back. Support the need for support by buying her a pillow that props up the woman who does the same for you. Then, leave her alone with a book or movie and the Casper Backrest Pillow, which has an ergonomic teardrop shape that cradles her entire spine and provides extra lumbar support (though you can flip it for just her head and shoulders if she needs a nap).

For grandmas: Aura Mason Luxe Smart Frame

Tess Ware

SEE IT

Although it’s perfect for any and every generation of moms, we think grandmas especially will love the Aura Mason Luxe Smart Frame. Grandmas love showing people pictures of their extended family (including granddogs), and this WiFi-connected cloud-fed frame makes it easy to update those photos from anywhere. Add photos and videos to the Aura app, and they’ll show up on your loved one’s frame as long as it’s connected to a network—there’s no work they need to do to get the photos up after the initial connection. You don’t need to worry about storage, either—it’s unlimited. And, you don’t need to worry about photo orientation since the Aura automatically rotates and resizes based on whether it’s placed landscape or portrait. PopSci’s managing editor sent one to his mother for their birthday—take their word for it: “What I have enjoyed the most … is the burst of joy every time I see a photo of a loved one or a picture a loved one has shared with me!” You can get an Aura Mason Luxe Smart Frame for the entire family, or you can check out some other digital picture frames we recommend

Best cozy: Big Blanket Co. Original Stretch Blanket

Big Blanket Co.

SEE IT

If you know someone that hogs the blanket, or someone tall who deserves to have their feet covered when sleeping at night, the Big Blanket—providing 100 square feet of blanket—was made for them. This extra-large, giant soft blanket gives whoever is in the nap trap plenty of real estate to turn into a blanket cocoon, with room for you. We’re not kidding. It’s huge and soft—just like mom’s heart.

Best watch: Garmin vivoactive 5

Garmin

SEE IT

We’re all about the metrics at PopSci, so we love Garmin smartwatches. And one of the things we love about Garmin’s watches is there is one for everyone, whether you are a multisport athlete or just someone who wants a little insight into their everyday fitness. The Garmin vivoactive 5 is just as smart as it is beautiful—it has a 1.2-inch AMOLED watch face with built-in apps, including GPS, yoga, running, swimming, and more. Mom gets 11 days of battery life, and Gamin Pay lets them pay for a post-jog coffee without having to bring their wallet with them. They don’t even need to bring their phone, thanks to the ability to download music onto the watch. People won’t even know it’s a sports watch until Mom turns and says, “Thanks, it’s a smartwatch!” when they get a compliment on it. Looking for a model for a smaller wrist, with a more fashion-centric style? Check out the Lily 2, just one of many Garmin smartwatches on sale for the holiday.

Best for crafting: Cricut Explore Air 2 Lilac Machine Bundle

Cricut

SEE IT

If mom is crafty and doesn’t already own a Cricut, change that with this bundle gift that combines an Explore Air 2 machine with everything they need to get started on making their own bespoke goods for family, friends, and themselves. Heck, they could even start a small business! Built-in Bluetooth allows for wireless cutting, writing, and scoring, and the included spatula, weeder, scraper, scissors, and tweezers make it easy to lift and transfer your designs onto cups, mugs, sunglasses, and more. And if they already have a crafty corner, consider a Cricut Bright 360 lamp to help them capture and cherish all the details of their hard work customizing.

The post Last-minute gifts for Mom to make up for all the times you didn’t say ‘Thank you’ appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best mini fridges for offices in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-mini-fridges-for-offices/ Tue, 07 May 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613835
The best mini fridges for offices in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

If you want to keep your favorite meals fresh and drinks cold while at the office, these mini fridges should fit the bill while you pay the bills.

The post The best mini fridges for offices in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best mini fridges for offices in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Danby Diplomat Compact Refrigerator on a plain white background. Danby Diplomat Compact Refrigerator
SEE IT

If you have enough space in your office, this well-designed mini fridge is an excellent choice and will meet the needs of most who want to store food and drinks at work.

Best splurge Rocco Super Smart Fridge Rocco Super Smart Fridge
SEE IT

Although this mini fridge is very pricey and only lets you store beverages, it has a bold, stunning design that’s sure to get you noticed at work!

Best budget with a cube design Midea WHS-65LB1 Mini Fridge on a plain white background. Midea WHS-65LB1 Mini Fridge
SEE IT

If you’re looking for an inexpensive, compact mini fridge for your work space, this model should meet your needs.

Companies increasingly require full-time workers to spend more days in the office, which means leaving behind the convenience of just wandering to the fridge when the mood strikes. Even just a hybrid work schedule means more commuting, and more commuting means considering costs. One of the easier ways to save money is skipping meals out and bringing your lunch from home. That means it might be an ideal time to consider keeping a mini fridge at the office, which allows you to keep your meals and drinks fresh and tasty and secure from that one coworker who acts like anything in the shared kitchen is for everyone. 

Like their full-size siblings, mini refrigerators come in different sizes (although they’re at least half the size of most standard models) and include various features. Some budget models only give you the bare minimum. And in some cases, that means excluding a freezer. But there are mini fridges that include more bells and whistles. And if you aren’t worried about price, you could even find distinctive models among the best mini fridges for offices that are designed to be noticed—almost like a work of art—much to the envy of your colleagues and associates.

How we chose the best mini fridges for offices

Our recommendations for best mini fridges for offices are based on experience, analysis, and research into the best options to accommodate the most common use cases. With the exception of the splurge choice, we focused on general-purpose mini fridges rather than a beverage cooler, which is a similar but specialized appliance.

A mini fridge for your office performs much like a mini fridge in any other location: It has one purpose—keep drinks and food cold for an extended period of time. Some have a particular feature, like a built-in freezer, differentiating them from the pack, while others are more portable and easier to move around. Mini fridges can also vary some in price, so we included a more premium and cheap mini fridge to cover the widest budget range.

The best mini fridges for offices: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re an office manager or an employee, shopping for a cubicle or the mother-in-law suite that you’ve turned into a work-from-home oasis, these are our top picks for mini fridges for offices. 

Best overall: Danby Diplomat Compact Refrigerator 

Danby

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 19.3 x 33.1 x 21.9  inches
  • Capacity: 4.4 cubic feet
  • Weight: ‎49.6 lbs.
  • Design style: Tall 

Pros

  • Offers lots of storage space
  • Adjustable glass shelves
  • Full-width freezer
  • Storage space on the interior of the door
  • Includes an interior light

Cons

  • Relatively pricey
  • Might be a bit big for some smaller-sized office

This model is a little more expensive and a little larger than others in its class. Nevertheless, this mini fridge is worth it. For starters, it provides you with 4.4 cubic feet, which offers more capacity than many in its class. It also has adjustable glass shelves, making the interior a tad brighter. It’s smartly designed, too: The integrated door shelving allows you to store tall bottles (like water, juice, and soda). Its reversible door hinge provides more options in positioning your mini fridge in your office. It’s a small refrigerator with freezer. Plus, it has a manual defrost control and a mechanical thermostat.

Best value: Magic Chef MCAR32BE Compact Refrigerator

Magic Chef

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 17.5 x 33.4 x 18.5 inches 
  • Capacity: 3.2 cubic feet
  • Weight: 49.5 lbs. 
  • Design style: Tall 

Pros

  • Ample storage space
  • Comes with glass shelves
  • Adjustable thermostat control
  • Interior light

Cons

  • Doesn’t include a freezer
  • Might be a bit big for some smaller-sized office

If having a freezer isn’t essential, this Magic Chef brand mini is an ideal model for your office. For starters, the interior has more room to store items since it doesn’t have a freezer. It comes with an adjustable thermostat control and adjustable glass shelves, too. It also includes in-door storage, for bottles and beverages. It even has a designated spot for storing a 2-liter bottle of soda. There’s also an adjustable temperature thermostat control and an interior light. However, its tall design may be too large for tiny offices.

Best splurge: Rocco Super Smart Fridge

Rocco

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 24 x 34.5 x 16 inches
  • Capacity: N/A 
  • Weight: 128 lbs. 
  • Design style: Tall 

Pros

  • Beautifully designed
  • Can be controlled via a mobile app
  • Great for storing beverages 
  • Comes with a multi-year warranty

Cons

  • Limited to storing beverages
  • Pricey
  • Heavier than most mini fridges

It may not be the most practical mini fridge to have in your office. For instance, it’s only for beverages. It’s also very pricey at $1,500. However, its bold design might help you make a bold impression, depending on where you place it in your C-suite or cubicle. 

One feature that makes Rocco’s Super Smart Fridge distinctive is that it has five pull-out shelves, which can be adjusted to accommodate differently-sized bottles and cans. These shelves can be separated into different “temperature zones” by pushing buttons on a control panel inside the fridge. For example, if you have white wine or red wine, it can be chilled at a different temperature than your seltzer bottles. 

There are other impressive features, too, like its model app (iOS only, for now), which allows you to adjust the temperature from your phone. If you’re into assembling smart-home systems, this is the chiller you’ll think is cool.

Best budget with a cube design: Midea WHS-65LB1 Mini Fridge

Mideo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 18.6 x 19.4 x 17.7 inches  
  • Capacity: 1.6 cubic feet
  • Weight: 30 lbs. 
  • Design style: Cube

Pros

  • Relatively lightweight
  • Compact size
  • Includes a freezer compartment
  • Door is reversible

Cons

  • Doesn’t offer as much capacity to store items as others in its class 

If your workspace isn’t very spacious, you’ll most likely want to choose a mini fridge with a cube design since it’s smaller, more compact, and has a smaller footprint than those with tall designs. What’s nice about this Midea mini fridge is that despite having a small footprint, it still comes with a freezer compartment (which, not surprisingly, isn’t very large). It also comes with adjustable legs and a reversible door, which, again, will be important if you don’t have a large office and a lot of space to work with. Includes a mechanical temperature control and a manual defrost setting. 

Best budget with a tall design: Costway Compact Refrigerator 

Costway

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 19.5 x 34 x 19 inches 
  • Capacity: 3.2 cubic feet
  • Weight: 52 lbs. 
  • Design style: Tall

Pros

  • Separate freezer compartment
  • More freezer capacity than most in its class 
  • Comes with glass shelves
  • Adjustable thermostat 

Cons

  • Might be a bit big for some smaller-sized office

One distinctive feature is that it has a separate freezer compartment, with its own door, for chilling everything from ice cubes to ice cream. Both doors come with magnetic door seals, which helps prevent users from accidentally leaving either door open and spoiling food and drinks. It also comes with an adjustable thermostat, two removable shelves, and a built-in light.

What to consider when shopping for the best mini fridge for offices

Whether you’re set up in a spacious corner office or in a tiny cubicle that barely has room for a red stapler, you’ll want to make sure you have enough room for a mini fridge. That’s why you’ll want to check out the following features to ensure that you get the model that’s right for you:

Size and capacity 

Most mini fridges have capacities that range between 1.5 to 4 cubic feet. They also come in one of the following two design styles: 

  • Cube: These models are also sometimes called countertop mini fridges. In general, they have capacities of less than 2 cubic feet, and measure between 17 and 21 inches tall.
  • Tall: These mini fridge models have capacities between 3.5 and 4.5 cubic feet and measure between 30 to 35 inches tall

Freezer compartment 

Another consideration when buying a mini fridge is whether or not you need a freezer compartment. If you decide to forego the freezer, you’ll generally gain additional storage space.

Other features to consider 

When you’re in the market to buy a mini fridge for your office, don’t forget to consider the following features, too: 

  • Interior light: Many models are now built with interior lights, which is nice if your office is dimly lit. 
  • Temperature Control: You can use this control to adjust the fridge’s internal temperature using a built-in thermostat.
  • Adjustable Shelves: This feature lets you configure your fridge to suit your specific needs best.
  • Two-Door Design: Two-door mini fridges have a separate freezer that offers higher performance and can maintain lower temperatures.

FAQs

Q: What’s a good size for a mini fridge?  

The type of design of your mini fridge, either cube or tall, will more or less determine its size. In most cases, models with Cube designs are the shorter of the two—generally measuring between 17 and 21 inches tall. Models with Tall designs, however, are roughly a foot taller, measuring between 30 and 35 inches tall. You’ll want to look at your office’s design to see which model fits best. 

Q: Where shouldn’t you place a mini fridge? 

Many experts say that you should keep your mini fridge away from windows and direct sunlight, as well as heat sources, such as radiators—all of which can adversely affect the efficiency of your mini fridge. Additionally, it’s not ideal to place your mini fridge directly on a carpet, since it can reduce airflow. Instead, place it on a flat, uncarpeted surface. But if that’s not an option, position a piece of plywood, and then place the mini fridge on top of it.  

Q: Will a mini fridge heat up a room? 

Most mini fridge models do produce some heat. However, by and large, most models won’t significantly increase the overall temperature of your office space. (Of course, smaller office spaces will be affected more than larger office spaces.)   

Final thoughts on the best mini fridges for offices

If you’re considering a small refrigerator for office, you might be wondering what the best time of year to buy is. In our experience, you should always keep an eye on your prospective mini fridge model on Black Friday or Cyber Monday (in November), as well as Amazon Prime Day events. However, some experts suggest that you shouldn’t just limit your search for sales during Black Friday or Cyber Monday. In fact, they say that mini fridges sales could occur throughout November (and some suggest those sales might even begin in October). Whenever you invest, any of our picks will perfectly complement your coffee machine, ergonomic chair, headphones, and other accessories that increase your workday comfort.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best mini fridges for offices in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Control your hungry kitty’s portions with up to 40% off PETLIBRO automatic cat feeders at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/petlibro-amazon-pet-day-deal/ Tue, 07 May 2024 18:18:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613796
Cats photo
Amanda Reed

Help your cat live a longer life—and prevent any unwanted vet bills—with this PETLIBRO automatic feeder during Amazon Pet Day Deals.

The post Control your hungry kitty’s portions with up to 40% off PETLIBRO automatic cat feeders at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Cats photo
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If your cat is a hungry little guy who will eat whatever you put in front of them, you know the importance of portion control. Sure, chonky cats are cute, but obese cats are three times more likely to pass compared to lean cats. Going to the vet is expensive, so an automatic pet feeder is a worthwhile investment in your cat’s life and the length of your budget. This PETLIBRO feeder deal is part of Amazon’s Pet Day Deals—happening today and tomorrow online.

PETLIBRO Automatic Cat Feeder $54.98 (Was $89.99)

PETLIBRO

SEE IT

This automatic pet feeder allows you to schedule up to 60 meals a day and 50 portions per meal. If your kitty deserves a little snack you can also hit the manual feeding button to give them their much-deserved extra portion. A rotor, secure twist-lock lid, desiccant bag, and sealing strip all ensure freshness and crunchy bites all the time. You can also record a 10-second message and play it while you’re away to calm your pet. And, built-in infrared detection suspends feeder operations to keep your cat safe and your feeder in great condition.

More automatic feeder and fountain deals:

The post Control your hungry kitty’s portions with up to 40% off PETLIBRO automatic cat feeders at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This $50 app helps you schedule a month of social media content in a day https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/unum-pro-lifetime-subscription-editing-deal/ Tue, 07 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613715
A phone laying on a desk with the UNUM app pulled up.
Stack Commerce

Create, edit, plan, schedule, and analyze posts across platforms.

The post This $50 app helps you schedule a month of social media content in a day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A phone laying on a desk with the UNUM app pulled up.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While posting on social media might seem like just a weekend activity, some who made it a regular habit now have full-time careers as influencers or new opportunities as freelancers or artists. If you’re looking to take it more seriously, check out UNUM Pro.

It doesn’t just help you create and edit pictures, it does the heavy lifting when it comes to planning posts and analyzing data across most social media platforms. You can get a UNUM Pro lifetime subscription here for $49.99, normally $719.40.

The future of content creation is here

There’s no one right way to use UNUM Pro, but let’s pretend you’re hoping to grow your TikTok and Instagram pages this summer. You might get started by:

  1. Creating a “bio.bar/you” to add to your page bios, containing all of your important links. You could add your website, an online store, a blog, and the rest of your social pages.
  2. Browse post ideas and templates to start creating.
  3. Use built-in creative tools to bring photos and videos to life. Access 500+ overlays, filters, canvases, and more.
  4. Plan and schedule posts to go live at optimal times, up to a month in advance.

You won’t even have to spend time thinking of caption ideas or researching optimal hashtags because UNUM has AI-powered tools that can do that for you. In fact, they even take voice commands.

UNUM is also a growth-tracking tool that helps you easily understand the performance of your social media posts. Then, you know what type of content to continue creating or what to avoid.

You can use UNUM on iOS and Android mobile devices, and any web browser. Everything you work on is backed up to a cloud so you can easily work across devices.

Start your content-creating journey today with a UNUM Pro lifetime subscription for $49.99 (reg. $719.40).

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post This $50 app helps you schedule a month of social media content in a day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best AirPods in 2024: How to pick which ones are right for you https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-airpods/ Tue, 07 May 2024 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573816
The best AirPods
Apple

With a carefully curated selection of earbuds and headphones, Apple makes sure you won't err when you AirPod. And this guide makes it even easier to decide what to pick.

The post The best AirPods in 2024: How to pick which ones are right for you appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best AirPods
Apple

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AirPods Pro (Gen 2 USB-C) AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case (USB‑C)
SEE IT

The top-of-the-line AirPods Pro 2 are Apple’s best portable personal audio item yet.

Best over-ear AirPods Max AirPods Max
SEE IT

Apple’s over-ear headphones have the longest battery and most distinctive look.

Best value Earbuds photo AirPods (3rd generation)
SEE IT

Many of the features you can get from AirPods Pro, but for a lot less money.

AirPods have come a long way since the first generation of Apple’s true wireless earbuds were released in 2016. Industry research firm Canalys found that TWS sales may have decreased in 2023, but Apple’s AirPods Pro remain dominant. The company’s success has contributed greatly to popularizing TWS earbuds and features like active noise cancellation, which was previously only available in over- and on-ear headphones but is now mainstream on earbuds. It’s also raised the bar for connectivity, ease of use, battery life, and, of course, sound quality. While the term “AirPods” was synonymous with in-ears, the company launched the AirPods Max, its first pair of over-ear headphones, in 2020. The company has continually updated its lineup to introduce models with additional features or design changes. The best AirPods will allow you to enjoy your favorite music on-the-go while ditching wires completely.

How we chose the best AirPods for you

Our AirPods recommendations come from a mix of research and hands-on testing. When possible, we compared AirPods to different current-generation headphones in their respective categories. We also considered the style of headphones listeners preferred, the performance of features like active noise cancellation, battery life, and price. The good news is there’s no bad choice in the bunch; it’s just a matter of finding a set that best fits your needs.

The best AirPods: Reviews & Recommendations

The best AirPods will allow you to appreciate your music more than a typical budget pair of headphones because of their audio quality, while still fitting comfortably in a pocket or bag. They should fit your budget, and work just as well with your Android and Windows devices as your Apple gear.

Best overall: AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case (USB‑C)

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Headphone style: Earbuds
  • Battery Life: Up to 6 hours listening time per charge
  • ANC: Yes
  • Connector: USB-C
  • Price: $249.99

Pros

  • Adaptive Audio (EQ) support
  • Personalized Spatial Audio support w/ dynamic head tracking
  • Comfortable to wear

Cons

  • Less software customization than come competing brands
  • Some features require the latest and greatest Apple hardware and an Apple Music subscription
  • Not the most secure option for activity

The 2nd-generation AirPods with MagSafe Charging Case add small but consequential updates to what was already a fantastic flagship. As we declared in our full review of the AirPods Pro 2, these earbuds are “a highly noticeable improvement over their predecessors” thanks to a new low-distortion, high-excursion 11mm driver plus a custom amplifier. The augmented dynamics are richer, rounder, with textures splashier, crashier, crispier. And that’s before you add in any of the bells and whistles, like Dolby Atmos Spatial Audio, Adaptive EQ, active noise cancellation, and transparency, which combine to narrow the gap between you and your music while widening the soundstage you experience it in. (And, if you happen to have the Apple Vision Pro headset, the H2 chip with Bluetooth 5.3 in the AirPods Pro 2allows you to get 20-bit/48 kHz lossless audio streaming with your spatial computing.)

In terms of build improvements, the latest AirPods Pro earbuds are IP54 for better sweat and dust resistance, with multiple sizes of silicone eartips that anchor in your ear canals and create a tight seal for optimized bass performance. Simultaneously, a vent system improves pressure equalization for comfort. Skin-detect sensors tell the earbuds when to pause and play music if you take the earbuds out and put them back in. Touch controls are more responsive. The beamforming microphones do a great job isolating your voice on calls. Perhaps the greatest quality-of-living change is that the case supports both wireless and USB-C charging, so you can put that last Lightning cable away.

All these factors contribute to our naming the AirPods Pro 2 the best overall earbuds for most people. If you have a newer-generation iPhone, iPad, MacBook, etc., an insatiable love of music, and the budget (these are often on sale for $179-$199), the AirPods Pro (2nd generation) earbuds are a splurge that justifies itself immediately.

Best value: AirPods (3rd generation) with Lightning Charging Case

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Headphone style: Earbuds
  • Battery Life: Up to 6 hours listening time per charge
  • ANC: Yes
  • Connector: Lightning
  • Price: $169.99

Pros

  • Adaptive Audio support
  • Spatial audio support
  • Comfortable to wear

Cons

  • Uses a proprietary connector

While the AirPods Pro (2nd generation) earbuds are our default suggestion for anyone looking for AirPods, we understand that some folks don’t want to spend that much or still have an older iPhone and would prefer not to replace their Lightning cable(s) until they must. In that case, the AirPods (3rd generation) with Lightning Charging Case is your choice, and it’s not a bad choice by any means. It has a lot of the same audio features as the AirPods Pro 2, including the custom high-excursion driver and high dynamic range amplifier, Adaptive EQ, and Personalized Spatial Audio with dynamic head tracking. So, if you liked the sound of the sound in the AirPods Pro 2 description above, you’ll like how it sounds here. What you don’t get, however, does come into play when you hit play. The AirPods (3rd generation) have a hardshell design, no interchangeable tips, so it can be harder to get a tight seal (and therefore harder to get lower bass). Also, there’s no noise cancellation, so the world might intrude more on your tunes (and you might be tempted to turn up the volume more but please do not or you’ll need to buy these). The chipset is an H1 with Bluetooth 5.0, so these will become obsolete faster than the Pro 2. And you must click, not swipe, for certain controls. Still, these AirPods have the same battery life and IP durability rating as the AirPods Pro, plus a case with a Lightning jack for charging (or one that charges wirelessly if you’re inclined to spend a little more). You get the AirPods experience in a pair of earbuds that’s routinely discounted to $140-$150, and you may not miss active noise cancellation if you work from home or in quiet environments.

Best over-ear: AirPods Max

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Headphone style: Over-ear
  • Battery Life: Up to 20 hours listening time per charge
  • ANC: Yes
  • Connector: Lightning
  • Price: $549

Pros

  • Better ANC than earbuds
  • Solid battery life
  • Comfortable to wear

Cons

  • Cost

The AirPods Max are the only pair of over-ear headphones made by Apple, so they’re your sole option in this category. Apple brought over many of the same features that helped make its earbuds popular: instant pairing with Apple devices, support for Spatial Audio and quick access to Siri, active noise cancelation, a well-balanced sound profile, and a design that’s focused on comfort. They’re also available in four colors, while Apple’s earbuds are only available in white.

At $549 (though often on sale as low as $479), the AirPods Max are a lot more expensive than comparable flagship models from Sony and Bose, and those headphones have better battery life and noise cancellation performance. Headphones from those companies also feature a USB-C port rather than Lightning for charging. A big part of the AirPods Max’s appeal is the signature aesthetics and integration with the Apple ecosystem. Anodized aluminum and mesh textile aren’t materials we’re used to seeing in the headphone world, and they’re undeniably luxe. Aluminum is heavier than the plastic used by other headphone companies, so the AirPods Max will weigh more heavily on your head if you’re jumping from another over-ear pair (though that breathable headband distributes weight well).

On a technical level, the AirPods Max were cutting-edge when they were released, but have started to cede some ground to the competition in the past couple of years. They support Spatial Audio with head tracking, which makes music and movies with a Dolby Atmos mix sound more immersive and more like listening to audio on a pair of high-end speakers, but it’s not lossless audio. Their 20-hour battery life is way higher than what you’d get from a pair of AirPods Pro, but that’s to be expected when comparing over-ear headphones to earbuds. However, the AirPods Max’s battery life is so-so compared to other over-ear headphones.

Still, if you care about aesthetics and comfort and want the AirPods experience from a bigger set of cans, the AirPods Max headphones are your only choice.

Best budget: AirPods (2nd generation)

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Headphone style: Earbuds
  • Battery Life: Up to 5 hours listening time per charge
  • ANC: No
  • Connector: Lightning
  • Price: $129.99

Pros

  • They pair easily with an iPhone
  • They play music
  • Compact design
  • Price

Cons

  • No special audio-processing/convenience features

If you want the classic Apple aesthetic without the expense, these are the AirPods for you. These are the long-stemmed earbuds that established the ubiquity of AirPods. They play nice with iOS, macOS, tvOS, and watchOS devices, as well as Siri—no picky pairing or fussy settings, unlike competitors’ earbuds. They play music and can let you take calls. However, you’re not getting any of the advanced features that come with even the AirPods 3. There’s no custom, Adaptive, Personalized, active anything. But if you want the most affordable entry to portable personal Apple audio, this is it.

What to consider when shopping for the best AirPods for you

Picking a pair of AirPods is pretty simple because Apple doesn’t offer many models, and all of them are pretty good. The company has done an admirable job trickling certain features between its earbuds, including battery life, durability, and technical features. Unless you opt for the budget pick, your decision will come down to how much you’re willing to spend, whether you prefer earbuds or over-ear headphones, and if you care about USB-C charging.

Headphone style

While AirPods are synonymous with earbuds, Apple has branched out into offering an over-ear pair of headphones called the AirPods Max. Earbuds will always be more convenient to use because they can fit in your pocket comfortably with their charging case, whereas over-ear headphones need to be kept on your head, around your neck, or in a larger bag. The tradeoff is that over-ear headphones have larger drivers for better, louder sound, and a longer-lasting battery.

Connector

Once upon a time, all AirPods had a Lightning charging port. Apple developed the proprietary connector and featured it on the iPhone from 2012 until 2023, when it was replaced with a USB-C port. Now, most of Apple’s audio has a Lightning port, but the latest AirPods Pro (2nd generation) now comes with a USB-C charging port, and we expect this will become standard on all AirPods models in the next couple of years.

Battery life

All of Apple’s earbuds have the same six hour battery life, which is solid for this style of headphone. The amount you actually get will depend on whether you leave active noise cancellation enabled and your preferred listening volume. AirPods Max get up to 20 hours of usage per charge, which is more than enough to get you through a transatlantic flight with plenty of power to spare.

Active noise cancellation

Apple’s top AirPods—both earphones and headphones—have active noise cancellation, a feature wherein microphones analyze and algorithms neutralize outsound sounds before they reach your ears. Apple was one of the first companies to add credible active noise cancellation to the earbud world, and it’s only improved its performance in the second-generation AirPods Pro.

FAQs

Q: Which is the latest AirPods?

The AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case (USB‑C) is the latest pair of AirPods.

Q: Which AirPods stay in ear better?

AirPods Pro have gummy ear tips, which create a seal inside your ear to prevent them from popping out. This makes them stay in the ear better than non-pro AirPods.

Q: Which AirPods last the longest?

The AirPods Max have the longest battery life at 20 hours.

Q: Which AirPods are waterproof?

The third-generation AirPods and all AirPods Pro models have the same IP5 waterproof rating, which means they can be splashed without the risk of damage.

Q: Which AirPods are better for noise canceling?

The AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case earbuds offer the most advanced noise cancellation in an Apple product. However, the AirPods Max might offer the most overall noise cancellation thanks to a combination of active cancellation and passive isolation.

Q: Do AirPods work with Windows PCs and Android devices?

Yes. AirPods can connect to non-Apple hardware over the SBC and AAC Bluetooth codec. Both are lossy, but AAC is superior (hence, it’s the default on Apple devices).

Q: Do AirPods support lossless audio?

No, and yes. AirPods cannot wirelessly play back lossless audio without compression … unless you’re pairing the AirPods Pro (2nd generation with the $3,499 Apple Vision Pro “spatial computer,” which takes advantage of the H2 chip in both to allow 20-bit/48kHz lossless audio, but only if you have a source that can supply it.

Q: How much do AirPods cost?

AirPods start at $129.99 and go up to $549.99, depending on the model.

Final thoughts on the best AirPods

AirPods have forever changed the world of earphones and made headway into headphones. And Apple’s continued pursuit of bringing technical improvements to a mass audience is laudable. It’s safe to say true wireless earbuds wouldn’t be as popular, and active noise cancellation would have been a lower priority for other headphone makers, if Apple hadn’t stepped up its game. With its latest generation of AirPods, Apple has shown there’s no better time to invest in easily pocketable portable audio accessories than now.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best AirPods in 2024: How to pick which ones are right for you appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This road trip storytelling app with voices like Kevin Costner’s is $30 off https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/autio-unlimited-plan-deal/ Mon, 06 May 2024 19:28:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613686
A person driving with the Autio app pulled up on their phone.
Stack Commerce

It automatically plays stories as you drive through new towns.

The post This road trip storytelling app with voices like Kevin Costner’s is $30 off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person driving with the Autio app pulled up on their phone.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Taking a road trip this summer? Instead of listening to the radio or podcasts, you should try this app where iconic voices of celebrities like Kevin Costner tell you stories about each area you drive through. Autio is like having a personal tour guide who knows what they’re talking about.

Save on your subscription here. Autio normally costs $36 per year, or $69.99 for a 3-year subscription through the App Store or Google Play, but it’s just $39.99 here for the same amount of time.

Your new favorite travel partner

You might learn about an area’s history, people, culture, music, sports, or geology; getting answers to questions that you maybe would’ve never thought to ask. Autio currently has over 23,000 stories, and they add new ones each week, meaning no two trips are ever the same.

Many stories are told by voices you recognize and love, like Kevin Costner, Phil Jackson, and John Lithgow. Technically speaking, you could say Kevin Costner joined you on a summer road trip with Autio.

Autio is committed to two things: teaching you cool things and keeping you focused on the road. As you drive through a new town, stories will automatically start playing. And, if your vehicle has CarPlay, Autio has an app for that so you can get an even more immersive experience.

Get a preview on what the stories are like:

This road trip storytelling app with voices like Kevin Costner’s is $30 off

Another notable Autio feature is offline mode for those ultra-remote, off-grid road trips. If you feel you might not have cellular service, you can download stories ahead of time and access them offline later.

Road trips will never be the same with Autio. Get your Autio Unlimited Plan here for $39.99 (reg. $69.99) and save compared to the App Store or Google Play.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post This road trip storytelling app with voices like Kevin Costner’s is $30 off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $50 on this dual-camera drone that’s perfect for beginners and kids https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/dual-camera-drone-beginner-kid-friendly-deal/ Mon, 06 May 2024 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613681
A drone on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Explore the skies at a surprisingly low price for a limited time.

The post Save $50 on this dual-camera drone that’s perfect for beginners and kids appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A drone on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The drone industry has expanded swiftly, offering tremendously expensive devices with complicated technology. If you’re looking to keep things affordable and simple, consider taking advantage of special pricing on a versatile product.

For a limited time, a 4K Dual-Camera Drone that’s operable for beginners and boasts intelligent obstacle avoidance is available at only $69.97 (reg. $119). That’s more than 40 percent savings with no coupon necessary.

Users of all experiences will enjoy this drone, which offers a transmission that reaches beyond 300 feet. There is a 90-degree HD 4K camera in the front, while a 120-degree wide-angle camera is attached to the bottom.

Capture high-definition footage from far above and get consistently steady images thanks to optical flow positioning for the aircraft as it hovers. Added confidence comes from obstacle avoidance technology, which eliminates any guesswork from the ground and keeps the drone coming back in great shape.

Select from three-speed settings and gain a new perspective of any area, whether you want to explore nature, showcase a property, or get a young aspiring pilot comfortable with flight. A foldable design weighs less than four ounces and makes it easy to keep this drone neatly stored in between uses.

This purchase comes complete with a remote control and rechargeable battery, which supports flight times of up to 15 minutes. The drone carries a store rating of 5/5 stars based on verified buyer reviews.

Get everything you need from a new drone without breaking the bank, and keep things simple enough for beginners or children to fly with confidence, by getting the 4K Dual-Camera Drone for only $69.97 (reg. $119).

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Save $50 on this dual-camera drone that’s perfect for beginners and kids appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Upgrade Mom’s movie experience with these deep discounts on XGIMI projectors https://www.popsci.com/gear/xgimi-projector-mothers-day-amazon-deal/ Mon, 06 May 2024 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613633
XGIMI Mogo 2 projectors arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

Take up to 41 percent off some of XGIMI's newest, most popular projectors just in time for the Mother's Day holiday.

The post Upgrade Mom’s movie experience with these deep discounts on XGIMI projectors appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
XGIMI Mogo 2 projectors arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

TVs have gotten bigger and cheaper in recent years, but they still can’t quite match the theater-like experience that comes with a solid projector. Right now, XGIMI projectors are deeply discounted at Amazon. Models include everything from portable 1080p units for impromptu outdoor movie nights to high-end 4K projectors ready to help you see Shrek like you’ve never seen him before. These deals run through 5/12, so maybe splurge and get Mom something really amazing this year for Mother’s Day.

XGIMI MoGo 2 Pro 1080P Portable Projector $399 (with coupon, was $599)

XGIMI

SEE IT

This compact projector weighs less than 2.5 pounds, but it includes a ton of advanced features that make it a stand-alone portable theater. A pair of surprisingly powerful speakers augment the 400-lumen light output, which is plenty bright for an interior space or an outdoor nighttime feature. The Android TV operating system includes built-in Chromecast functionality, so you can easily stream content from your phone to the projector. If you want to connect your playback device with a cable, this pint-sized projector offers several USB ports (including USB-C and USB-A), as well as an HDMI, and Wi-Fi for streaming. It doesn’t have a built-in battery, but you can power it off a 65w portable charger if you want to project on the go—like when you take the one you bought yourself over to your mother’s house. She misses you. You should call.

More XGIMI projector deals:

The post Upgrade Mom’s movie experience with these deep discounts on XGIMI projectors appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
For under $250, this refurbished MacBook Air delivers power on a budget https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/macbook-air-refurbished-protective-case-deal/ Sun, 05 May 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612905
A refurbished MacBook Air on a wooden desk.
Stack Commerce

Discover exceptional value without sacrificing performance in this versatile laptop.

The post For under $250, this refurbished MacBook Air delivers power on a budget appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A refurbished MacBook Air on a wooden desk.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A new MacBook Air can leave your wallet feeling lighter than a feather, but what if you could snag one without emptying your bank account? Today, we’re putting the spotlight on an 11-inch MacBook Air, a refurbished laptop that packs a punch.

You might be thinking, “Refurbished? Does that mean duct tape and questionable battery life?” Absolutely not. Reputable retailers thoroughly inspect and test these devices, ensuring they function well. In this case, a B-grade rating may show a bit of wear—a mark on the case or faint screen burn, perhaps. In layman’s terms: it might not be a pageant winner, but it works like it should and you can get it for a lot less than the original price.

While it might not be the newest model on the block, this 1.6GHz MacBook Air still packs enough power to handle most everyday tasks with ease, thanks to its Intel Core i5 processor. And if you need a quick burst of speed, its Turbo boost technology kicks in, giving you an extra kick up to 2.7GHz.

Featuring Intel HD Graphics 6000, the vibrant LED display brings your projects and entertainment to life. Whether you’re catching up on emails or streaming your favorite show, the visuals are crisp and clear. And the 11-inch form factor lends to its portability. Toss it in your bag and carry it wherever your business takes you.

This laptop has an impressive battery life that stretches up to 9 hours. You could work (or binge-watch) for hours on a single charge, making it easier for those who are always on the go.

And to sweeten the deal, this refurb comes with a complimentary black protective case, which can help keep your investment safe from bumps and bruises while still sporting a professional look.

For affordability, functionality, and portability, invest in this refurbished MacBook Air for only $247.99 (reg. $700).

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post For under $250, this refurbished MacBook Air delivers power on a budget appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Learn up to 25 languages with lifetime access to the highly-rated Rosetta Stone app https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/rosetta-stone-language-app-learning-sale/ Sat, 04 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612901
Ad advertisement for Rosetta Stone on an orange background.
Stack Commerce

Expand your global communication abilities from anywhere.

The post Learn up to 25 languages with lifetime access to the highly-rated Rosetta Stone app appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ad advertisement for Rosetta Stone on an orange background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Do you have plans to travel internationally or ambitions to gain comfort while communicating in foreign speech? The ability to learn new languages is a crucial tool that’s become even more vital with evolving global business landscapes, and you can currently pick up a popular and proven resource at a special price. 

Lifetime access to the Rosetta Stone Language Learning app is temporarily on sale for only $179.97 (reg. $399) by using coupon code ROSETTA. Take advantage of nearly 60 percent savings on a service that has helped millions of users over more than three decades.

Described by The Wall Street Journal as “maybe the next best thing to living in a country,” Rosetta Stone is an acclaimed learning platform that provides lessons in 25 different languages. It’s been recognized as PC Magazine’s Editors’ Choice for best language-learning software for five straight years.

Gain familiarity with a list of languages that includes Chinese, French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Korean, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. Featuring innovative speech-recognition technology, Rosetta Stone offers immediate feedback on how to improve, speeding up the way in which users build confidence.

Conversational skills are a focus of these lessons, providing the necessary building blocks to ask for directions, order food, and ultimately carry on a back-and-forth discussion, which could help you prepare for your next long-distance trip.

This lifetime subscription is accessible on desktops, tablets, and smartphones, so lessons can be handled while on the move.

Learn languages any time at a pace that fits your schedule by purchasing lifetime access to the Rosetta Stone app for only $179.97 (reg. $399) with coupon code ROSETTA.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Learn up to 25 languages with lifetime access to the highly-rated Rosetta Stone app appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to recycle crayons into fun-shaped rainbow crayons https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-recycle-crayons-rainbow-crayons/ Sat, 04 May 2024 12:09:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613282
rainbow crayons of darth vader, han solo, and lego minifigs on a countertop
Luke, I am your crayon. PopSci

Don't toss your broken crayons.

The post How to recycle crayons into fun-shaped rainbow crayons appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
rainbow crayons of darth vader, han solo, and lego minifigs on a countertop
Luke, I am your crayon. PopSci

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Eventually any pristine box of crayons ends up as a pile of busted stubs at the bottom of a craft bin. In the U.S., between 45,000 and 75,000 pounds of crayons end up in landfills every year and traditional paraffin-based crayons are not biodegradable. Instead of trashing broken crayons, give them a new, colorful life by creating rainbow crayons.

This simple DIY project can also be a fun lesson for kids on the states of matter. The crayons start as a solid, melt into a liquid at temperatures above 120 degrees Fahrenheit, and return to a solid when removed from heat.

[Related: How to Frankenstein old wax scraps into a totally new candle]

The best part about creating recycled crayons is that you’re not limited to boring old pencil-like shapes. With silicone molds, you can create crayons in the shape of Darth Vader, a Lego minifig, flowers, sea stars, or even Han Solo frozen in carbonite.

What you’ll need to make recycled rainbow crayons

Ingredients

  • 2-3 cups broken crayons with paper removed
    Note: You can use new crayons, but where’s the fun in that?

Tools

Activity Time

  • 30-60 minutes, depending on your method for peeling the paper off the crayons.
crayon melting supplies on a kitchen countertop: crayons, molds, baking sheet, wire rack
If you also have a bin of broken and busted crayons, this might be the perfect weekend project for you. Photo: PopSci

Directions

  1. Pre-heat oven to 250-degrees.
  2. Peel paper off crayons.
    Note: To speed up the process, soak crayons in tub of water first. To slow down the process (and keep little hands occupied), don’t soak.
  3. Break or cut crayons into 1/4 to 1/2-inch pieces.
  4. Arrange crayon chunks in silicone molds. You’ll want to slightly overfill the molds.
  5. Place molds on baking sheet or wire rack.
  6. Bake crayon chunks for 8-10 minutes, or until all crayon chunks are melted.
  7. Remove molds from oven and allow to cool (approximately 25 minutes at room temperature or 10 minutes in the freezer).
  8. When fully cooled, carefully remove the crayons from the molds.

That’s it! Now grab a coloring book or sheet of paper and color away.

colorful crayons in the shape of lego bricks and lego minifigs
You can’t build anything with these Legos, but they’re still fun. Photo: PopSci

The post How to recycle crayons into fun-shaped rainbow crayons appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Citizen x Star Wars Death Star watch is finally back in stock and on sale for May the 4th https://www.popsci.com/gear/star-wars-citizen-eco-drive-watch-may-the-fourth-amazon-deal/ Sat, 04 May 2024 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613566
Citizen Eco-Drive Star Wars watch deals
Stan Horaczek

Celebrate the annual Star Wars holiday with the classiest pieces of fan merch you have ever seen in your life. May the Fourth be with you.

The post The Citizen x Star Wars Death Star watch is finally back in stock and on sale for May the 4th appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Citizen Eco-Drive Star Wars watch deals
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Last year, I wrote about Citizen’s surprisingly classy, decidedly awesome Death Star watch. It sold out in two days, and supply has been spotty ever since. Apparently, the Force has blessed us, however, because Amazon has the Death Star model, as well as a ton of other awesome Star Wars collection watches, in stock and even cheaper than they usually are.

Citizen Men’s Eco-Drive Star Wars Death Star Black IP Stainless Steel Watch, 3-Hand, Luminous,41mm $318 (was $425)

Citizen

SEE IT

Most fan merch won’t work in a formal or even a work setting, but this Citizen Eco-Drive watch is different. It has a slick black design with a murdered-out bracelet. The 41mm face is substantial without feeling chunky, and it’s emblazoned with a subtle-but-obvious nod to our favorite planet-destroying space station. It’s an Eco-Drive, so it never needs a battery or winding; it just needs a little bit of sunlight to keep the kyber crystals inside excited.

More Citizen x Star Wars watches:

The post The Citizen x Star Wars Death Star watch is finally back in stock and on sale for May the 4th appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get localized weather readings with this home weather station for $119.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/localized-home-weather-station-monitor-deal/ Sat, 04 May 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612896
A localized weather station pulled up on a display, desktop, tablet, and phone.
Stack Commerce

Measurements for rainfall, temperature, humidity, wind speed, and more.

The post Get localized weather readings with this home weather station for $119.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A localized weather station pulled up on a display, desktop, tablet, and phone.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Your weather app might say there’s a chance of rain, but you don’t always get to see all the data contributing to that prediction. The weather channel may show a map of precipitation, but it’s not always localized to your area. 

Whether the weather is your field of study or you’re just tired of carrying an umbrella all day and not needing it, you can get a more focused, personalized readout of the weather in your area with your own Logia 5-in-1 Wi-Fi Weather Station. This personal weather monitor mounts to your roof and sends localized weather readings to a specialized weather display or your phone, and it’s on sale for $119 (reg. $179). 

Measures wind, rain, temperature, and more

This personal weather station gives you personalized weather readings based on readings taken from the apparatus mounted on your roof. Setup is a process, but there’s no calibration needed, so all you need to do is assemble, install, and sync. 

Once it’s attached and synced, the Logia can give you readings on wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, temperature, and humidity. That’s not all you can do with it though. You can also check historic weather patterns, predict weather conditions for the next 12-24 hours, and get custom alerts for different weather patterns. The Logia can send alerts for high or low temperatures indoors or out, humidity, high wind speeds, extreme barometric pressure drop, and even the dew point. 

In practice, that means you could get more specialized information to guide what you wear, where you go, and especially what you plant if you want to cultivate your green thumb. 

Get the Logia 5-in-1 Wi-Fi Weather Station on sale for just  $119.99 (reg. $179). 

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Get localized weather readings with this home weather station for $119.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
One of Logitech’s best gaming mice is just $35 at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/logitech-gaming-accessory-spring-amazon-deal/ Fri, 03 May 2024 20:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613558
An array of Logitech G502 gaming mice on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

You can take 56 percent off this accessory and also save more then 30 percent off Logitech's gaming keyboards, lighting, and wireless earbuds while they last.

The post One of Logitech’s best gaming mice is just $35 at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An array of Logitech G502 gaming mice on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I’m in between review mice right now, and my son stole my gaming mouse, so I’m stuck using a $7 Amazon Basics mouse. I forgot just how terrible life can be with a sub-par mouse. That makes Amazon’s current deal on the Logitech G502 extra-appealing. It’s usually $80, but it’s just $35 right now. That’s a 56-percent discount. Even if you already have a pretty good mouse, this is likely an upgrade for you.

Logitech G502 HERO High-Performance Wired Gaming Mouse $35 (was $79)

Logitech

SEE IT

Before we dig into the specs, it’s important that you know this is a wired mouse. That means you’ll never need to replace batteries, worry about lag, or lose the tiny transmitter that it needs to work. The 25K sensor promises up to 25,600 max dpi, which makes it incredibly sensitive to small movements and fast twitches. It has 11 customizable buttons and five rearrangeable weights to tweak it exactly to your taste. Even if you’re not gaming, this kind of control is great for tasks like photo retouching, video editing, or zooming in extra far on your ex’s recent social media posts.

More Logitech PC accessory deals:

The post One of Logitech’s best gaming mice is just $35 at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Roll the tape: What KT Tape taught me about muscles, magnesium, and my limitations https://www.popsci.com/gear/kt-tape-activate-recover-ice-experience/ Fri, 03 May 2024 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613463
Fitness & Exercise photo
Tony Ware

I spent two days in Utah wrapped up in high-output activity, new KT Health recovery product reveals, and getting iced out in kinesiology tape.

The post Roll the tape: What KT Tape taught me about muscles, magnesium, and my limitations appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness & Exercise photo
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It was nearing the peak of PorcUclimb, right before Downward Dog, when I came up with what I was sure was a career-defining concept: Ware ’N Tear’s Salve for Wounded Pride. Here I was fat biking along the groomed singletrack of Round Valley on a perfect bluebird day in early March and I was just gassed, totally holding back our small guided group of snow cyclists. Coming off a recent illness, my altitude-ravaged lungs just couldn’t deliver what my legs demanded. 

I quickly turned to my fellow rider, KT CEO Jessica Klodnicki, and asked if R&D could get started on what could be my legacy. The chances are less than zero, I was quickly told, but that didn’t mean there weren’t plentiful new recovery products to discover. After all, that’s why I was in Park City, Utah, just up the road from American Fork and the headquarters of the brand synonymous with kinesiology tape and its growing KT Ice and KT Health portfolio.

how it started ... how it's going
how it started … how it’s going KT Tape

Prepare

Maybe you’re an elite athlete. If so, chances are you’ve used KT Tape. Maybe you’ve seen elite athletes. If so, chances are you’ve seen strips of elastic KT Tape crisscrossing an elbow, knee, shoulder, etc. Maybe you’re sitting at a desk reading this in between emails and trips to the coffee station. If so, chances are you’re wondering if KT products can benefit everybody and every body, not just Olympians and other elevated competitors. Before my trip to Utah, I was firmly in that last group. I knew the brand because, with over 80 percent market share in the taping category and a big, bright logo, KT is hard to miss even if you’ve just dabbled in couch-to-5k programs and ended up limping through CVS aisles searching for muscle soreness relief.

Just because I had seen KT Tape, however, didn’t mean I had tried KT Tape. I honestly never even glanced at it because I wasn’t Athletic—emphasis on that capital A. Sure, I stay active, biking and hiking, but I was a little too quick to let muscle soreness convince me to slow down, or maybe grind to a complete stop. I hadn’t really considered the potential benefits of gentle support, modulating pain signals, and promoting blood flow and lymphatic drainage for swelling relief that could come from kinesiology tape. Sure, I knew the R.I.C.E. method of dealing with obvious inflammation—rest, ice, compression, and elevation—but I didn’t think enough about how to lessen the chance of overuse aches or even microtraumas in the first place. I didn’t know as much about how to aid working out as I did how to react when things don’t work out.

So here I was at 7,000 feet elevation—6,700 feet higher than back home on the East Coast, give or take a few—ready to reevaluate my approach to activity. And to test a therapeutic routine, you need to put some muscles to work. That’s why KT brought a small group of journalists to this mountain town known for winter sports—a high desert covered in deep powder thanks to lake effect storms. That’s how I ended up embarrassing myself on a bike. But the shame of crapping out on the cord wasn’t the only thing leaving me feeling tingly.

Perform

Much like my typical delayed onset muscle soreness, KT’s reveals built up gradually. And our first introduction, prior to carving some corners, was to the new KT Health magnesium creams—KT Health Activate, specifically. Magnesium cream isn’t new—just ask anyone with restless leg syndrome. But KT Health Activate has worked with a local Utah partner on a cream that combines magnesium with Arnica—as well as skin-friendly aloe, vitamin-e, shea butter, and jojoba oil—to provide multiple benefits. 

According to Dr. Erin Hassler, a member of the KT Sports Medicine Advisory Board who led our presentations on the physiological impact of the products, magnesium is the counterbalance to calcium in the tug-of-war that is muscle contractions. Whereas calcium activates muscle, magnesium relaxes it. Applying magnesium cream prior to exercise loosens the muscles, reducing stiffness and, hopefully, injuries. Adding in Arnica is an additional prophylactic tactic, creating a warming sensation and promoting opioid receptor activity to make you feel better about your gains and pains. 

And it certainly worked. Still feeling the long flight in my lower back, I applied some KT Health Activate to the base of my spine prior to our ride (10-20 minutes before activity is recommended). Sure, it was a “warm” day in the low- to mid-30s and we were doing high-output activity, but we were barely into the course before I was striping down almost to my Arc’Teryx Rho Merino wool crew neck because I was primed (and more than a little afraid sweat would trickle some of the cream into a precarious crevice). And while my lungs could have used some soothing going up the trail, my lower back felt great as I eventually caught my breath and ripped the descent. 

My upper back, on the other hand, hasn’t felt great since I was first introduced to personal computing in the early ’90s. Luckily, a second product was unveiled once we returned to the hotel: KT Tape Pro Ice. This new addition infuses Menthol into the established KT Tape Pro adhesive, appealing to consumers who use pain relief patches but find that they bunch or peel or just don’t work well on joints, etc. 

As we’ve established, however, I’d never used KT Tape despite the company’s retail dominance since it launched in 2008. So I wasn’t sure how to apply it. Yes, KT has created a mobile app with guided instructions on anchoring and angles for any anatomy. But, since the team was already there, they invited everyone to identify a problem area and someone would address it for us. Citing my laptop hunch, I had strips put on my neck and across my shoulders and, in a relatively short time, started to experience pain relief, or an excellent approximation of it. What Menthol does, among other things, is create the illusion of cooling by activating the thermoreceptor that senses cold. Triggering ole TRPM8, in turn, activates vasoconstriction—like icing without the ice—and decreases pain receptor sensations. All the while the tape helps open up that dermis and move any prior fluid build-up along.

Much like with the KT Health Activate cream, it wasn’t long before I felt the KT Tape Pro Ice in action—a relief response that gradually faded during some hotel room downtime. What was even more surprising, however, was that the tape reactivated later that evening. Dinner took place in a yurt located at the Soldier Hollow Nordic Center in Midway, the “Little Switzerland” of Utah. To access the yurt, however, you had to snowshoe a half-mile. And that exertion reacted with the tape, cooling me down and firing my opioid receptors up. Maybe it was the rich food and robust pairings from Parallel Wines or maybe it was the Menthol and stretchy support, but I slept well that night. 

Recover

I woke up the next morning with very little residual tenderness, which was good because it was time for two more products and one more test. First, there was KT Health Recover magnesium cream, which swaps the Arnica for Menthol, pre-workout application for post-workout (after your shower, or you’ll wash it all away). But it still energizes nerve endings in its own way. Compared to the KT Tape Pro Ice, I felt less immediate stimulation (YMMV, as it comes down to skin type), but there’s just something about the smell of Menthol that I find appealing and appeasing (and that makes me put on some old skool breakbeat hardcore). Plus, the cream can go where KT Tape Pro Ice can’t—i.e., where there is body hair—just don’t combine the two, as the cream will make the tape less adhesive.

The other new introduction in the KT Health line was the new Ice Sleeve. If you’ve ever entertained exercising, even briefly, you’ve surely dedicated some space in your freezer to ice packs. And you’ve surely grabbed one of those stiff packets, wrapped it in a ratty dish rag, and awkwardly balanced it on some sore appendage propped up on a pillow. The KT Health Ice Sleeve aims to mitigate the swelling and cursing that comes from activity and subpar ice therapy.

Wrapped in microfiber, the water-based glycol gel in the infinitely reusable Ice Sleeve remains pliant even when frozen, making it perfect for 360 degrees of cold compression of ankles, knees, and elbows (potentially even thighs if using the XXL size). There’s no condensation, and 20 minutes or so of cold it gives off lines up with the medically recommended application on joints and tendons. Plus it stores neatly in its insulated portable pouch, a lil localized ice bath that doesn’t confine you to the couch.

As for that last test, it was my Real Housewives of Salt Lake City [Season 2, Ep. 14] moment, according to a coworker who watches the show. Sold as a final recovery activity but really its own core-strength challenge to maintain balance, we participated in stand-up paddle board yoga on the Homestead Crater hot spring. Here I was 24 hours later, yet thinking again about breath control and settling into a Downward Dog, my muscles warm as I tackled another activity that became easier over time. I may not have left Utah with a future in designing recovery products for the recreational athlete. Still, I can now see how KT products and I have a future together whether I’m hunched over a computer, handlebars, a yoga mat, etc. 

keep telling yourself you got this, dawg ... try hard enough and you can be just like that lady above
keep telling yourself you got this, dawg … try hard enough and you can be just like that lady above KT Tape

The post Roll the tape: What KT Tape taught me about muscles, magnesium, and my limitations appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Rediscover desktop power with this grade “A” refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre desktop on sale for $180 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/lenovo-thinkcentre-refurbished-grade-a-desktop-deal/ Fri, 03 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612892
A black grade A refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Powerful computing made affordable.

The post Rediscover desktop power with this grade “A” refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre desktop on sale for $180 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black grade A refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Just when you thought desktop computers were a thing of the past, you discover that certain tasks are simply beyond the capacity of even the most advanced laptops. Despite their convenience and portability, laptops often fall short of the reliability and power that desktops usually deliver. If you find yourself in need of a desktop but can’t quite swing a hefty investment, consider a refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre M900, available at a steal price.

The very definition of tiny but mighty, this desktop computer packs a powerful CPU with generous RAM and SSD, all while remaining portable and mountable. For a limited time, its refurbished version can be yours for less than $200.

Before anything else, it’s worth mentioning that while this computer is refurbished, it boasts a grade-A rating, meaning that it’s in near-mint condition. Performance-wise, it’s as good and powerful as new despite being a 2015 model. It packs an Intel Core i5 processor that can run multiple applications without lagging, a 16GB RAM that delivers a seamless computing performance, and a 256GB SSD that can store all your essential files and media. Pre-installed with Windows 10 Pro, you can expect it to support a wide range of applications with ease.

Thanks to Lenovo Smart Meeting Room Solution and Intel Unite, you’ll have no problem connecting it wirelessly and securely to your meeting room display using either a laptop or tablet. But if you’re keen on having it in your home office, its multiple mounting solutions let you customize its setup to suit your space perfectly.

“It came as advertised and great price. Very compact and with a little effort it works well with 3 monitors as is,” says one verified purchaser who snapped one up.

Experience high performance without the hefty price tag with this refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre M900. It normally retails for $349, but you can get it on sale for $179.97 for a limited time.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Rediscover desktop power with this grade “A” refurbished Lenovo ThinkCentre desktop on sale for $180 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stay cool this summer with $200 savings on a powerful portable A/C unit https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/costway-portable-ac-unit-air-cooler-deal/ Fri, 03 May 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612886
A white Costway portable A/C unit on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Beat the heat with this discount on a versatile air cooler.

The post Stay cool this summer with $200 savings on a powerful portable A/C unit appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A white Costway portable A/C unit on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While many of us are currently enjoying spring weather, warmer temperatures are right around the corner. Rather than waiting until you’re a sweaty mess to come up with a solution, take advantage of special pricing on a versatile cooling option.

Right now, a Costway 3-in-1 portable evaporative air conditioner is available for only $95.99 (reg. $299) with no coupon required. That’s a savings of nearly 70 percent on a device that’s designed to keep you comfortable all summer long.

This air conditioner weighs less than 15 pounds and is primed to boost your comfort level at home or in the office. Featuring a honeycomb cooling pad and a pair of ice-crystal boxes, it delivers a powerful stream of cold air that can be administered at low, middle, or high fan speeds.

Use the included remote control to adjust settings from across the room at any time. An evaporative, non-compressor system also offers some versatility, as it can be utilized as an air humidifier or air purifier

Now that allergy season is in full swing, it’s also worth noting that this air conditioner features a removable and washable filter that reduces your potential for contact with possibly harmful particles, including bacteria and dust. Negative ion technology sterilizes the air, providing some peace of mind.

The portability aspect is simplified thanks to its caster wheels. Roll it between rooms or to the car without any fuss, and enjoy the cooling effects wherever you require.

Save yourself from suffering through a heat wave by picking up the Costway 3-in-1 portable evaporative air conditioner for only $95.99 (reg. $299) while this deal lasts.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Stay cool this summer with $200 savings on a powerful portable A/C unit appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Chromebooks for students in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-chromebooks-for-students/ Thu, 02 May 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613314
The best Chromebooks for students on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The best study buddies are reliable, fast internet and a Chromebook that can handle all the schoolwork a kid throws at it.

The post The best Chromebooks for students in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Chromebooks for students on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i on a plain white background. Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus
SEE IT

The Flexi 5i has enough processing power, memory, and storage for any classroom assignemtn.

Best for elementary school kids HP Chromebook 11a on a plain white background. HP Chromebook 11a
SEE IT

An ideal choice for younger students who need a small, well-specced machine for resource-light computing.

Best value ASUS' 14-inch 2-in-1 Chromebook Plus on a plain white background. ASUS 14-inch 2-in-1 Chromebook Plus
SEE IT

ASUS’ Chromebook has welcome features, including a 1080P webcam, which we wouldn’t expect in such an inexpensive computer.

Buying kids a computer for any reason can be stressful, but parents become even more acutely aware of how much gadgets cost when kids become students—and that’s where a Chromebook comes in. When it comes to a student’s laptop, you must consider whether it has all the capability and compatibility a kid needs now and whether it could get them through graduation in a few years. Plus, you have to consider how much you want to spend on something that might, OK, that will experience wear and tear. A Chromebook laptop offers an affordable way to give kids enough computing power to tackle their online assignments in form factors they tend to understand intuitively. They can be an excellent school tool for younger users who don’t need top-of-the-line laptop specs and their parents who don’t want to pay those prices. Here’s our guide for choosing Chromebooks for students, as well as help navigating processing and storage specs and how they translate versus traditional laptops.

How we selected the best Chromebooks for students

We pulled together this list based on hands-on testing performed by the PopSci staff and extensive research of consumer feedback. We then reviewed that through our skeptical spectacles, formed by our collective parenting experience of buying, replacing, repairing, recycling, and swearing about a graveyard of gadgets and computers that went through our kids’ hands. They may have tried valiantly to care for them, but this skill requires practice and failure like any other.

The best Chromebooks for students: Reviews & Recommendations

First things first: What is a Chromebook? Chromebooks look like laptops and feel like laptops, but think of them as a unique category of computing devices. Chromebooks are internet-viewing devices with full-sized keyboards and decent-sized screens. They are defined by their operating system, ChromeOS, which will feel familiar to anyone who uses Google’s Chrome web browser. The platform relies on a good internet connection to power web-based applications from the Chrome and Android app stores and cloud-based file storage. 

Chromebooks excel at everyday computer tasks: web browsing, using a word processor, making simple spreadsheets, and streaming videos. Does the kid’s school use Google Suite? The move will be seamless. Used to Mac or Windows operating systems? Chromebooks may feel underpowered, but they aren’t designed for resource-intensive applications like making music or editing videos. Still, plenty of students—and adults—use their laptops almost exclusively to go online. People who live and learn within a browser can avoid paying for high-priced computing power that exceeds their needs by opting for one of the Chromebook laptops below. 

Best overall: Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus

Lenovo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.4 inches by 9 inches by 0.78 inches
  • Weight: 3.52 pounds
  • Screen size: 14-inch WUXGA
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Processor: Intel Core i3 (13th generation)
  • Storage: 128GB
  • Graphics: Intel UHD Graphics
  • Camera: 1080p
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life: Up to 10 hours

Pros

  • Backlit keyboard
  • 2-in-1 design
  • Headphone jack
  • microSD slot
  • 1-year manufacturer warranty

Cons

  • Stylus pen ready but not included
  • Body looks metal but is and feels plasticky
  • OK battery life

We selected the Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus as our best overall option for students because of its Goldilocks components and $500 recommended price tag. It’s small but not too small, and at three-and-a-half pounds, it is light but not the lightest. There’s 128GB of storage (a good amount for a Chromebook) and the Intel Core i3 processor and 8GB of memory make the whole thing feel fast, regardless of whether the student is watching YouTube videos or working on a spreadsheet. This model’s software enhances online chatting or sitting in a virtual classroom by canceling out noise, adjusting lighting, and blurring backgrounds for privacy. 

The flip-and-fold design lets kids use it as a tablet, laptop, or set up as a tent, and the full high-definition 14-inch matte screen supports multitouch interactions. It has a decent array of ports—headphone jack, USB-A, USB-C, and a microSD—to connect to other accessories as needed. The Chromebook tablet can be used with a stylus, but that’s an additional purchase. 

The “Chromebook Plus” moniker is an official Google designation that means the device meets more powerful minimum specs than other models and comes loaded with productivity and creativity apps. 

Best for elementary school kids: HP Chromebook 11a Laptop

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.22 inches by 7.6 inches by 0.66 inches
  • Weight: 2.36 pounds
  • Screen size: 11-inch high-definition anti-glare
  • Memory: 4GB
  • Processor: MediaTek MT8183
  • Storage: 64GB
  • Camera: 720p 
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life: Up to 15 hours

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Very lightweight
  • Small form factor for little hands
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Dialing down specs means potentially outgrowing sooner
  • No touchscreen

We picked the HP Chromebook 11a Laptop for early elementary school kids because when you are little, scale matters. In the early elementary school years, kids have two distinct looks: the tiny kid with a proportional backpack and arms full of regular-sized folders and papers that didn’t fit inside or the tiny kid with a regular-sized backpack that looks like it might pull the wearer down to trap them on their back forever like a turtle.

Little backpacks and little hands are better served with a small Chromebook. The HP Chromebook 11a has a smaller 11.6-inch screen; at 2.36 pounds, it’s the lightest Chromebook on our list. We’ve also lowered our expectations for specs, as kids are likely watching some YouTube videos or doing resource-light computing. For these young kids, we’ll trade a MediaTek processor (a major player in the mobile processor market), 4GB of memory, and lower, 64GB storage for a roughly $200 price tag. It makes it more palatable should something very normal, like being dropped, crushed, or spilled on—happen. This option is suited for parents who predict a short life—or perhaps a rough one—for their kid’s Chromebook. 

Best for high school students: Acer Chromebook Spin 714

Acer

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.3 inches by 8.8 inches by 0.71 inches
  • Weight: 3.02 pounds
  • Screen size: 14-inch WUXGA, 16:10 aspect ratio
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Processor: Intel Core i5 (13th generation)
  • Storage: 256GB
  • Graphics: Intel Iris Xe
  • Camera: QHD MIPI 2K 
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life: Up to 10 hours

Pros

  • 2-in-1 design
  • Backlit keyboard
  • Privacy shutter on webcam
  • Antibacterial Gorilla Glass screen
  • MIL-STD 810H 
  • Two colors: Steel gray, iron
  • 1-year manufacturer’s warranty

Cons

  • OK speakers
  • A touch on the heavy side

Not to be old, but I remember when high school students had to lug things called “books” in backpacks so heavy they could knock shoulders and spines out of alignment for entire academic years. High school hasn’t been like that for a long time. To set up your student for success now, give them a boost in processing power and upgraded voice conferencing tools because their online lives are just as demanding as your work meetings. The Acer Chromebook Spin 714 boasts a 13-generation Intel Core i5 processor, which makes it smooth to switch between apps or leave dozens of Chrome tabs open. However, students may struggle with resource-intensive projects like serious media editing or design projects or if they’re a big gamer. Those activities need a laptop with higher-end processors and more memory

For a Chromebook, the Spin features a webcam that is better than average at 2K pixels with a privacy shutter and noise reduction tech to cut out background blabber. It also has a more premium feel than other Chromebooks, with sturdy hinges to handle all the folding and tenting 2-in-1 devices go through and an antimicrobial Gorilla Glass screen for additional durability. The Spin meets military specs for durability, but don’t confuse that for a rugged device; I know more than one teenager who can break MIL-SPEC devices due to carelessness.

The Spin 714’s suggested retail is $700, higher than many other options, but we’ve found this touchscreen Chromebook for as low as $550. However, the whole Spin line offers good Chromebooks for education. The smaller Acer Spin Chromebook 311 made our list of Chromebooks for under $300, though the tradeoff is a smaller screen, a slower MediaTek Kompanio 500 series processor, and a 720-pixel webcam. 

Best eco-friendly: Framework Laptop Chromebook Edition

Framework

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.6 inches by 9 inches by 0.63 inches
  • Weight: 2.8 pounds
  • Screen size: 13.5 inches, 3:2 aspect ratio
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Processor: Intel Core i5 (12th generation)
  • Graphics: Iris Xe Graphics
  • Storage: 256GB
  • Camera: 1080p 
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life: Up to 8 hours

Pros

  • Repairable
  • Four customizable expansion ports
  • Backlit keyboard
  • Headphone jack
  • Comes with power adapter, expansion cards, and Framework screwdriver
  • 1-year warranty

Cons

  • More expensive
  • No touchscreen
  • Lower battery life

The Framework Laptop Chrome Edition bucks plenty of industry practices. At a time when most electronics are treated as disposable objects, Framework builds laptops that allow owners to repair and replace components as they see fit (read our review of a Framework Laptop here). It may seem like common sense, but it took many legislative pushes to get “right to repair” bills to counter many companies’ approach to voiding warranties, making batteries irreplaceable, and other tactics that lock down the devices you buy from them. 

At about $1,000, the Framebook Chromebook costs more than our other options and is a splurge by Chromebook standards. Still, its aluminum body houses a 12-generation Intel Core processor, 8GB memory, and an initial storage capacity of 256GB. Ports are customizable: Each Chromebook has four expansion slots, so users can mix and match microSD, USB-C, USB-A, HDMI, DisplayPort, and Ethernet options. They also can be changed later. Other Framework laptops offer ways to up the processor, storage, graphics, and keyboard components, but the Chromebook version currently lacks those options.

Still, we like this for students because it’s for long-term ownership. Unless your kids double as a wrecking crew, a Framebook Chromebook can offer a lesson in taking care of things and evaluating whether a problem can be solved through a bit of sweat equity before opting to replace it. Gentle users may be able to pass this from older siblings to younger ones. They also can build the curiosity and confidence of tinkers-to-be. Changing port expansion cards is more like popping out LEGOs than building a PC from scratch. 

Best value: ASUS 14-inch 2-in-1 Chromebook Plus

ASUS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.6 inches by 9.3 inches by 0.81 inches
  • Weight: 4.08 pounds
  • Screen size: 14 inches WUXGA
  • Memory: 8GB
  • Processor: AMD R-Series SOC
  • Graphics: AMD Radeon
  • Storage: 128GB
  • Camera: 1080p 
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life: Up to 13 hours

Pros

  • Backlit keyboard
  • Headphone jack
  • 1-year warranty

Cons

  • Heavier than other options on this list
  • Screen brightness is about 300 nits, a bit dim

The ASUS 14-inch 2-in-1 Chromebook Plus is another model with Google-approved productivity and creativity apps with more powerful stats. Initially, the model retailed for $499 but we’ve been seeing it for as low as $349—a great value at that price point.

It’s another 2-in-1 design with a touchscreen, a 1080p front-facing camera, and a built-in mic for easy virtual meetings. Where this Chromebook differs is the color—it’s blue!—and an AMD R-Series SOC processor. AMD is the Pepsi to Intel’s Coke. Which processor you prefer is a matter of taste, but it is ample for most school-age kids’ work. 

At just over 4 pounds, this is the heaviest option on this list despite having the same screen size as most other choices.

What to consider when buying the best Chromebook

Choosing Chromebooks for school is a balance of understanding your kid’s age group, their assignments, and how well (or not) they take care of devices. Students don’t necessarily need the power of a full-fledged, top-of-the-line laptop, especially at elementary school ages. They need a stable and reliable internet connection, the ability to do online exercises and quizzes, write up some papers, and work up presentations with clip art from who knows where. A good middle ground is 8GB RAM, 128GB of storage, and recent generations of Intel or Ryzen processors, but dial-up or down according to age. Younger kids can get away with less processing and storage power, but older age groups or more advanced coursework merit sliding up. 

Prices range wildly, but the spread is not as crazy as shopping for traditional laptops. You can find cheap Chromebooks and premium models hovering around a grand. Once a novelty, many Chromebooks feature touch screens and 2-in-1 designs so they can be used as tablets, too. Regardless of age, we recommend giving hinges a good look to see if they will handle being opened and closed repeatedly, possibly for no other reason than your kid is curious how sturdy they are. Expect plastic bodies, but some may feature metal hinges. Beyond that, consider the following specs:

Processor

Premium Chromebook models rock the latest and greatest processor chips from Intel Core or AMD Ryzen, but the bulk of options will be a few generations behind. If performance is the key consideration, opt for the latest and greatest within your budget for the snappiest multitasking possible. However, students, particularly younger ones, often only need a little muscle to take online quizzes or write papers. Consider workload and work type, and we recommend more powerful processors for older students. 

Display  

Chromebook screens don’t vary as widely as regular laptops. They tend to prioritize lightweight screens over bells and whistles. Displays are usually between 12 and 14 inches, though some 16 inches are out there. A 1920 x 1080 resolution full high-definition screen should be plenty for web browsing, streaming, and sitting through online sessions. Avoid sub-1080p screens, though. Online classroom meetings deserve better. 

Touchscreens are common in the Chromebook category, as many devices come in 2-in-1 display varieties.

Memory and storage

Memory and storage specs are far lower than those of traditional laptops. This is partly because ChromeOS has only modest requirements, and apps take up a small space. The other reason is that Chromebook users are expected to store things in the cloud. Most Chromebooks demand a minimalist approach to local storage but aim for at least 128GB for photos, videos, and other files you’ll want to access offline. 

We prefer at least 8GB of RAM, which offers a noticeable boost in performance, especially for games, Android creativity apps, and keeping many browser tabs open simultaneously.

FAQs

Q: Are Chromebooks worth it for students?

Chromebooks can be an excellent choice for students in our post-pandemic, web-based school environment. Though prices have increased recently, most Chromebooks focus on enough power and enough speed to research, join video chats, and write papers and presentations well without costing thousands of dollars.

Q: What is the best Chromebook for a teenager?

Depends on the teenager, but school workloads and extracurricular hobbies may exceed Chromebooks. Schoolwork like writing papers and reading online textbooks is easily handled. However, should your teen start media-heavy design or engineering work that needs large storage space and beefier processors, consider options like long-time student favorites from Dell, HP, or Apple (including options geared toward college if your student is midway through high school or so). 

Then there’s the g-word: gaming. In my household, gaming, not school work, was the priority as we entered the teen years. Manufacturers are rolling out a new generation of Chromebooks that support cloud-based gaming—things like Android games. However, we’d still recommend one of our best gaming laptops under $1,000 to take advantage of a broader spectrum of play. 

Q: What are the disadvantages of a Chromebook?

The main disadvantage of Chromebooks is their limited offline capabilities. No Wi-Fi signal? Too bad unless you had the foresight to flag some work as “offline accessible.” Your Chromebooks will only be able to do a fraction of tasks and have to go back online to sync projects like writing a report in Google Docs. Software will be limited to web-based applications, but that category of productivity and creative tools is growing.

If the pros to a Chromebook are affordability and portability, some cons are lower local storage capacity and less powerful hardware specifications than traditional laptops. This can impact their ability to handle resource-intensive tasks like video editing, gaming, or running complex software.

Q: Do Chromebooks have accessibility features?

Chromebooks have many accessibility features baked into the operating system so that students can customize them to their needs or preferences. For vision impairments or just comfort for kids staring at screens all day, Chromebooks have settings to enlarge or magnify content, including text, change colors for sharper contrast, and ChromeVox, a built-in tool that reads on-screen text aloud. Other tools allow for spoken feedback and tools to adapt to dexterity challenges. 

Final thoughts on the best Chromebooks for students

For students who need an affordable yet capable laptop for web-based assignments and content consumption, Chromebooks can be wallet-friendly options for parents, whether they’re shopping for little kids or soon-to-be high schoolers. The trick to locating the right Chromebook is matching the processing and storage power with the durability needed to survive being carried to and from school. 

The Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus strikes a nice balance between performance, portability, and price, as does our budget pick, the similarly outfitted ASUS 14-inch 2-in-1 Chromebook Plus. For young elementary school students, consider the compact HP Chromebook 11a Laptop that is perfectly sized for little hands, while high schoolers will appreciate the Acer Chromebook Spin 714’s processing power and premium features like an enhanced webcam. For those looking to reduce electronic waste, the Framework Laptop Chromebook Edition is a smart eco-friendly choice with its repairable, modular design. 

And regardless of which one you pick, get a case. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Chromebooks for students in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get Bose’s flagship QuietComfort Ultra earbuds for their lowest price ever https://www.popsci.com/gear/bose-quietcomfort-earbuds-amazon-deal/ Thu, 02 May 2024 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613291
Bose QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds in a tiled format.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Travelers and commuters should take advantage of this limited-time $50 discount on top-tier wireless active noise cancellation earbuds.

The post Get Bose’s flagship QuietComfort Ultra earbuds for their lowest price ever appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Bose QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds in a tiled format.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Bose, the company that popularized noise-cancelling headphones, has retaken the crown amongst sharp competition from Sony and Apple. The QuietComfort Ultra earbuds simply block more high and low frequencies more efficiently. True to their name, the earbuds are also comfortable to wear, lending themselves to longer listening sessions when you’re on a plane or train for business or pleasure. Bose’s QuietComfort Ultra are the best noise-canceling earbuds we’ve tested, and they’ve returned to their best price thanks to a current Amazon deal.

Bose QuietComfort Ultra Wireless Noise Cancelling Earbuds $249.99 (Was $299.99)

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

The QuietComfort Ultras achieve their high level of active noise cancellation by using multiple microphones built into each bud to “hear” unwanted sounds that an advanced algorithm filters out before they reach your ears. All of this processing is done in real time and doesn’t significantly impact the earbuds’ audio quality, which is excellent. The QuietComfort Ultra earbuds’ sound profile creates tight bass, clear-but-not-hot treble, and a smooth midrange. You’ll be satisfied with what you hear regardless of the music genres you typically listen to. While the QuietComfort Ultra earbuds are always worth their premium price, they’re even easier to recommend during Amazon’s flash sale.

Other great Bose audio deals:

The post Get Bose’s flagship QuietComfort Ultra earbuds for their lowest price ever appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Amazon’s sale on Samsung monitors includes a 49-inch G9 ultrawide for just $799 https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-ultrawide-monitor-amazon-deal/ Thu, 02 May 2024 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613289
A pattern made of Samsung Odyssey G9 monitors
Stan Horaczek

You can take up to 50 percent off monitors at just about every level—from high-end gaming rigs to $100 basic models.

The post Amazon’s sale on Samsung monitors includes a 49-inch G9 ultrawide for just $799 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern made of Samsung Odyssey G9 monitors
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You probably spend a lot of time staring at a monitor, so you might as well make it a good one. Right now, Amazon has a ton of Samsung monitors on deep discount, some of which have hit their lowest prices ever. The standout deals come in the form of ultrawide gaming monitors, but there’s something for everyone, even if you’re just looking for a cheap second display so you can watch old episodes of Seinfeld while you make spreadsheets. Oh God, why does my life sound so tragic when I type it out like that? Anyway, time to save on a new monitor!

SAMSUNG 49-Inch Odyssey G9 Series DQHD 1000R Curved Gaming Monitor, 1ms(GtG), VESA DisplayHDR 1000, 240Hz $799 (was $1,299)

Samsung

SEE IT

If you’ve never seen a 49-inch curved monitor in person, it can be hard to convey just how much it feels like you’re sitting in the cockpit of a spaceship. The steep curve and super-wide setup fill up so much of your field-of-view that you feel totally immersed. That makes it awesome for gaming (along with the 1-millisecond response time and 240Hz refresh rate), but it’s also basically a one-stop multi-monitor solution for everyday productivity. Just think of all the room you’ll have for activities with 5,120 x 1,440 pixels spread across 49 inches of screen. You’ll never need to close a window again.

More Samsung monitor deals

OK, so maybe you don’t need an absurdly wide monitor. That’s alright. Here are plenty of other excellent models deeply discounted right now, including one of our favorite OLED monitors first and foremost:

The post Amazon’s sale on Samsung monitors includes a 49-inch G9 ultrawide for just $799 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Charge up to six devices simultaneously with this successfully Indiegogo-funded power bank, further on sale https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/flash-pro-plus-power-bank-deal/ Thu, 02 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612864
Two power banks surrounded by various devices
Stack Commerce

This powerful graphene wireless charger is now further on sale for $199.97.

The post Charge up to six devices simultaneously with this successfully Indiegogo-funded power bank, further on sale appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two power banks surrounded by various devices
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Successfully funded on Indiegogo, the Flash Pro Plus can charge up to six devices simultaneously, making it a valuable addition to your tech-charging collection. Even better, it’s now available at a further reduced price.

Tailored for Apple users, the Flash Pro Plus stands out impressively with its robust 25000mAh capacity, which can seamlessly charge up to six devices simultaneously, including smartphones, laptops, an Apple Watch, and more. The Flash Pro Plus employs graphene technology, offering faster charging speeds, improved heat dissipation, and extended lifecycles compared to traditional lithium-ion batteries.

Offered by the esteemed Panasonic brand, this graphene composite enables the power bank to support up to 100W charging via its USB-C port, positioning it among the quickest portable chargers on the market. The graphene battery technology boosts performance and enhances safety with superior thermal management, minimizing the risk of overheating. Additionally, the power bank features multiple layers of protection against overcharging, short-circuiting, and other potential hazards, ensuring the device and connected gadgets are kept safe and secure.

MagSafe compatibility elevates the Flash Pro Plus’s convenience and functionality. For iPhone 12 and later model users, this power bank also provides a seamless magnetic attachment, allowing for a secure and efficient cable-free device that recharges from 0% to 100% in only 70 minutes. This feature is especially advantageous for people on the move, as it eliminates the need for multiple cords and guarantees a stable charge.

Regarding portability, the Flash Pro Plus is compact, sleek, and durable, making it easy to carry. Despite its high capacity and advanced features, it remains surprisingly lightweight due to its graphene construction. This compact design, along with its rapid charging capabilities and MagSafe compatibility, renders it an essential tool for anyone needing a dependable power source while on the go.

Snag the Flash Pro Plus 100W USB-C 25000mAh Graphene Power Bank w/ Magsafe Compatibility, now further on sale for $199.97 (reg. $319) with no code required.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Charge up to six devices simultaneously with this successfully Indiegogo-funded power bank, further on sale appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best coffee grinders for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-coffee-grinder/ Thu, 26 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390554
The best coffee grinders of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Move one step closer to the perfect cup with these invaluable tools in the quest to turn beans into brew.

The post The best coffee grinders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best coffee grinders of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Baratza Encore Conical Burr Grinder is the best coffee grinder overall. Baratza Encore Conical Burr Coffee Grinder
SEE IT

A user-friendly model with conical burrs that work for multiple types of coffee makers, from automatic brewers to French presses.

Best splurge The Baratza Forte BG Brew Grinder is the best coffee grinder. Baratza Forte BG (Brew Grinder)
SEE IT

This coffee shop–quality flat-burr megabrewer has over 200 grind settings and a giant hopper.

Best budget OXO Brew Conical Burr Coffee Grinder on a countertop. Fellow Ode Brew Grinder
SEE IT

Multiple settings allow you to get the perfect grind for French press coffee or pulling espresso shots.

Whether rocking a classic brewer or a fancy pour-over or press, you need a coffee grinder to pulverize those beans. Believe it or not, your grinder’s quality will affect your coffee’s quality. The oft-overlooked grinder is actually a crucial piece of equipment when it comes to crafting the perfect cup: You get maximum flavor from uniformly cut beans, and not every grinder can deliver those. Finding the best coffee grinders for you and your needs means looking at the price point, whether you want something manual or electric, and whether you prefer burred beans to bladed ones—and we have the options that address all these considerations and more.

How we chose the best coffee grinders

We chose the best coffee grinders based on a mix of research and hands-on testing. Our methodology took into consideration whether the grinder was manual or electric, a burr or blade grinder, and even the type of coffee beans one can use. This is a monotasking appliance, but that doesn’t mean it’s simple. In the case of the coffee grinders we tested, our assessments covered their ease of use, ease of cleanup, and overall performance. Price was also a consideration, and we’ve diligently presented options across a wide cost spectrum.

The best coffee grinders: Reviews & Recommendations

No matter how you prepare your coffee—whether pour-over, French press, espresso, etc.—freshly ground beans take the experience to a new level. Here are the best coffee grinders to help you get your caffeine fix at home, at the office, or even on the go.

Best overall: Baratza Encore Conical Burr Coffee Grinder

Baratza

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Electricity
  • Size: 6.3 x 4.7 x 13.8 inches
  • Capacity: 5 ounces
  • Price: $149.95

Pros

  • 40 grind settings
  • Single-button design
  • High-torque motor

Cons

  • Low capacity

Baratza says its Encore Conical Burr Coffee Grinder was designed for beginners, which is great if you’re making the leap from using pre-ground coffee to whole beans. Its 40 grind settings may seem intimidating at first, but researching the correct coarseness of your coffee beans based on the brew you’re making will allow you to make the perfect cappuccino every time. Over time, the Encore’s numerous grind settings will be a vital feature rather than a source of frustration.

The Encore’s approachable design is comprised of an on/off switch, which will continuously grind beans, and a single pulse button to engage the machine’s high-torque motor in short bursts. A few pulses will yield enough coffee for a single cup, while letting the machine run for half a minute should provide enough grounds for a group. Just be mindful of this coffee grinder’s relatively low capacity, which means you’ll have to refill the machine on a more regular basis.

Best splurge: Baratza Forte BG (Brew Grinder)

Baratza

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Electricity
  • Size: 5.12 x 7.09 x 14.17 inches
  • Capacity: 10.58 ounces
  • Price: $895

Pros

  • Built-in scale
  • Digital screen
  • 260 grind settings

Cons

  • Price

Yes, Bartaza’s Forte BG costs several times more than our other recommendations. Still, it has features that professional coffee makers will want and that everyone who uses it could appreciate. Its two stand-out features are a built-in electronic scale to ensure each cup of coffee you make has the same amount of grounds and a digital screen, allowing you to switch between its grind settings, set the grinder on a timer, and more. Bartaza outfitted this coffee grinder with 260 grind settings, so you can get pinpoint precision when making your grounds.

If you’re willing to invest in a machine like this, the chances are high that you’ll have a similarly tricked-out coffee maker. Once you’ve found the ideal grind setting for your preferred cup of coffee, you can save it as a preset so it’s accessible at the push of a button. Bartaza’s Forte BG is a no-compromise coffee grinder and is likely to be the only one you’ll ever need if you make the investment.

Best design: Fellow Ode Brew Grinder

Fellow

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Electricity
  • Size: 9.5 x 4.7 x 9.4 inches
  • Capacity: 3.5 ounces
  • Price: $199

Pros

  • Aluminum construction
  • Automatic stop function
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Low capacity

Fellow’s sleek-looking Ode Brew Grinder is sure to spruce up your countertop, but its performance matches the aesthetic value of its aluminum frame. The Ode features 11 grind settings, with 31 steps in between to give you ample space for experimentation. Fellow says its settings were specifically designed to produce the optimal grounds for AeroPress, pour-over, French press, and cold brew beverages. The heart of this appliance is its professional-level 64mm flat burrs, which grind beans consistently.

Despite their size and power, Fellow touts this coffee grinder’s quiet operation. One of the Ode Brew Grinder’s most user-friendly features is its automatic stop function, which will shut off its motor when it senses its hopper is empty. This is both a cue to add more beans (if necessary) and to conserve energy. This coffee grinder can’t hold a lot of beans at once, so you’ll likely have to replenish it regularly if you drink more than one cup of coffee per day, or prefer a stronger cup.

Best portable: KitchenAid Go Cordless Blade Coffee Grinder

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Size: 4.41 x 5.29 x 8.41 inches
  • Capacity: 4 ounces
  • Price: $129.99

Pros

  • Runs on a rechargeable battery
  • Simple design
  • Works very well

Cons

  • You’ll need to remember to charge it

KitchenAid’s new Go line of battery-powered appliances includes a coffee grinder, and it’s easily the best powered model you can take with you anywhere. It’s small enough to cart around in a backpack or carry-on bag and can run for up to six minutes per charge. In our tests, that’s enough time to get several cups of finely ground beans before reaching for a USB-C cable. If you’re worried about running out of juice, you can always pick up a spare battery. Using this cordless coffee grinder was straightforward: We loaded its hopper up with beans, placed the plastic cover on top, twisted the cover to lock it in place, and pushed down on its single power switch.

This coffee grinder has no set grind settings, so you’ll need to watch the grounds as they’re being crushed to determine when they’ve reached the correct consistency. We were able to get course grounds in about 15 seconds when the hopper was full, and kept the grinder running for a full minute to get powder-like results. This coffee grinder was short enough that we could easily keep track of the state of our grounds to prevent ourselves from overgrinding while it was on a countertop.

You’ll need to remember to keep this coffee grinder’s battery topped up, which can be tedious in a world where every portable gadget requires power management, but you’ll be rewarded for this minimal amount of maintenance. This is the best option if you’re serious about making freshly ground coffee in moderate to high quantities on the go.

Best manual: JavaPresse Manual Coffee Grinder

JavaPresse

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Hand crank
  • Size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 7.5 inches
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Price: $39.94

Pros

  • No outlet required
  • Compact design
  • Price

Cons

  • Requires elbow grease

If you’d like to take a coffee grinder with you on a camping trip or only want to enjoy a high-quality cup on occasion, JavaPresse’s Manual Coffee Grinder is the one to get. Turning its crank a few times will yield enough grounds for a couple of cups of coffee, which isn’t bad considering you can easily pack this grinder in a backpack. That said, using this coffee grinder will take more effort than an electric one, so be prepared to put in some effort to get your grounds.

It’d be easy to assume JavaPresse would have to make big sacrifices to achieve this manual grinder’s small size, but that’s not true. It features 18 grind settings, is significantly quieter than using an electric grinder, and uses ceramic burrs that were designed to last several times longer than stainless steel ones. If you want to make sure you’ll be able to make fresh coffee the way you like it while you’re on vacation or a business trip, JavaPresse’s Manual Stainless Steel Coffee Grinder is the one to get.

Best value: OXO Brew Conical Burr Coffee Grinder

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Electricity
  • Size: 6.8 x 11.8 x 14.8 inches
  • Capacity: 12 ounces
  • Price: $99.95

Pros

  • 16 different grind settings
  • Timer to control the length of its grind sessions
  • Easy to maintain

Cons

  • Difficult to see how many grounds are in the container

OXO’s Brew Conical Burr Coffee Grinder is another compact, beginner-friendly option for those beginning their adventures in whole-bean coffee making. It features 15 settings that produce grinds ranging from the texture of loose-leaf tea to confectioner’s sugar. Its relatively large hopper can hold a couple of cups worth of beans at a time, and the grinder had no problem continuously pulverizing them with consistent results. While testing this coffee grinder, one of our favorite features was its built-in timer, which allows you to continuously grind beans in intervals up to 30 seconds. Once you know how the volume of grounds this machine will produce on your preferred grind setting, you can make the perfect amount with the twist of a knob.

We found the grind setting numbers on this coffee grinder easy to read, and OXO even broke them down into fine, medium, and coarse, so you know which way to turn the hopper. Ironically, the only part of this coffee grinder showing signs of wear after months of use is the company’s logo, which is printed in the middle of its grind button. Once we were done grinding our beans, it was equally simple to remove the hopper and grounds container to wash them.

Overall, we found this coffee grinder to be fast, easy to operate, and it produced consistent results regardless of our preferred grind setting. The grounds container’s stainless steel construction made it impossible to see how full it was at a glance—the top cover is made out of see-through plastic, but was difficult to keep an eye on at any angle—but we never ran into the issue of it overflowing if we stuck to OXO’s 30-second grind intervals. You can’t go wrong here if you’re looking for a full-powered electric coffee grinder on a budget.

Don’t want to deal with a kitchen scale to measure the perfect amount of your grounds? OXO has a solution for that in the OXO Brew Conical Burr Coffee Grinder with 38 Settings and Scale (which, admittedly, adds substantially to the price). However, you’ll still need to pick up a milk frother for those perfect espresso-based beverages.

What to consider when shopping for the best coffee grinders

Baristas and javaheads alike agree that one of the keys to a perfect cup of joe is using fresh, uniformly ground beans; to get those, you need one of the best coffee grinders. Knowing how to grind your beans for the particular type of coffee you’re making (will it be iced coffee, cold brew, or a crema-rich shot for that latte drink, etc.) is also crucial. (Here’s a secret: Start with less beans.) If you don’t know your burrs from your blade or your flat-tops from your conicals, read on to up your coffee game instantly. 

Burr vs. blade grinders

As you start to shop, you’ll quickly notice two words coming up again and again: burr and blade. A burr grinder (or burr mill) works by crushing beans between two rotating burrs, or small rotary cutting tools. (Within the world of burr grinders, there are two types: conical and flat. Conicals will typically cost you more than flat.) A blade grinder features one big blade that rotates and slices up your beans as it goes. In general, burr grinders are thought to be more precise (and therefore pricier) because they chop grounds in a more uniform way than blades. In broad strokes, a blade grinder works faster and is cheaper; a burr grinder offers more control and better taste, but it’ll also cost you more.

Manual vs. electric grinders

As you could probably guess, the big difference between these two options is how much elbow grease you feel like putting into grinding your beans. Manual grinders are typically smaller than their electric counterparts and don’t require electricity, so they’re perfect for traveling. They’re more affordable than automatic grinders and allow you to control the size of your grind better. The biggest benefit to an electric grinder is ease and speed of use—no physical effort is required, but you will need an outlet.

How tech-savvy and/or comfortable you are with settings is also a factor: The more precise you want your electric grinder to be, the more settings you’ll have to deal with (because the grind size for an espresso drink is different from that for straight coffee). If you don’t want to deal with so many options (or spend as much) but still want something electric, pick one with minimal settings. 

Coffee bean preference

You may be asking yourself: should I choose my grinder based on how I make my coffee and what kind of coffee I drink? Yes! Well, sort of. The way you take your coffee will determine how finely you grind your beans. For example, French presses and cold brew coffee work best with a coarse grind; espresso should be fine. (In the middle is an assortment of slightly different ground sizes, like medium-coarse for pour-over and medium for a drip machine.) If you’ve ever had beans ground at the grocery store, you’ve likely had to choose the size of your grind. Over- or under-grinding beans for the way you brew can result in a deficit of flavor. 

FAQs

Q: Does a coffee grinder really matter?

Yes! A coffee grinder is one important factor in the equation that is making a good cup of coffee. You want something that grinds beans uniformly and—if you plan to brew for multiple types of makers—can adapt (i.e., give you options like coarse, medium, and fine). If you’re always disappointed that your at-home coffee never tastes quite as good as the coffee house stuff, your first step in improving your java game is investing in a coffee grinder. 

Q: What is a burr grinder?

A burr grinder is one that breaks up beans by crushing them, like a mill. (A blade grinder chops beans with, well, a blade). Burr grinders are said to cut beans more precisely and evenly, delivering better flavor. Within the burr world, there are two kinds of grinders: conical and flat. A conical burr grinder has a cone-shaped center burr and outer serrated burr; a flat one features two round, facing burrs that turn out grinds that are even more precise than their conical brethren (but they also make more noise). 

Q: How long should you grind with a manual grinder?

How long you keep at it with a manual grinder differs based on what kind of grounds you seek and how many beans you want to break. As you’d probably guess, the finer the grind, the longer it takes; the same goes for bigger volumes of beans. The best thing to do is start out slow and check your beans every couple of seconds. You can always grind more, but you can’t go back and grind less. In general, a coarse grind takes about 10 seconds and a fine grind takes around 30. A medium grind takes, well, a medium amount. But trial and error is your friend!  

Final thoughts on the best coffee grinders

The best coffee grinders are ones that are right for your budget, have options to satisfy every coffee drinker in your house (e.g., you like an espresso, but your roommate wants cold brew), and are suited to get every last bit of flavor out of those power-packed little magic beans and into your travel mug. In general, that probably means springing for a burr grinder over a blade one, but beyond that, it’s dealer’s choice among our picks above!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coffee grinders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 4K monitors for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-4k-monitor/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515562
The best 4K monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Equip your home office, gaming setup, or editing rig with the best 4K monitor.

The post The best 4K monitors for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best 4K monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dell S2722QC Dell S2722QC
SEE IT

Everything a creative professional or student needs in a single, well-constructed package.

Best for gaming Samsung Odyssey Neo G8 Samsung Odyssey Neo G8
SEE IT

A no-compromise display for serious PC or console gamers.

Best budget PC Gaming photo Philips 288E2E
SEE IT

All the performance most people need—for a lot less money.

A solid 4K monitor provides all the screen real estate you need to get things done, whether working from home, gaming, or creating content. A high-resolution display will allow you to see text, photos, and video in great detail—especially recently created media. External monitors have been a common tech accessory for decades, but the marketplace for 4K displays specifically has expanded greatly over the past few years. The combination of 4K PC and console games, accessible 4K video, and the necessity of a home office or learning space has accelerated this change. If you’re assembling a new computer setup, these are the best 4K monitors available right now.

How we chose the best 4K monitors

The monitor market has recently introduced several new 4K models, but these high-res options aren’t the standard—if you want 4K resolution, that narrows the field right off the bat. And that’s not necessarily a bad thing. Choosing the best one for your needs is easier by eliminating hundreds—if not thousands—of options. From that pool of possibilities, our recommendations are based on meticulous research and careful consideration of the most common uses of a 4K monitor. We’ve also considered the computer platform (Mac or PC) you’re using and whether you’d like to use your monitor with several devices or to replace a TV.

A monitor is the type of tech accessory most people will rely on daily for a decade or more, so our recommendations must stand the test of time and be ready to work with every computer you get. Longevity, multi-functionality, and value were the core virtues we considered when searching for and ultimately selecting the best 4K monitors.

The best 4K monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Our selection of 4K monitors is designed to match any budget and lifestyle. Some are “all-rounders,” which means they’ll be pretty good for many tasks, while others are designed for a specific purpose—gaming, for example—or have a differentiating tech spec, like a curved panel. Our 4K monitor recommendations will serve you well while browsing the web or streaming video.

Best overall: Dell S2722QC

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27 inches
  • Ports: 1 x USB-C PD, 2 x HDMI, 2 x USB-A, 1 x headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: Yes

Pros

  • Can quickly charge laptops while they’re connected
  • Multiple USB-A ports
  • Built-in speakers

Cons

  • Low refresh rate for serious gaming

Dell’s S2722QC is an all-in-one package that offers the right mix of excellent performance for most uses and value. Its most convenient feature for MacBook and modern PC laptop users is a USB-C port, which allows you to connect your computer to it without an adapter. Yes, the S2722QC has multiple HDMI ports, but hooking your laptop up to it with a USB-C cable will charge the computer and allow you to connect other accessories to the monitor’s USB-A ports. This configuration turns the 4K monitor into a USB hub. This single-cable solution will make your home office setup look neater, and ensure your laptop is charged when you want to take it out of your home.

We’ve used Dell’s S2722QC hooked up to a 13-inch MacBook Pro via USB-C for several months and have never had an issue with the monitor recognizing the computer or flaking out mid-use. We’ve been especially pleased with the monitor’s color reproduction and overall sharpness when reading text and viewing photos. MacOS automatically puts the monitor in a scaled resolution mode, which admittedly makes text larger and easier to read, but you can switch it to 4K in the “Displays” section of the System Settings app. The monitor performs just as well whether we’ve used it at a scaled or default resolution.

One of this monitor’s most surprising features is integrated 3W speakers. They’re helpful in a pinch, but we still recommend picking up a dedicated set of speakers for your computer if you listen to music frequently. Still, if you’re on a video call and your Bluetooth headphones have run out of juice, it’s helpful to have speakers immediately at the ready. Ergonomically speaking, the S2722QC gets high marks for being height adjustable. The ability to raise and lower the monitor whenever we pleased made working more comfortable as we moved throughout the day.

The S2722QC’s only downside—depending on how you plan on using your 4K display—is its relatively slow 8ms (millisecond) response time and 60Hz panel. This won’t make a difference when you’re watching videos, browsing the web, or editing photos, and we never noticed any perceptible lag in day-to-day use. You’ll only notice this feature when you’re playing fast-paced games like first-person shooters. Casual or slower-paced games don’t require a fast refresh rate display, but cutting-edge titles will suffer slightly, so opt for a dedicated gaming monitor instead.

If you’re not a PC or console gamer looking for a high-resolution display primarily for gaming, the S2722QC will serve you very well.

Best for gaming: Samsung Odyssey Neo G8

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 32 inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI, 2 x USB-A, headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 240Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Extremely high refresh rate
  • Support for Adaptive Sync with AMD and NVidia graphics cards
  • Matte display won’t show glare from lights

Cons

  • Price
  • Curved display may not be for everyone.

If gaming is your primary use case for a 4K monitor, Samsung’s Odyssey Neo G8 is a no-compromise display. Its 240Hz panel is incredibly fast, allowing you to play the latest games at their fastest-possible speed—so long as your gaming computer‘s graphics card and processor are fast enough to handle them. The monitor’s display panel is complemented by built-in software support for Adaptive Sync, which will offer better performance when it’s hooked up to a computer with an AMD or NVidia graphics card.

Adaptive sync will further reduce latency (lag) and the frequency of image artifacts like screen tearing, which can occur when the screen is updated with new images quickly. This technology, which works with settings like low input lag mode and a refresh rate optimizer, increases the probability of smooth, consistent gameplay.

Many modern games support HDR (high dynamic range), which improves contrast and color accuracy when a PC or console is hooked up to a display that supports them. Samsung outfitted the Odyssey Neo G8 with Quantum HDR 2000, so newer games, TV shows, and movies will really pop. Games that don’t support HDR will also look nice, so don’t worry if you spend a lot of time playing the classics.

While Samsung focused primarily on optimizing the Neo G8 for gaming, it made design choices that make it a solid pick for general use. The 4K monitor can be tilted and height adjusted and rotated a full 90 degrees. This is a huge deal ergonomically, as it allows you to position the monitor exactly where you want it without having to get a third-party stand or mount.

The most controversial choice is that the Odyssey Neo G8 has a curved display, a love-it-or-hate-it situation. Curved displays have the advantage of taking up more of your peripheral vision, which, combined with the Odyssey Neo G8’s 21:1 aspect ratio, will create an immersive gaming experience. On the other hand, curved displays can reflect light from multiple angles, which can get frustrating if you’re playing in a well-lit room.

If you have a dedicated PC or console gaming setup, Samsung’s Odyssey Neo G8 can be an excellent 4K desk-friendly display. That said, its cutting-edge hardware does come at an extremely high price. Don’t get us wrong, the Odyssey Neo G8 is an excellent 4K gaming monitor and priced appropriately given its tech specs, but it’s a significant investment.

Game in a darker environment and willing to sacrifice a few pixels for a more immersive viewing experience? Our favorite ultrawide OLED monitor is also in the Samsung Odyssey G8 family.

Best curved: Gigabyte M32UC

Gigabyte

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 31.5 inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.1, 1 x DisplayPort 1.4, 1 x USB-C, 4 x USB 3.2 headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 160Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Large viewing angle
  • Fast refresh rate
  • Ergonomic design

Cons

  • Curved display may not work in rooms with a lot of light

Curved monitors aren’t for everyone, but Gigabyte’s M32UC is our preferred 4K model due to its gamer-forward features and ergonomics. The big reason to get a 4K curved monitor is to have a display that covers more of your peripheral vision, which can be helpful if you get distracted while working. However, curved displays will catch and reflect light from more angles, so you should seriously consider the light source in your room before picking one up, as a constant bright blotch on your screen can also be distracting. If you already know the risks associated with curved monitors and want a high-resolution model, there’s a lot to like about the M32UC.

Serious video and photo editors will appreciate that the M32UC covers 93% of the DCI-P3 color gamut, 123% of the sRGB color gamut, and supports DisplayHDR 400. It’s paramount that the display you’re using is as accurate as possible, and this monitor will deliver for prosumers. Similarly, gamers who want a truly immersive high-resolution PC gaming experience will take advantage of the M32UC’s HDR (High Dynamic Range) support along with its 160Hz refresh rate. Modern games will move fluidly on this display—provided your PC has enough graphical hardware to run the latest titles at such a high resolution and frame rate simultaneously.

Every type of user will benefit from the M32UC’s height-adjustable stand—especially helpful if you’re using the monitor in a room where the sun is at risk of reflecting off its display throughout the day. You’ll also appreciate the monitor’s port selection, which includes multiple USB-A and HDMI ports in addition to a USB-C and DisplayPort. It’s easy to connect several peripherals, computers, and game consoles to the M32UC at the same time without using a single adapter.

If you’re comfortable using a curved monitor and want a 4K display as your digital canvas, GIGABYTE’s M32UC is our top pick.

Best ultrawide: LG 38WN95C-W

Specs

  • Size: 38 inches
  • Ports: 1 x Thunderbolt (USB-C), 2 x HDMI, 1 x DisplayPort, 2 x USB-A, 1 x Headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Massive display that’s still VESA-compatible
  • Solid refresh rate for gaming
  • Wide port selection

Cons

  • Price
  • May be too big for many desks

Ultrawide monitors have become popular recently because they allow you to have two full-sized windows open on a single display rather than requiring a dual-monitor setup. At 38 inches wide, the 38WN95C-W requires a huge space commitment, but you’re rewarded with a curved display guaranteed to take up all of your peripheral vision. Technically, this is a QHD+ (3840 x 1600) display, which isn’t quite a “true 4K,” but it’s the closest you’ll get with a display like this. The monitor would have to be comically tall to accommodate the extra 500 pixels, and you won’t miss them with this type of display.

The 38WN95C-W is stacked on the tech side, especially in its port selection. You can connect four devices to it simultaneously using its mix of HDMI, DisplayPort, and Thunderbolt ports. The monitor’s Thunderbolt 4 input—the same shape as a USB-C port—has the same benefits as the one in our best overall pick for this guide. You can charge your laptop and connect it to accessories through the 38WN95C-W’s pair of USB-A ports with a single cable.

Gamers will appreciate the 38WN95C-W’s 1ms response time, 144Hz refresh rate, and support for AMD FreeSync and NVidia G-Sync, all of which make this monitor a solid pick for 4K gaming. The difference between a 4K 120Hz monitor and one that runs at 144Hz is noticeable when playing games that require precise movement. Its height, swivel, and tilt-adjustable stand also score points in the ergonomics arena. Frankly, it’s hard to find a task the 38WN95C-W isn’t well suited for.

The limiting factor for this display is space—if you have enough and are committed to living the ultrawide monitor lifestyle, the 38WN95C-W can handle anything you throw at it with aplomb.

Best for video editing: BenQ PhotoVue SW272U

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27 inches
  • Ports: 1 x USB-C, 2 x HDMI 2.0, 1 x DisplayPort 1.4, 1 x USB-B, 2 x USB-B, 1 x SD Card slot, 1 x Headphone Jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Support for 100% sRGB, 99% Adobe RGB, 99% DCI-P3 color spectrums
  • Video and photo-centric built-in features
  • Height-adjustable stand

Cons

  • Cost

BenQ’s PhotoVue SW272U is the best monitor we’ve ever tested for video editing, and professionals in this field should take notice. The 4K display is calibrated and tested for color accuracy before leaving its factory for Delta E ≤1.5 accuracy. BenQ includes a certification report with the display so you can be sure it passed the inspection. The display covers 99 percent of DCI-P3 color gamut, is Calman-verified and Pantone-validated, and offers 10-bit support for 1.07 billion colors. This level of performance allows you to use the SW272U for professional video editing work right out of the box.

Additional video and photo editing-centric settings include a P3 color preview to ensure accurate colors before you deliver a video to clients and Paper Color Sync, which allows you to fine-tune color settings without burning through precious photo paper and ink. These features aren’t necessary for folks who need a 4K monitor for common uses but are essential for creative professionals whose work needs to be as polished as possible. The included Hotkey Puck G3 makes it easy to change settings with shortcuts, saving you time throughout the day.

If you’re working in an environment with a lot of natural light, the SW272U has you covered. We tested this monitor in a room with south and west-facing windows and have no issues seeing the screen, thanks to the 400 nits of brightness. In terms of ergonomics and build, this IPS monitor features an anti-glare coating, essentially eliminating reflections, making it more comfortable to look at for multiple hours in a row. It has a sturdy stand with plenty of adjustment options and a leatherette base. The SW272U doesn’t have built-in speakers, but its headphone jack allows you to plug headphones in if you’re mixing audio for a key scene.

It’s expensive, but BenQ’s PhotoVue S272U offers truly outstanding quality, a robust feature set for creatives, and excellent ergonomics for long editing sessions. 

Best portable: SideTrak Solo 4K

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 15.6 inches
  • Ports: 2 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A, 1 x Mini HDMI
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • VESA compatibility: N/A
  • Speakers: Yes

Pros

  • Can be powered by a single cable
  • Thin enough to pack in a backpack
  • Improves the ability to multitask out of the house.

Cons

  • Cost

SideTrak’s Solo 4K is far and away the most technically impressive portable monitor we’ve tested and a must-have for creatives who need as many pixels as possible when working from outside their home. The 15.6-inch 4K display weighs under three pounds and is under half an inch thick, which allowed us to take it around in a backpack during our tests without feeling over-encumbered.

We used the Solo 4K with a 13-inch MacBook Pro and connected the two using a single USB-C cable (included), which provided power and transferred data. Our computer immediately recognized the 4K display, configured it appropriately, and never lost its connection. MacOS put the Solo 4K into a scaled resolution mode by default, and it worked well whether we used this stock setting or adjusted it to its native 4K monitor resolution. SideTrak also configured the Solo 4K’s picture preset appropriately, so we didn’t have to touch that to get colors that looked accurate instead of washed out or overexposed.

If you’re used to working on two high-resolution displays at home, it’s incredible how much more efficient you can be when taking a similar setup on the road. We found ourselves using the Solo 4K as a separate pane dedicated to tasks like photo editing and keeping our e-mail and work chat apps open while using our laptop’s built-in display for writing posts. Having additional information available at a glance rather than having to break focus by switching to a different piece of software was immediately beneficial.

Multitasking became possible when working at a coffee shop—be sure to snag a table with enough space for both a laptop and monitor side-by-side—in ways that wouldn’t have been practical otherwise. Frequent travelers who find themselves at a disadvantage while working in transit or at their temporary destination will find their roadblocks eliminated. The only technical fault we could find with the SideTrak Solo 4K was its fairly weak speakers, which is understandable when you consider the thinness of this display. If you need a 4K display that can be reasonably taken anywhere, SideTrak’s Solo 4K is the solution.

Best budget: Philips 288E2E

Philips

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 28 inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI, 1 x DisplayPort, 1 x Headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • VESA compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: Yes

Pros

  • Support for 120 percent of the sRGB spectrum
  • Height and tilt adjustment
  • Price

Cons

  • Refresh too slow for gaming

Philips’ 288E2E proves how far the affordability of 4K monitor technology has come in a relatively short time. For $270 (at the time of this reporting), you’re getting a 28-inch 4K display with AMD FreeSync support, the ability to display 120 percent of the sRGB color spectrum, built-in speakers, and an ultra-slim design. Philips had to make very few feature cuts when designing this display, and they mostly come down to nice-to-have-but-unnecessary extras, namely a USB-A port and ultra-fast refresh rate.

These commissions aren’t glaring—though gaming on a 60Hz panel isn’t ideal—and make the 288E2E feel like a slightly more barebones version of our best overall pick, Dell’s excellent S2722QC. Part of this 4K monitor’s appeal is its averageness. Hear us out: There’s no curved panel or ultrawide design, just a straight-ahead high-resolution display. While this may be relatively boring, it’s exactly what most people are looking for in a 4K monitor for general tasks. This display even has built-in speakers, a relative niche feature not found in many of its competitors in this price range.

If your needs are relatively modest, the difference between Philips’ 288E2E and other picks is insignificant. You can use the money you save by picking up this display to upgrade additional parts of your home office setup.

What to consider when buying the best 4K monitors

Several factors should be considered when deciding which 4K monitor fits your needs. These are the five we’ve deemed most important when conducting our research to help you make your selection:

Screen size

4K monitors come in a variety of sizes, but bigger doesn’t always necessarily mean better. A large monitor will take up more room on your desk and may not be necessary if your needs are modest. Photo and video editors can take full advantage of the space available on a 38-inch 4K monitor more easily than a writer or typical student. Ironically, it’s easier to see individual pixels on a monitor as its screen size grows, which may annoy you if you’ve got very sharp sight. The 4K monitors we recommend run the gamut from 27-38 inches.

Ports

A monitor’s ports (also called inputs) determine which cable is required to connect it to a computer or other tech accessory. All 4K monitors above are equipped with multiple HDMI ports, the most common input found on external displays and TVs. Many also feature a DisplayPort or USB-C port, which are more niche but serve the same purpose. Some of our 4K monitor picks have USB-A ports, which allow you to use them as a hub to connect your computer to additional accessories.

Refresh rate

A monitor’s refresh rate—measured in hertz, shortened to Hz—determines how quickly it can be updated with new information. Refresh rates are measured in milliseconds, which means this tech spec isn’t important for common tasks but will make a difference if you choose to use your external display for gaming. A typical monitor offers a 60Hz refresh rate but can go much higher. Some gaming monitors go as high as 500Hz, but that’s extreme for the category.

VESA compatibility

All 4K monitors above come with a built-in stand, but you can replace it with a different one—whether it’s a wall mount or a monitor arm—if preferred, as long as they are VESA compatible. Switching to a different monitor stand may improve the ergonomics of your computing setup or save you desk space based on the one you choose.

Speakers

If you’d like to use your computer as a TV replacement, it’s smart to get one with built-in speakers. A monitor’s speakers will never match the quality of a true stereo pair but will work well in a pinch.

FAQs

Q: Is text too small on a 4K monitor?

No. Text looks very clear on a 4K monitor. If you’re having trouble reading it, you can always zoom in on the text you’re reading to see it more easily.

Q: Does a 4K monitor need HDMI 2.1?

No. Many 4K monitors have HDMI 2.0 ports and will connect to a game console, computer, or another tech accessory with no problems. HDMI 2.1 ports are only necessary for playing native 4K console or PC games with HDR (High Dynamic Range) enabled.)

Q: Can my PC handle a 4K monitor?

Yes. Most desktop and laptop computers sold in the past five years or so are powerful enough to run a 4K monitor capably.

Q: How much should a 4K monitor cost?

This will depend on the display’s size, refresh rate, and the other factors listed above. You can get a basic 4K monitor for under $400 but will have to spend much more if you’d like one specifically suited for gaming.

Final thoughts on the best 4K monitors

A 4K monitor will quickly become the most important tech accessory in your computing setup, right next to the external hard drive you use for regular backups and the Wi-Fi router you rely on for a steady Internet connection. It used to be difficult to find monitors with this resolution without spending thousands of dollars or settling for sub-par specs, but thankfully, that’s no longer the case. Advancements in display technology have made 4K monitors more accessible and affordable than ever, and once you get one, there’s no going back.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 4K monitors for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get Apple’s latest, fastest MacBook Air for $100 off at Amazon—but not for long https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-macbook-air-m3-amazon-deal/ Wed, 01 May 2024 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=613135
A Starlight MacBook Air M3 in a diagonal pattern on a plain white background.
Amanda Reed

If you're looking for a slim laptop with a beefy processor, look no further than the MacBook Air M3, on sale at Amazon.

The post Get Apple’s latest, fastest MacBook Air for $100 off at Amazon—but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Starlight MacBook Air M3 in a diagonal pattern on a plain white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Apple’s MacBook Air line set the standard for thin, powerful laptops from its release in 2008. The company’s proprietary silicon—a chip switch made in 2020—ushered in a speedy, powerful age of laptops eating gigantic .MOV files for breakfast. Unsurprisingly, the combination of the two is great. You, too, can get in on this form-meets-fast fun with $100 off select MacBook Air models, most of which include Apple’s M3 chip.

Apple 2024 MacBook Air 13-inch Laptop with M3 chip $999 (Was $1,099)

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

You could say the latest MacBook Air is a “skinny legend.” It’s flat like the MacBook Pro line but clocks in at 2.7 pounds and .44 inches tall. (OK, short king!) First introduced in March 2024, the MacBook Air M3 upgrades are specific but useful. It now has Wi-Fi 6E connectivity, better external monitor support, and better performance compared to the previous iteration. You could call that a slay. From college students to Apple stans, the MacBook Air M3 is one of the best laptops to purchase at this moment.

If you’re more of a “buy a previous generation to save more money” person, you’re in luck: the 2022 MacBook Air M2 is on sale for $849, down from its OG $999 pricing.

More 🔥 Apple deals at Amazon:

The post Get Apple’s latest, fastest MacBook Air for $100 off at Amazon—but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Invest in your back health and improve your posture for just $40 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/better-back-back-brace-nasa-deal/ Wed, 01 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612860
A person typing at a laptop wearing a back support brace.
Stack Commerce

BetterBack Luxe offers NASA-grade comfort and support without breaking the bank.

The post Invest in your back health and improve your posture for just $40 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person typing at a laptop wearing a back support brace.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Let’s face it; sitting just isn’t what our bodies were designed for. From hunched shoulders over our laptops to slouching on the couch, our modern lifestyles often wreak havoc on our posture. This can lead to a cascade of problems, from nagging back pain to decreased energy levels. The BetterBack Luxe Posture Support could be your answer to better spinal alignment.

This innovative product, successfully funded on Kickstarter and featured on Shark Tank, has taken the ergonomics world by storm. It’s no surprise, considering the science behind good posture. Studies have shown that sitting up straight can improve circulation, boost your mood, and even enhance cognitive function. By keeping your spine in a neutral position, you take the pressure off your joints and muscles, preventing the aches and pains that come with a day hunched over.

The BetterBack Luxe goes beyond just good intentions, though. This ingenious device is crafted with NASA-engineered memory foam, the kind trusted by astronauts for peak comfort during liftoff. This translates into a plush sitting experience, whether you’re powering through emails or catching up on your favorite show. Plus, the water-resistant outer shell means you can take your newfound posture support anywhere, from the office chair to the bleachers at your kid’s soccer game.

With the BetterBack Luxe you can forget about restrictive back braces. This support system utilizes flexible webbing straps that allow you to achieve a snug ergonomic fit. No matter your body type, you can adjust the straps to ensure your spine is properly aligned, eliminating that uncomfortable feeling of being forced into an unnatural position. Additionally, thanks to the slip-resistant knee pads, the BetterBack Luxe stays comfortably in place if you happen to be kneeling on the floor.

Whether you’re glued to your gaming console, engrossed in a meditation session, or simply want to add a touch of comfort to your travels, the BetterBack Luxe has your back (literally). Its portability makes it the ideal companion for long car rides or airplane journeys, ensuring you arrive at your destination feeling refreshed and pain-free.

Remember, a healthy spine is a happy spine, and a happy spine makes for a happier you. Start sitting pretty with the BetterBack Luxe Posture Support for only $39.97 (reg. $59.99)

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Invest in your back health and improve your posture for just $40 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best swivel recliners for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-swivel-recliners/ Mon, 12 Feb 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=602028
The best swivel recliners of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These comfortable, movable chairs will allow you to comfortably reposition yourself with ease.

The post The best swivel recliners for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best swivel recliners of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Evolur Harlow Deluxe Glider Swivel Recliner on a plain white background. Evolur Harlow Deluxe Glider Swivel Recliner
SEE IT

Marketed as a nursery chair, this recliner has become very popular with families.

Best design CHITA Power Recliner on a plain white background. CHITA Power Recliner
SEE IT

With 10 colorways in two material selections, this recliner offers up superior style.

Best budget Sweetcrispy Swivel Rocking Recliner on a plain white background. Sweetcrispy Swivel Rocking Recliner
SEE IT

If you need a swivel recliner but don’t want to spend a lot, this is the chair for you.

Swivel recliners all kinds of opportunities. You can relax comfortably in your living room. You can sit behind a desk facing away, then slowly turn towards someone as they enter a room like you’re a super villain. The possibilities are endless. But, you need to choose the right chair for your needs. We’ve selected this list of the best swivel recliners for just about any person and any space.

How we chose the best swivel recliners

Since customers know best, we combined previous research on great recliners for both pleasure and pain relief with a search for the chairs that the customers are not only purchasing but also talking about. We mean four-star and above conversation, leaving the three-star and below recliners for the curb. We also call an audible occasionally, choosing a newer chair that might not be highly reviewed yet but comes from a trusted brand and is full of style. 

The best swivel recliners: Reviews & Recommendations

The best swivel recliners of 2024 have to at least recline and swivel. While there are different methods of reclining, there is no variation in swivel, as that construction generally requires similar parts. These five swiveling recliner chairs will keep you turning around to face your perceived realities until you have to recline out of dizziness.  

Best overall: Evolur Harlow Deluxe Glider Swivel Recliner

Evolur

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Polyester
  • Recline type: Power
  • Swivel degree: 275°
  • Price: $424

Pros

  • Push-button recline
  • USB port
  • Solid construction

Cons

  • Limited swivel
  • Design is a bit bland

The Evolur Harlow Deluxe Glider Swivel Recliner comes in a few variations of gray, which can make for a bit of a dull chair. However, that just means it matches with all your other furniture, and you can always just get a chair cover. Regardless, it has the prerequisites of being both a recliner and a swivel chair and has hundreds of positive reviews. 

Features include a power reclining mechanism controlled by a button on the armrest. There’s a built-in USB port to charge up while you’re sitting down and some side pockets. While it doesn’t swivel all the way around, 275 degrees at least eliminates the side eye. Coming in at under $400, the Evolur Harlow Deluxe Glider Swivel Recliner is a best buy if you want to swivel and recline. 

Best splurge: Hershman Leather Swivel Recliner 

Hershman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Recline type: Manual lever
  • Swivel degree: 360°
  • Price: $1,069

Pros

  • Top grain leather
  • Solid wood construction
  • Mid-century modern style

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No charging ports
  • Ottoman instead of leg rest

Hershman Leather Swivel Recliner is very much a splurge, but there’s good reason for spending over $1,000 on a swivel recliner. It comes in orange, blue, white, and cream, so it immediately does away with the boring gray found in most chairs. It also focuses on ergonomics, with a manual recline and included ottoman. This is a sitting room chair, or at least one you’ll want to use as a centerpiece in the living room. 

Most importantly, it swivels an entire 360 degrees, so if you entertain a lot of James Bond types and own a hairless cat, this chair is a must-have. But really, it’s the style that counts. Full leather and a mid-century modern look make the Hershman Leather Swivel Recliner an absolute splurge.

Best design: CHITA Power Recliner 

CHITA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Faux leather / Fabric
  • Recline type: Power glide
  • Swivel degree: 270°
  • Price: $649

Pros

  • Ten color options
  • Power glide function
  • Extended footrest

Cons

  • Not a full swivel
  • No swivel lock when reclined

The CHITA Power Recliner has all those nice features you want in a swivel recliner, like lumbar support, USB charging, push-button recline, and rocking. That’s right; this is a swivel-rocking recliner, so you can rock, swivel, and recline. Fun times. But that’s not the main selling point of this recliner. 

Rather, that would be the two material selections in faux leather or fabric, along with 10 different color selections. That means that the CHITA Power Recliner is the perfect chair when you want to recline in accordance with your home design. 

Best value: Abingdon Upholstered Swivel Recliner 

Abingdon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Polyester blend
  • Recline type: Glider
  • Swivel degree: 360°
  • Price: $266

Pros

  • Full recline
  • Also a rocker
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Low weight limit
  • Kind of small

Another gliding rocker billed as a nursery chair, the Abingdon Upholstered Swivel Recliner will also suffice as a regular recliner. Plus, it’s a rocker as well. You get a full recline, and it’s moderately cheap. It’s not a flashy recliner with a ton of color options or a necessarily big poofy recliner, but it does what it sets out to do. 

And isn’t that the real value of a recliner? Serving as a place to rest your weary bones after a long day of dealing with humanity? And sometimes all you need is a simple chair like the Abingdon Upholstered Swivel Recliner to set your feet up, swivel around to watch TV, and wait for the day to close.

Best budget: Sweetcrispy Swivel Rocking Recliner 

Sweetcrispy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Linen fabric
  • Recline type: Manual
  • Swivel degree: 360°
  • Price: $443

Pros

  • Adjustable recline
  • Full 360° swivel
  • High backrest

Cons

  • A bit narrow
  • No electronic functions

The Sweetcrispy Swivel Rocking Recliner comes in at around $200, which should fit nearly any chair-related budget. This is not a complex chair; it sticks to the basics. There are no massage functions, USB charging, automatic recline, or heating, but it does swivel all the way around. This is a chair your kids will spin in until you lose your patience and kick them outdoors.

This is a sturdy little chair, and there’s the only real downside. It’s a bit narrow, so it’s not suited for bigger folk. But it holds its own with an adjustable recline, so you don’t have to live in the black and white of reclining all the way or not at all. The Sweetcrispy Swivel Rocking Recliner is a budget chair for sure, but without being budget quality.

What to consider before buying one of the best swivel recliners

Before you purchase a swivel recliner, you’ll want to hone in on at least three particular points:

Swivel degree

Most swivel recliners have a 270- to 360-degree radius. But that 90 degrees makes a huge difference. Without that last right angle, you won’t be able to turn all the way around. Peripheral swivels are nice and all, but sometimes we want to be able to go the full 360 degrees because it’s super fun.

Material

You’ll want to search for a fabric chair if you are looking for multiple color options outside the beige, gray, and black found in faux leather chairs. Both are easy to clean, as is polyester. Pure leather will be the most expensive and sometimes offers some interesting color choices. And it looks the best. 

Features

Chairs vary in their available features, and it’s rare to find a swivel chair with plug-in features such as massage and heat. However, you’ll find plenty with electronic recline, USB charging, and lumbar support. These common features make each chair more appealing, especially when you can charge your phone while nowhere near an actual outlet.

FAQs

Q: Which is better: manual or electric recliner?

It’s completely subjective, but electric obviously requires a power source. Plus, it adds a higher chance of something breaking in the future. But one of the best things about an electric recline is that it offers you more available positions. Manual usually is either reclined all the way or not at all. However, there are some manual recliners that allow for adjustable recline.

Q: Are swivel chairs safe for elderly?

Swivel chairs are safe for anybody as long as there are no mobility or vertigo issues. However, the elderly usually prefer stable, non-spinning chairs because of the aforementioned issues. 

Q: What is the average cost of a good recliner?

A good recliner can cost anywhere between $200 and thousands of dollars, with the average generally hovering around $400 to $500 for a standard recliner. There are so many brands on the market these days that it’s easy to find a good recliner that fits your needs and your budget.

Final thoughts on the best swivel recliners

When choosing the best swivel recliner, knowing your swivel degree is important because that’s the most entertaining part about these chairs. We don’t spin because we have to; we spin because we want to. Plus, if we can recline a bit, maybe rock, while doing so, even better. The best swivel recliners make us feel like the world is spinning, but without having to run in a circle. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best swivel recliners for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fire starters for camping and fire pits, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-fire-starters/ Fri, 09 Feb 2024 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=600717
A four-panel lineup of the best fire starters
Amanda Reed

Fire starters can help light your fireplace, campfires, and camp stoves, even in bad weather.

The post The best fire starters for camping and fire pits, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A four-panel lineup of the best fire starters
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall An orange and black fire starter on a plain background. Gerber Gear Fire Starter
SEE IT

With added features that can keep you prepared while you’re in the wilderness.

Best for fire pits A package of GreenSpark all-natural fire starter on a plain background. GreenSpark Firestarters
SEE IT

If you’re not outdoors, use this fire starter as tinder.

Best budget A green and blue ust Sparkie fire starter on a plain background ust Sparkie Fire Starter
SEE IT

A cheap innovation that’s also nifty.

You can try holding a lighter to a log and waiting, but a fire starter will make your life much simpler. To build a blaze, you need to start small, then add your larger pieces of wood until you have a large fire. The problem is getting that first spark isn’t easy if you’re working in windy or wet conditions. Matches and lighters are no match for these particular elements. Fire starters, however, make fire building infinitely less frustrating. The best fire starters are portable, easy to use, and handy in all sorts of environmental conditions.

How we chose the best fire starters

A fire starter can refer to the strikers and rods used to start a fire or the small, flammable objects you can light to encourage your kindling and such to catch flames. We decided to focus on the strikers and rods, with one exception. Our focus is based on “what came first: chicken or the egg” logic: Without a striker and rod fire starter, you cannot use the “small, flammable object” fire starter, especially out in the woods. Additionally, anything can be a “small, flammable object” fire starter technically, from pork rinds and Doritos to a cotton ball. To find the best firestarters, we looked at reviews, recommendations, and conducted heavy research to separate the ones that sparked our interest from those that were a little dim. I’m also a proud former Girl Scout and pride myself on my fire-starting and building abilities.

The best fire starters: Reviews & Recommendations

A fire starter is a handy camping gadget that can do double duty when you’re at home. And, if you have a backyard fire pit, you don’t have to worry about finding a lighter that you can use safely. One of our picks should get your fire going.

Best overall: Gerber Gear Fire Starter

Gerber Gear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ferro rod, steel striker, nylon cord, plastic
  • Waterproof?: Yes, IPX4
  • Lifespan: N/A
  • Size: 8 x 6 x 1 inches
  • Price: $25

Pros

  • Bonus features
  • Portable
  • Easy-to-use

Cons

  • Lanyard could be better

Maximize your backpack storage with this fire starter—the cargo shorts of camping gear. The ferro rod is compact, and an included handle gives you a great grip. Plus, the material itself is easy to work with. The included steel striker has directions right on it, so you’ll never forget how to use it. Bonus features like built-in storage for tinder and a 100-decibel emergency whistle make this choice stand out from the pack. If you’re thinking, “What about using the lanyard as tinder in case?” you’ll be out of luck. It’s not recommended for that, although some fire starters do have that feature. All in all, it’s a well-designed fire starter we feel comfortable stowing in our glovebox or side pocket. You can also buy it directly from Gerber.

Best ferro rod: Wolf and Grizzly Fire Set

Wolf and Grizzly

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ferrocerium, steel, nylon, jute
  • Waterproof?: N/A
  • Lifespan: Around 20,000
  • Size: 3.94 x 0.43 x 0.45 inches
  • Price: $23

Pros

  • Paracord can be used as tinder
  • Packable
  • Steel striker can be sharpened for continued use

Cons

  • Some reviews say it’s best for experienced outdoorspeople

If you’re looking for a long-lasting fire starter, consider this simple Wolf and Grizzly fire set your dream come true. Its curved steel striker can nestle against the ferro rod to create a compact profile, meaning you don’t have to worry about bulk. If you’re out of tinder, you can use a knife or the striker to access the jute inside the parachord lanyard. Its 20,000-strike lifespan means you’ll pass it on before reaching its expiration date. And, you can resharpen its steel striker like you do with a multitool, meaning it’s less likely to need replacing. Some reviews say it’s best for outdoorsy folk, but others disagree, blaming it on user error. Regardless, you’ll be glad to have this ferro rod with you while camping.

Best for fire pits: GreenSpark Firestarters

GreenSpark

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Wood wool, palm wax
  • Waterproof?: Yes
  • Lifespan: 8-10 minutes in fire
  • Size: 1-inch
  • Price: $22

Pros

  • Compact
  • Can use in multiple settings
  • Eco-friendly materials

Cons

  • Must be dry to light

Here is that exception we were talking about earlier. Based on what you’re lighting, it might feel more comfortable just to use a match or lighter to ignite a fireplace. All those sparks flying create a safety hazard; you don’t want to set off your smoke alarm when you don’t have to. Instead, you’ll need a fire starter that acts as tinder to help your larger pieces of wood catch fire. This eco-friendly fire starter is made from salvaged pine trees and technically never expire. They’re waterproof, but you must ensure they’re dry before lighting. If they do come into contact with water, they take around 10 minutes to be usable. You can also use them in wood stoves, grills, fire pits, and more.

Best for camping: Exotac nanoSTRIKER XL

Exotac

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: anodized aluminum body, ferrocerium rod, tungsten carbide striker
  • Waterproof?: Works when wet
  • Lifespan: 3,000 strikes
  • Size: ‎3.65 x 0.43 x 0.43 inches
  • Price: $32

Pros

  • Flammable lanyard
  • Small enough to put on keychain
  • Very compact

Cons

  • Might be too small for large hands

Packing light is no problem with the Exotac nanoSTRIKER XL. This extra small fire starter creates a shower of sparks that supercedes its size. Its included striker screws on, meaning you won’t have to take apart your meticulously packed backpack looking for a single part. It’s also .5 ounces, meaning you can use that extra weight to bring a thicker sleeping pad. The ferro rod is replaceable, and you can use the included lanyard as tinder in emergencies. You can even use it when wet. Whether in your pack or emergency kit, the Exotac nanoSTRIKER XL will perform in all kinds of conditions. If you have large hands, it may be a little cumbersome to use.

Expert pick: überleben Zünden Fire Starter

überleben

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Natural wood, ferrocenium
  • Waterproof?: Works when wet
  • Lifespan: 12,000-15,000 depending on length
  • Size: ‎4.8 x 0.66 x 0.95 inches or ‎7.24 x 2.32 x 1.06 inches
  • Price: $16

Pros

  • Comes in different lengths
  • Reliable and durable
  • Works when wet

Cons

  • Reviews note rod separating from the handle

“Last year, a Canadian friend recommended the überleben range of ferro rods and firestarters to me, and they have been worth every penny,” says Richard Prideaux, lead instructor for Original Outdoors, a UK-based outdoor skills training provider. “I carry an überleben Zünden with me on courses and trips where lighting a fire with natural materials is either likely or maybe necessary. They produce a good shower of sparks and have a good length/diameter ratio, and it hasn’t let me down yet.”

This ferro rod also comes in different thicknesses, which helps if you’re green behind the ears when it comes to using a ferro rod and striker.

“A beginner should look for reliability and ease of use in a fire starter,” he says. “If you are going to go somewhere that lighting a fire will become a safety issue then you should be focusing on equipment that will give you that fire reliably and repeatedly in a short space of time. A wider ferro rod will often give a better shower of sparks and be easier to use, but there will be a weight penalty, and some users may find it awkward to hold. A dedicated striker attachment is good to have as it means you can use the ferro rod without requiring additional equipment.”

Best budget: ust Sparkie Fire Starter

ust

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Flint, plastic
  • Waterproof?: Works in wet conditions
  • Lifespan: More than 100 strikes
  • Size: 6 x 5 x 2 inches
  • Price: $11

Pros

  • Works in adverse weather conditions
  • Can use one-handed
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Not the most long-lasting fire starter

Lighting a fire doesn’t get much easier or cheaper than this, folks. You can operate the ust Sparkie with one hand. Simply press a button to expose the flint bar and press down toward your tinder. Bam! That’s it! All for around $10! However, it only lasts for around 100 sparks. If you have some extra change to spend and love the Sparkie concept—or you’re a more experienced camper—consider upgrading to the BlastMatch, its beefier older sibling, which lasts for 4,000 strikes. This is a flint-based fire starter, so you also won’t get as much longevity compared to a ferro rod.

What to consider when buying the best fire starters

Fire starters are not a one-size-fits-all object. They have a common goal of helping tinder catch aflame, but you might be better off with one over another based on features. Some are better for casual, indoor use, while others are more ruff and rugged. Here’s how to separate the duds and phonies from the fabulous fire starters:

Types of fire starters

There are three main types of fire starters: Flint and steel, Ferrocerium rods (ferro rods), and magnesium bars.

The flint and steel combo is the tryest and true-est of all the fire starter options. The “flint” can be any hard, sedimentary rock like quartz and chert. The steel striker is heat-treated. You can even use any metal that has a high amount of carbon in it, like old rake teeth and garage door springs. When the striker comes in contact with the flint, tiny particles released from the metal oxidize and ignite when exposed to oxygen. Sparks from flint and steel can be dull, but this fire starter is the easiest to find. You’ll get the best results if you use it with char cloth.

Ferrocerium rods, or ferro rods, produce incredibly hot sparks and make quick work of lighting dry tinder. If you don’t have a striker on hand, you can use the back of a knife. Ferro rods are less uniform compared to flint and steel. They’re made with different metals—particularly cerium, lanthanum, and iron—and the percent of each affects its performance. A softer ferro rod doesn’t have a long shelf life, but it’s easier to use and produces more sparks. When using a ferro rod, any dry, highly flammable material, like birch bark, cotton, and tiny sticks, makes for excellent tinder.

Magnesium bars come with a ferro rod attached to the top. You shave off parts of the magnesium bar onto the nearby tinder pile, which will ignite when it comes into contact with a spark from the ferro rod. It takes a large amount of magnesium to create a flame that lasts long enough to light nearby tinder, so we recommend just sticking with a ferro rod. Outdoor skills trainer Richard Prideaux says he uses a ferro rod over flint and steel in “99.5 percent of situations.”

“A ferro rod is easier to use, lighter, smaller, and produces a more consistent shower of sparks at a higher temperature,” he says.

Activity

If you’re car camping, van lifing, or just hanging out in a camper or RV, you can get away with a heavier fire starter, since pack weight isn’t a concern. However, backpackers will want to choose something light, like the Exacto nanoStriker. Extra ounces add up to pounds, which is more weight to bear on the hike. This is important, especially if your hike is over days, not hours.

If you’re looking for something to help light your fireplace or grill, the world is your smoked oyster. Like the car camping/RV/camper camp, you can simply bring out what you want to use. You can also use a utility lighter—something those camping, unfortunately, don’t have the luxury to bring along.

Ease of use

As Prideaux mentioned in our expert pick, user-friendliness is important. Some fire starters, like the ust Sparkie, only need a downward push to create sparks. Flint and steel and ferro rods require a bit more finesse, although the former is more difficult to use than the latter. If you’re a beginner, consider a wide ferro rod, the Sparkie, or even an electric lighter. If you’re well-versed in the language of the outdoors, you can forage for your own flint … or you can just buy one that’s more technical (e.g., a compact fire starter built for backpacking).

FAQs

Q: How does a fire starter work?

It depends on the fire starter you’re using. Those like the ust Sparkie just need some force to produce sparks. The ones you will come across use a steel striker and ferrocerium, magnesium, or flint. Good old-fashioned friction helps create a shower of sparks that will hopefully land on your tinder (not that one) to start a fire.

Q: Do fire starters expire?

Fire starters are long-lasting. Instead of “expiring,” you’re generally faced with a finite number of strikes before the rod loses its effectiveness. That number is usually in the thousands. Unless you’re literally living outdoors, a fire starter is often a one-time purchase.

Q: How do I use a fire starter?

Using a fire starter can take some practice, but it’s easy to get the hang of it. Depending on the rod material, you first have to scrape off the protective layer that comes with a brand-new rod. If you’re using a magnesium rod, you’ll want to scrap off some magnesium, then add some tinder on top. Then, take a steel striker or a knife and position it close to your tinder pile. Add some pressure, quickly scrape the steel across the rod, and watch the sparks fly.

Final thoughts on the best fire starters

A fire starter isn’t a one-trick pony. You can use it on camping trips, in your own backyard, and even in your own home if your butane lighter is nowhere to be found. Plus, they can be a perfect addition to your emergency kit. They’re built to last and are generally inexpensive. Don’t wait until the moment you need one to click “add to cart.”

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fire starters for camping and fire pits, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smokeless fire pits for 2024 tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smokeless-fire-pits/ Thu, 10 Aug 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=561939
The best smokeless fire pits composited
Stan Horaczek

A smokeless fire pit can provide a safe, simple way to get a blaze going for your next backyard get together or camping trip.

The post The best smokeless fire pits for 2024 tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best smokeless fire pits composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0 in action Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0
SEE IT

It’s simple to light, easy to store, and eradicates smoke.

Best large Tiki smokeless fire pit with a fire going at night surrounded by torches and chairs Tiki Fire Pit
SEE IT

Gather up to 10 people around this ample fire pit for superior s’mores.

Best for patios Biolite's smokeless fire pit with a fire going inside BioLite Fire Pit+
SEE IT

The mesh sides offer a unique view of the flames inside and nice radiant heat.

Smokeless fire pits solve an age-old problem: No matter where you sit around the camp fire, smoke always seems to blow in your face. The solution? Get rid of the smoke completely. These metal containers are built to control the flame and make it easy to start and finish. Not only do they make firing up easier, but they can also add a touch of class or a bit of flash to your patio, camp area, or backyard. A solid fire pit can turn a boring patio or backyard into a great place to spend an evening. Consider this your burn book, a list of the best smokeless fire pits.

How we chose the best smokeless fire pits

We started with a list of more than 30 models from hands-on testing and critical consensus before narrowing our options to the best we could find. The four main factors we considered were ease and effectiveness of use, aesthetics, value for price, and unique features. Our list represents our top choices, a couple for those who aren’t looking to spend as much money, and some situation-specific choices. During our tests, we burned a variety of different woods and burned under various weather conditions.

After all, everyone’s needs when it comes to a fire pit are different, and it’s important to consider how and where you plan to use your fire pit before you buy it. The “best” is not always the “best for you.” Our list should help you avoid getting more fire pit than you really need, as every one of our picks is recommended.

The best smokeless fire pits: Reviews & Recommendations

Smokeless fire pits contain and elevate fires. Their design allows air to flow in such a way that it minimizes (and in some cases fully eliminates) smoke. There are different looks and focuses among our choices, so line up your desires as best you can with our recommendations.

Best overall: Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 28.25 lbs
  • Height: 18.5 in
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Structure: Single-piece construction
  • Price: $249

Pros

  • Excellent single-piece construction
  • Well-controlled fires with efficient burn
  • Light for the size and quality
  • Attractive, simple silhouette
  • Excellent smoke reduction

Cons

  • The aesthetic doesn’t necessarily fit with some more casual backyards
  • Outside gets very hot


It’s no secret that we think the Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0 is excellent. In fact, we think it’s the best choice on the market for a smokeless fire pit. The first point for the Solo Stove Bonfire is performance. It heats up quickly and burns efficiently with a stunningly small amount of smoke. The aesthetic is particular: It’s not quite industrial, but it does have a shiny, smooth finish that doesn’t scream “tiki bar” or “family gathering” like some other models, and it’s not uniquely edgy in its stylings. It may not help bring certain patio looks together, but it also doesn’t stand out or bring attention to itself. The look is very “elevated comfort food outdoor cafe.”

Among the mid-sized models we recommend, the Bonfire 2.0 is one of the more portable (though look further down for the real portable star). Twenty-eight pounds is quite light for this category, and while the Bonfire 2.0 doesn’t collapse or disassemble to make it easier to transport, you can use a cloth carrying card to make things a bit easier for a beach trip or some light camping. Wood pellets are best in the Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0—that’s true of most circular-basin fire pits—but small firewood also works extremely well. The interior volume of the pit isn’t particularly large, but the burn is so efficient and controlled that the fires tend to outperform the amount of fuel.

The Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0 comes at a semi-premium price, but its durable construction guarantees its long-term value. Unless your fire pit needs are particularly portable or particularly large, this is the one to get, the best overall smokeless fire pit.

Best for patios: BioLite Fire Pit+

BioLite

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 19.8 lbs
  • Height: 15.8 in
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Structure: Two-piece self-assembly with foldable legs
  • Price: $249

Pros

  • Bluetooth-enabled, battery-powered fan keeps fires going
  • Cool, see-through design
  • Foldable legs make storage easier
  • Battery is USB rechargeable
  • App allows control of the flame size
  • Sized for commercial firewood logs

Cons

  • Foldable legs aren’t particularly durable
  • The aesthetic is specific enough to not be everyone’s cup of tea
  • Rectangular design requires a more specific space arrangement than circular models

The BioLite Fire Pit+ is one of the most unique-looking fire pits on the market, with some interesting tech features. It’s an excellent overall fire pit and a contender for best overall, but it landed in best-for-patio because of its big, open flame, cool look, and innovations. The smoke elimination is not quite as good as a few other models, but it makes up for that.

Let’s look at those innovations first. One of its chief innovations is mesh side panels that allow more heat to radiate out and make the fire easy to observe. This does require a bit more work maintaining the Fire Pit+, but it is worth it for the cool view and unique shadows that are interesting and calming when sitting around the fire pit. Another great feature that really contributes to the comfort at a backyard gathering, and is absent on any other model, is the Bluetooth-enabled, app-controlled, battery-powered fan which controls airflow and can make the flames in the Fire Pit+ larger or small at will. This is simply something that isn’t seen elsewhere and really sets the Fire Pit+ apart. The battery pack, which is removable and charged via USB, gives the Fire Pit+ a retro-futuristic look, but it can be easily hidden on the least-seen side in a patio set-up if needed.

The biggest mark against the Fire Pit+ is the double-edged sword that is its legs. The foldable legs make moving and storing the Fire Pit+ much easier than some other models, but they’re also a bit less strong and stable than the circular or thicker-legged bases that competitors have. This means you can’t overfill the Fire Pit+ with firewood (it can fit standard commercial logs). That’s good advice in general with a fire pit, but particularly vital advice for the Fire Pit+.

The Fire Pit+ offers a unique look, unique control, and an overall very good performance, making it the best patio smokeless fire pit among our recommended ones, and a great complement to patio heaters.

Best large: Tiki Fire Pit

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 45 lbs
  • Height: 18.75 in
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Structure: Single-piece construction
  • Price: $295

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Nice, classic design
  • Lots of space for fuel inside
  • Perfect size for a larger patio

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Works better with wood pellets which can be more expensive than firewood
  • Not intended to be portable; you can’t easily take it to the beach or camping

Most fire pits on this list are great for four-to-six people. The Tiki Fire Pit is much larger and is a better choice if your patio seating is couches and lounges for 8-10 rather than chairs. Additionally, the Tiki Fire Pit has a classic Tiki design, which may be just what you’re looking for in your backyard paradise.

The benefits of the Tiki Fire Pit’s size are the amount of fuel it can use and the length of burn your fire is going to get. Stronger, longer fires mean less time spent tending the flames during your evening get-togethers. Smoke elimination is very good thanks to the airflow design, and the small, strong legs lift the pit enough for performance while not detracting from the pleasing, rounded throwback style. 

The drawback is this fire pit is really not meant for moving around. Forty-five pounds is a lot, and it is large, meaning you will most likely need two people and plenty of space in a truck or van if you want to take this party starter to the beach. Honestly, the Tiki Fire Pit is much better served finding a permanent home on your patio. However, with that heft comes a lot of durability, so the included weather-resistant cover is probably enough to protect your fire pit outside of an extreme situation. 

If your lifestyle means bigger is better, the Tike Fire Pit is probably the better choice among our recommendations, making it the best large smokeless fire pit as far as we’re concerned.

Best stainless steel: Breeo X Series 24

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 62 lbs
  • Height: 14.75 in
  • Material: Corten steel (also available in stainless steel)
  • Structure: Single-piece construction
  • Price: $599

Pros

  • Extremely strong and durable
  • Sleek look that blends in well with a lot of decor
  • Excellent fire control and smoke elimination

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Extremely heavy

If construction and materials really matter to you, and you want a fire pit that might become an heirloom to pass down to your children, break out the wallet for the Breeo X Series 24. This beautiful, sturdy, heavy, and durable fire pit is not one to travel; the 62 pounds of metal means it doesn’t want to go to the beach or a campground. However, at home you’re not going to get a longer-lasting, better-put-together fire pit.

The “24” in Breeo X Series 24 refers to the diameter of the fire pit’s interior—a considerable amount of space, larger even than the interior of the Tiki Fire Pit. There are 19-inch and even larger models as well. The legs of the Breeo X Series 24 are built-in and incredibly stable. The interior wall sucks up air and creates a wonderful, even secondary flame that shoots out the small holes just below the top of the rim. Visually, the Breeo X Series makes one of the nicest flames on the market.

The price tag is almost as heavy as the pit itself. The Breeo X Series is a premium product at a premium price—two or three times more than a lot of our other recommended models. If you have the means to splurge and believe in buying a product that will last a lifetime, the value is there, even if the initial cost is high.

Big, bold, and built to last, the Breeo X Series 24 is a beast and a beauty in one. For that reason, it’s the best corten steel smokeless fire pit we can recommend.

Best portable: Solo Stove Ranger 2.0

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 15 lbs
  • Height: 15 in
  • Material: stainless steel
  • Structure: single-piece construction
  • Price: $199

Pros

  • Lightweight and compact
  • Good flame control and smoke elimination
  • Includes a carrying case
  • Sleek and strong design

Cons

  • Portable but not collapsible; still need a vehicle to transport longer distances
  • Grilling requires additional accessories for best results

If you want a multi-purpose fire pit, portability is really important. We know it ourselves, so we have a guide if this category is the one you are exclusively considering. For those looking at a wider range of options, the Solo Stove Ranger 2.0 is the little sibling of our best overall smokeless fire pit and the best portable smokeless fire pit on the market. Smaller, lighter, and more portable—but no less efficient—the Ranger is a much easier carry than the Bonfire without sacrificing any of the quality.

The Solo Stove Ranger 2.0 fire pit with a fire going inside
Billy Cadden

The Ranger really sings when you add in grilling accessories. The Solo Stove product line’s design gives you a simple, flat top that placing any flat wire grill means producing nice results (though you’ll want to very carefully clean the inside of your fire pit later, as food can create some sticky burnt messes). Some official grilling accessories are available, as well as skewers for s’mores or hot dogs if you look at Solo Stove’s offerings. (However, we recommend a dedicated grill if you’re into cookouts more than casual entertaining.)

For a portable model, the Solo Stove Ranger 2.0 isn’t particularly light. It’s not meant for trekking but more drive-to-the-national-park-or-beach style portable use. The included carrying case is probably enough for inside storage, but outside storage will need a thicker, more protective case (which is also available to purchase).

If you’re planning to head out with your fire pit a lot, we can heartily recommend the Solo Stove Ranger 2.0 as the best portable smokeless fire pit on the market.

Best budget: Inno Stage Smokeless Fire Pit

Innostage

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 33 pounds
  • Height: 18 in
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Structure: Two-piece construction
  • Price: $152

Pros

  • Two-piece design lets it travel smaller
  • Easy to set up
  • Good airflow for smoke elimination
  • Matte black coloration makes it blend in easily

Cons

  • The silhouette is a bit industrial
  • Clean-up is tougher than with some other brands

You’ll need firewood once you’ve purchased your pit, so buying something that leaves you with some cash left over isn’t a bad plan. For those a bit more thrifty, Inno Stage offers a line of fire pits that don’t quite match the higher-cost models for performance or style but more than do the job for a very reasonable cost.

Inno Stage’s design involves two pieces. When assembled, the larger piece sits on the smaller piece, which acts as the ash pan. For travel or storage, the smaller piece is turned upside down and slots into the larger piece’s basin, taking up less space and becoming easier to carry. This is the most convenient feature of the Inno Stage Smokeless Fire Pit, but it also results in less efficient burn.

In terms of looks, the Inno Stage is not the most beautiful fire pit. It has a bit of a utilitarian and industrial look, which doesn’t make it a star of the backyard. There’s a trio of options for the finish: chrome, matte black, and faux terracotta. The last is our suggestion; it softens the look a bit. There are also multiple sizes (four in all) depending on your needs.

If you need a highly functional, well-priced fire pit or just want to dip your toe into the world of fire pits without committing too many funds, the Inno Stage Smokeless Fire Pit is your best entry point. It’s inexpensive enough to upgrade later without feeling regretful and functional enough to use it for a long time, squeezing every ounce of use out of what we consider the best-value smokeless fire pit.

Best under $100: Blue Sky Outdoor Living Ridge

Blue Sky

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 23.4 lbs
  • Height: 12.49 in
  • Material: Steel
  • Structure: Two-piece construction
  • Price: $79

Pros

  • One piece tucks into the other for portability
  • Assembly is quick
  • Low price

Cons

  • Not quite as efficient burn as other models
  • Non-stainless steel means it’s a bit less durable and a bit harder to clean

Sometimes, price is the most important factor. If you want to get into the smokeless fire pit game for less than $100, choose the Blue Sky Outdoor Living Ridge. This two-piece smokeless fire pit has a similar tuck-in-and-carry construction as our best value option, the Inno Stage Smokeless Fire Pit, but an even lower base price. 

The design of the Ridge doesn’t allow air to flow as efficiently as higher-end models, meaning the smoke elimination is less impressive. However, it’s still an incredible improvement over typical fire pits. The matte black finish to the Ridge means it’s unobtrusive, but it’s also not a particularly attractive fire pit. Weight and size make the Ridge easy to move, and you’ll probably want to store it inside and bring it out to use it rather than leave it as patio furniture.

What to consider when choosing a smokeless fire pit

Smokeless fire pits offer a focal point for your patio set-up, allowing you to enjoy cooler days and nights in a comfortable and stylish way. To that end, picking the perfect smokeless fire pit means considering smoke elimination effectiveness, style, size, and durability.

Smoke elimination

When it comes to smoke elimination, all of these models will do an excellent job of minimizing the amount of smoke produced but the fire. This is due to airflow design, which allows for more complete combustion. Smokeless fire pits will have secondary fires popping out of the interior wall of the fire pit’s basin, using up more oxygen and producing very little smoke. The best models do this most efficiently, but even our recommended value and budget models do a great job.

Most of the design elements of smokeless fire pits are utilitarian due to wanting to offer the best possible airflow efficiency. The nicer models are sleep and round, while the budget models tend to have more edges or corners. A few of our models took their look more into consideration: the Tiki Fire Pit and the BioLite Fire Pit+ chief among them. Make sure you like the look of your fire pit if you’re planning to use it when entertaining guests. No matter how great the fire is, if the pit feels out of place and clashes with the motif you’re trying to achieve, you’ll be disappointed with your purchase.

Size

Most of the smokeless fire pits we recommend are medium-sized, built to be used with a smaller circle of people, maybe no more than 6. Portable models are best with 2 or 4. Larger models exist that can accommodate 8-10 people around them, but you’re looking at completely non-portable models at that point. In terms of warmth radius, most of these fire pits will be nice and toasty within 8 feet, but some of the smaller models will need a tighter formation.

Materials and durability

Lastly, durability is important as you want to be using your smokeless fire pit long term. Stainless steel is the material of choice. It holds up well to use and elements and is the easiest to clean. Some steel composite low-end models exist but should probably be avoided.

Fuel

While this list is entirely dedicated to wood-burning fire pits, you can also get propane-powered models that are much easier to get started. Check out our list of the best propane fire pits for options.

FAQs

Q: Is a smokeless fire pit really smokeless?

Not exactly. Smokeless fire pits will still produce some smoke. However, the amount of smoke is drastically reduced because the design allows airflow on nearly all sides, causing much more complete combustion. Even the smoke that does make its way out of the fire still won’t find its way into your face.

Q: Do smokeless fire pits give off good heat?

Absolutely. A smokeless fire pit can easily give off 50,000 BTU (British Thermal Units), which is extremely warm within 8 feet and comfortable from 8 feet to 10 feet.

Q: How much does a smokeless fire pit cost?

The ones we recommend can be had for as cheap as $75 on sale, and you could spend up to $1000 on the luxury models when you add in accessories.

Q: What type of fire pit is best?

It really depends on the space you’re most likely to have your fire. If you will almost only use your fire pit on your patio, choose a fire pit that fits the aesthetic of your backyard area. If you want to take your fire pit to the beach, choose a lighter standard-sized fire pit with a carrying case or a very light “portable” model. These will make smaller fires, but your back will thank you. No matter what, it’s best to go smokeless.

Q: Can you put water in a smokeless fire pit?

Do not do this. The holes in a smokeless fire pit can get clogged with wet fire debris, and dirty water will spill out onto whatever surface your fire pit is over. Instead, douse the flames with sand, wait long enough for everything to cool off, dump it, then clean it carefully by hand if necessary.

Q: Is it OK to leave a fire pit burning overnight?

Don’t do this either. First, it’s very unlikely that a fire pit fire will last all night, anyway. It’s simply not big enough, even though it’s protected from wind and moisture within the pit. Second, never leave a fire unattended, even in a relatively safe environment like a fire pit. It only takes one stray ember to cause a tragedy.

Q: Can you burn wood in a smokeless fire pit?

Yes! Most smokeless fire pits are expressly designed for wood. Many work better with wood pellets, but small scavenged firewood or commercial firewood cut into smaller pieces also works well.

Q: What makes a smokeless fire pit smokeless?

The airflow design allows more complete combustion of your fuel (usually wood or wood pellets), and more complete combustion produces less smoke, sometimes so little as to appear “smokeless.”

Final thoughts on the best smokeless fire pits

If you’re looking for a fire pit, smokeless is the way to go. There’s enough variety in the marketplace, with quality throughout, that choosing a model based on your particular needs is more involved than simply choosing the “best” model. From portable to large-scale patio-only models, our recommendations should make sure that your nights are toasty, your shadows flicker, and you enjoy fire whenever you wish.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smokeless fire pits for 2024 tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Start your Memorial Day prep with up to 33% off Aiper pool vacuums at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/aiper-pool-vacuums-amazon-deal/ Tue, 30 Apr 2024 16:01:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612929
Aiper Seagull Pro Pool Vacuum next to a pool
Billy Cadden

Let a robot do the taxing work of cleaning your pool for your with this AIPER deal at Amazon.

The post Start your Memorial Day prep with up to 33% off Aiper pool vacuums at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Aiper Seagull Pro Pool Vacuum next to a pool
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Memorial Day is officially less than a month away, meaning it’s finally time to turn your current pool from “green, leafy, dead animal stew” to “clear, chloric, and classy.” I know you don’t want to interact with the sludge shellacking the entirety of your pool. Thanks to this Aiper pool vacuum deal at Amazon, you don’t have to.

Aiper Seagull Pro Cordless Robotic Pool Vacuum $598.75 (Was $899.99)

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

This rechargeable and cordless pool vacuum has four motors and a gyroscope. The internal gyroscope provides smart navigation that allows the Seagull Pro to map the floor and walls of a pool. The powerful motors offer 130GPM (gallons per minute) of suction while bottom brushes sweep out leaves, dirt, and other debris. It cleans up to 3,200 square feet in the three hours of battery power it gets from each charge. All that together equals a robot that makes cleaning your pool a hands-off experience.

If you’re looking for a cheaper robotic pool cleaner, our budget pick, the Aiper Seagull SE, is 20 percent off. Also, you can get an additional $40 coupon with one easy click. Combined, you save almost $100 on an already price-friendly pool vacuum.

Here are more cool pool deals, just in time for summer:

The post Start your Memorial Day prep with up to 33% off Aiper pool vacuums at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Park 2 days at LAX, Seattle International, and more major airports for only $10 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/spot-club-airport-parking-app-deal/ Tue, 30 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612835
A person handing off luggage to a woman in front of a yellow school bus.
Stack Commerce

This airport parking service makes long-term parking at major airports easier and more affordable.

The post Park 2 days at LAX, Seattle International, and more major airports for only $10 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person handing off luggage to a woman in front of a yellow school bus.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Long-term airport parking isn’t new, but it’s not always convenient or budget-friendly. The Parking Spot is a parking service that keeps your car in a secure location near airports around the country. It even shuttles you directly to the airport once you’re parked, among other convenient services. If you’re planning a trip soon, then join the Spot club and get two days of parking at The Parking Spot for only $9.99 (reg. $32). 

How to find parking at the airport

Whether you’re a frequent flyer or planning the vacation of a lifetime, you can make it easier to find parking next time you’re at the airport. With the Spot Club app, you can select your departing airport, reserve a spot, and request other car care services. All Spot Club parking spots are covered, fenced, and available to you 24/7. 

Once you’re parked, a Spot shuttle will pick you up at your car and take you to the airport. When you come home, just use the Spot app again to find a shuttle pickup point. The shuttle will come by, pick you up, and take you directly to your car.

The Spot Club has 46 locations at 28 different airports around the United States, including LAX, Seattle International Airport, and La Guardia. Plus, you have the chance to earn points every time you use your membership. Over time, you could earn free airport parking, get faster entry and exit, and earn exclusive discounts and deals. 

Find airport parking without even looking

Find your airport parking spot before you even get in the car. 

For a limited time, you can Join the Spot Club and get two days of parking at The Parking Spot for only $9.99. 

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Park 2 days at LAX, Seattle International, and more major airports for only $10 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best espresso machines for easy, even extraction at home https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-espresso-machines/ Sat, 07 Nov 2020 01:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-home-espresso-machines/
The best espresso machines of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

At-home espresso machines are the best when you’re sick of paying $6 for a latte and you want to skip the drip.

The post The best espresso machines for easy, even extraction at home appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best espresso machines of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville-Barista-Touch-Impress-Espresso-Machine-with-Grinder on a countertop. Breville Barista Touch Impress
SEE IT

Sling barista-level shots in your own kitchen with the Breville the Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine.

Best for beginners Nespresso VertuoPlus product image Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi
SEE IT

Save on counter space with this compact, beginner-friendly espresso machine.

Best budget Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso
SEE IT

This moka pot proves you don’t need frills and fancy parts to make a good cup of espresso.

Six bucks for a cappuccino? You’ve got to be kidding me. Coffee shops nowadays charge top dollar for espresso drinks; if you’ve got a daily milk and espresso habit, the cost will add up quickly. Imagine enjoying a cappuccino in the morning without waiting in line or speaking to a soul. Alternatively, imagine impressing guests at a dinner party by serving macchiatos with dessert. Espresso also tends to be less acidic than drip coffee, so many people find it to be easier on the gut and a pleasing digestif. Depending on how advanced you want to get, there are home espresso machines for the pro barista and layperson alike. Here are some of our favorites to help you start your search for the best espresso machines.

How we chose the best espresso machines

As journalists constantly trying to meet deadlines, our minds are fueled by equal parts inspiration and desperation, but our bodies are 99.9 percent coffee. This means we have a thing or two to say about creating the coffee shop experience at home. To round out this roundup, we downed a double and had jittery discussions about our own brewing experiences, looked at product reviews, talked to coffee aficionados, and scoured coffee chat boards—yes, those exist—to find the best espresso machine for your home.

The best espresso machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Making a quality cup of joe or mug of latte takes more than hot purified water, freshly ground coffee, and time. Don’t get us wrong, we love our drip coffee and pour-over coffee makers, but we sometimes need the special energy and aura of perfectly textured crema. Take the temperature of any barista, and they’ll say hand-crafted beverages are both an art and a science. At the heart of all good coffee is a great shot of espresso, and at the core of great espresso is a great espresso machine—the exacting, expressive tool that lets you pull perfect shot after perfect shot in the comfort of your own home. Here are our picks so you won’t get steamed yourself looking for the perfect pressurized apparatus.

Best overall: Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder

Tony Ware / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This professional-grade espresso machine pulls no punches and pulls perfect espresso shots.

Specs

  • Capacity: 67.6 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 22 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 12.9 x 13 x 16.4 inches

Pros

  • Built-in grinder
  • Assistye3d tamping
  • Settings for alternative milks
  • Saves up to eight customized drinks

Cons

  • Cost
  • Requires substantial counterspace

Breville’s Impress is the most, well, impressive latte machine we’ve tested, and it’s also our favorite for making espresso. The machine was designed to be beginner-friendly, with most of the drink-making process being automatic. This starts with selecting your drink of choice from the Impress’ touchscreen, at which point its built-in burr grinder (which can be fine-tuned for various factors) will automatically portion out your grounds. A lever allows you to use the espresso machine’s integrated 22-pound tamper. If everything seems in order—the Impress will show a green checkmark on its screen—you move the portafilter to its brew head, and the Impress takes care of the rest.

If your drink requires milk, use this espresso machine’s built-in frothing wand and milk jug. Breville’s “MillQ” system has temperature + aeration presets for different alternative milks, including almond and oat milk. In this case, the Impress is not automatic: You’ll decide how much milk you need and how much to pour. Markers on the milk jug will show you its minimum and maximum capacity, but that’s all the guidance you’ll get. It may take a few tries to get the perfect macchiato, but this won’t be an issue once you’re comfortable making your preferred drinks.

The Barista Touch Impress isn’t fully automatic, but it will keep you from making common mistakes by telling you things like letting you know your coffee puck needs to be tamped again or letting you know when the portafilter isn’t full enough. Gauging the pressure it took to establish a steady flow of expresso, it will give you suggestions on grind size to help you achieve a more consistent result. Many of these errors will be displayed on its display or denoted by pronounced beeps, taking some of the guessing game out of pulling off the perfect grind, and helping keep your countertops clean, too, since you’re only transporting the grounds above the drip tray. This espresso machine isn’t perfect—it costs $1,500 and can only accommodate a standard-sized mug under its brew head—but its beginner-friendly nature and overall design are hard to beat. That’s why we’ve also named it the best splurge if you’re looking at coffee machines for offices.

Best timesaver: KitchenAid KF8

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The KitchenAid KF8 is the automatic espresso machine you’ve always dreamed of.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.2 liters
  • Weight: 27 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 14.3″ H x 10.2″ W x 18.5″ D

Pros

  • Makes drinks with the push of two buttons
  • Plant-based milk options
  • Support for up to six user profiles
  • Capable of making variations of popular drinks
  • Quiet-Mark Certified

Cons

  • Price
  • Requires a deep countertop

KitchenAid’s KF8 may not unseat its stand mixer as the company’s crown jewel, but there’s a good case to be made that it should. The fully automatic espresso machine allows you to make drinks in a couple of minutes that baristas spend years training to perfect. If you’re intimidated by making coffee for fear of screwing up nice beans (guilty), you’ll appreciate how the KF8 is set up and use. Just be sure you have enough counter space (the KF8 is deeper than most espresso machines) before you begin.

This espresso machine’s centerpiece is its five-inch touchscreen, which allows you to select your preferred drink. Once selected, you can choose its strength, temperature, the type of milk you’re using (if applicable), and the size of your glass. We found that adjusting the strength setting did impact the way our drink tasted—strong brought out the most flavor from our beans—and liked the middle temperature setting the best, as we could enjoy our beverage immediately without the risk of totally burning our tongue and throat.

Once your drink and settings have been selected, the KF8 will use its built-in grinder to grind the beans, tamp them, and begin pouring the beverage. This entire process takes about a minute, and its progress is shown on the espresso machine’s display. Once the drink is complete, you can add it to a profile, where it’ll be accessible with a single tap. The KF8 has enough memory to save multiple drinks for several people, so homes with a few coffee drinkers can designate their presets. Beyond the KF8’s stellar performance—this machine made the best coffee drinks our tester has tried at home or from a café—the machine has several design features that make it stand out.

Its brew head can be moved vertically to accommodate different glass sizes. Its bean hopper is removable, which allows you to swap out different beans in a minute or two without wasting them. Its milk container attaches to the machine’s brew head using a flexible, removable tube that extracts the perfect amount based on your beverage. This container can be stored in your fridge between uses to prevent you from wasting milk. The KF8 even earned a Quiet-Mark certification, which was awarded to the machine due to how soft its grinder sounds while it’s working.

This espresso machine is undoubtedly a luxury at $1,999, but one that’s absolutely worth the additional cost for anyone who’s a perfectionist when it comes to coffee.

Best statement piece: Smeg Espresso Coffee Machine

Smeg

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This espresso machine features a smaller profile for a minimalist kitchen.

Specs

  • Capacity: 34 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 11 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 12 x 6 x 13 inches

Pros

  • Passive cup warmer
  • Slim

Cons

  • No built-in grinder

This is a great option for someone who isn’t a pro barista but cares about their espresso and aesthetics. It is made of stainless steel with a filter holder for either espresso grounds or pods, depending on how involved you want to get. The control panel is easy to use with buttons for one cup, two cups, and steam. It also has a one-liter water tank that can be removed for filling. For the more detail-oriented espresso hound, this machine allows you to adjust water hardness and extraction length. The onboard chrome steam wand also makes it easy to froth milk for your fancier drinks. The Smeg, unfortunately, does not have an onboard grinder, so that’s something to consider—but don’t worry, we have plenty of suggestions for the best coffee grinders.

Best for beginners: Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beginner-friendly machine makes barista-worthy shots.

Specs

  • Capacity: 40 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 9 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 5.59 x 16.88 x 12.79 inches

Pros

  • Hands-off
  • Thin profile

Cons

  • No steam wand
  • Pod-only

This machine—our best overall choice among Nespresso machines—is great for home or office; just insert a Nespresso capsule, push a button, and watch it go. The Nespresso VertuoPlus offers options for single (1.35-ounce) espresso, double (2.7-ounce) espresso, or Americanos in 5-, 8-, or 14-ounce sizes. Any of these pours can be extracted from a single capsule. The removable water tank holds 40 ounces, and the used capsule container can store up to 12 pods before it needs emptying. This is a more hands-off option for somebody in search of a quick fix. The espresso drinks pour nicely with crema on top, but the VertuoPlus does not have a steam wand for milk. It comes with a complimentary assortment of 12 capsules to get you started.

Easiest to use: Café Affetto Automatic Espresso Machine + Milk Frother

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This machine can make a custom cup to your liking; no mental math required.

Specs

  • Capacity: 40.6 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 16.1 x 7.1 x 12.48 inches

Pros

  • Brews in 90 seconds
  • Compact

Cons

  • Touch panel is very sensitive
  • Water reservoir is hard to reach if you have low cabinets

Are you the person with the complicated coffee order because your cappuccino has to be a certain way? Are you also tired of paying for that customized cup multiple times a week but worried you don’t have time to get it right at home? Congrats, this machine is for you. This espresso machine is Wi-Fi-connected and syncs with the SmartHQ app, which allows you to customize drink preferences by volume and strength—ristretto and beyond. And your custom cup is available in 90 seconds at the push of a button. The froth wand rotates 90 degrees for control and convenience, and the included 15.8-ounce steel frothing pitcher includes liquid measurement engravings inside. A built-in conical burr grinder includes five levels of grind, from coarsest to finest, to prep your beans for pre-infusion, balanced extraction, and a consistent cup blooming with flavor. If you’re assembling a smart-home beverage station, this is the smart choice.

Best budget: Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso

Bialetti

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This moka pot proves that you don’t need a fancy machine to make a good cup of espresso.

Specs

  • Capacity: 17 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 2 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 7.05 x 5.12 x 9.64 inches

Pros

  • Zero-waste
  • Hands-on

Cons

  • Takes more time to make a shot

This is the old-school Italian way to make espresso at home, and it works like a charm. Just fill the lower chamber with cold water, add ground espresso to the filter, and screw the top chamber on. Put it on the stove over medium-low flame and let it bubble until the water travels through the grounds and into the top chamber. The result is delicious and complex, considering you don’t have to plug anything in. The Bialetti is compact to the point that you could travel with it, so it is quite the opposite of any of the other counter-space-eating espresso makers on the market. It’s the perfect compact cabinet-friendly complement to one of the best French press coffee makers. You will also want to keep it near your kitchen scale, coffee grinder, and milk frother, as nothing is built into this pot.

What to consider when buying the best espresso machines

Not all espresso machines are built alike. Here are some important considerations before purchasing the best espresso machine for you:

Price

Professional-style machines tend to cost more than ones meant for the regular consumer. If you just want to make a simple Caffè Americano or latte and don’t need bells and whistles like a milk frother or built-in grinder, don’t splurge on a barista’s dream espresso machine.

Size

Espresso machines can take up the same footprint as a more traditional coffee maker all the way to an entire wing of the counter, depending on the complexity of the machine. You may want a larger, professional-style machine, but before you purchase you need to make sure you have the counter set-up that can accommodate it.

Drink preferences

If you’re a mocha or cappuccino fan, you might benefit from a more technical machine that preserves the quality of the espresso. If you’re just trying to get some caffeine in your body and don’t care about the particulars, don’t worry about things like boilers and what temperature the machine gets to.

Related: Best coffee makers

FAQs

Q: What kinds of coffee can I make with an espresso machine?

Lots! You can make lattes, Caffè Americanos, cappuccinos, mochas … you name it, it’s possible with an espresso maker. The amount of steamed milk, foam, and espresso determines what kind of drink you will have. For example, an Americano is just espresso and hot water. Lattes and cappuccinos are both made from espresso, steamed milk, and milk foam, but the ratio of the three ingredients differentiates the two.

Q: What are some tips for using the espresso machine?

It depends on the kind of machine you have. But for a manual machine—the kind where you have to pull the shot—make sure you use fresh beans, clean your machine, and don’t use hard or untreated water when making a shot of espresso.

Q: How long do espresso machines last?

Depending on the quality, amount of use, and care, an espresso machine can last between 5-10 years.

Final thoughts on the best espresso machines

Making your own coffee at home saves you money and adds to your morning ritual. Yes, being on a first-name basis with a barista is a great humblebrag. But so is engaging in small acts of mindfulness by paying attention to how each shot smells when it’s brewing and savoring every sip from your favorite travel coffee mug, knowing you are mastering the alchemy of espresso.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best espresso machines for easy, even extraction at home appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best iced coffee makers for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-iced-coffee-makers/ Tue, 12 Sep 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569347
The best iced coffee makers composited
Stan Horaczek

A solid iced coffee machine on your counter can drastically reduce your brew budget without sacrificing quality.

The post The best iced coffee makers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best iced coffee makers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Precision Brewer Breville Precision Brewer Coffee Maker
SEE IT

This versatile machine can make a perfect cup no matter your taste.

Best for batch brewing Zojirushi EC YTC100XB Coffee Maker Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker
SEE IT

Make up to five cups of concentrated iced coffee to serve at once.

Best splurge De'Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic coffee machine De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine
SEE IT

Go beyond a simple iced coffee to more complex drinks with this high-end machine.

Add a reliable iced coffee maker to your arsenal of kitchen appliances; it will change your daily routine and your entire mindset. You’ll stop lusting after pricey takeout brews and start crafting custom ice cubes made of coffee or creamer so they won’t dilute your perfectly extracted concoction. As the temperatures rise and you long for ways to cool down without slowing down, at-home iced coffee can achieve true greatness. But which maker suits your palate? Take some time to consider whether you’re a pod-loving, grab-and-go drinker or someone who wants to tinker with bloom times adjusted to your favorite beans. Here are the best iced coffee makers for those who take life cup by cup or vat by vat.

How we choose the best iced coffee makers

PopSci’s obsession with coffee leads to firmly entrenched opinions about the superiority of brewing methods (French press vs. pour-over, etc.) and trickles down to milk frothers, travel mugs, and other accouterments. Our recommendations for iced coffee makers come from research, expert opinions, and our experience drinking ever-larger volumes of chilled caffeine as the temperatures increase.

Technically, any coffee maker that brews hot coffee makes iced coffee: Just brew a pot and toss it in the fridge for later. For this roundup, we stuck to machines with dedicated settings that brew a stronger concentration directly over ice to be sipped immediately. We also considered performance, brewing capacity, overall size, and whether each machine can make other beverages while occupying precious counter space. (And we’ve got you covered if cold brew coffee makers are more your vibe. Not sure of the difference? Read our “What to consider …” section after our top picks.)

The best iced coffee makers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best iced coffee makers make a solid cup of hot coffee and a more robust version to go over ice. But you should also consider whether you’re making a cup at a time or enough for a household, whether the machine uses pods or beans, how much control you want over brew settings, and whether it will be one of many coffee makers or your primary device.

Best overall: Breville Precision Brewer

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 9 inches deep by 14 inches wide and 16 inches height
  • Weight: 3.15 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 32 ounces for iced coffee, up to 60 for hot
  • Thermal carafe

Pros

  • Six preset brewing modes, including iced coffee and cold brew
  • My Brew setting allows custom brewing setting
  • Adjustable temperatures
  • Three flow rates
  • Includes flat bottom and cone filter baskets
  • Auto-start

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Water tank isn’t removable

The Breville Precision Brewer hits a sweet spot for people who want a programmable, automatic machine that still allows them to customize the flavor of their beans. The tall stainless steel brewer comes with six preset brewing modes—including iced coffee, cold brew, and one tuned to Specialty Coffee Association’s Gold Cup standard—for those who want barista quality but don’t necessarily have barista know-how (or patience).

For hot coffee, the machine can brew a single cup or crank out 60 ounces in less than seven minutes on its fast setting. The volumes for cold sippers are significantly smaller. The Over Ice mode brews up to four cups of a more potent brew. The Cold Brew setting makes up to 20 ounces—a single serving for many of us—in an adjustable steeping time (zero to 16 hours), but you can skip the carafe and put it right into your favorite mug.

The Precision Brewer, our pick for best overall drip coffee maker, is jam-packed with features to get the most out of your favorite beans. Tinkerers can also play with customizable brewing settings, including adjustable temperatures and flow rates, and save them as a “My Brew” setting for repeated use. It also comes with cone and flat-bottom filter baskets, and a pour-over adapter can be added separately. At more than $300, the Precision Brewer may have a higher price tag than the average joe may be expecting. Still, it consolidates what could be multiple different gadgets—drip, iced coffee, cold brew, and the optional pour-over—into one device.

Some reviewers, however, have quibbles about the water tank. It isn’t removable like many other models, so refilling requires using something else to fill it, and it doesn’t completely empty every time.

Best budget: Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7 inches deep by 10 inches wide and 16 inches tall
  • Weight: 5.6 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 16 ounces
  • Single servings in your own cups or included 22-ounce tumbler

Pros

  • Use your own beans
  • Includes a 22-ounce tumbler with straw
  • Easy to clean
  • No pods necessary

Cons:

  • Complaints about leaky tumbler lid

The Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker is for households that take the day one cup at a time but want to avoid pods. This single-serve machine comes with a reusable filter to use your chosen grinds and cranks out a cup of hot or iced coffee in under four minutes.

This budget find keeps things simple with only two buttons for “hot brew” or “over ice” and clear markings to meet the grind-water-ice ratios needed. For iced coffee, the included 22-ounce tumbler features a water line to fill the reservoir and then an ice line (though this really means filling it all the way to the top to account for coming melt). For hot options, the water reservoir has internal markings for 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounces and a double-sided scoop that tucks into its side.

The recommended retail price for the Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker is $59.99, but it can often be found in the $30 to $40 range. Executive Editor Stan Horaczek has a very similar machine that comes with the same tumbler, and that aspect of the set is terrible. The top leaks, it’s hard to clean, and the straw feels very cheap. Get a better tumbler with all that money you saved on the machine itself.

Best Keurig: Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker

Keurig

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10 inches deep by 12.7 inches wide and 13.1 inches tall
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Single Cup
  • Pick your own cup up to 7.2 inches tall

Pros

  • Brews in less than a minute
  • Makes five different serving sizes
  • Large water reservoir
  • Compatible with My K Cup reusable coffee filter
  • Makes other beverages and hot water for instant noodles, etc.

Cons

  • All plastic body
  • Large footprint

Some of us value simplicity and speed, the hallmarks of the Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker. Slide your iced-filled mug under the spout, drop in your favorite K-Cup coffee, and press the “iced coffee” button. About a minute later, you can grab and go or at least sip a fresh cup with little fuss.

Keurig offers a machine specifically for iced coffee, but we recommend the K-Elite for maximum flexibility. The K-Elite provides more customization than most automatic single-serve machines, including increasing the brew temperature, an elevation setting for mountain folk, and programmable auto-on and auto-off. The massive 75-ounce water tank can also be used for five different beverage sizes—4, 6, 8, 10, or 12 ounces—or hot water on demand for a cup of noodles.

Clean-up is just the cup, tossing the pod (or washing your My K Cup reusable coffee filter), and occasionally descaling.

But the single-serve lifestyle means taking life one cup at a time—there’s no option for a carafe or batch brewing here. And though the K-Elite comes in colors like brushed silver, slate, and gold, the body is plastic with metal details.

Best for batch brewing: Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker

Zojirushi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 inches deep by 10.6 inches wide and 15.8 inches tall
  • Weight: 9 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 40 ounces for iced, up to 80 for hot
  • Thermal carafe

Pros

  • Optional pre-infusion cycle to allow beans bloom time
  • Front-loading swing basket
  • Detachable water tank
  • Water marking for iced coffee

Cons

  • Reports the vacuum carafe doesn’t keep coffee piping hot
  • Looks more like an office machine than one for a kitchen

Zojirushi may be more readily associated with its well-loved rice cookers, but the Japanese company has long made hot water dispensers, electric kettles, and thermal mugs for hot beverages. The Zojirushi Fresh Brew Plus EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker nabbed a spot as one of our best coffee makers for its ability to make delicious cups of hot and iced coffee. The secret? The machine lets the coffee bloom—geek speak for pouring a small amount of water on the grounds so they can release carbon dioxide before brewing—during an optional pre-infusion cycle. (So opt for it.) The result is either 10 cups of hot coffee or 4 to 5 cups of a concentrated brew to serve over ice immediately, a win for households with multiple or high-volume drinkers, or maybe even offices in search of a coffee maker.

Iced coffee brewing isn’t a secondary bell or whistle. The Fresh Brew Plus’ water tank features clear markings for iced coffee. The setup is reasonably easy to clean with a removable water tank, a front-loading basket with a mesh filter—and a drip prevention mechanism to stop errant coffee from making a mess when the carafe has been removed.

One drawback is some hot coffee drinkers report that the carafe doesn’t keep the brew extra scalding. It also puts off a decidedly retro appliance vibe, which may not fit everyone’s aesthetic.

Best splurge: De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches deep by 10.5 inches wide and 15.1 inches tall
  • Weight: 24.7 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 60 ounces
  • Single servings in your own cups

Pros

  • Built-in grinder with 13 settings
  • Make a wide variety of espresso drinks
  • Four user profiles for one-touch personalized coffee
  • Brews 8-, 12-, and 16-ounce drinks
  • Can fit travel mugs

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Large footprint
  • Mostly plastic body

We’ve stuck to regular iced coffee to this point, but now it’s time to level up to espresso drinks like iced lattes, iced cappuccinos, iced Americanos, and the other strong brews we shell out for at the local coffee shop. Making those barista-worthy concoctions at home is what the De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine was designed to do—but for those of us who need the process automated. This $1,800 latte machine is an investment, but it makes 40 different recipes at the touch of a button.

The colorful, backlit screen features groups of drinks—cold, hot, or to-go—and menus of the drinks available and four programmable custom profiles. Brewing takes less than a minute, but the screen walks you through every step of the way, right down to the number of ice cubes that should be in the cup.

A large part of the De’Longhi Eletta Explore is the two milk canisters: one to make cold foam and one for hot foam. Each canister features a dial to adjust the fluffiness of the foam as prompted by the machine or to your preferences. Though it only takes a minute to brew a drink, the device will walk you through rinsing the milk system after each use, which takes another minute or so. However, you don’t want funk to build up.

The machine consumes significant counter space—partly due to the large 60-ounce water reservoir, but a conical burr grinder sits on top with options for 13 different coarseness. That consolidates at least two machines into one, but the two milk canisters will need space to live in the fridge.

One of the few complaints about the Eletta Explore is that it’s more plastic than expected for the price tag. Another is that the 40 drink options can be overwhelming. And do you really want both hot and cold foam? If that’s overly fussy, the De’Longhi Magnifica Evo with one foam option (and about half the price) may be your speed.

What to consider when shopping for the best iced coffee makers

Like all coffee makers, you must balance the taste you want with the time, effort, and cost of meeting that. It’s also good to consider your household’s lifestyle: Are you each making a bespoke cup or a pot at a time? Do you mind cleaning each piece by hand, or do you want to be able to toss pieces into a dishwasher?

Iced coffee vs. cold brew

The brewing process is the critical difference between iced coffee and cold brew coffee. Iced coffee is brewed with hot water and then cooled down. Fans of this brewing method say the heat releases the nuances of the beans, though, generally, it has a milder flavor and thinner mouthfeel than cold-brew beverages. Cold brewing is a slower process—usually steeping grounds at room temperature or cool water for 12 to 24 hours—that results in a sweeter, less acidic taste (and, by the way, more caffeine).

Iced coffee-specific features

Many machines have an “iced coffee” or “over ice” setting that brews a more robust cup to go over ice. This more concentrated brew compensates for the ice that melts as it brings the hot java down to a chillier temp. Too little ice or too weak a mixture (or both) ends up with a meh, watered-down, neither hot nor cold drink.

Brewing capacity

Do you want to brew one cup at a time or make a batch? Many single-serving machines will fit the needs of individuals who wish for a specific flavor or only need one cup at a time. The better versions allow different sizes, including brewing directly into your favorite travel mug. While many coffee makers are best by the pot, manufacturers increasingly create options that handle single cups or at least half pots with a solid flavor. 

Customizable brewing

Coffee shops have essentially trained us to want a custom blend: small, tall, half-caff, skinny, skim/soy/almond milk, upside down. If your tastes are more complex than adding a cream and two sugars, it’s time to look at the machines that allow tinkering with the strength of brews and other personalized settings.

Pods or beans

Most coffee makers—including those for iced coffee—are compatible with only pods, capsules, or grounds. If you’re looking for more flexibility with Nespresso capsules or K-Cups, many models offer a reusable cup option, which is Earth-friendlier than the disposable versions.

FAQs

Q: How much counter space do you have?

The kitchen counter is the Manhattan of household real estate: There’s nowhere where square footage is more in demand. Coffee enthusiasts can quickly clutter it with a machine devoted to every conceivable beverage. Any iced coffee should also be able to brew hot coffee, but some versions offer additional options, like hot water spouts for brewing tea or making ramen noodles. Decide whether you want extra flexibility or are OK with a more single-purpose machine. Consider how much space you will dedicate to getting caffeinated and whether it can replace other gadgets.

Q: Can I use regular coffee grounds for iced coffee?

Whatever you brew for hot coffee can be used for iced coffee, though generally, you will want a more potent version. Some drinkers recommend using medium to dark roast beans for iced coffee, which hold up better against being diluted with ice and milk.

Q: Can I make iced coffee with a regular coffee maker?

You can make iced coffee with a regular coffee maker by brewing a batch and then putting it in the fridge overnight. For those who aren’t planners, pouring freshly brewed coffee over a generous amount of ice can hit the spot.

Final thoughts on the best iced coffee makers

An iced coffee maker should do at least two things well: brew hot coffee and a tasty cup over ice. Whether that’s a cup at a time or a larger batch depends on your household size and preferences. Our overall pick, the Breville Precision Brewer, offers flexibility with several brewing presets, additional personalized settings, and multiple brewing styles, including iced and cold brew, in a single machine. Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker and Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker hit the spot for people looking for simple brewing for single servings, while the Zojirushi Fresh Brew Plus EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker can handle brewing a large batch of iced coffee at one time. The De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine is quite an investment but will satisfy those craving iced espresso drinks at home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best iced coffee makers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Camping made easy and affordable with this Pop-A-Shade Tent for only $28 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/pop-a-shade-tent-deal/ Mon, 29 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612749
A Pop-A-Shade tent set up outdoors by a lake.
Stack Commerce

Sun, rain, or insects? This versatile tent keeps you cool and comfortable.

The post Camping made easy and affordable with this Pop-A-Shade Tent for only $28 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Pop-A-Shade tent set up outdoors by a lake.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Camping season is upon us! The call of the wild beckons, promising crisp mornings under a canopy of stars, crackling campfires, and the sweet scent of adventure. But let’s be honest, the great outdoors can also come with its fair share of “rustic charm.”

Sunburns, surprise downpours, and unwanted insect guests all have the potential to put a damper on your wilderness retreat, but with this Pop-A-Shade 3-Person Tent, you can unlock the joys of camping without the unnecessary drama for just $28. 

This portable haven provides a quick escape from the elements, all while remaining surprisingly easy to manage. Set up camp in minutes, with no complicated poles or frustrating tangles. The Pop-A-Shade unfolds in a flash, transforming from a compact carrying bag into a cozy shelter.

Nestled comfortably inside, you’ll appreciate the breathable skylight design that lets in dappled sunlight (or shields you from the sun’s full force, depending on your preference). Need a little extra light after dark? No problem! The handy hanging hook allows you to set up a portable lamp for a touch of ambiance—perfect for reading a captivating adventure story or sharing ghost stories with friends.

But the Pop-A-Shade isn’t just about comfort; it’s about peace of mind. Crafted with premium materials, it’s built to withstand the unexpected. Worried about a sudden rain shower? Relax—the waterproof design ensures you stay dry and protected. And those pesky mosquitos that love to crash the outdoor party? The silver-bonded nylon sides with insect netting keep them at bay, allowing you to enjoy the fresh air without the itchy annoyance.

The beauty of the Pop-A-Shade lies in its versatility. Pitch it in your backyard for a night under the stars with the kids, use it as a beach shade for a relaxing afternoon by the ocean, or take it along to your favorite festival or sporting event for a comfortable respite from the crowds.

Have your wilderness escape and enjoy it too with this Pop-A-Shade 3-Person Tent for only $27.99 (reg. $79).

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Camping made easy and affordable with this Pop-A-Shade Tent for only $28 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
For $110, Seido’s knives will have you chopping, slicing, and dicing with confidence https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/seido-knife-set-april-sponsored-deal/ Sun, 28 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612469
A Seiko knife set on an orange.
Stack Commerce

End your dull knife struggles with this 8-piece gift set for only $110.

The post For $110, Seido’s knives will have you chopping, slicing, and dicing with confidence appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Seiko knife set on an orange.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Have you ever diced an onion and ended up in tears? Wrestled with a tomato that resisted being sliced, like a toddler avoiding a bath? If you answered “yes,” then you might need new knives.

Enter Seido Knives. These blades are honed to slice through vegetables with laser precision and dispatch even the most stubborn flank steak with ease. 

A sharp Seido knife glides through food, leaving clean cuts and minimal mess. You’ll find yourself dicing onions without weeping, julienning carrots with the grace of a ballerina, and finally understanding why chefs get so poetic about a perfectly sliced tomato.

Rated 4.6/5 stars by verified purchasers, this Seido Knife Set equips you with a selection of fantastic and versatile knives.

The 8-inch chef’s knife tackles everyday chopping with ease, while the slicing knife swoops in for elegant, thin cuts. No more squished bread—the serrated knife handles it with grace. The 7-inch cleaver is your brawny friend for breaking down whole chickens or crushing garlic, while the 7-inch and 5-inch Santoku Knives conquer vegetables with their precision blades and clever Granton edges that prevent food from sticking. The 6-inch boning knife expertly navigates curves, separating meat from bone with finesse. Finally, the 3.5-inch paring knife handles delicate tasks with pinpoint accuracy.

All this comes presented in a beautiful gift box, ready to turn you into a kitchen hero (or the perfect gift-giver)!

Owning a Seido knife isn’t about turning you into a culinary master overnight (although, let’s be honest, it’ll definitely up your kitchen cred). It’s about appreciating the art of cooking, about transforming a chore into a satisfying experience. It’s about respecting the ingredients and the meal you’re about to create.

So dump the dull blades, sharpen your skills (and your knives!), and order this 8-piece Seido Knife Set for the further reduced price of $109.97. But hurry, this offer ends at 11:59 p.m. PST on April 30.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post For $110, Seido’s knives will have you chopping, slicing, and dicing with confidence appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Be prepared while on the road with this fast-charging jump starter & power bank, now on sale for $69.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/jump-starter-power-bank-emergency-battery-deal/ Sun, 28 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612465
A jump starter and power bank on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Maintain peace of mind while driving with this emergency-ready portable device.

The post Be prepared while on the road with this fast-charging jump starter & power bank, now on sale for $69.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A jump starter and power bank on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Although we never expect our car battery to fail, emergencies can happen unexpectedly. The innovative TYPE S 12V 6.0L Jump Starter & Power Bank with Jump Guide transforms drivers’ management of roadside emergencies. Plus, it’s currently available with a $50 discount.

The TYPE S portable jump box is designed to breathe life into 6.0-liter gasoline and diesel engines, ensuring you’re prepared for any car emergency. Built-in smart cables ensure easy setup and enhance safety with spark-proof technology and reverse polarity protection. This feature means even the most novice users can operate it without fear of mishaps. With a convenient integrated LCD screen, you’ll be able to see step-by-step instructions to get you quickly back on track. 

Moreover, this device is far from just a jump starter. The TYPE S doubles as a portable power bank and lighting device. With an 8,000mAh capacity and Qi wireless charging, it effortlessly recharges smartphones, tablets, and other USB-C-compatible devices. This feature is particularly invaluable during long trips or emergencies when keeping communication devices powered can be critical. Its intuitive LCD screen provides real-time information about charging statuses while also providing lighting (with red emergency hazards, strobe, and even Morse Code light patterns) for nighttime emergencies.

Be prepared while on the road with this fast-charging jump starter & power bank, now on sale for $69.99

The compact design of the TYPE S, with dimensions of just 1.34″H x 6.14″L, makes it easy to store in your glove compartment, trunk, or travel luggage, allowing you to carry it everywhere. With this device, you won’t need another vehicle to jump-start your car if you are stranded.

Enhance on-road security with the TYPE S 12V 6.0L Battery Jump Starter with a built-in cable, LCD Display, and 8,000mAh Qi Power Bank (Black/USB-C) for $69.99 (reg. $119) with no coupon code required. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Be prepared while on the road with this fast-charging jump starter & power bank, now on sale for $69.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Enhance your Xbox experience at a surprisingly low price with this Pro Kit for gaming https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/xbox-pro-gaming-accessories-kit-deal/ Sat, 27 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612461
Green and black Xbox gaming accessories on a white.
Stack Commerce

Step up the way you game by taking advantage of this offer.

The post Enhance your Xbox experience at a surprisingly low price with this Pro Kit for gaming appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Green and black Xbox gaming accessories on a white.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Love gaming on Xbox but lacking the proper gear to take things to the next level? Look no further than a budget-friendly offer that supplies several upgrades.

For a limited time, get the Bionik Pro Kit+ for Xbox Series X/S, featuring essential gaming accessories, at only $39.99 (reg. $89) with no coupon necessary. That’s 55 percent savings on a package that’s primed to elevate how you experience Xbox.

This kit comes with a CLR-50 over-ear gaming headset, a dual-port controller charging base, two battery packs with custom covers, and a cable extender. From convenience to efficiency, this package has you covered.

Colored green, the headset is designed with 50mm drivers for powerful performance and features an integrated microphone. Seamlessly play games and interact with other Xbox competitors while enjoying an immersive audio experience.

Controllers aren’t included with this purchase but the dual-port charger is perfect for the ones you already have at home. Back-lit indicators keep users updated on power status, while an adjustable USB cord provides some versatility to various kinds of gaming setups.

This purchase also includes a LYNX cable extender, which offers an additional ten feet of length and is made from highly durable Kevlar material. The kit is specifically compatible with Xbox Series X/S accessories, and it features a user guide to assist with any questions.

Get more from your Xbox adventures at a discounted cost by purchasing the Bionik Pro Kit+ for Xbox Series X/S, loaded with helpful gaming accessories, for only $39.99 (reg. $89) while this deal lasts.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Enhance your Xbox experience at a surprisingly low price with this Pro Kit for gaming appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $450 on lifetime access to the highly rated Babbel Language Learning app through April 30 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/babbel-lifetime-access-language-april-deal/ Sat, 27 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612457
A phone with the Babbel language app pulled up on it.
Stack Commerce

Expand your communication abilities with this proven app for a surprisingly low price.

The post Save $450 on lifetime access to the highly rated Babbel Language Learning app through April 30 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A phone with the Babbel language app pulled up on it.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Multilingual communicators are in high demand across the professional landscape and, for anyone planning to travel the globe, those tools can be a life-changing resource. Fortunately, for a limited time, you can take advantage of special pricing on a popular and proven way to learn languages at your own pace.

Through April 30 at 11:59 p.m. PST, you can pick up a lifetime subscription to the Babbel Language Learning app for only $149.97 (reg. $599) with no coupon required. That’s $450 savings on a service with an Apple App Store rating of 4.7 out of five based on nearly 600,000 reviews.

More than 10 million users have benefited from Babbel, and this subscription supplies learning paths for 14 different languages: Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, and Turkish.

Lessons can be completed within 15 minutes and from anywhere thanks to mobile access. Whether you pair language learning with your morning coffee, lunch break, or a quiet moment before bed, this manageable approach makes it easier than ever to take a step forward without setting aside too much time.

Babbel utilizes speech-recognition technology to help with quick pronunciation fixes. Plus, conduct personalized review sessions to feel more confident regarding lessons experienced to that point.

Save $450 on lifetime access to the highly rated Babbel Language Learning app through April 30

Babbel places an emphasis on conversational skills, so users traveling to foreign destinations can be prepared to deal with travel directions, restaurant menus speaking with locals, and much more.

On our store, the app has earned a rating of 4.8 out of five following more than 250 verified customer reviews. That includes feedback from March 2024 that reads, “Amazing product. Lessons include listening, speaking, flashcards, and writing, which make Italian easy to learn. I can review my lessons, correct mistakes, work on my daily vocabulary, adding lessons to collections. I love it.”

Become increasingly natural in using up to 14 languages by taking advantage of this special offer on a lifetime subscription to Babbel Language Learning, available for only $149.97 (reg. $599) through April 30 at 11:59 p.m. PST.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Save $450 on lifetime access to the highly rated Babbel Language Learning app through April 30 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Enjoy $1,600 in savings on this highly-rated BirdBike e-bike https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/birdbike-a-frame-e-bike-april-sale/ Fri, 26 Apr 2024 19:16:38 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612677
A BirdBike eBike on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Make your commutes more eco-friendly.

The post Enjoy $1,600 in savings on this highly-rated BirdBike e-bike appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A BirdBike eBike on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While an exercise bike is a worthy investment, especially if you’re on a mission to complete your daily activity rings, nothing beats the experience of zipping your way through the city on an actual bike. No offense to your online instructor motivating you to pedal harder, but the tangible sense of fulfillment from traditional cycling is unmatched. But if you’re not quite sold on conventional bikes, you might want to pick up an e-bike instead. It’s much easier to operate and lets you breeze through your commute without breaking a sweat. Plus, they’re a green upgrade from your usual car rides, a win for you and the planet.

If you missed celebrating Earth Day, here’s another opportunity to show Mother Earth some love. Grab the BirdBike A-Frame E-bike at a discount, and start weaving your way anywhere while reducing your carbon footprint. For a limited time, you can grab it on sale for $699.97, shipping included!

This BirdBike cruiser is practically a fusion of everything you love in a commuter bike, mountain bike, and electric bike. The brainchild of a team of veteran vehicle design experts and engineers, it packs features and cutting-edge technology to make riding and cycling a breeze—literally. It comes with a 500W high-performance motor that delivers consistent power throughout your ride, complimented by an advanced carbon drive train that endures any terrain and nixes the need for chain maintenance.

Want to go faster? Just tap the instant e-boost throttle on the handlebar for an immediate power surge, perfect for steep inclines. There’s also an embedded dash display that shows your speed, distance, pedal assist mode, battery life, and more. Speaking of battery, the 36V/12.8Ah battery offers up to 50 miles of cruising range, easily rechargeable thanks to the removable design. For peace of mind, the bike includes an integrated alarm system that blasts a startling 120-decibel alarm to deter thieves.

Make rides to work more fun and eco-friendly with this BirdBike eBike. It normally retails for $2,299, but you can grab it on sale for $699.97 for a limited time.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Enjoy $1,600 in savings on this highly-rated BirdBike e-bike appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Samsung S95D QD-OLED TV review: Stunning in any setting https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-s95d-qd-oled-tv-review/ Fri, 26 Apr 2024 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612606
Televisions photo
Stan Horaczek

Samsung's flagship OLED TV shines because glare doesn't.

The post Samsung S95D QD-OLED TV review: Stunning in any setting appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Televisions photo
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

My living room isn’t well-suited for testing OLED TVs. There’s a pair of large windows off to the side of the viewing area, and when they’re not busy leaking, they’re letting in enough ambient light to wash out a typical OLED. This type of TV excels in contrast and color reproduction but can only pump out comparatively paltry max brightness levels. That makes even a moderately bright room a no-go. And let’s be honest, that’s what most of us have. So, instead of appealing just to people with perfectly treated home theaters, Samsung aimed to fix that issue with its new S95D QD-OLED TV. And after a few weeks spent watching content and gaming to the best of my very pathetic abilities, I can confirm it as a huge success. The S95D’s defining feature may have caused some controversy in the hardcore AV world (more on that later), but it’s easily one of the best TVs I’ve ever seen.

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • Sizes: 55”, 65”, and 77”
  • OS: Tizen
  • HDMI ports: Four HDMI 2.1 ports
  • Wireless: Wi-Fi 5
  • Bluetooth: BT5.2
  • Processor: NQ4 AI Gen2 Processor

Pros

  • Excellent color accuracy and contrast, as you’d expect from OLED
  • Exceptional brightness thanks to Quantum Dot tech
  • Anti-glare coating works phenomenally
  • Ports and connectors live on a box connected to the display by a single wire for flexible installation
  • Built-in speakers provide clear, crisp audio that makes dialog easy to hear (credit to Samsung processing)
  • Low input lag
  • Responsive operating system

Cons

  • Anti-glare tech comes with very slight compromises in terms of pure picture quality
  • While the speakers provide excellent clarity, they’re not overly powerful

Verdict: Just about every OLED TV looks phenomenal in the dark, but the S95D’s ability to shine (literally) in a room full of ambient light makes it one of the most impressive pieces of TV technology to come around in years. 

How I tested the Samsung S95D QD-OLED TV

I have been writing about and reviewing TVs for roughly two decades for outlets including this one, Men’s Journal, Sound & Vision, AOL, and others. For this test, I placed the Samsung S95D QD-OLED TV directly in front of my typical TV to get a true real-world experience. I played regular Blu-rays, 4K Blu-rays, and games through a PlayStation 5. I also connected the TV to my Wi-Fi router and compared content through the native Samsung apps with the most recent Apple TV 4K (my preferred hardware for streaming media). 

We do some scientific testing on equipment like this, but we don’t publicly post the results because we don’t control the environment in a way to capture publishable results. I use a Datacolor Spyder X Pro device to measure brightness and color accuracy as a reference for our internal testing. Other sites provide excellent test results from labs, but that information doesn’t always reflect the real-world experience that comes from watching a TV.

Televisions photo
Stan Horaczek

The Samsung S95D’s picture quality

There’s a lot about the ultra-slim S95D that’s impressive and we’ll get into the build below, but we’re here first and foremost for the panel’s picture quality. If you’re spending the extra money for an OLED, it’s for the on-screen image. 

Brightness

Brighter isn’t always better. Even casual TV snobs know this fact. But, the S95D changes the math on that old rule. The first time I turned on our review unit, I couldn’t believe how much light it put out. I was standing in my sunny living room at two in the afternoon, and this OLED display was blasting over the ambient light without hesitation. The S95D is noticeably brighter than its predecessor or really any OLED TV I’ve ever seen. It’s brighter than the middle-of-the-road LG TV I bought on Black Friday a few years ago to use between TV reviews. The S95D is just plain bright and truly improves its overall performance. 

In addition to the increased light output, the S95D is the first TV non-Frame-series TV to get the full anti-glare treatment, which was a standout feature in our first impressions and remains one now that we’ve gotten to try the TV outside of an impromptu showroom setting. As a result, the screen has a more matte appearance than its glossy ancestors and competition—in the high-end printing world, I’d call this a pearl finish. Even with the TV off, it’s apparent just how well the surface resists reflections. Even bright objects, which would typically render as a sharp reflection on a glossy screen, wash out to a dull, nebulous blob. The turtle tank with a UV light that typically occupies a full quarter of my TV screen when it’s turned on? Pretty much gone. I’m impressed. 

Even when a light shines directly onto the surface, the anti-glare surface renders it nearly invisible. This does come at a slight cost. As some other reviewers have noted, the anti-glare makes the perceived black level seem a bit brighter than a glossy screen would. Thus, the controversy mentioned in the intro. But, the benefits will drastically outweigh that tiny complaint for the majority of the TV-watching public. The anti-glare tech seriously changes the OLED game.

Samsung OLED with a lamp shining on it to show anti-reflective coating
Stan Horaczek

Bring on the content

For the early tests, I left the TV in standard mode, which doesn’t quite max out the TV’s light output, but it’s decidedly more luminous than the more subdued movie mode or Filmmaker Mode. All the typical OLED benefits shine through immediately. I popped in a Blu-ray of Venom: Let There Be Carnage, which isn’t a great film, but it’s a meat grind of a test for just about any TV. Its extremely high contrast, fast motion, and vivid colors quickly expose a TV’s shortcomings. The S95D handled it all with aplomb. 

I like Filmmaker Mode, which is designed to depict the movie as the creators intended. But it’s typically only usable in very dark situations. I still preferred standard, or maybe movie mode for viewing content while the sun was up, but Filmmaker Mode was still totally viable. You can be a snob at any time of day.

I put on the first Timothée Chalamet Dune movie out of pure curiosity. In a dark room with standard mode turned on, the jarring dark-to-bright transitions from dingy interiors to blazing desert scenery were enough to make me wince, literally. That’s the kind of impact I like to see. 

Those transitions are also a great test for a TV like this. Going from bright to dark doesn’t leave any lingering brightness. Bright don’t bleed into dark areas next to them (a phenomenon called blooming) to ruin the overall clarity of the image. 

A little help from AI

You can’t get away from AI in the gadget world and this TV is no exception. The S95D comes toting Samsung’s latest image processing chip, which puts a heavy emphasis on AI. Multiple neural networks analyze every single image and frame to emphasize subjects, upscale the picture, and improve audio performance.

Even as a TV reviewer, I still watch streamed content more than pristine 4K Blu-rays. I imagine you’re the same way. Luckily, my review unit arrived just as the new Fallout series premiered on Amazon Prime. Like Dune, the post-apocalyptic series jumps freely between dingy underground silos and sun-blasted desert landscapes. The S95D, once again, excelled. The deep blacks retain tons of detail, though just slightly less than a high-end Mini-LED (like Samsung’s own QN900/D). But the inkiest blacks are why you go OLED. You want that contrast, and the S95D dishes it out in spades. The streamed image looked excellent. I again found myself defaulting to standard picture mode because it feels like it uses more of the panel’s dynamic range without losing anything. 

When it comes to 4K upscaling, the S95D does a great job across the board. The final result will vary depending on the bitrate and quality of the original content (don’t even try to watch Buffy the Vampire Slayer on Amazon Prime because no amount of AI can save that mess) but don’t expect extra artifacts or other upscaling nastiness to become apparent very often if at all. 

Gaming performance

Several features apply specifically to gaming performance, including the maximum 144Hz effective refresh rate. For this test, I jumped into Helldivers 2 on the PS5. While it’s not the pinnacle of graphical achievements in terms of gaming, it is a challenging title thanks to tons of fast-moving on-screen objects and shadowy environments. 

Input lag is nearly non-existent, essential if you want a good gaming TV. Response times are also miniscule, which fares well for fast on-screen action. I died—a lot—during the test session, but I looked great doing it. The TV will automatically enable game mode when you start gaming, and you’re best served to leave it be once it makes the switch. That’s how it unlocks game-specific features like the maximum refresh rate and the lowest possible input lag.

Televisions photo
Stan Horaczek

The Samsung S95D’s sound

While OLEDs often excel in terms of picture quality, their super-thin panels don’t leave much room for audio firepower. Samsung made hay with the space it had in the S95D, packing a total of eight circular speakers onto the back of the display. They won’t blow you away with power, especially on the low end, but Samsung has emphasized its strengths, which are clarity and understandability. The AI-powered chip enables Dolby Atmos compatibility and localized audio, which creates a discernible directional audio effect depending on which on-screen object is making noise. You can hear a spaceship zoom across the screen. It’s not nearly as pronounced as with a true surround sound system, but it’s noticeable and appreciated. 

Even cranked to max volume, the speakers don’t offer much in terms of crackle or distortion. The voice clarification tech really does make a difference, though, which is handy for people like me who have trouble hearing words through ambient noise. 

Overall, the sound performance is solid, but with a TV this nice, you’re doing yourself a disservice by not adding a more powerful stand-alone system to the mix. [Related: Look for our review of Samsung’s new flagship wireless soundbar system, the HW-Q990D, coming very soon.]

The Samsung S95D’s design and setup

Another impressive aspect of the S95D is that this deep feature set fits in a strikingly shallow enclosure thanks to thoughtful design decisions. As a high-end TV, Samsung didn’t skimp on the S95D’s build quality. The panel connects via a single wire to a compact interface containing all the necessary ports and connections. The “One Connect Box” is about the size of a stand-alone DVD player and can sit horizontally or wall mount vertically. I chose to use the included stand instead of putting the display on a mount, though I could have easily mounted it thanks to VESA compatibility. The bezel is skinny. The panel is flat. The external I/O box is a nice touch. The setup and build quality really didn’t give me anything to complain about. 

I can’t say quite the same thing about the remote. I love that the Samsung remote charges via the onboard solar panel, but I still find the layout annoying. The flat rocker buttons for channel and volume changes aren’t designed for my clumsy hands. The remote is also tiny and somewhat non-descript, so it’s easy to lose it in a pile of other remotes (though that may only be a problem if you’re also a reviewer with too many remote-controlled devices).

Televisions photo
Stan Horaczek

So, who should buy the Samsung S95D?

If you’ve been craving the contrast and color accuracy that comes with OLED but are worried your space is too bright, then your worries are over. The extra brightness and the very impressive anti-reflective coating have truly changed the game. With help from Samsung’s new AI-powered image processor, the S95D QD-OLED creates one of the best viewing experiences of any TV I’ve tested.

The post Samsung S95D QD-OLED TV review: Stunning in any setting appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Transform your 8mm and Super 8 films into timeless digital keepsakes with this Kodak digitizer and save $50 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/kodak-reels-8mm-super-8-film-digitizer-deal/ Fri, 26 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612450
A person digitizing their films using the Kodak digitizer.
Stack Commerce

Preserve your memories with this innovative reel digitizer and five-inch screen.

The post Transform your 8mm and Super 8 films into timeless digital keepsakes with this Kodak digitizer and save $50 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person digitizing their films using the Kodak digitizer.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you grew up before social media, chances are you or a family member still have piles of old film eager to be preserved and revitalized. The KODAK REELS 8mm & Super 8 Film Digitizer, complete with a 5″ screen, helps keep your reels secure for years.

On sale at $50 off and crafted by the renowned Kodak brand, a leading figure in photography, this more-than-just-a-scanner helps bring back blasts from the past. Its ability to handle 8mm and Super 8 film formats makes it versatile for different film collections—from home videos to professional footage.

The essential KODAK REELS is meticulously designed to bring all your footage back to life for good by digitizing and preserving memories for generations to come. The digitization process converts the film into 1080p digital video at two frames per second and seamlessly preserves the film’s unique look while enhancing the viewing experience on modern displays. Additionally, the device features adjustable brightness and color settings to improve the quality of the digital output, compensating for age-related degradation or exposure issues in the original film.

The innovative gadget also boasts a 5-inch LCD screen that allows for real-time previewing of various reels, measuring 3 to 9 inches. These old videos can be quickly transferred to an SD card for easy storage and safeguarding. The compact device is exceptionally intuitive, user-friendly, and easily transportable, enabling users to effortlessly edit and share their cherished memories digitally and bring back unforgettable memories.

Snag the KODAK REELS 8mm & Super 8 Film Digitizer with 5″ Screen for $349.99 (reg. $399) and free shipping with no coupon code required at checkout. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.   

The post Transform your 8mm and Super 8 films into timeless digital keepsakes with this Kodak digitizer and save $50 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $150 on this Apple Magic Keyboard that attaches to your iPad through April 30 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/apple-magic-keyboard-folio-sponsored-deal/ Fri, 26 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611870
A magnetic keyboard attached to a 10th-generation iPad.
Stack Commerce

Don't miss this limited-time offer to upgrade your tablet.

The post Save $150 on this Apple Magic Keyboard that attaches to your iPad through April 30 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A magnetic keyboard attached to a 10th-generation iPad.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Enjoy using your iPad but looking to get more functionality out of the device? You can currently pick up a performance-boosting accessory at a surprisingly low price by taking advantage of a limited-time offer on a compatible, attachable keyboard.

Pick up the Apple Magic Keyboard Folio for 10th-generation iPads at only $94.97 (reg. $249) with no coupon necessary through April 30 at 11:59 p.m. That’s 60% of savings on a complete QWERTY-layout keyboard that includes a built-in trackpad and 14 function keys.

Instantly gain increased efficiency from this keyboard, which seamlessly and securely attaches to the iPad via a magnetic connection. Its design supports front and back protection, and features an adjustable stand that allows users to customize their viewing angles.

This keyboard is considered a “New Open Box” item,  meaning it was likely excess inventory from store shelves that was shipped back to a warehouse. Thus, the exterior container may show signs of potential wear and tear, but the product itself has been tested and cleaned before being repackaged.

This keyboard gives you the versatility for stationary work on a desk or on-the-move use in a travel setting. Weighing less than two pounds, it’s an easy addition to any work bag.

Function keys allow you to easily adjust screen brightness and volume, or play and pause media. Whether you’re working on a lengthy text document, attempting to fill out a spreadsheet or simply aim to game, this keyboard is primed to elevate your iPad experience.

This product carries a store rating of five out of five based on verified buyer reviews, including one from January 2024 that reads, “It’s a perfect companion to the iPad and gives a lot of flexibility with the touchpad. It’s like turning your iPad into a mini MacBook Air. No delay or pairing and works seamlessly with iPad.”

Get more from your tablet without breaking your budget by picking up the Apple Magic Keyboard Folio for 10th-generation iPads at only $94.97 (reg. $249) through April 30 at 11:59 p.m.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Save $150 on this Apple Magic Keyboard that attaches to your iPad through April 30 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Oura Ring Gen3 health tracker review: It’s a complicated relationship https://www.popsci.com/gear/oura-ring-gen3-health-tracker-review/ Thu, 25 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612224
The Oura Ring Heritage on top of a couple of rocks.
The Oura Ring is a fashionable take on a health tracker. We wore it for most of eight months to find out if it prioritizes style over substance. Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

There’s a lot to like about the Oura Ring, but is it … well-rounded? Here’s a look at the features and frustrations.

The post Oura Ring Gen3 health tracker review: It’s a complicated relationship appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Oura Ring Heritage on top of a couple of rocks.
The Oura Ring is a fashionable take on a health tracker. We wore it for most of eight months to find out if it prioritizes style over substance. Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The market is absolutely flooded with devices designed to track your health, most of which reside on the wearer’s wrist. Relatively newer to the health-tracking game, though, are smart rings. The Oura Ring was first released in 2015 but didn’t gain widespread recognition and popularity until roughly 2020. Its main function at the time was sleep tracking, but it has since broadened its applications, offering general health and fitness data for those who don’t want a screen on their wrist.  

I was not exactly sold when I first heard of the Oura Ring. I didn’t understand the benefit of a smart ring when you could just wear a watch. When Oura reached out to see if I would be interested in testing one, however, I decided to see what all the hype was about. I’ve been wearing it since the end of August 2023, giving me just over eight months of time living with it. And I have developed a complicated relationship with it. 

Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

SEE IT

Overview

  • Though bulky for a ring, the Oura Ring offers a more discreet profile than smartwatches.
  • The Oura Ring tracks a range of health metrics, including heart rate, temperature, sleep, and more.
  • The durable and waterproof design means it can stand up to the rigors of daily life. 

Pros

  • Collects lots of data
  • Mostly accurate sleep info
  • App is full of helpful insights and tools
  • Durable and waterproof
  • Features specific to women’s health
  • Frequent updates and new features
  • May be eligible for FSA/HSA funds

Cons

  • Needs to be removed frequently
  • Fairly bulky
  • Tethered GPS is quite inaccurate
  • Requires a monthly subscription to access all features

Verdict: The Oura Ring is a minimalistic health tracker that helps you better understand your sleep and overall health.  

The Oura Ring’s design & build

The Oura ring comes in several different finishes and two different designs. The Heritage, the original Oura Ring, features a rectangular plateaued top. For an additional $50, you can opt for the Horizon version, which offers a typical, fully round ring. All of the rings, regardless of finish, are made with titanium on the outside, which is strong, non-allergenic, and lighter than most other metals. On the inside is a medical-grade, BPA-free molding. I’ve been wearing the Horizon in rose gold, which is manufactured using a vapor deposition (PVD) coating for added durability. 

The ring feels like, well, a ring, albeit quite bulky compared to rings that I wear. It’s 2.55mm thick (the Heritage will be slightly thicker on the top), roughly the thickness of most wedding bands. It’s worth stating that I have tiny hands, so all but the most dainty rings feel bulky on me. The band is 7.9mm wide and, depending on the size, weighs 0.14 to 0.21 ounces. 

There’s a subtle notch on the outside that indicates the orientation of the ring, as the sensors should be on the palm side of your finger. There are also three little bumps on the inside of the ring that sit against the finger, which aren’t noticeable at all during normal wear. 

The Oura ring is waterproof to 330 feet, so you can wear it when you shower, swim, and snorkel. However, Oura says it doesn’t recommend the ring for scuba diving and that it shouldn’t be submerged for more than 12 hours. Even though it’s waterproof, I typically remove the ring if I’m washing lots of dishes or cleaning, mostly because water tends to get trapped under the band. 

The rose gold finish has noticeable scratches and some patina these days, but I haven’t been super precious with it. I take it off when I’m lifting weights, at the beach, or during any other activity that requires using my hands because of the bulkiness, but otherwise live my normal life with it on. Most of the scratches are on the palm side of the ring, which makes sense as that’s the area that makes contact with things nearly constantly throughout the day. The top of the ring still looks rather shiny and smooth despite eight months of wear. 

Fitness & Exercise photo
The Oura ring is certainly smaller than a fitness tracker, but it’s bulky enough that I don’t like wearing it for most activities that use my hands.  Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

Sensors 

Naturally, as a smart ring, the Oura Ring is built with a few sensors. The infrared photoplethysmography sensors (PPG) use LED light to measure heart rate and respiration. If you sleep with the ring, don’t be alarmed when you see your finger glowing in the middle of the night. Oura says this sensor samples 250 times per second and is 99.9% reliable compared to a medical-grade electrocardiogram (ECG). It uses the heart rate data also to tell you your resting heart rate, heart rate variability, and respiration. 

There’s also a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) sensor that measures your nighttime temperature. It won’t tell you what your actual temperature is, but will tell you how much your temperature changes overnight. It’s sensitive enough to pick up changes of just 0.1° Celsius. The temperature data is useful if you are sick, but it also helps those with cycles track what phase of their cycle they are in, as there are predictable rises and falls in temperature for each phase. 

Finally, a 3D accelerometer detects your activity during the day. Keep in mind, though, that there is no GPS in the Oura Ring. Instead, the ring relies on tethered GPS, meaning it pulls location data from your phone. Beyond activity, the accelerometer also tracks nighttime restlessness and helps identify your sleep stages. 

Rose Gold Oura Ring Horizon sitting upright on a piece of driftwood, three interior sensor bubbles visible
Despite the ring’s tiny size relative to a watch, it still packs in multiple sensors to detect a range of health metrics. Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

Sensor accuracy

My testing process didn’t involve any lab time for testing the sensors, but I was able to compare them to the best fitness watches and heart rate monitors I use. I found the heart rate pretty spot on with what I get from my watches and even higher fidelity chest-based monitors. In fact, on a recent run, both my Oura Ring and Garmin HRM-Fit (chest-based strap) said my average heart rate was 153. 

I wasn’t taking my temperature every day to compare what the Oura Ring was picking up, but I tend to get pretty sick from the COVID-19 vaccine and was wearing the ring when I got my last booster. The ring detected that my temperature was 2.3 degrees higher than normal, and sure enough, I had a fever of 101 degrees Fahrenheit. In terms of accelerometer accuracy, it mostly picks up when I’ve had a restless night, though not perfectly. 

Battery & connectivity

To use any of your data, the ring needs to sync to the phone app using a Bluetooth Low Energy connection. This happens frequently in the background, but you can also open the app and prompt it to sync with the ring. The app is also how you’ll update the firmware and see all your data.

The ring uses an integrated 15mAh (US6) – 22mAh (US13) Lipo battery. In the original Heritage ring, the battery sits in the rectangular top, while the newer Horizon-style ring uses a flexible battery to maintain the fully rounded shape. Oura promises a battery life of seven days, though it does warn that having blood oxygen sensing turned on will deplete the battery faster. I have Blood Oxygen Sensing turned on and typically get about five to six days on a single charge. The app will remind you to charge the ring before bed if the battery gets low, which is helpful. 

Luckily, charging is fairly quick. I noticed the battery was at roughly 15% before popping out for a run, so I tossed it on the charger to see if I could get enough power to track my activity. I was able to get up to 48% battery in 25 minutes of charging, which was plenty for my 30-minute run. If the battery is fully dead, a full charge takes closer to two hours. I tend to put the ring on the proprietary charger when I’m taking a shower or doing any sort of activity that isn’t conducive to wearing the ring to keep it topped off so I can always wear it to bed for sleep tracking. 

Fitness & Exercise photo
The ring slots onto the charging stand in only one way to accommodate the sensor bumps. It features a light that tells you when it’s actively charging or fully charged.  Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

The Oura Ring’s features

The Oura ring may look simple, but it offers quite a few features. Between the data it gathers and the app, Oura makes it pretty easy to get a snapshot of your health and wellness.

Sleep tracking

One of the primary features of the Oura Ring is its sleep-tracking abilities. The ring collects heart rate, respiration, heart rate variability, and movement data throughout the night and then provides a score to let you know the quality of your sleep. It can also pick up what time you go to bed and wake up and detect naps. I fell asleep on the couch one night while watching TV, and the app asked if I took a 20-minute nap from 10:20 to 10:40 pm, which was exactly when I was asleep. That nap was then added to my sleep score since it was so close to when I went to bed. 

Beyond tracking, there are some other helpful sleep tools in the Oura app that I’ve enjoyed. My favorites are the Body Clock and chronotype tools. To provide your chronotype (a fancy way of saying if you are a morning or night person), Oura looks at sleep, activity, and body temperature data over a three-month period of consistent use. It then gives you suggestions on when the ideal time to work out or perform certain types of tasks would be based on your chronotype. While this information is more interesting than earth-shattering in terms of how it impacts my life, it could make a difference for some. 

Fitness tracking

Calling the Oura Ring a fitness tracker is generous, but it does have activity-tracking capabilities. It can automatically detect 40 activities, including housework, but I found the automatic detection to be very hit-and-miss. It almost always thinks I was walking as well, even though there are other options.  

Since there are no buttons or interactive controls on the ring itself, you need the app to do any tracking. Once in the app, you tap the plus sign in the bottom right corner and select “Record workout HR.” Then, you can choose between indoor or outdoor cycling, indoor or outdoor running, or walking. The record button starts tracking, and you’ll need to open the app again to end tracking. 

While Oura relies on your phone’s GPS for anything related to distance and mapping, each company handles tethered GPS differently, resulting in various levels of accuracy. Unfortunately, Oura’s tethered GPS is the worst I’ve come across. A 30-minute run with the Oura Ring and my Garmin epix Pro (which has multi-band GPS and is known for accuracy) showed a distance of 0.3 miles for the ring and 2.6 miles for the watch. I know I’m no speed demon, but I definitely did more than 0.3 miles in 32 minutes while running.

Comparing two tethered devices, I wore the Oura ring along with my Garmin Lily 2, which also relies on tethered GPS. Both were on the left hand. Oura had my distance at 0.7, while the Garmin was 1.67. This route is one I do some variation of multiple times a day, and 1.67 is definitely very close to the correct distance. 

Because of the GPS inaccuracy, I would not recommend the Oura for fitness tracking. Distance and pace data influence a handful of fitness and readiness-related tools, so inaccurate data on those items will throw a lot of stuff off. Luckily, you can connect to Strava and import that data so your Oura account can utilize more accurate information for its health and wellness features.  

A comparison between the Oura Ring's GPS (left) and data recorded with my Garmin Lily 2 on the same walk.
A comparison between the Oura Ring’s GPS (left) and data recorded with my Garmin Lily 2 on the same walk. Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

Women’s health

The women’s health features appeared relatively recently in the Oura’s arsenal. The app offers the ability to track cycles and now offers pregnancy insights as well. For cycle tracking, the Oura app will prompt you to to input if you use hormonal contraceptives or other hormones. If you use hormones of any type, you won’t be able to see your cycle phases. I really wanted to see my phases, so despite having a hormonal IUD, I selected “none” for hormones. 

It’s been very interesting to watch my temperature shift nightly over the course of my cycle. Plus, even with my hormonal birth control, Oura has been pretty spot on at predicting when my period will start and how long it will last. This information is more interesting for me than actionable, but I could see how it would be useful if something odd started happening or I had concerns that I wanted to show my doctor. 

Oura app

The Oura Ring’s sensors collect data, which the app compiles into a more digestible, usable format. The app’s homepage has different sections showing your sleep, activity goal, stress levels, heart rate, and more. You can click into the different sections to see graphs and track trends over time. Alternatively, you can open the Trends portion of the app for a quick glance at sleep, readiness, activity, and stress trends over time. 

On top of all your data, the app provides suggestions for activity levels based on your information. There are guided meditations and breathing exercises, and plenty of tips on improving sleep, time meals, and understanding your data. 

Unfortunately, a subscription is required to access most features and insights in the app. You get one month free, but after that, it is $5.99 a month. Without an Oura membership, you’ll only be able to see Sleep, Readiness, and Activity scores without any in-depth analysis. 

Fitness & Exercise photo
The Oura Ring is a nice-looking device, blending seamlessly into daily life, even for fancier occasions.  Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

Final thoughts on my Oura Ring experience

As a bit of a data junky, I certainly appreciate the information I get from the Oura Ring. It’s helped me understand my body a bit better, especially from a women’s health and sleep perspective. I also just think it’s fascinating to see trends over time. Plus, Oura makes it easy to export the data should you want to share something with your doctor, which is really nice. 

My main issue is with the experience of actually wearing the ring, which is more so a personal preference. I find myself taking the ring off quite frequently. Water gets trapped underneath when washing my hands, so I at least need to take it off after to dry it. I don’t like to wear it when cooking since ingredients can get under it, and I wash my hands frequently in the process. Though it can be worn in the shower, I don’t enjoy it, so it comes off. The same goes for when I’m applying lotion. It is too bulky to wear while weight lifting or biking, so I remove it for those activities. You get the gist. Then, in all those times of taking the ring off, I am typically not the best about remembering to put it back on. 

Despite my frustrations with constantly needing to remove the ring, I still see its benefits. There’s no denying that the Oura Ring looks nice, blending into the day-to-day more than an aggressive fitness watch. The smaller form factor is also more comfortable to sleep in, especially if you aren’t used to constantly wearing a watch. And sometimes, it’s nice to separate from a screen and smartwatch notifications while still collecting data. Plus, Oura is actively rolling out new features and researching new ways to use the ring, so investment-wise, you’ll continue to get a lot out of it.
Overall, like anything, there are pros and cons. There are enough pros to keep wearing the ring, and I will continue to do so even after writing this review. In my opinion, the benefits outweigh the occasional annoyance of wearing it. So, my complicated relationship with the Oura Ring will continue for the foreseeable future.

The post Oura Ring Gen3 health tracker review: It’s a complicated relationship appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fans for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fan/ Tue, 08 Jun 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368374
The best fans of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Beat the heat during the sweaty season with these breezy picks.

The post The best fans for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best fans of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Windmill Fan on the top of a desk. Windmill Fan
SEE IT

This sleek-looking fan is smart, powerful, and nearly silent at its lowest setting.

Best window A large all-gray fan with two twin reversible airflow blades centered on a red button and numbers on it. Bionaire Window Fan w/ Twin 8.5-In. Blades
SEE IT

Takes in cool air while expelling hot air.

Best budget A portable all black color desk fan with an upper round shape and with flat shape under it. Honeywell HT-900 TurboForce Air Circulator Fan
SEE IT

This small but mighty model has an aerodynamic turbo design that allows you to feel the air from 27 feet away.

As the thermostat rises, having a fan on hand for your home or outdoor adventure needs makes sense before the stifling summer weather makes you too lazy to shop. In addition to cooling you down without running up your electricity bill, an efficient one can help keep you healthy by stimulating air circulation. Science has confirmed that we hate being hot, and a quality fan could mean the difference between a pleasant evening or a poor night’s sleep. With that in mind, we’ve compiled this handy guide to the best fans to help you chill out and find relief from the sweltering heat.

How we chose the best fans

Our fan recommendations are based on a combination of hands-on testing and research. When determining which fans to feature, we considered room size, fan size, and window type.

The best fans: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking for the best fan for your bedroom to keep cool at night, a battery-powered portable fan to bring on your next camping trip, or deciding between the best window or electric fan, we’ve got cool choices for cooling down.

Best overall: Windmill Fan

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 6.5 x 8 x 10.98 Inches
  • Type: Desk
  • Price: $79

Pros

  • Clean, modern look
  • Surprisingly quiet given its power
  • Useful smart features

Cons

  • No height adjustment

Windmill’s smart air conditioner impressed us mightily when we tested it last year, but the company’s new smart fan—pardon the pun—blew us away. It actually improved the aesthetics of our home office desk due in large part to Windmill’s focus on circles. The base of the fan is a circle, the face of the fan is a circle, the cutout in the middle is a circle, and around the back are two additional circular housings that hold the fan’s motors and other mechanisms. Viewed from the side, the fan looks like a layer cake suspended in mid-air. While looks aren’t everything, this is an object you’re likely to keep on top of your desk for years, and it’s helpful that Windmill took this into consideration.

The Windmill Fan has five speed settings—the first three were designed for standard desk fan use, while the fourth and fifth settings allow you to use the Windmill Fan as an air circulator. On its first setting, the Windmill Fan was inaudible, providing the equivalent of a pleasant breeze without creating a buzzing sound. This is especially important if you’d like some relief while presenting on a work call from home.

The second and third fan settings provided much more airflow while increasing the amount of ambient noise it made reasonable amount. The Windmill Fan was never too loud, but you wouldn’t want to crank it up during a work call. On its fourth and fifth settings (which Windmill calls High and Boost), a jetstream from this fan could be easily felt from about 12 feet away. This is overkill for typical desk fan use but helpful if you’d like to move a lot of air around a big room very quickly.

Windmill’s fan can be controlled in three ways: by pushing a button on its base, using the included remote, or through the company’s smartphone app on iOS or Android. We’re skeptical about making every electronic object “smart,” but found the process of connecting this fan to our Wi-Fi router simple enough. The entire setup process took about five minutes (we already had a Windmill account, which expedited it) so we could turn the fan on and adjust its speed settings from our smartphone. If you’re liable to lose the extra remote or prefer to keep the top of your desk as clean as possible, this fan’s smart-home functions are reasonable enough.

Our complaints about Windmill’s fan have nothing to do with what it does but rather what it can’t do. The fan has no height adjustment or oscillation function, so you’ll have to manually move it around (and potentially stack it on top of a book or two) to hit you at the correct angle. You can tilt the fan upward, which is helpful but not quite the same. As a first-generation gadget, though, it’s hard to find any significant fault with the Windmill Fan.

Best for large spaces: Big Ass Sidekick Portable Fan

Big Ass

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27 x 55 x 59.5 inches
  • Type: Floor
  • Price: $2,599

Pros

  • Gigantic size
  • IPX5 rating
  • Comes pre-assembled

Cons

  • Too big for indoor use

Cooling a big space can be challenging, so you need a powerful fan when you set out to do it. The Big Ass Sidekick Portable Fan is up for the job. This barrel fan is 48 inches wide, providing plenty of airflow from its six airfoils. Big Ass Fans says this model can move up to 15,000 cubic meters of air per minute at its highest speed. This means it’s only practical to use outdoors, but that’s perfectly fine if you live in a warmer climate year-round and have backyard space. The Sidekick comes fully assembled, and its swivel casters make it portable and lockable. It must be kept on wheels as its 275-pound weight would make it nearly impossible to move otherwise. With its IPX5 waterproof rating, the Sidekick can be exposed to water without damage. You should still keep it covered during intense rainstorms, but a small sprinkle shouldn’t cause concern. The Sidekick isn’t for everyone, but if you have intense fan needs in a huge space, there’s no better choice.

Best battery-powered: Shark FlexBreeze

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 13.77 x 13.77 x 37 inches
  • Type: Floor
  • Price: $199.99

Pros

  • Modular design
  • Magnetic remote
  • Misting feature

Cons

  • Cost

While it’s great to have a stationary fan that you can depend on, it’s also very helpful to have one you can take throughout your day. Shark’s FlexBreeze takes this concept to the next level by allowing you to detach the fan from its floor-standing base at the push of a button. Small feet at the mini-sized fan’s base fold outward, keeping it steady on top of a table. This lets you use the FlexBreeze in any situation, regardless of the size of your room or the position of your outlets. It’s perfectly reasonable to use this as a tower fan in your living room, then take it on a camping trip to provide cool comfort when you’re outdoors. This modular design is reminiscent of Shark’s vacuums, and the ability to use one fan in different contexts came in handy more than once.

Buttons that control all of the FlexBreeze’s core functions (fan speed, oscillation) can be found on top of its fan, but we found ourselves gravitating toward its included remote for one reason: it’s magnetic. A raised bump on the back of the remote fits perfectly into a slot on the back of the fan, and it’ll hold even when shaken. Including a remote is especially helpful when using a wireless fan because a big benefit is using hardware unencumbered by cables and wires.

In our tests, the FlexBreeze could blast a jet of cool air across a 12-foot room with no problem, even on its lower settings. The fan was audible at each power level, though higher ones did create enough sound to overpower other ambient noise like a clicking mechanical keyboard. This is fine if you’re using the FlexBreeze in a loud outdoor environment like a cookout, but less so if you need a quiet desk fan that can run eight hours a day without distraction. On that note, Shark says the FlexBreeze can last up to 24 hours per charge on its first power setting and oscillation turned off. We used it for about a dozen hours at various speeds and modes after fully topping it up and never ran into any issues.

One of the FlexBreeze’s optional features is a misting mode, which works by clipping an attachment onto the front of the fan and the other side onto a spigot used for a garden hose. The water flows to the attachment, where it’s lightly disbursed and blown toward you. You won’t get hit with a constant spray of hard water, but it’s the equivalent of a spritz you’d experience when using a spray bottle. Shark is explicit about only using this feature outdoors and never around areas with appliances or other electrical tools.

Shark’s FlexBreeze is not only the best battery-powered fan but also one of the most inventively designed models we’ve ever seen. It’s easy to take with you regardless of where it’s needed and can serve multiple purposes when necessary.

Best for windows: Bionaire Window Fan w/ Twin 8.5-In. Blades

Bionaire

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 4 x 24 x 12.8 inches
  • Type: Window
  • Price: $64.99

Pros

  • Adjustable frame
  • Three speed settings
  • Comes with a remote

Cons

  • Dated look

Bionaire’s Twin Window Fan is designed for those who want to stay cool without dedicating floor or desk space to a traditional fan or installing an air conditioner. Its most impressive technical feature is that it lets you control both blades individually, which means you can program it to bring in fresh air from outside, expel hot air from indoors, or do both simultaneously. Buttons on the fan’s face allow you to control its speed, mode, and airflow functions, but you can make adjustments wirelessly using the included remote. A small LCD screen in the center of the fan’s control panel shows the current temperature, and you can set the fan to turn on when your room gets too stuffy.

Bionaire designed its fan with adjustable sliders on the sides, which you can extend to accommodate windows up to 34 inches long. The minimum amount of space you’ll need to use this fan is two feet, so make your measurements ahead of time. While the Bionaire’s Twin Window Fan isn’t the best-looking gadget we’ve seen, it makes up for this in sheer utility. Don’t hesitate to pick one up if you’re trying to get cool and have a double-hung, vertical slider, or casement window.

Best desk: Vornado 660 Large Whole Room Air Circulator Fan

Vornado

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 11.75 x 13.5 x 15 inches
  • Type: Desk
  • Price: $99.99

Pros

  • Reaches up to 100 feet
  • Vortex action airflow
  • Four speed settings

Cons

  • No remote

The Vornado 660 packs the performance of a large box fan into a package small enough to fit on an office desk or side table. The company says the fan uses a circulator designed to use a specific airflow that can disperse air more efficiently than similarly-sized models. Similarly, the fan can push air as far as 100 feet at its top speed, providing ample relief from across a room. There are four speed settings to choose from, up from the traditional three, so you’ll have a little extra control over its power. We can quibble with the fact that this fan doesn’t have welcome extras like a remote, but that doesn’t have a huge impact on its performance. If you’re short on space but want a fan that can deliver ample cool airflow from the top of a desk, this is the one.

Best budget: Honeywell HT-900 TurboForce Air Circulator Fan

Honeywell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 6.54 x 11 x 11.3 inches
  • Type: Desk
  • Price: $19.99

Pros

  • Compact size
  • Full vertical articulation
  • Price

Cons

  • Not designed for larger rooms

Honeywell’s HT-900 is an inexpensive, quiet fan for use in small to medium-sized rooms. It can’t oscillate, but you can pivot its head a full 90 degrees, which is significantly flexible. The fan is small and light enough that twisting and turning it occasionally as you move around a room won’t be a huge hassle. The HT-900 has all the essential settings you’ll need in a fan, including three speed settings, enough power to reach areas up to 27 feet away, and quiet operation. You’re not going to be able to use this fan to cool down large rooms, but it’s powerful and compact enough to provide relief in smaller bedrooms or a kitchen while cooking.

What to consider when shopping for the best fans

There are many factors to consider when deciding which fan is right for you. Below are the factors we considered most important when writing this guide.

Before you search for the best fan, measure the size of the room where you plan to use it. Most have several speed settings, but you’ll want to determine in advance that the one you bring home is powerful enough for your space. Another aspect to consider is how much sound it makes. Some, especially if they’re set to full-blast, can be quite loud, while others are so silent you might even forget they’re on. If you’re very sensitive to noise, you may want to consider a bladeless fan, which tends to produce much less of a din than traditional ones. But bladeless models are often more expensive, so if you want the latest technology, expect to pay a higher price. 

Not to worry, though, because there are plenty of great picks for every budget. Most are cheaper than air conditioners and use less electricity, so buying one may help you save money. Also worth considering is whether you want one with a remote control or timer. If the temperature in your bedroom dips overnight, you might prefer one that you can turn off (or that is already off) before you get out of bed. Many are battery-powered so you can take them onto the patio or out in the yard. Other models, such as window fans, will bring fresh air inside by sucking in cooler air from the outside. 

Airflow

If you’re looking for something that will not only make you feel cooler but actually lower your home’s temperature, window fans are the way to go. The key to making them work, however, is all about positioning. Inward-facing models bring in cool air from outside while outward-facing ones exhaust hot air from inside. To make the most out of your window unit, you might want to consider buying two of them and placing them on opposite sides of the room or house. Just be sure to put the inward-facing model on whichever side gets more shade to maximize the amount of cool air coming in. 

Want even more control over airflow? Other window fans come with inward- and outward-facing blades that can be set individually. Dual window fans can help cool down any room, but they are especially helpful in the kitchen since they can expel heat and odors while bringing in fresh air from outside.

Bladeless fans

Bladeless fans (also known as air multipliers) work by utilizing entrainment, meaning the air surrounding the edges of this electric option will begin to flow in the direction of the breeze. Finally, because the ring is thinner at the front than at the back, a phenomenon known as the Coandă effect occurs, creating low pressure in the inner part and causing additional air to be sucked in from behind it. Considering the technological wizardry behind their sleek design, it’s no surprise that air multipliers are significantly more expensive than their traditional counterparts. But if money is not your main concern, bladeless fans can’t be beaten when it comes to functionality and aesthetics. 

Battery power

If you’ve ever found yourself struggling to fall asleep in a stuffy tent, you may want to consider buying a battery-operated fan before going on your next camping trip. Even if you’re not an outdoorsy, adventurous person, this type can still make a great addition to your next picnic or keep mosquitoes away while sitting on the porch. The best thing about battery-powered models is that they are portable, but there are advantages and disadvantages depending on the situation. 

The most important things to consider before you buy are the size and weight, plus how long the batteries will last. You probably won’t want to lug around a heavier fan if you’re going on a long hike, but if you just plan on using it on your patio or you’re taking it with you in an RV, you might appreciate the extra power that a bigger design provides. You’ll also want to consider whether the model runs on rechargeable or disposable batteries. Rechargeables are better for the environment, but if you don’t have a way to charge them, they won’t do you much good. Some battery-powered models also come with neat features such as a radio or lights, but using these add-ons will run the battery down faster. Need personal refreshment that takes up minimal space? Consider a neck fan.

Price

If you want to stay cool this summer without putting too much strain on your wallet, an inexpensive device can be a lifesaver. Mass-produced electric models have existed for over a century, and today, affordable options abound. Does anyone need an expensive bladeless fan? Not necessarily, but staying cool and circulating the air around you can make all the difference in your health. Although cheaper ones tend to lack bells and whistles like timers and remotes, if you can live without those extra features, there are plenty of models that you can pick up for a budget-friendly price point of less than $20.

FAQs

Q: Are bladeless fans better?

Bladeless fans are also called air multipliers because they’re specially designed to blow out more air than regular ones. But since they also come at such a steep price, whether or not they’re “better” for you will depend on your budget. Many on the market will keep you perfectly cool at a much lower price point. 

Q: What should I look for when buying a fan?

When buying a fan, make sure it’s powerful enough to keep your space cool. The size of your room or home may dictate the best type of fan to choose. Some models are also noisier than others, so look for a quiet fan for your bedroom that won’t keep you up at night.

Q: Which fan is best for summer?

The best for summer depends on the space you plan to use it in and how hot it gets outside vs. inside. For example, if it’s cooler outside than inside, the best window model will help bring that cool air inside while exhausting hot air outside. 

Final thoughts on the best fans

The best fan for you is the one that keeps you comfortable. For most people, this will come down to how powerful the model is and whether or not it is a quiet fan. Beyond that, there are plenty of extra features that you may want (such as timers, remotes, and thermostats). But those bells and whistles may not be necessary if you’re just looking for a blast of cool air. Ultimately, the most important thing to remember when shopping is to buy it before the temperature goes up and while a variety of popular models are still in stock.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fans for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best keypad door locks for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-keypad-door-locks/ Thu, 30 Sep 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=399495
The best keypad door locks of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Stop fumbling with keys and upgrade your home with a keypad door lock.

The post The best keypad door locks for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best keypad door locks of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Electronic Schlage Encode Century WiFi Latitude Lever on a plain white background. Schlage Encode Century Wi-Fi Latitude Lever
SEE IT

Lots of advanced features and a sleek look make this a winner.

Best with Wi-Fi Yale Assure Lock 2 on a plain white background. Yale Assure Lock 2 Touch with Wi-Fi
SEE IT

Remotely control the most important door in your home.

Best Electronic Deadbolt Kwikset Powerbolt 250 on a plain white background. Kwikset Powerbolt 250
SEE IT

Never forget to lock your door again.

Keypad door locks, once popular in commercial settings, have quickly gained traction with homeowners in recent years. The devices add convenience by eliminating the need to fumble with keys to get inside and allowing homeowners to grant access to friends and family by programming temporary passcodes. The best locks can also make your home more secure. Some, for example, automatically lock the door when you or a family member forgets to flip the bolt. For even greater control, smart keypad door locks allow you to remotely lock and unlock the door, program passcodes, and even track who’s coming and going. With so many options available, it can be difficult to find the right one. This guide will review the factors you should consider when shopping for the best keypad door locks. 

How we chose the best keypad door locks 

We assessed dozens of keypad door lock options, considering various factors. We considered installation to determine how easily the average DIYer could set up the lock. We also evaluated how easy it was to program (and delete) codes and how many different codes the lock supported. 

A good keypad door lock shouldn’t require an IT pro to get it online and running, so we looked at how compatible the device was with smart devices, smart home systems, and home automation platforms—as well as ease of setup. Your lock should integrated as easily into your smart security system as wired or indoor cameras. Since all keypad door locks use a battery, we considered battery life as well; these devices are supposed to add convenience, not create more work by constantly requiring battery changes

The best keypad door locks: Reviews & Recommendations

Why a keypad door lock? We asked Erik Glassen, senior manager of brand marketing at Spectrum Brands, just that.

“The primary benefit of a keypad lock is not needing to carry around keys, which can be lost or stolen. It makes it convenient whether you are out for a jog or you have kids who no longer need to keep track of house keys,” Glassen says. “You can also give access to housekeepers or temporary guests without having to give out a key, which may or not get returned.” One of our picks should help you make the switch to the keyless lifestyle.

Best overall: Schlage Encode Century Wi-Fi Latitude Lever

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Schlage’s smart keypad door lock was easy to install, connected to our home network, and had multiple forms of entry.

Specs

  • Wi-Fi connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 3 x 5.88 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries

Pros

  • Simple installation
  • Out-of-the-box Wi-Fi compatibility
  • Doesn’t require a deadbolt to install

Cons

  • Not a deadbolt replacement.

Most keypad door locks are designed to replace a deadbolt, but the technology in Schlage’s Latitude Lever is built into its handle. This allows you to install it on doors inside your home or on an outside-facing door with a lever door handle. Installing this smart door lock took about a half-hour (and a screwdriver), thanks to the included instructions. This includes the time it took to remove our existing door handle. While this would qualify as a home DIY project, we can recommend it to folks who consider themselves less handy, as you won’t have to cut any new holes or deal with any significant wiring during your installation.

Once installed, we were prompted to download the Schlage Home app (available on iOS and Android) to set up its wireless functions. It took another 15 minutes or so to pair the lock with our smartphone, connect it to our home’s Wi-Fi router, and download a new firmware update. We were pleased that Schlage took the time to design an app that’s both functional and easy to understand. From its main screen, you’re able to see the current status of the Latitude Lever, which you can change by tapping on the giant picture of a lock, and its battery life. Buttons at the bottom of the screen take you to sections of the app where you can monitor when it was last locked and unlocked and by whom.

Schlage allows you to create up to 100 entry codes—which you can delete at any time—and asks whether you’d like to receive a notification when each code was used. This can be helpful as you’re probably not interested in getting pinged each time someone you’re living with comes inside. You can still review who’s used the lock at any time by hitting the “History” button on the Schlage Home main screen. If you or someone you live with are uninterested in smart features or a keypad, you can always give them the physical key Schlage includes with the Latitude Lever. That said, the Latitude Lever is best used as a keyless entry door lock and can even be managed using Amazon’s Alexa or Google Assistant.

Overall, we were pleased with how easy it was to set up and manage Schlage’s Latitude lever and just as happy with how well it worked. We could reliably lock and unlock this keypad door lock from inside and out of our home and never had an issue with a network disturbance or other anomaly. It gave us peace of mind to know exactly when the door was locked and unlocked and by whom. This information is handy to have whether the Latitude Lever is installed on the interior or exterior of your home. If you want this same functionality in a smart deadbolt, Schlage has you covered with the Encode Smart Deadbolt.

Best Wi-Fi: Yale Assure Lock 2 Touch with Wi-Fi

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Yale’s Assure Lock 2 was easy to install, maintained a rock-solid connection to our Wi-Fi network, and looked unassuming from the outside.

Specs

  • Wi-Fi Connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 2.5 x 3.75 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Touch-sensitive buttons
  • Fingerprint reader

Cons

  • App has a learning curve

If remote monitoring is a must-have keypad door lock feature, your best bet is Yale’s Assure Lock 2 Touch with Wi-Fi. The keypad door lock replaces an existing deadbolt in your home and allows you to lock or unlock it using the Yale Access app (on iOS or Android), a keypad code, fingerprint, Amazon’s Alexa, Google Assistant, or key. It only took about a half-hour to disassemble our previous deadbolt and install the Assure Lock 2.

Yale’s directions were clear, and the entire installation only required a screwdriver. It’s important to note that you’ll have to pop in a standalone Wi-Fi module inside the keypad door lock (it’s included and fits snugly into a slot) to enable all its wireless functionality. Once it was set up, we headed over to the Yale Access app to configure the lock. Connecting smart home accessories to a home network can sometimes be a pain, but the Assure Lock 2 connected to our Wi-Fi network the first time. After downloading and installing a firmware update, we could finally fully configure the keypad door lock.

The Yale Access app’s home screen shows the lock’s current status (you can lock and unlock it by tapping on the circle in the middle of the screen), as well as its current Wi-Fi status. You can access other parts of the app by tapping on glyphs at the bottom of the screen, but they don’t have any text above them, so it’ll take a couple of days to be able to successfully get to the settings you want without a second thought. That said, you can access your lock’s activity (a history of when it was locked and unlocked), manage your guest list, and access a more robust settings menu in just a tap. We were pleased with how granular you can get when inviting or managing the Assure Lock 2’s guest list. You can adjust their access level by assigning them an entry code, fingerprint, or full app access. If someone you know doesn’t want to opt into the smart home lifestyle, a physical key is bundled with the Assure Lock 2.

Trusting something as important as access to your home with a gadget can seem intimidating, but we’ve had no issues with the Assure Lock 2 in the weeks since it was installed. We could always access, lock, and unlock it using our phone, key, fingerprint, or code. Its connection to our network was absolute and never cut out for any reason. Be sure to immediately check the network status of your Assure Lock 2 upon installation if your Wi-Fi router is located far away from the door (you may need to consider a mesh network with the latest Wi-Fi protocols). If you need a keypad door lock that can be controlled from anywhere, Yale’s Assure Lock 2 is an excellent choice.

Best electronic deadbolt: Kwikset Powerbolt 250

Kwikset

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Kwikset’s keypad door lock can’t be controlled remotely, but it’s still an excellent choice for those not sold on a smart home.

Specs

  • Wi-Fi Connectivity: No
  • Dimensions: 2.69 x 4.59 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries

Pros

  • Auto-locking mechanism
  • Backlit keys
  • Keypad can be disabled

Cons

  • No smart features

If you’re interested in living the keyless entry door lock lifestyle but don’t want to worry about smart features, Kwikset’s Powerbolt 250 is the one to get. The electric deadbolt only requires a screwdriver to install, and it 10-button keypad allows you to create customizable codes that crooks can’t crack, all without the use of a smartphone app. Kwikset says you can make up to 25 permanent user codes and five single-use codes with this model.

You can add codes by pushing a “program” button located inside the keyless door lock’s battery compartment. Once pressed, you must press the “1” button on the door lock keypad, followed by the “Kwikset” button, followed by the four- to eight-digit passcode, followed by the “Kwikset” button. Once you’ve completed that sequence, the code has been permanently saved. It may seem tedious, but adding a code should only take you about a minute.

The Powerbolt 250 may not be smart in the modern sense, but it has some useful design features beyond the ability to program two dozen codes. It can be set to automatically lock after a set period of time (up to 10 minutes), has backlit keys that illuminate when you press keys on its keypad, and has a “Vacation Mode” that disables the keypad entirely for a set period of time. When in vacation mode, you’ll only be able to unlock the Powerbolt 250 with the included key.

It’s very useful to have all of these smart features available in an electric deadbolt that doesn’t require an app to set up and manage. You won’t get advanced features like remote monitoring, but Kwikset’s Powerbolt 250 is still an excellent choice.

Best without a keypad: Level Bolt

Level

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Level’s Bolt is the smart upgrade to your existing home security system that you’ve been waiting for.

Specs

  • Wi-Fi connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 3.31 x 1 inches
  • Battery: CR2 battery

Pros

  • Supports every major smart platform
  • No keypad to worry about
  • Works with your existing keys

Cons

  • Price

If you’d like to install a smart lock without a keypad, you’ll want to use the Level Bolt. The Bolt replaces your existing deadbolt and allows you to unlock your door using your existing keys, the Level Home app on iOS and Android, Amazon’s Alexa, or Google Assistant. Level says you’ll be able to install the Bolt with just a screwdriver and that it was designed to fit in standard door frames. The Bolt comes with two components: A deadbolt, which will replace the one on your door, and a bridge (wireless receiver) that needs to be plugged into an outlet. The bridge will connect your Level Bolt to your home’s Wi-Fi network, allowing you to lock and unlock it remotely.

Once it’s configured, you can use the Level Home app to see when the Bolt was locked and unlocked and create new virtual keys for different people. A big benefit of the Level Bolt is its simplicity. You’re only replacing one part of your door’s locking mechanism, which is why you’ll still be able to use the same keys. If you’re waffling on the idea of getting a smart lock without a keypad, Level offers a Smart Keypad accessory, so you’ll have the ability to add one to your system later on. The Level Bolt is among the most expensive keypad door locks we’re recommending, but it’s a great option if you’d like to expand your smart home without inconveniencing the people you live with.

Best budget: Wyze Auto-Lock Bolt

Wyze

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Wyze’s durable auto-locking smart keypad lock is impossible to beat for its price.

Specs

  • Wi-Fi Connectivity: No
  • Dimensions: 6.8 x 3 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA

Pros

  • Wireless connectivity over Bluetooth
  • IPX5 water resistant
  • Price

 Cons

  • No Wi-Fi

If you’re interested in a keyless entry door lock with three means of entry, water resistance, and a $70 price tag, it’s impossible to beat Wyze’s Auto-Lock Bolt. The keyless door lock allows you to enter your home using an iOS and Android app, a pre-programmed code, or your fingerprint. Wyze says replacing your existing deadbolt should only take about 20 minutes and a screwdriver. Once you’ve installed the Auto-Lock Bolt and Wyze’s app, you can pair the smart device to your smartphone using Bluetooth. The Auto-Lock Bolt does not support Wi-Fi, so you won’t be able to monitor or control it remotely. You can see when your lock was unlocked (and by whom) when you’re home or return to your place.

You can use Wyze’s app to save up to 16 codes and 50 fingerprints. Wyze says the Auto-Lock Bolt can register a fingerprint in under half a second. You can set certain codes and fingerprints to only register on a certain schedule, which is helpful if you’ve got guests coming for a weekend, or have a babysitter, tutor, or tradesperson who needs limited access to your home. You can also lock or unlock your door using Amazon’s Alexa. If Wi-Fi functionality isn’t important in choosing your keypad door lock, the Wyze Auto-Lock Bolt is the best value in its category. If remote unlocking is a must-have feature, you can step up to the Wyze Lock, which adds this functionality (and more), but costs over twice as much.

What to consider before buying the best keypad door locks

The digital door lock industry is large and is only expected to get bigger over the years. That means there are a lot of options on the market—with all those options, you’ll need to know what to look out for.

“The features consumers typically look for are multiple user codes (for homeowners and guests), one-touch locking, vacation mode (keypad can be disabled when you are away), [and] backlit keypads (for nighttime or dark locations),” says Erik Glassen, senior manager of brand marketing at Spectrum Brands. “Other features are security grade [BHMA [grades] 1, 2, or 3], easy installation, and a backup keyway in case batteries are low,” says Glassen at Spectrum Brands.

Here are other helpful features you should look for in your search:

Connectivity

More and more keypad door locks have smart capability, meaning they can connect to Wi-Fi or a smart-home hub. Smart keypads give you greater control over the lock, allowing you to lock and unlock the locks remotely, add and remove user codes, access user logs, and even set when codes are and aren’t active.

Battery life

Most but not all keypad door locks run off of batteries. Battery life depends on the keypad lock as well as how often it is used. When shopping for a keypad door lock, consider where it will be used and how often, then check the model’s estimated battery life to determine if it’s right for the job. Many electronic keyless locks will run for between 3 and 5 years on one set of batteries, while others may last less than a year. While features such as auto-locking are nice to have, they do put more of a strain on the batteries. 

Extra security features

While some keypads offer a basic setup that allows you to open a lock with a code, others offer features to enhance protection. This includes automatic locking, which flips the lock after about 30 seconds to ensure that you or a family member doesn’t accidentally leave a door unlocked. Some door locks will also disable the keypad after a set number of failed attempts or even set off an alarm to scare away would-be intruders. 

Keypad vs. touchscreen lock

Nowadays, everything operates via a touch screen. But, per Glassen, you might be better off sticking with a keypad lock.

“The benefits of a keypad lock versus a touchscreen lock are that [keypad locks] are typically less expensive,” Glassen says. “They are generally more durable and perform better in extreme weather (cold or direct sunlight). They don’t show fingerprints or smudges and can be operated with a glove/mitten on the hand. With a touchscreen, skin contact is typically needed.”

Additionally, if working with a Wi-Fi-operated lock, make sure there’s a power backup available or an option to use your keys in case of emergency. You don’t want to be left outside in a storm because the power is out, and it took the Wi-Fi with it.

FAQs

Q: How much does a keypad lock cost?

The cost of a keypad lock can vary significantly. Basic battery-powered keypad deadbolt locks run around $50, while high-end smart locks may cost as much as $300. This price difference is because smart deadbolts have built-in wireless connectivity. Mid-tier models include keypad door locks with handles, which run for about $100. 

Q: Do keypad locks have batteries?

Most but not all keypad locks use batteries. Keypad locks that automatically turn the bolt when the correct code is entered and smart keypad locks both require batteries. Manual keypad locks that require you to manually turn the bolt after entering the correct code require no power source, but we’re not recommending any of those. 

Q: Are keypad door locks safe?

Keypad locks are no more or less safe than a standard lock. Since keypad locks have backup keys as a failsafe, both a keypad lock and standard lock can be picked. If you choose a model that connects to your home Wi-Fi, be sure your network is private and secure. 

Q: What are the disadvantages of keypad door locks?

Traditionally, the main disadvantage of using a keypad door lock was that you’d need to memorize a code to enter your home. This has been mitigated in the era of smart locks because they give you the option to lock and unlock your door using an app on your phone. Many of our recommendations also feature a fingerprint reader, and some even let you use a key.

Q: Do doors with keypads automatically lock?

Yes. Keypad door locks can be programmed to lock themselves after a set period of time automatically.

Q: Are keypad door locks hard to install?

No. Our hands-on tests found that a keypad door lock can be installed in roughly half an hour with a single tool and little DIY experience.

Q: How long do keypad door locks last?

You should expect to get about a decade or so of use out of a smart keypad door lock, at which point it may not be supported by the software developed by the hardware manufacturer. If you use a less technically advanced model that can be programmed on its own, you should never have to replace your keypad door lock.

Final thoughts on the best keypad door locks

If you’re looking to upgrade the locks on your front door, it’s tough to beat the quality and functionality the Schlage Camelot Keypad Deadbolt offers. It gives you added control with the ability to program numerous passcodes while also including a useful Flex Lock feature that helps ensure your door is locked when it should be. If your budget allows you to make the leap to a smart keypad door lock, Schlage’s Encode Deadbolt Smart Lock is easy to set up and is supported by a robust app that gives you refined control over access to your home.  

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best keypad door locks for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kitchen scales for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-kitchen-scale/ Sat, 24 Jul 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382338
The best kitchen scales on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

As accurate as they are stylish, the best kitchen scales help ensure there are no more recipe mishaps for bakers and baristas.

The post The best kitchen scales for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best kitchen scales on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall OXO Good Grips 11-Pound Stainless Steel Food Scale with Pull-Out Display on a plain white background. OXO Good Grips 11-Pound Stainless Steel Food Scale
SEE IT

If precision and accuracy are essential to creating the perfect cake or cookie, this fine-tuned kitchen scale will help you measure all your ingredients to the exact ounce.

Best splurge Penn Scale PS-50 on a plain white background. Penn Scale PS-50
SEE IT

Whether you’re meal prepping for two or cooking dinner for the whole family, this high-capacity pick can hold up to 50 pounds.

Best budget The Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale is the best kitchen scale for occasional bakers. Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale
SEE IT

Precise cooking doesn’t need to come at a high cost. This budget option can measure your ingredients by the ounce, and has multi-unit conversion for convenient cooking.

A kitchen scale will elevate a regular kitchen to a cozy cafe or full-on bakery. Cooking is an art, but baking is a science. You can add a pinch of this and a fistful of that when cooking, but accurate measuring is necessary for baking cakes, bread, pastries, and pies. And tried-and-true volume measurements (gallons, cups, teaspoons, etc.) are anything but true. If you measure wrong or have some remnants stuck to the sides and bottom of your measuring device, your baked goods may turn out as baked awfuls.

Inaccuracy leads to frustration, but an electronic kitchen scale eliminates mishaps by showing accurate readings in every unit of food measurement needed. Plus, it makes it incredibly easy to use one bowl for mixing an entire recipe as you zero out the scale for each new addition to the party. Cooking scales have come a long way since the days of shaky seesaw balancing contraptions. Today’s best baking scales are digital wonders that offer rechargeable batteries, unique features, speedy measuring, and fun designs.

What to consider when shopping for the best kitchen scale

You could add the first kitchen scale you see into your Amazon cart, but before you assume all kitchen scales are the same, explore the newest features and styles on the market. From functions to display type, specific options may work best for your kitchen and cooking style. Or, for that matter, whether you’re investing in a coffee grinder to make the best pour-over. We conducted research and hands-on testing to determine the best models to recommend.

How we chose the best kitchen scales: Reviews & Recommendations

The two key issues of any great kitchen scale are functionality and style. The scale must be easy to read and understand. It should also look great, like a sleek, shiny platform that works with your kitchen decor. Take a close look at the specs and find the food weight scale you can easily understand and operate, which you’ll be proud to show off in your kitchen. 

Best overall: OXO Good Grips 11-Pound Stainless Steel Food Scale

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 9.5 x 7.13 x 1.25 inches
  • Maximum weight capacity: 11 pounds
  • Measurement units: Ounces, grams, pounds
  • Power source: AAA Batteries

Pros

  • Pull out screen
  • Accurate measurements
  • Backlit display

Cons

  • Price

If you’re ready to leave volumetric baking measurements aside for weight, OXO Good Grips’ 11-Pound Stainless Steel Food Scale is the one to get. It follows the company’s track record of elevating kitchen tools, from storage containers to grilling tools, to make them more accessible to home cooks. The big innovation with its kitchen scale is a magnetically attached display that can be moved a few inches forward. This lets you see the screen when weighing ingredients in a big bowl. In our experience, this has become an indispensable feature, making one-bowl baking recipes easier to manage.

We’ve used this scale to measure ingredients from countless recipes—especially when testing smart ovens or even microwaves—and it’s never let us down. The scale was accurate when measuring wet or dry ingredients, and we’ve even used it when weighing batters or doughs, which are a combination of both. You’ll have to pay a relatively steep price for this scale, but it’s worth it to have your recipes turn out every single time.

Best splurge: Penn Scale PS-50

Penn Scale

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 12.7 x 10.5 x 3.4 inches
  • Maximum weight capacity: 50 pounds
  • Measurement units: Pounds, ounces, kilograms
  • Power source: AA batteries, AC adapter

Pros

  • Ultra-high weight capacity
  • Multiple power sources
  • HD display

Cons

  • Large

Penn Scale’s PS-50 is the only kitchen scale we’re recommending that cracks three figures, and it’s best used by bakers who make food as a side hustle rather than the typical home cook. It can measure ingredients up to 50 pounds, which is helpful if you’re making a quintuple batch of chocolate chip cookies or cakes. Dessert meal preppers who want to knock out a quarter’s worth of baking at one time—or have cookie dough at the ready in case of emergencies—will benefit from the elevated weight capacity.

With its great weight city comes a great need for energy, which is why Penn Scale equipped the PS-50 with two power sources. You can use this kitchen scale portably by popping in a whopping six AA batteries (we prefer the best rechargeable batteries) or plug it into an outlet with the included A/C adapter. The latter limits where you can use the scale but is a little more eco-friendly. Another nice feature is this kitchen scale’s HD backlit screen, which displays its measurements clearly. If you’re upgrading from another kitchen scale because it can’t handle the volume of food you’ve cooking at one time, this is the one to get.

Best eco-friendly: Etekcity Rechargeable Food Kitchen Scale

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 9.1 x 6.7 x 1.1 inches
  • Maximum weight capacity: 22 pounds
  • Measurement units: Grams, ounces, pounds
  • Power source: Rechargeable battery

Pros

  • Runs on a rechargable battery
  • High weight capacity
  • Responsive buttons

Cons

  • Requires a USB-A to USB-C cable
  • Flat design makes it difficult to use with big bowls

If you’re trying to eliminate the number of batteries you have to keep around, Etekcity’s Rechargeable Food Kitchen Scale is a solid, eco-friendly solution. The scale can be plugged into any battery pack or power adapter with a USB-A port using the included cable to be topped up. Frustratingly, using a USB-C to USB-C cable will not work. In our experience, this kitchen scale was accurate enough that all of our recipes turned out regardless of the ingredients we were using. Its higher weight capacity allowed us to make a double batch of some recipes without running into any issues.

This kitchen scale has a relatively low profile, which is helpful when you need to get it into a drawer but a little frustrating if you’re trying to read its display when measuring ingredients in a large bowl. You’ll get the most accurate weight measurements when your bowl is centered on the scale, so you’ll need to be aware of its circumference. This typically wasn’t a big issue, but it’s something to be aware of if you like using wide bowls to measure ingredients when baking. With that caveat aside, Etekcity’s Rechargeable Food Kitchen Scale would be a great addition to any kitchen.

Best design: Escali Primo P115C Precision Kitchen Food Scale for Baking and Cooking

Escali

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 8.5 x 6 x 1.5 inches
  • Maximum weight capacity: 11 pounds
  • Measurement units: Grams, ounces
  • Power source: AAA batteries

Pros

  • Elevated scale design
  • Low battery indicator
  • Available in several colors

Cons

  • Tall size may make it difficult to fit in a drawer

The Escali scale has all the features you want in a kitchen scale: Accurate readings in 1-gram increments, long-lasting battery life, and a clear display. The scale runs on AAA batteries and will even flash an alert on its screen when they’re running low on power. What sets this popular baking scale apart from the others is the variety of color options. Tarragon Green, Pumpkin Orange, Royal Blue, Warm Red—you definitely can find an Escali kitchen scale to match your cooking space. You can also stick with the classic chrome, white, or black if you can’t decide on a funky hue. No matter what color you pick, the Escali kitchen scale is a precise tool that’s easy on the eyes.

Best budget: Etekcity Digital Food Kitchen Scale

Etekcity

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 7.3 x 5.7 x 0.6 inches
  • Maximum weight capacity: 22 pounds
  • Measurement units: Ounces, pounds, grams
  • Power source: AAA batteries

Pros

  • Sleek look
  • Slim size
  • Price

Cons

  • Harder to read the display when bowls are on it

This tiny, budget-friendly cooking scale is a good little kitchen tool to help amateur bakers and those looking for portion control. Accuracy and durability may slip slightly below the $15 mark. That said, it can still be useful for those needing a quick, cheap scale. It’s good for cooking but also useful DIY crafts with the kids. The LCD display is clear, and the buttons are easy to use.

The 7.3-inch by 5.7-inch scale is small enough to slip into any kitchen drawer, and the battery power lasts long if you use it only once or twice a week. However, this kitchen scale’s slim design has the same downside as the company’s rechargeable model: It will be hard to read its display when measuring ingredients in wide bowls. If you don’t want to invest in top-of-the-line kitchen equipment, this affordable scale is a good addition to your culinary toolbox. 

What to consider when shopping for the best kitchen scales

Ready to have your mind blown? One cup of flour is not the same as another equally sized cup of flour; how you scoop and pack the flour into the measuring cup results in varying weights. And it gets even more confusing when switching between wet and dry ingredients. Volume measurements, like cups, tell you how much space an ingredient is taking up. It doesn’t tell you the weight. That imprecise discrepancy can cause big problems for baking, where accuracy makes or breaks the finished product. True bakers know the best way to measure ingredients is via weight, sometimes called mass measurement. One hundred grams of flour will always be 100 grams, whether you measure it in a cup, a bowl, a Frisbee, or a top hat. 

Kitchen scales let you pinpoint precise weights easily, down to the gram or half-gram. You don’t need to worry about any residue left on the inside of measuring cups or spoons. You don’t need to wonder if an ingredient should be packed down or loose and fluffy. When mixing wet ingredients, you don’t need to fret over the small, convex peak caused by the liquid’s surface tension. (Yes, that matters and makes a difference.) And functions like translating ounces to grams mean you won’t need to run to the internet for conversion charts. 

In addition, for those on strict diets who closely monitor what they eat, a food weight scale simplifies the chore of portion control. Basically, if you don’t have a kitchen scale, you’re making kitchen duty that much more difficult.

Power source

Even the most luxurious kitchens can have a wall outlet deficiency. Between plugging in blenders, food processors, magic pots, rice cookers, phone chargers, and the George Foreman grill, there’s no room in the outlet for new kitchen appliances. And adding bulky power strips to the kitchen makes the room look more like a workshop than a food-safe space. On top of that, it can be a pain dealing with cords for a kitchen accessory you may only use for a few seconds at a time. Fortunately, there are high-quality battery-operated kitchen scales for those who don’t have an outlet to spare.  Choosing a cordless kitchen scale means you can use it on any flat surface, moving it near mixing bowls and frying pans for easy reach. 

You can find kitchen scales that use standard AA or AAA batteries. They’re great for those who don’t plan to use the scale often and don’t mind buying batteries. Most have a surprisingly long battery life, powering through more than a few months on the same batteries.

Size

Professional bakers recommend using a kitchen scale capable of weighing at least 11 pounds. That sounds like a lot of weight, but it also accounts for the weight of your mixing bowl. Cooking accessories such as bowls can get surprisingly hefty. 

You can go bigger and buy a kitchen scale capable of weighing items heavier than 20 pounds, but how often are you baking a bowling ball? And you can go much, much smaller with some portable kitchen scales designed to measure only between 1 and 100 grams. But those have limited uses, mostly for coffee aficionados who demand a perfect brew. If measuring anything less than 5 grams, you’ll need a jeweler’s scale, not a kitchen scale.

Display

Any great kitchen scale display must be easy to read. The digital font should be big enough to decipher, and the numbers should be simple to understand. Some kitchen scales display weight in fractions, some use decimals, and some do both. 

Perhaps even more importantly, make sure you understand what the numbers mean. You may find kitchen scales that measure fluid ounces, and, as any middle-school science teacher will yell at you, “fluid ounces” are not the same as ounces. Fluid ounces are a measurement of volume. Ounces are a measurement of weight. This discrepancy can be deceiving and confusing. Make sure you understand what the scale is actually measuring. For weight, the numbers to look for are grams, pounds, and ounces. 

What’s more, backlit displays can be helpful, but baking is usually done in a brightly lit kitchen where even non-illuminated displays can be read quickly and easily. One overlooked display factor: It should be visible even if a big mixing bowl is sitting on the platform. If the screen is blocked, look for a “hold” button that will keep the weight on-screen even when you remove the bowl.

Taring

Most scales offer a tare function. This simply means that with the touch of a button, the display will zero out the weight of whatever’s on the scale. For instance, start by putting a mixing bowl on the scale, then hit tare to zero out the bowl’s weight. Add your first ingredient, and hit tare again. Add your second ingredient, and so on. 

Don’t overlook the tare function. This might be the single most important button on any kitchen scale. By taring the weight, you can use one bowl for all of your ingredients. You won’t need to clean countless measuring cups and multiple mixing bowls. Tare it up for quick, efficient baking!

FAQs

Q: How do I know if my kitchen scale is accurate?

To determine whether your kitchen scale is accurate, perform a few simple tests. You can buy special 5-gram and 10-gram weights made for scale calibration. These are relatively inexpensive, but you probably don’t need the hassle. Instead, plop a stick of butter on the scale. The scale should read 0.25 pounds or 4 ounces. If it doesn’t, read the instructional manual to learn how to calibrate your scale. 

Simply put a nickel on the scale for the lactose intolerant or butter haters. Each U.S. nickel weighs 5 grams, so the scale should display 5 grams. Use clean coins that haven’t been worn down too much. This should tell you if the scale is ready to go.

Q: Can you store a digital kitchen scale on its side?

No, you shouldn’t store a digital kitchen scale on its side. Any scale sensitive enough to measure grams should be stored flat. The inner workings of the digital scale are made of delicate materials that may warp and deform if not stored correctly. The result is inaccurate results. If you do store the scale upright, put it through a few calibration tests (see above) before using it for serious baking. 

Q: Are cheap scales accurate?

Cheap scales are very accurate—if used correctly. Inexpensive kitchen scales are great for measuring food portions. Most will have a tare button and a good display for mixing recipes. The lower price usually means less functions. Cheaper scales may not be able to measure in 0.5-gram increments, which can be important for some recipes. They may also have slower read times, adding a few half seconds to the baking process. That probably won’t matter much to the average person, but if you plan to use the scale often, slow calculations can be very frustrating. And if you measure weight less than 5 grams, you don’t need a kitchen scale, you’ll need a more precise jeweler’s scale.

Final thoughts on the best kitchen scales

No matter what type of food you’re preparing, a quality baking scale makes the recipe manageable. Find an electronic scale that fits your kitchen decor, from a small, green scale highlighting your style to a more substantial stainless-steel platform telling the world you know what you’re doing. Understand the difference between volume measurements (cups, fluid ounces, and teaspoons) and weight/mass measurements (pounds, ounces, and grams). It will become second nature once you wrap your head around that for a few meal prep sessions. With the right kitchen scale, you’ll be cooking up a storm and baking up a delicate French pastry like a pro.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best kitchen scales for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The latest battery-powered Ring doorbell is at its lowest price ever https://www.popsci.com/gear/ring-battery-doorbell-deal-amazon/ Thu, 25 Apr 2024 14:08:05 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612475
A tile set of Ring Battery Doorbell Deal Amazon.
Brandt Ranj

If you've put off setting up a home security system, take the first step by snagging this Ring doorbell at Amazon.

The post The latest battery-powered Ring doorbell is at its lowest price ever appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A tile set of Ring Battery Doorbell Deal Amazon.
Brandt Ranj

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Nobody likes to think about why they’re beefing up their home security system, but it’s important to take some precautions against package theft (or worse) now that the technology is available and accessible. If “set up a home security system” has been on your to-do list for months, we highly recommend taking advantage of Amazon’s deal on the Ring Battery Doorbell Plus, which is on sale for a limited time.

Ring Battery Doorbell Plus $119.99 (Was $149.99)

Ring

SEE IT

The 1536P camera has a motion sensor, and will send your phone alerts each time someone walks by or pushes its ringer button. A microphone and speaker system will allow you to speak with the person at your door in real time, which is helpful if whether you’d like to tell a friend you’re not home, or a stranger they’re being watched. The best part is that this model of Ring Doorbell is battery-powered, which means it requires little time and very few tools to set up. The rechargeable battery’s lifespan will depend on how often its motion sensor is triggered, but you can pick up a second one for $35 if you’d like to have a spare on hand to swap out immediately. Whether you rent or own, the Ring Battery Doorbell Plus is a wise investment, especially at its current price.

More Ring home security deals

The post The latest battery-powered Ring doorbell is at its lowest price ever appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Through April 30, pay only $29.97 for these highly-rated Windows and Mac Microsoft Office bundles https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/microsoft-office-professional-plus-home-business-deal-2/ Thu, 25 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=612426
Microsoft PowerPoint open on a Surface laptop.
Stack Commerce

Spur productivity on professional or personal projects.

The post Through April 30, pay only $29.97 for these highly-rated Windows and Mac Microsoft Office bundles appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Microsoft PowerPoint open on a Surface laptop.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The globally celebrated office suite Microsoft Office has quickly become an essential tool in many industries. Verified users are very impressed, with reviews reflecting an average of 4.8 out of 5-star ratings. For a limited time, enhance your workflow with crucial applications like Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, Excel, OneNote, and more, and save even further on bundles for Windows and Mac. Each is only $30 through April 30 only. 

Windows users looking to upgrade their digital toolkit will find indispensable tools in Microsoft Office Professional Plus. The 2019 edition is designed for professional use, encompassing all the features of the Home & Business version and additional functionalities. This extensive suite facilitates the creation of complex presentations, intricate spreadsheets, and detailed documents, supporting professional and personal project management.

Additionally, it features extra applications like Access and Publisher. Access enhances the management and creation of databases, simplifying the management of large amounts of data. Meanwhile, Publisher supports designing and producing professional-quality desktop publications, from brochures to newsletters, enabling users to craft visually appealing documents.

For Mac users, the 2019 Home & Business edition of Microsoft Office provides crucial tools for handling projects big and small. This package features popular applications such as Word for advanced word processing and Excel for detailed data management. It enables users to design engaging PowerPoint presentations, manage Excel spreadsheets, and easily coordinate emails and schedules using Outlook.

With this one-time purchase, you can get all the essential Microsoft apps for your PC or Mac and boost your productivity this spring. Moreover, you enjoy limited-time discounts on acclaimed lifetime packages without recurring fees and a coupon code through April 30 at 11:59 p.m. PST.

StackSocial prices subject to change.   

The post Through April 30, pay only $29.97 for these highly-rated Windows and Mac Microsoft Office bundles appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor misting fans for staying cool in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-outdoor-misting-fans/ Wed, 05 May 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=362369
The best outdoor misting fans will help keep you cool.

Escape your air-conditioned cave and enjoy the outdoors, even in peak heat, with these cooling devices.

The post The best outdoor misting fans for staying cool in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor misting fans will help keep you cool.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best oscillating Black outdoor misting fan with button control NewAir AF-600 Outdoor Misting Fan
SEE IT

This burly fan turns to throw cool air and mist in a wide pattern. It’s great for larger groups or covering more area.

Best overall Geek Aire makes the best outdoor misting fan overall. Geek Aire Battery Operated Misting Fan
SEE IT

This powerful outdoor misting fan can work both on your back porch and easily travel to a campsite or jobsite.

Best battery-operated Yellow and black battery powered outdoor misting fan RYOBI 18-Volt ONE+ Bucket Top Misting Fan Kit
SEE IT

No plug or electricity? No problem. This battery-operated portable mister has an adjustable fan, misting control, and a quiet pump for a cool that can go with you anywhere.

You can’t air condition the outdoors, but an outdoor misting fan provides the next best thing. These devices push cool air carrying clean mist across large spaces in order to keep everyone chill. Whether you prefer a wall-mounted option or a portable pick, here are the best ourdoor misting fans on the market.

How we chose the best outdoor misting fans 

A standard fan can create a nice breeze, but it can’t match the cooling power that comes from a misting fan. For this list, we’ve relied on a combination of personal experience, consumer feedback, editorial reviews, expert opinions, and spec comparisons. The list started with more than two dozen options, some of which are still great, but didn’t quite make the list. We prioritized durability, versatility, and overall effectiveness when it came to make our decisions.

The best outdoor misting fans: Reviews & Recommendations

When it comes to cooling off, not everyone can afford an above-ground pool (and they’re not very portable, anyway). Luckily, there’s an outdoor misting fan for every occasion. Depending on your budget and needs, options like a budget-friendly misting fan conversion kit or a cordless misting fan are perfect for a camping trip. For more consistent use, misting fans that use a garden hose and electrical cord are the play. And for high-end outdoor entertainment areas that look like a Caribbean all-inclusive, you can have professionally installed outdoor oscillating fans, just like restaurants use. 

Best overall: Geek Aire Battery Operated Misting Fan

Geek Aire

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.5 inches D x 19.3 inches W x 29.5 inches H 
  • Weight: 23.4 pounds
  • Power: One lithium-ion battery
  • Water supply: Tank
  • Price: $299

Pros

  • Self-contained unit with tank
  • Powerful
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users say the battery doesn’t work well

Looking for an all-around cooling solution that you can use on the back porch and take camping? Consider the Geek Aire Battery Operated Misting Fan. This water mister provides an impressive 1500CFM (cubic feet of airflow per minute). Plus, you can rotate the fan up to 74 degrees for maximum cooling. It’s also equipped with two nozzles and a self-contained water tank that can spray mist up to 11.5 feet away. 

Powered by a detachable lithium-ion battery, this fan can provide continuous airflow for 3 to 23 hours, depending on whether you bring backup batteries. The included battery can also charge your other devices. This outside fan also comes with four casters that make it easy to move around your patio or job site but also locks to stay in place. Made of durable metal, this option is also a waterproof outdoor fan and can also be easily disassembled.

Best battery-operated: RYOBI 18-Volt ONE+ Bucket Top Misting Fan Kit

RYOBI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15.75 inches H x 13 inches W x 10.4 inches D
  • Weight: 5 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Water supply: Hose or bucket (not included)
  • Price: $129

Pros

  • Provides two separate speeds and misting levels
  • Quiet
  • Backed by a 3-year warranty

Cons

  • Battery and charger sold separately

The RYOBI 18-Volt ONE+ Bucket Top Misting Fan can be attached to a standard five-gallon bucket (not included) and powered with a rechargeable 18V battery (included). This portable misting fan offers an adjustable fan head with two separate high/low switches to adjust both the fan speed and the water flow. Use it on a full water bucket, or with a garden hose sitting on a level, hard surface for more flexibility (garden hose adapter included), and enjoy up to three hours of refreshment. The 1.3-amp 18V lithium-ion battery is included along with its six-hour charger.

Best oscillating: NewAir AF-600 Outdoor Misting Fan 

NewAir

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.54 inches D x 20.28 inches W x 55.91 inches H
  • Weight: 21.6 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Water supply: Garden hose
  • Price: $149

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Three speeds
  • Easily portable 
  • Comes with safety features

Cons

  • Some users say some of the components arrived damaged
  • Power cord is short

With three fan speeds (the highest being 2,800 CFM, or cubic feet per minute), the NewAir AF-600 Outdoor Misting Fan cools 600 feet of outdoor space—that’s a patio that’s around 24 feet by 25 feet. This outdoor cooling fan can be used with or without the misting feature, adding more flexibility; this is especially helpful in outdoor dining areas where mist can cool down the food too. The all-metal design adds season-long durability, and the brown finish blends with outdoor furnishings. The wide-angle oscillation movement and an adjustable fan head allow for more cooling coverage. This large outdoor fan is 56 inches high and includes a garden hose connection. Finally, this outdoor mister features an inline GFCI electrical supply for added safety. 

Best handheld: HandFan Portable Handheld Misting Fan

HandFan

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 1.57 inches D x 4.13 inches W x 8.07 inches H
  • Weight: 6.7 ounces
  • Power: Battery 
  • Water supply: Internal tank
  • Price: $23

Pros

  • Provides three speeds
  • Doubles as a facial steamer
  • Lightweight and ideal for travel

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide lots of cooling power
  • Only covers a small space

When it’s hot outside, but you’ve got things to do and don’t have time to relax on the porch, HandFan’s Portable HandHeld Misting Fan can be handy. At 6.7 ounces, the plastic fan is lightweight but still provides three fan speeds. It’s foldable, so you can easily set it up on your desk or in a fitness class to provide some respite from the heat. The HandFan also comes with a clip so that you can attach it to a stroller or golf cart on a hot day.

This device is also designed with a 17-milliliter (.57-ounce) tank that you can fill with water, turning the device into a mister, personal humidifier, or facial steamer. The HandFan also comes with a USB cable that allows you to recharge it with a USB plug, PC, power bank, or car charger. And its compact size makes it easy to tuck into a carry-on bag when you’re traveling somewhere tropical.

Best wall-mounted: HydroMist 18-inch Shrouded Oscillating Fan

HydroMist

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17 inches D x 20 inches W x 25 inches H
  • Weight: 27.8 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Water supply: Hose and pump
  • Price: $449

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Five misting nozzles to adjust flow
  • Made from durable metal

Cons

  • Pump and water supply line must be purchased separately
  • May need professional to assemble

The HydroMist 18-inch Shrouded Oscillating Fan is a smaller version of its 24-inch misting fan preferred by restaurants. With several metal finishes, it complements your backyard oasis. This outdoor hanging fan features three settings to move air: 3500, 4200, and 5100 CFM. You’ll feel it, but your hair shouldn’t move. In addition to airflow settings, this unit includes five misting nozzles creating the finest mist on the market. The mounted fan requires a 3/8-inch high-pressure water supply line and a 1000 psi (pounds per square inch) water pump, both purchased separately. It can be installed by an experienced DIYer, though you might prefer to hire this job out.

Best budget: HOMENOTE Fan Misting Kit for a Cool Patio Breeze

HOMENOTE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.2 inches D x 1.77 inches W x 7 inches H
  • Weight: 8.8 ounces
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Water supply: Outdoor faucet or garden hose and tube
  • Price: $17

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Works with a variety of fans
  • Good for cooling pets

Cons

  • Temporary solution
  • Misting power determined by water flow

The Homenote Fan Misting Kit attaches to an existing stand fan with zip ties (included) and an outdoor water faucet (not included) to make a misting fan for under $20. The outdoor misting system features a preassembled unit with five removable misting nozzles in a ring that attaches to your existing fan with zip ties. The ring is connected to a black 16-foot-long tube that connects directly to an outdoor water faucet or another garden hose, and the flow of the water is controlled by the faucet’s pressure (with no way to adjust the flow at the fan). This is an excellent option for those needing an outdoor patio fan for occasional use, like during a temporary heat wave, or to cool off pets briefly during the summer.

Things to consider about the best outdoor misting fans

The basic concept of the science of cooling starts with an electric fan and a water supply (most likely a water hose). Outdoor misting fans take tiny water droplets and emit them through nozzles directly into the fan’s airflow. Using the thermal concepts of convection, conduction, and evaporation (remember those from your high school science class), a fan with water mist creates a cooler outdoor environment. 

When water droplets move through the air, each removes heat; this is called convection. The opposite is felt when hot air blows in your convection oven, producing even baking. Of course, people don’t like to bake, evenly or not, while sitting on the patio. Thankfully, the water from your hose is cooler than the temperature of your skin (about 98 degrees ). So when it hits your skin, it feels cooler; this is conduction. Finally, the fine water mist evaporates off your skin, giving you a cooling effect; this is evaporation, which is why it’s such a great way to stay cool without AC.

Portability

Not that long ago, misting fans were only for commercial installations, like restaurants with outdoor dining areas. Now backyard BBQ kings can find a full range of outdoor misting fans on the market to extend the comfortable cookout season. For those needing a portable misting fan, consider one that needs only an outdoor water supply and an electrical outlet. Ideally, portable fans are used on your deck, patio, or in your yard for temporary cooling relief from the heat. If you’re looking for maximum portability, then a neck fan might be the call.

Charging

Sometimes you end up somewhere quite hot away from home, like at a tailgating party. That’s when a battery-operated portable misting fan might fit your needs. It utilizes a rechargeable battery pack, cutting the cords. The fan unit is designed to sit on top of a five-gallon bucket, which you can fill with water before you leave home if it has a tight enough top. In addition, many support a garden hose as an alternate water source. 

Oscillation

Outdoor oscillating fans bring that circulating pleasure you’ve come to know indoors and transport it to the wider areas of your yard that need relief. A fan head moves from side to side in a sweeping motion, offering more cooling coverage. These types of units can be attached to a stand or mounted to the wall.

Your space

If your home features a well-defined outdoor area, like an outdoor kitchen or covered patio, a wall-mounted misting fan might be your go-to product. Ideally, use this type of fan in an area with a roof to protect the fan unit, which is mounted to the wall and will require both a water and electrical supply line to operate. Also needed will be a water pump to increase the water pressure, producing the finest water mist. There’s more involved, but this is a big step-up from the portable units. 

Price

For those who don’t plan on spending much time outdoors, consider a DIY conversion kit to transform any outdoor-friendly fan into a misting one. These kits are easy to test drive if you’re not ready to dive deep into the misting lifestyle. And this might be the best option for pet owners during the summer, as dogs need a cool place to hide out from the heat, but you might not want to spend hundreds. Just add a cooling mist to an area with shade and a concrete patio, and you can keep your best buddy happier outdoors if you’re away. 

FAQs

Q: Do misters work in high humidity?

Outdoor misting fans work best in dry and arid environments, like the desert. In areas with less than 40 percent humidity, ambient air temperatures can feel up to 30 degrees Fahrenheit cooler. In an area with average relative humidity (40 and 80 percent), air temperatures can feel about 20 degrees Fahrenheit cooler. In high humidity (more than 80 percent), the cooling effect is about 10 degrees Fahrenheit.

Q: Do misters keep mosquitoes away?

Mist can keep flying insects away since they don’t like the added moisture along wind currents. Who likes flying in a rainstorm (bugs included)? Though the water mist doesn’t kill bugs since there’s no insecticide. 

Q: Do misters use a lot of water?

No, most patio misters use one to two gallons of water an hour, depending on the water setting and if your unit uses a water pump.

Q: Can I use an outdoor misting fan inside?

Yes, many outdoor misting fans are also designed for indoor use and can cool the air better than a fan. If it’s a corded electric model, have an outlet nearby. That said, indoor use may not be appropriate for models that get their water supply from a garden hose or outdoor faucet.

Final thoughts on choosing the best outdoor misting fans

If you want to extend your outdoor enjoyment this summer, consider the best outdoor misting fan for your needs and your budget. With options ranging from using an existing outdoor cooling fan and a $20 conversion kit to professional units requiring a water pump, you can cool your outdoor environment this summer for you and your guests by tens of degrees. Don’t forget, your pets and plants will also benefit from a cooler outdoor environment. Who knows, your orchid plant might bloom again. If you’re still hot, go check out these tips for cooling down until your package arrives.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor misting fans for staying cool in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Tackle tiny trees with 30% off this mini Craftsman chainsaw at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/craftsman-mini-chainsaw-garden-lawn-power-tool-amazon-deal/ Wed, 24 Apr 2024 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611997
Red mini Craftsman chainsaws in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Miniature versions of large things are in right now. This tiny chainsaw from Craftsman is just as practical as it is petite.

The post Tackle tiny trees with 30% off this mini Craftsman chainsaw at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Red mini Craftsman chainsaws in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I am currently obsessed with all things mini right now. Look at this video of someone mopping their very tiny kitchen with a tiny heavy-duty mop. And here’s a miniature plant room complete with real wood floors, something I will never have in my own lifetime. Don’t even get me started on Mini Brands reveal videos and my personal favorite, Poppin Cookin’ “meals.” Not everything teensy tiny happens to be usable, however. That’s not the case with this Craftsman mini chainsaw, which is perfect for trimming smaller trees and shrubs. Why bring out the unwieldy big guy when you can get the job done with something lighter and less cumbersome?

CRAFTSMAN V20 Mini Chainsaw, 10 inch, Battery and Charger Included $119.99 (Was $169)

Craftsman

SEE IT

This cordless chainsaw has a V20* MAX 2.0AH lithium-ion battery, so you don’t have to worry about it crapping out when in the middle of a cut. Although we joke about it being a mini chainsaw, dainty it is not: its 10-inch bar and chain can cut material that’s eight inches thick. An auto-oiling feature allows for continuous lubrication, and bolt lock chain tensioning gives you consistent bar clamping. You can also use the integrated hook to hang it directly on a VERSATRACK wall organization system (sold separately). Sure, it won’t take down a Redwood, but it can slice through a cursed Bradford Pear like butter.

More Craftsman garden and lawn power tool deals:

The post Tackle tiny trees with 30% off this mini Craftsman chainsaw at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Test your pup for allergies with this $98 DNA kit https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/dog-breed-allergy-test-deal/ Wed, 24 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611865
A dog allergy test results sheet pulled up on a tablet.
Stack Commerce

Test your dog's DNA to learn more about its breed, allergies, potential health concerns, and more.

The post Test your pup for allergies with this $98 DNA kit appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A dog allergy test results sheet pulled up on a tablet.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Pets are part of the family, and we love them as such. This is why knowing the specific makeup of four-legged friends gives us the knowledge to care for them to the best of our ability. That’s why the people at DNA My Dog offer three DNA test options to help you get to know your best boy or girl better.

We are at the start of allergy season, and that doesn’t exclude the canines. If you suspect your pooch could be suffering from allergies, the DNA My Dog Canine Allergy Test is a good option. Over 120 allergens are tested from a single swab, including environmental allergens and food sensitivities. 

Besides being fun to learn your dog’s breed or breeds, testing them can help you care for them in ways you wouldn’t be able to otherwise. That means if you find out your pup is part of a breed known to have certain health issues, you can anticipate that and adjust your care accordingly.

The DNA My Dog Essential Breed ID Test can tell you your dog’s breed breakdown (from a database of 350+), any genetic health issues that you might want to look out for, unique characteristics that might be prevalent, and even tips to help you bond with your dog. The DNA My Dog Premium Breed ID Test gives you access to everything that the Premium option does, but it also can test for wolf or coyote DNA. 

Knowledge is power. Care for your dogs armed with the knowledge of exactly who they are.

Pick up one of these discounted DNA My Dog Kits to understand your pup better:

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Test your pup for allergies with this $98 DNA kit appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Chopping it up with the best personal blenders for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-personal-blenders/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611951
A lineup of the best personal blenders on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

You don't always need a big blender. These smaller options cut down on waste and space on your counter or when stashed in a cabinet.

The post Chopping it up with the best personal blenders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best personal blenders on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Ninja BL660 personal blender on a plain background. Ninja BL660 Professional Compact Blender
SEE IT

Create a smoothie for one or for all with this powerful blender.

Best for making smoothies A NutriBullet NB9 personal blender on a plain background NutriBullet NB9-1301K Pro
SEE IT

A large cup means more room for fruits and veggies.

Best budget A Ninja Fit personal blender on a plain background Ninja QB3001SS Ninja Fit Compact Personal Blender
SEE IT

You don’t have to spend $100-plus on a great personal blender, which this cheap-but-mighty option from Ninja proves.

A personal blender is perfect if you’re making smoothies, soups, and even frozen cocktails for one. They pack many of the same features as full-sized blenders in a pint-sized package that’s perfect if you’re low on counter space. As an apartment dweller who has lived in college crustzones, old buildings with no dishwashers, and slightly more suitable places, a personal blender has saved me plenty of time, space, and money. I don’t make so much smoothie that some goes to waste because I forget about it in my fridge. Plus, in my experience, personal blenders are easier to clean than their full-sized counterparts. More often than not, you can just throw in some soap and water, re-run the blender, rinse, and use it again the next day … or for your next meal. The best personal blenders fit neatly onto countertops and in cabinets without skimping on power.

How we chose the best personal blenders

This isn’t our first time at the blender rodeo. We’ve taken a spin through the best blenders and know what makes a certain blender a cut above the rest. We made sure each personal blender had at least 700 watts of power, with a focus on anything around 900 watts. In our experience, anything in the 700-900W range is capable of crushing ice and smoothing even the most freezer-burned bananas. We conducted our own testing—I’ve consumed a lot of liquid foods in the process of researching and writing this story—and made sure also to consult the reviews to get a full picture of the personal blenders’ power.

The best personal blenders: Reviews & Recommendations

Blending something into a slurpable slop is a great way to consume more fruits and vegetables, and a personal blender is an easy conduit to make it happen. One of our choices should help you treat your body more like a temple and less like a garbage disposal.

Best overall: Ninja BL660 Professional Compact Blender

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17 x 6 x 8 inches
  • Capacity: 16-ounce personal cup; 72-ounce blender
  • Wattage: 1,110 watts

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Two kinds of blenders in one
  • Doesn’t take up much space on counter

Cons

  • Blades can miss small grains like chia and flax seeds

I am a creature of habit, and my morning breakfast has been the same for about a year. I’m a person who doesn’t love a huge meal first thing in the morning, so I tend to gravitate toward a protein-rich, fruit-forward smoothie. I’m not a gatekeeper, so my recipe is 1/2 of a frozen banana (a whole one if you want a creamier texture); Aldi brand Cherry Berry mix to my heart’s content (the best frozen fruit blend, in my opinion); a big spoonful of full-fat Greek yogurt for that magical protein (or a scoop of your favorite vegan protein powder); and enough orange juice to get it smooth, but not liquidy, which is usually to the max fill line. That morning breakfast smoothie gets made in this Ninja BL660 Professional compact blender, which isn’t showing any signs of slowing down after a year of daily use.

It has a 1,100-watt motor, which is more than enough to demolish fruit chunks. My frozen bananas get frozen because of my freezer, which makes things frosty at even the lowest setting, and I’ve never had a chunky smoothie in my time making them with this blender. It comes with two personal 16-ounce blender cups and a full-sized 72-ounce blender attachment for larger meals. The cups are made of tough BPA-free plastic and are dishwasher-friendly. There are four speed settings—three presets and a pulse button—along with a separate speed button for the single-serve cups.

I would take this blender with me on an island if I had to. However, there are moments when the chia seeds in my smoothie aren’t as pulverized as I’d like them to be. The same goes for larger flax seeds. It’s not a major problem for me, but the grainy texture sometimes gives me the ick, which makes me … not finish the smoothie. I know I’m not alone in getting grossed out by that kind of texture.

If you’re also looking for something with a food processor attachment on top of personal blending cups and blender, Ninja has a blender with all three that’s similar to the BL660.

Best design: Our Place Splendor Blender

Our Place

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.5 x 6.1 x 8.5 inches
  • Capacity: 750 mL for personal blender
  • Wattage: 1,000 watts

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Incredible blend capabilities
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Quality control and user experience issues

If you’d rather have a blender meant to be shown off rather than hidden in a cabinet, the Our Place Splendor Blender is the most stylish blender we found. It comes in colorways that match Our Place’s other products, like its Wonder Oven (which we included in our smart oven roundup) and the famous Always Pan.

The Splendor Blender isn’t just a pretty face. It packs 1,000 watts of power that demolished even the smallest of chia seeds in less than a minute. Although it only has two settings—pulse and blend—the “blend” option ramps up speed over the course of 45 seconds. The max fill line is 16 ounces, but there is some extra wiggle room between the fill line and the blender base, so it’s more forgiving than other personal blender systems. I was reaching for this blender over the Ninja BL660 for a period of time, based on its ease of use and ultra-smooth blending abilities.

Go deep into the reviews of the Always pen, and you’ll see complaints about the pan’s value, with customers saying it doesn’t perform the way a $145 pan should. Sadly, the Splendor Blender faces similar issues. Although I was deeply impressed with the Splendor Blender’s blending abilities, there are some quality control and user experience issues. The blade itself stuck after one month of use. This prevented me from using the blender since the blade couldn’t turn and, thus, couldn’t lock. In the process of attempting to lock the blender, the thin blender handle started to break. Additionally, the blade base got stuck in the blender cup and nothing—no hot-to-cold water switch, no amount of manpower, no internet hack—got it unstuck. The blender’s light blinks when not in use, which is annoying. You have to unplug the blender to stop this issue. There is a one-year warranty and a 100-day return window if you’re not happy with your purchase, and Our Place rectified my situation with a new unit. When the Splendor Blender works, it’s incredible; when it doesn’t, it’s disappointing. I have hope, however, that a Splendor Blender 2.0 would alleviate these pain points for an even better blending—and user—experience.

Best portable: Cuisinart RPB-100 EvolutionX Cordless Rechargeable Compact Blender

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.5 x 3.9 x 11.69 inches
  • Capacity: 16 ounces
  • Wattage: N/A

Pros

  • Portable
  • Easy to use
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Not the most powerful choice on this list

This blender nabbed the top spot in our best portable blenders roundup, and it made the cut here for its cup capacity and battery power. Like others on this list, it has a 16-ounce blending cup. And, like the top-spot Ninja, you can make a smoothie with a single touch. Simply screw the blender base onto the cup, flip it over, blend, and then turn the base over and replace it with the included flip-top travel lid.

The RPB-100 can run for up to 20 minutes per charge, meaning you can make multiple smoothies per day. It takes about two hours to recharge the blender fully—I recommend charging it between meals or when you’re not home. It’s also dishwasher-safe. Use that time spent hand-washing a blender cup on …making another smoothie or more sauce.

Best for smoothies: NutriBullet NB9-1301K Pro

NutriBullet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.72 x 12.01 x 15.94 inches
  • Capacity: 32 ounces
  • Wattage: 900 watts

Pros

  • Large personal cup capacity
  • Lots of included accessories
  • Thorough blending

Cons

  • Extractor blade base wide and can be hard to open

Many sleepness nights of my childhood were spent watching Magic Bullet infomercials and being mesmerized by the ingredients turning into other food. When I struck it out on my own, I sought out a NutriBullet—Magic Bullet’s larger and more powerful sibling—after using a roommate’s for years. If you’re just looking to make smoothies for one and don’t need multiple speed settings, the NutriBullet NB9-1301K Pro is an astonishing choice. The blade’s shape blends everything—even small seeds—but its low profile allows you to stuff up the included cup without overflow. 900 watts is more than enough power to blend ice, frozen fruit, and the toughest of kale, and its 32-ounce cup is one of the largest on this list. The blender also comes with tons of accessories, like to-go lids, lip rings, lip rings with handles, and a recipe book. Talk about stretching your dollar.

The NutriBullet extractor blade is a little wide, and if you have small hands like mine, you might have a hard time re-opening the cup if you screw it on too tight. You can find third-party lid wrenches on the internet, but they might not be compatible with this particular model. However, you can use the power of expansion and contraction to open it.

Best budget: Ninja QB3001SS Ninja Fit Compact Personal Blender

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.3 x 4.3 x 13 inches
  • Capacity: 16 ounces
  • Wattage: 700 watts

Pros

  • Compact
  • Great form factor
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Not the most powerful on this list

The Ninja Fit blender is similar in concept to the NutriBullet—one setting, push to blend—at a fraction of the price. It uses a blade similar to our best overall pick, so we consider it the best of both worlds when it comes to form factor and ease of use. It clocks in at 700 watts, the lowest wattage on our list. You’ll have to run it a bit longer to get the same smoothness, but hey—think of all the money you saved in the process. However, compared to other value personal blenders—which clock in at 250-300 watts—you’re getting the most bang for your buck.

This kit comes with two single-serve cups, two travel lids, a base, and an extraction blade, which isn’t bad for the almost $70 price. Other companies would charge you that amount for one lid and cup. I love that the travel lids come with a piece that snaps over the sip opening. It’s one thing to have a travel lid, but it’s another to have one that won’t leak if it falls over or you drive over a bump.

What to consider when buying the best personal blenders

Getting a smooth blend for sauces, soups, and smoothies is of utmost importance when it comes to a personal blender. “Blend” is in the name! Here’s what you should look for so your foods are to your liking.

Power, wattage, and speed

Personal blenders come in all combinations of wattages and speeds. Typically, personal blenders start at 250 watts and go up to 1,500 watts. The higher the watts, the more powerful the blender, and, in turn, the easier it will be to cut through ice and frozen fruits and veggies.

Speeds refer to the revolutions per minute (RPMs) of the blade. Although most companies don’t list the specific RPMs for each speed setting, it’s safe to assume that the higher the speed, the higher the RPMs, and the finer the food. Higher speeds lead to smooth liquids, while low speeds are better for chunky salsas and purees.

Container material and design

There is such a thing as a glass blender cup—take this Black and Decker blender, for example. When it comes to personal blenders, we recommend sticking with plastic. Personal blender blades rest closer to the cup than regular-sized blenders. I, a raging hypochondriac, would rather deal with the threat of microplastics (everything on this list is BPA-free, for what it’s worth) than little shards of glass. Plastic is also less prone to breaking, although it can get discolored and hold odors. Most companies sell replacement cups on their site in case this happens.

Grooves and indentations direct the food, meaning food won’t stick to the sides of the blender. Wide openings make it easier to add ingredients, but a wider cup doesn’t mean it can carry more volume. The Our Place Splendor Blender has a wider circumference than the Ninja BL660, but both fill lines stop at 16 ounces to prevent overflow.

Many companies will say that their blender has a “self-cleaning” design. Technically, all cup-style blenders are self-cleaning. Simply add some dish soap to the cup, fill with water, run, rinse, and bam: Clean blender. You should still run it in the dishwasher so it doesn’t grow and create a new creature (which is another mouth you’ll have to feed).

Blades

Personal blender blades come in a wing, star, X-shape, or combination of any of the three. More blades mean more contact with food, which ensures for a finer, smoother blend. Blade style affects performance: X-style blades are great for cutting, and wing-style blades are perfect for crushing ice. Some companies sell separate blades for specific purposes. For example, NutriBullet sells a lid designed for milling grain.

FAQs

Q: How long do personal blenders last?

Personal blenders last 3-5 years, depending on care and quality. Clean it according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Throwing a blender in the dishwasher when it’s hand-wash only will lessen its lifespan. Giving the motor a rest, letting the blender cool down after use, and discontinuing use if the motor overheats are other ways to lengthen your personal blender’s lifespan.

Q: Are more expensive blenders better?

It depends. More expensive blenders tend to have more powerful motors, which makes blending, chopping, and pureeing easy. This gives you consistent results and a better texture. However, blade design is also important. I love the Ninja BL660, but its towered wing blender blades—a completely different design from the X-shaped personal blender blade—chops more than blends, which is fine for me, but may not be fine for you. Instead of looking at price, consider features that help create a vortex for a smooth blend.

Q: Are small blenders worth it?

We think so. Traditional blender cups are too large if you’re making personal-sized blended food. They also require less clean-up than traditional blenders, and you save valuable dishwasher and sink space when you use them.

Final thoughts on the best personal blenders

If you’re cooking for one and don’t want a full-sized blender taking up precious counter space, a personal blender is your best bet. You can make a one-size portion every time, meaning you stop food waste in the process. I’ve had plenty of homemade sauces go to waste because I made too much of it in a full-size blender and let the rest rot in the freezer. Personal blenders are easier to store and clean, with removable bases and dishwasher-safe cups. Some personal blenders even come with full-size blender cups if you’re cooking for a party. Regardless of where you’re at in life, a personal blender can keep you fueled at every step of the way.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post Chopping it up with the best personal blenders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-brother-sewing-machines/ Thu, 16 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449198
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

The best equipment yields the best results, and Brother sewing machines are well-known in the world of sewing, quilting, and crafting for their quality and innovative features.

The post The best Brother sewing machines according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall A Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine on a plain background Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This model is a solid, mechanical sewing machine that offers automated functioning for multiple sewing purposes.

Best for beginners Brother CP60X Computerized Sewing Machine is the best for beginners. Brother CP60X Computerized Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This is a great machine that helps beginners but allows for growth as skills improve.

Best Computerized The Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine on a plain background. Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine
SEE IT

A computerized machine with 165 built-in stitch options along with push-button stitch selection and automated functions.

Even if you’ve never threaded a needle or even heard of bobbin, you’ve probably heard about Brother sewing machines. Throughout its 115-year history, Brother Industries has developed into a global leader in sewing machine design, innovation, and manufacturing. Currently, the company offers one of the most advanced line-ups of innovative machinery for home-sewing pursuits. Its models include reliable sewing machines for basic projects and state-of-the-art, computerized models designed for advanced embroidery, quilting, and crafting. Consumers rely on the best Brother sewing machines to provide quality, value, and features for both utilitarian and creative purposes. Here are our picks of the best Brother sewing machines in the company’s impressive line-up.

How we chose the best Brother sewing machines

I drew on personal experience, peer suggestions, and public opinion in selecting six Brother sewing machines for these recommendations. I then narrowed it down to 11 different models and accessed the in-depth product details and specifications available on the Brother-USA company website. Then, we selected Brother products that are easily available and read the product descriptions, user impressions, and FAQs on retailer sites. Knowing that various readers bring an array of needs, preferences, and monetary resources to the search, we tried to assemble a diverse assortment of Brother sewing machines for our list.

I considered both computerized and mechanical sewing machines. Although the computerized models exhibit advanced technological features, many users prefer simple operating procedures and easy maintenance of mechanical machines. Additionally, we looked for both computerized and mechanical models that provide automated processes such as needle threading and buttonhole making, as these features make sewing easier and more pleasurable.

The best Brother sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Brother Industries Ltd. (the company that manufactures Brother sewing machines) traces its history back more than 100 years. In 1908, Kanekichi Yasui founded the Yasui Sewing Machine Company, working at his home in Nagoya, Japan. He repaired industrial sewing machines and manufactured machine parts for local use. When Yasui’s sons inherited his company, they changed the name to Yasui Brothers’ Sewing Machine Company, and the company title was eventually shortened to Brother.

With such a long history, Brother has engineered a sewing machine to suit every user and use case. So, to narrow them down, we searched for Brother sewing machines to meet the needs of beginning sewers, those who engage in basic sewing projects, and those with more advanced skills and experience in quilting, crafting, and fashion design. We endeavored to present Brother machines that meet the requirements of these various types of sewists. 

Best overall: Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother XM2701 sewing machine offers versatility as it provides automated features and numerous built-in stitches for advanced sewists, along with ease of operation for beginners. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.6 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 12.1 x 5.9 x 15.3 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 27

Pros

  • Automatic buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Both decorative and straight built-in stitches
  • 6 interchangeable feet included

Cons  

  • Not computerized

The Brother XM2701 sewing machine is easy to operate, making it a viable choice for beginners. On the other hand, it boasts a wide array of stitch options and automated features that appeal to experienced sewing enthusiasts. Stitch options include multiple decorative and quilting stitches along with basic, straight stitches for seams and basting. With 27 built-in stitches and 63 stitch functions, users can create crafts, fashions, home decor items, and quilts. 

Although not a computerized machine, the XM2701 offers several automated features to make sewing projects go more smoothly and quickly. For example, the automatic needle threader eliminates the frustration and eye strain of threading the needle by hand. An automatic, 1-step buttonhole function saves time and ensures consistent, professional-looking results. Additionally, the task of winding the bobbin is an automatic process.

Several convenient features make the XM2701 a popular and versatile sewing machine. The jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin is located on the top of the machine to speed up the sewing process. An LED light brightly lights the work area. The free arm feature also makes it easy to manipulate the fabric when sewing cuffs, sleeves, and pants. 

The XM2701 model includes six interchangeable feet to accomplish multiple sewing tasks: Buttonhole foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Narrow hemmer; Blind stitch; and Button-sewing foot.

Best computerized: Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With computerized, push-button stitch selection and automatic functioning, the Brother XR9550 sewing machine offers advanced features for quilters, crafters, and hobbyists, as well as sewing artists. 

Specs

  • Weight: 10.14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 20 x 13.5 x 17.9 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 165

Pros

  • Extra-wide sewing surface for large projects
  • Push-button stitch selection, including decorative stitches and alphanumeric fonts
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Protective hard case included

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

For the avid sewist who is ready to take their craft to a more sophisticated level, the Brother XR 9550 computerized sewing machine provides numerous features to spark the imagination and facilitate creative success. The machine offers 165 built-in stitches. These include utilitarian and decorative stitches along with heirloom stitches. Choose from among eight different buttonhole styles, and the machine will automatically sew a tailored buttonhole around any button. For monogramming and personalizing projects, a selection of 55 alphanumeric stitches facilitates automatically sewing letters, numbers, and symbols onto fabrics. 

Numerous features of this machine provide ease of operation, taking the stress and frustration out of sewing. The built-in stitches are clearly marked on the front of the machine. Simply push a button for the computerized stitch-selection function, and a backlit LCD display shows the appropriate choice. Additionally, this machine includes an automatic needle threader and a jam-resistant, top drop-in bobbin.

Quilters appreciate the drop-feed feature that facilitates free-sewing for quilting. The work surface is illuminated with a bright LED light, and the extra-wide table allows quilters to handle bulky fabrics and large projects. Alternatively, sewists can use the free arm to sew sleeves, cuffs, and trouser legs.

The XR9550 includes seven interchangeable sewing feet along with accessories: Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button-sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Blind stitch foot; Monogramming foot; Quilting foot; Protective, hard cover; and an Instructional DVD.

Best for embroidery: Brother SE1900 Sewing and Embroidery Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sewists can achieve artist-quality results in creative DIY projects by choosing from 138 built-in embroidery designs in the Brother SE1900 sewing and embroidery machine.

Specs

  • Weight: 22.1 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 23.19 x 11.54 x 13.43 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 138 embroidery designs + 240 built-in stitches

Pros

  • Large number of built-in embroidery designs and stitches
  • Built-in memory for imported embroidery designs
  • Built-in memory for personal, custom-designed stitches
  • LCD touchscreen display

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

Take your sewing and crafting projects to the artist level with the Brother SE1900 computerized sewing and embroidery machine. Select from among 138 built-in embroidery designs and see them displayed on the large-size, full-color, LCD touchscreen. Alternatively, users can import new designs and save them to the machine. Additionally, the machine can combine designs and store them in its memory. Measuring 5 inches by 7 inches, the embroidery field provides ample versatility for creative sewists. A hoop is included to facilitate larger embroidery designs, so users are limited only by their imaginations.  

The 240 built-in stitches inspire customizing many crafting, quilting, and garment-making activities. Among the stitch options, the SE1900 offers 11 built-in fonts for monogramming and personalizing the original projects. Additionally, 10 styles of buttonhole stitches facilitate automatic sewing of precisely sized buttonholes.

Several convenient features of this computerized machine take the effort and frustration out of sewing pursuits. The advanced, automatic needle threader eliminates threading the needle by hand. Instead, the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle with a simple press of a lever. The jam-resistant feature facilitates a consistent thread feed from the top drop-in bobbin, preventing the work delays that come with tangled threads. With a maximum speed of 850 stitches per minute and labor-saving features for smooth operation, sewing on the SE1900 is an enjoyable and inspiring experience.

To facilitate a broad array of sewing tasks, this machine includes eight interchangeable sewing feet: Blind stitch foot; Buttonhole foot; Button fitting foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Monogramming foot; and Overcasting foot.

Best for beginners: Brother CP60X Computerized Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The easy-to-use Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine is a top choice for beginners to embark on a learning adventure in sewing, quilting, and crafting.

Specs

  • Weight: 14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 16.26 x 6.65 x 12.21 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 60

Pros

  • Utilitarian and decorative stitches built-in
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Durable metal frame
  • Capable of sewing denim and thick fabrics

Cons

  • Not capable of monogramming

Use the Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine to embark on a lifelong hobby of sewing, crafting, and quilting. It offers straightforward, easy-to-use operating procedures, suitable for beginning sewers. An array of 60 built-in stitch options is prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Choose by simply pressing a button, and the information shows up on the clearly visible LCD screen. In addition to decorative and heirloom stitches, the machine offers a selection of seven auto-size, buttonhole stitches. 

With a fixed needle bar, this machine is particularly well-suited for beginning sewers. The needle remains fixed in place to ensure clean stitching and even seam lines. Additionally, the 2-step, automatic needle threader accurately pushes the thread through the eye of the needle. It saves time and frustration so that beginners can enjoy their sewing activities. 

The CP60X is a versatile sewing machine for multiple purposes. With its heavy-duty frame and exceptionally smooth feed system, the machine handles denim and other thick fabrics without snagging. A favorite feature of quilters, the drop-feed system allows free-motion sewing. Additionally, the machine facilitates free-arm sewing for constructing shirts, cuffs, and trousers. 

This CP60X provides an ample collection of accessories to get started with a sewing hobby. These include a 3-piece needle set, bobbins and a bobbin cover, a quilt guide, and a bilingual instruction manual. The included supply of seven interchangeable feet facilitates multiple types of sewing tasks: Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Zipper foot; and Monogramming foot (used for decorative stitches only).

Just starting out and interested in other options? Check out our dedicated guide to the best sewing machines for beginners.

Best for quilting: Brother XR3774 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With built-in stitches for utilitarian and decorative applications, automatic features, and an extra-wide table that accommodates quilts, the Brother XR3774 is a standout machine for quilters.

Specs

  • Weight: 15.87 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 15.3 x 5.8 x 12 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 37

Pros

  • Wide work surface for bulky quilts and large sewing projects
  • One-step buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin

Cons

  • Not computerized

Here’s a mechanical sewing machine with automated features and a large workspace for bulky projects. The large throat area and the extra-wide work table make the Brother XR3774 sewing and quilting machine a viable choice for quilters. For projects other than quilts, sewists may utilize the free arm. This feature facilitates sewing sleeves, cuffs, trousers, and skinny jeans. 

In addition to providing ample space for quilting, this machine offers ease of use through several automated functions. The 1-step buttonhole stitch automatically turns out perfectly sized buttonholes. An automatic needle threading system eliminates the frustrating task of threading the needle by hand. Simply press a lever on the side of the machine and the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle. Additionally, the top drop-in bobbin winds automatically, and it’s jam-resistant to ensure a smooth, continuous feed of thread. 

The XR3774 includes 37 built-in stitches that produce 74 stitch functions when applied to various sewing tasks. These include both utilitarian and decorative stitch options for multiple sewing and quilting purposes. The 37 pre-set stitches are prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Select a unique stitch pattern by simply turning a dial to the appropriate number. 

This machine includes an ample supply of accessories to facilitate varied sewing and quilting activities: Walking foot; Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Spring-action quilting foot; Narrow hem foot; Wide table, detachable work surface; Hard cover to protect the machine when not in use; and an Instructional DVD. Here are more of our picks for the best sewing machines for quilting.

Best budget: Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother LX3817 is an affordable machine for the sewing hobbyist, offering ease of operation and versatile features for basic sewing tasks and creative projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.36 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 17x 7 x 14 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 17

Pros

  • 17 built-in stitches
  • 4-step buttonhole function
  • LED light for well-lit workspace
  • Jam resistant bobbin

Cons 

  • Not computerized
  • Not as many built-in stitches as other machines

Available at a budget-friendly price, the LX3817 sewing machine provides an array of features to suit the needs of beginners, as well as experienced sewing hobbyists. It’s a full-size machine with 17 built-in stitch options. These include straight stitches, zigzag stitches, blind hem stitches, and couching stitches. The stitch choices are clearly marked on the selection dial, located on the front of the machine. Simply turn the dial to choose the desired stitch patterns for constructing garments, sewing crafts, and embellishing home decor creations. 

In addition to the 17 stitch options, the LX3817 provides a 4-step buttonhole function. With a quick turn of the dial, users may select the appropriate stitches to produce consistent, auto-size buttonholes, lending a professional look to finished projects. 

Several features make this machine a pleasure to use. The work area is well-lit with an LED light and the bobbin cover is transparent for visually monitoring the thread supply. The jam-resistant feature means that the thread on the drop-in bobbin does not become entangled. A convenient control dial lets users adjust the upper tension to avoid loose stitches or fabric puckering. The machine’s design also facilitates free-arm sewing for cuffs, sleeves, and trouser legs. 

This machine includes four interchangeable feet: Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; and Button-sewing foot. The LX3817 includes all necessary parts to ensure success on multiple sewing and crafting projects, including: Darning plate; Bobbin cover; Bobbins; Set of 3 needles; and an Instructional DVD.

What to consider when buying the best Brother sewing machines

With many options to choose from, it can be daunting for any consumer to select the most appropriate Brother sewing machine for their purposes. Here are several factors to consider before making a selection:

Computerized or mechanical?

Brother Industries manufactures both mechanical and computerized sewing machines. The mechanical models tend to be easier to operate and maintain. They’re durable and reliable, offering basic sewing features for beginners and hobbyists. As an added bonus, many of the mechanical models include automatic functions for ease of use. On the other hand, some sewists prefer the advanced technological capabilities of computerized sewing machines. Especially for embroidery, crafting, and quilting projects, computerized machines can’t be beat.

Built-in stitches

As a standard feature, all Brother sewing machines include varying arrays of built-in stitches. These range in style from straight, utilitarian designs for basting and sewing seams to complex, decorative stitches for the artistic embellishment of garments, quilts, home decor, and crafts. The built-in stitches offered by the Brother sewing machines reviewed here range from as few as 17 to as many as 240 options. Advanced, computerized machines include alphanumeric fonts among their built-in stitches to facilitate monogramming and customization of sewing projects. Additionally, the Brother sewing-and-embroidery machines include built-in embroidery designs with memory capability for importing or creating additional options. 

Automatic features

In addition to computerized and mechanical operating systems, shoppers might consider the availability of automatic functions on various Brother sewing machines. These features make the machines easier to use and increase the enjoyment of sewing as a pleasurable activity. Many of the Brother machines offer automatic needle threading. This function saves time, frustration, and eye strain, eliminating the need to thread the needle by hand. Additionally, including a 4-step or 1-step buttonhole function is a time-saver for sewists as it tailors a buttonhole of the precise size and shape for every button.

FAQs

Q: How do you thread a Brother sewing machine?

You thread a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual. First, turn off the machine. Then raise both the presser foot and the needle. Pull up the spool pin on top of the machine and place a spool of thread on it. Pass the thread toward you in the groove on the thread guide, and a spring will catch the thread. Pass it through the take-up lever from right to left. Bring the thread behind the guide above the needle. Thread the needle from front to back.

Q: Are Brother sewing machines good for beginners?

Several models of Brother sewing machines are good for beginners. A beginner might enjoy learning to sew on the XM2701, the LX3817, or the CP60X models. These machines offer versatile features with easy-to-use operating procedures. Prefer another brand? Check out the best Singer sewing machines.

Q: How do you use a Brother sewing machine?

A Brother sewing machine may be used for sewing garments and home decor items from original designs or from commercial patterns. Alternatively, it can be used for creating and embellishing craft projects or making quilts. Select a Brother sewing machine that exhibits the qualities to meet your needs, Then, follow the directions in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. 

Q: How do you set up a Brother sewing machine?

You set up a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. Reading the manual or watching the DVD before setting up the machine is a good idea. Place the sewing machine on a clean, flat work surface to get started. Attach the power cord and the foot pedal cord. Place a spool of thread on the thread pin and follow the markings for the thread path, culminating in threading the needle automatically or by hand. Wind thread onto the bobbin and drop the bobbin into its case. 

Q: What’s the easiest sewing machine to use?

The easiest sewing machine to use is a mechanical model with clearly marked stitches, thread guides, and stitch-selector dial. Computerized models with numerous stitch options and advanced, automatic features may be more complex in their operating procedures.

Q: How do I choose a good sewing machine?

You can choose a good sewing machine by deciding the type of sewing projects you wish to undertake. Perhaps you’re a beginner who wants to learn basic sewing techniques. On the other hand, you might be an experienced quilter or crafter who needs a more advanced machine. After determining your needs, research sewing machines on the manufacturers’ websites. Investigate options at a local dealer’s store, if possible. Additionally, it helps to read consumer reviews and ratings.

Q: How much does a Brother sewing machine cost?

Brother sewing machines vary in cost from approximately $130.00 for a basic, mechanical machine to $900.00 for an advanced, computerized sewing machine that creates colorful, artistic designs on fabric. Computerized machines that provide versatile features for sewing, crafting, and quilting range in price from approximately $200.00 to $400.00.

Final thoughts on the best Brother sewing machines

Many sewists appreciate the straightforward operating procedures and simplified maintenance of a non-computerized sewing machine such as the Brother XM2701 model. It’s a popular, mechanical machine that provides an ample selection of built-in stitches, automatic needle threading, and buttonhole making. Overall, the XM2701 offers value and versatility for multiple sewing and crafting activities. Regardless of the Brother sewing machine you choose, you’ll feel better about working with a quality machine from a company with a long history and good reputation.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Brother sewing machines according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best pool floats for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-pool-float/ Wed, 14 Jul 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=373107
best pool float pink flamingo
Toni Cuenca, Unsplash

The best pool floats help you to chill as the summer heats up.

The post The best pool floats for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best pool float pink flamingo
Toni Cuenca, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for pool parties Pink flamingo pool float Intex Party Island Flamingo
SEE IT

This fun model comes with a built-in cooler and four cup holders.

Best unicorn Girl sitting on a inflatable pool float Jasonwell Giant Unicorn Pool Float
SEE IT

Designed to hold up to 400 pounds, this allows for quick inflation.

Best for dogs Blue, plastic paddle paws pool float SwimWays Paddle Paws Dog Raft
SEE IT

This model is designed for small to medium dogs and is reinforced with claw-friendly fabric.

As we head into another sizzling summer, many of us are gearing up for our favorite hot-weather activities. One of the best ways to have fun and keep cool is to go for a dip in a refreshing pool. However, no poolside hang is complete without a leisurely float to lounge around on. These days, you can find fun inflatable pool toys in just about any shape or size, and some even come with special features. Considering the many options available, here’s a wet, hot guide to help you find your new favorite swimming pool float. Whether you’re searching for the best pool floats for yourself, your friends, your kids, or even your dog, these are the coolest pool inflatables for every sunbather. 

How we chose the best pool floats

We looked at product reviews and consumer impressions to determine what floats a pool-goers boat when it comes to the best pool floats. After reviewing the specs—including dimensions, weight limits, cupholders, and other luxuries—we narrowed down our list to the inflatables that most float our … boat? Nay, our bodies.

The best pool floats: Reviews & Recommendations

While it may seem like a simple purchase, there are a few things to think about before clicking “add to cart.” First, determine how many people might be using the float at once, then make some executive decisions about size, style, and functionality. After all, there are pool chair floats, unicorn pool floats, and giant pool floats, just to name a few types. Quality, price, and safety—especially for babies, kids, and pets—are a few other very important considerations.

Best overall: Aqua Campania Ultimate 2-in-1 Recliner 

Aqua LEISURE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This versatile chair can accommodate different lounging vibes.

Specs

  • Cupholders: Yes
  • Weight limit: 250 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 3.25 x 16.5 x 13.85 inches

Pros

  • Detachable caddy
  • Adjustable backrest
  • Inflates easily

Cons

  • Needs pump to fill

This reclining lounger from Aqua Campania is everything you need for a perfect pool day. The backrest can be positioned at a 60-degree angle for a little support, or lay the back completely flat to achieve a successful full-body tan. The Campania pool chair float comes with a detachable caddy for snacks, extra drinks, or personal items so you won’t be left wanting on the water. It can support up to 250 pounds and is easily inflated with a two-valve locking system. 

Best foam float: Frontgate Resort Pool Float

Frontage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This foam float was designed to last more than one pool season.

Specs

  • Cupholders: No
  • Weight limit: 350 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 74 x 26 x 2 inches

Pros

  • Thick
  • Resists peeling and cracking
  • Incredibly buoyant

Cons

  • Expensive

This pool float is truly top of the line when it comes to peace and relaxation on the perfect pool day. The 2-inch, closed-cell foam is thin enough to keep you afloat but light enough for easy transport. Unlike traditional floats, this product uses PVC coating on top of the foam to reduce erosion caused by chlorine and sun exposure while keeping things plush. This foam pool float is available in eight solid colors, or be bold and select from two fun prints. While this product might be a bit more expensive than other inflatable pool floats, it will last longer and provide additional comfort. 

Best for pool parties: Intex Party Island Flamingo 

Intex

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The more really is the merrier when it comes to this party-friendly pool float.

Specs

  • Cupholders: Yes
  • Weight limit: 880 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 166 x 147 x 73 inches

Pros

  • Lots of room for drinks and beverages
  • Repair kit
  • Boarding platform

Cons

  • Need a large pool to use

This isn’t just a pool float—it’s a pool island, capable of supporting 880 pounds and measuring 166 inches by 147 inches by 73 inches. This Intex pink flamingo float comes with four cup holders, a built-in cooler, a detachable boarding platform, and a mesh bottom to let in cooling water. It’s even equipped with an anchor bag, rope, and repair kit just in case you need some extra support and stability. If the giant pool floats are too big for your pool, consider taking them to a nearby lake.

Best unicorn: Jasonwell Giant Unicorn Pool Float

Jasonwell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mystical pool float puts the “fun” in “functional.”

Specs

  • Cupholders: No
  • Weight limit: 400 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 114.17 x 55.12 x 47.24

Pros

  • Fits two people
  • Easy to inflate

Cons

  • Leaks air easily

Make a splash with this giant unicorn pool float, designed to support up to 400 pounds (typically up to two people) at a time. It measures 144 inches by 55 inches by 47 inches when fully inflated, which you can achieve using a hairdryer, hand pump, or electric pump. Make sure you bring out the waterproof camera because you’ll definitely be bombarded with picture requests. 

Best baby pool float: Laycol Baby Pool Float Ring

LAYCOL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pool float helps your baby learn to swim while protecting them from the sun.

Specs

  • Cupholders: No
  • Weight limit: 48 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 10.5 x 10.5 x 2 inches

Pros

  • 5-point safety protection
  • Easy to remove

Cons

  • Reviews note flip potential

Suitable for children under 36 months old, this baby pool float will support your little one’s first ventures into the water this summer. It has a double-layered air chamber, wide sides, a raised front, abdomen/back support, and a five-point safety belt to keep your baby right side up. Buckle in your guppy on their back or front so they can experiment with different ways to “swim.” You’ll be able to pull them around through the water easily while they kick and splash around. This float ring comes in three sizes and colors—each includes a removable canopy to protect little ones’ sensitive, soft skin from the sun. 

Best dog pool float: SwimWays Paddle Paws Dog Raft

SwimWays

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This dog-friendly pool float lets the family pooch cool off in the pool.

Specs

  • Cupholders: No
  • Weight limit: 200 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 15 x 15 x 16.25 inches

Pros

  • Paw- and claw-friendly
  • Reusable carrying bag included

Cons

  • Reviewers note flimsy air valve

Keep your fur baby happy with this inflatable dog raft from SwimWays. It’s available in two sizes, supporting dogs under and over 65 pounds. Made from claw-friendly mesh, this dog pool float features inserts that allow just enough water to seep in and cool down your pet. An innerspring design around the edge provides extra stability, and reinforced fabric protects the float from popping. Best of all, Fido’s float folds down flat, easily fitting in your pool bag without any hassle. 

What to consider when buying the best pool floats

Imagine yourself on the perfect summer day, dipping your toes into a freshly inflated pool with a frosty beverage in hand, a patio umbrella nearby to shade you when you take a break from the sun, a waterproof Bluetooth speaker to soundtrack your fun, and your favorite people by your side. Now, ponder the best pool float to complete this picture. If you’re having trouble visualizing, ask yourself the following questions to help turn this daydream into reality. 

Number of people on the float

First and foremost, you’ll need to decide how many people you’re hoping to pack on. Are you looking for a relaxing tube for one? A double-wide recliner built for two? Or a massive party float to hold a group of friends? Before you buy, double-check the product’s size specs to ensure you’re getting the dimensions you need, that way, you can safely select your favorite design and avoid any surprises when unboxing.

Statement pool toys

The best thing about pool floats is the veritable feast of eye-catching options. Hello, perfect pool day selfie! While there are several classy, solid-color options, summer is all about fun, and your float should inspire smiles. From llamas to pizza slices, giant pineapples to classic convertibles, there is truly something for everyone—including the fan-favorite unicorn pool float. 

Cupholders

If you’re looking to spend an entire day bobbing along the water, you’re going to need sustenance, which in turn means you’ll need a place to put your snacks. Instead of heading towards dry land to get some grub, grab a reclining pool float chair that comes with a food and beverage holder. That way, you won’t have to waste a second of aquatic fun to replenish and rehydrate. 

Safety

If you are headed to the pool with your baby in tow, and you know they aren’t ready for arm floaties, think about grabbing an inflatable ring, so you and your little one can enjoy the water together. Safety is of the utmost importance, so look for a no-flip float made from non-toxic material that’s equipped with safety belts to keep your tiny tot securely above water. In addition, make sure your little water bug has enough mobility to stay comfortable, but not so much room to move that they can accidentally fall out of the float. Products with raised edges and multiple straps are a great way to let your water baby splash around safely.

Foam vs. inflatable

Most inflatable pool floats are made from PVC plastic, which is great for buoyancy, dry-time, and easy inflation. However, some find that the material in inflatable pool floats can get too hot if left in the sun or that it irritates their skin over time—this is especially true for classic inner tubes and full-body recliners. Luckily, there are a few solutions. Some companies offer custom covers made from nylon or waterproof fabrics. Also, check out some of the amazing foam floats available. While foam floats tend to be pricier, they don’t require any inflation, are gentle on the skin, and provide soft, squishy support for maximum comfort. Plus, there’s no risk of popping and sinking. Even with an accidental puncture, foam pool floats are not likely to sink.

Pets

What’s cuter than a puppy lounging on a pool float? Not much! If your dog enjoys the water but isn’t keen to spend the day swimming, think about giving your four-legged friend their very own float as a special summer treat. Essentially a buoyant dog bed, dog pool floats are a fun way for you and your furry best friend to relax on the water. As long as you select a product made from durable material that can support your dog’s weight, nothing should get in the way of a perfect summer day alongside your canine BFF. 

FAQs

Q: What are pool floats made from? 

Most pool floats are made from polyvinyl chloride, or PVC. Manufacturers can also list this as vinyl, plastic, or naphthalene. Think of any inflatable water toy—baby pool, beach ball, waterslide—and chances are it’s made from PVC. Some products may have an additional layer of polyester mesh to strengthen the material, but this is more commonly used for inflatable pools. The only other material that is often used is foam. 

Q: Why are foam pool floats so expensive?

Foam pool floats are typically more expensive than PVC floats because of their durability, comfort, weight, and ease of use. Creating a foam float requires manufacturers to develop tiny cells within a plastic layer by putting the plastic inside a gas chamber filled with nitrogen and applying high pressure. As a result, it is highly unlikely that a foam float will sink, even when damaged, plus they provide a soft layer of cushion for peak relaxation. 

Q: What are the best foam pool floats?

If you are looking specifically for a foam pool float, in addition to the Frontgate Resort Float, we recommend the TCR Recreation Sunsation and SwimWays Aquaria Luxury Solana Lounge Float. There are many options for foam pool floats out there, and you can use the same list of factors above to help narrow down your selection. 

Final thoughts on the best pool floats

Finding the best pool float for your perfect summer day shouldn’t be too difficult once you know what you want. First, make sure it can safely support any person or pet who will climb aboard, then think about any additions or aesthetic features. If you’re shopping for kids or preparing for a pool party, look for a silly or fun style. If you are looking for yourself and prioritize comfort above all else, think about purchasing a long-lasting foam float or a reclining pool chair float. Above all, make sure to select the best pool float for bringing a smile to your face whenever you’re ready to take a dip.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best pool floats for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get ready for summer with a $60 discount on Ninja’s Woodfire Pro XL outdoor grill & smoker https://www.popsci.com/gear/ninja-woodfire-pro-xl-outdoor-grill-smoker-deal-amazon/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611999
Multiple tiled Ninja Woodfire Pro XL Outdoor Grill & Smokers on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The portable outdoor grill is down to its lowest price ever, just in time for cookout season.

The post Get ready for summer with a $60 discount on Ninja’s Woodfire Pro XL outdoor grill & smoker appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Multiple tiled Ninja Woodfire Pro XL Outdoor Grill & Smokers on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is just around the corner, which means now is the time to get all the gear you’ll need for late-night outdoor hangs. Ninja is doing its part by offering the steepest discount yet on its Ninja Woodfire Pro XL. While smaller than a traditional grill, the Woodfire Pro XL excels in other ways—namely portability and price—that help it stay competitive.

Ninja Woodfire Pro XL Outdoor Grill & Smoker $339.99 (Was $399.99)

Ninja

SEE IT

This is an electric grill, which means you won’t have to lug around a propane tank or charcoal briquettes when you want to use it. Multiple heating elements below the grill’s grates keep temps consistent, while a knob on the left hand side allows you to switch between grill, smoke, air crisp, and bake settings. If you’re new to grilling, you can make use of the Woodfire Pro XL’s meat probes, which allow you to set a desired internal temperature before you insert them into your meat. The grill will beep when the meat has reached its target temperature and is ready to be removed. All of this functionality comes in a grill that’s small and light enough to be stored in a closet or garage shelf during the off season.

Other great deals for outdoor enthusiasts

The post Get ready for summer with a $60 discount on Ninja’s Woodfire Pro XL outdoor grill & smoker appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Chew on trail mix with these 6 crunchy and tasty recipes https://www.popsci.com/diy/trail-mix-recipes/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 13:02:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611874
a bowl of nuts, dried fruit
The perfect portable snack. DepositPhotos

Indulge in a crunchy and chewy snack that will satisfy cravings and nutritional needs.

The post Chew on trail mix with these 6 crunchy and tasty recipes appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
a bowl of nuts, dried fruit
The perfect portable snack. DepositPhotos

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Whether you’re planning a hike, hitting the gym, or just trying to get through the midday slump at work, there’s one snack that has stood the test of time for adventurers and health enthusiasts alike: trail mix. This simple yet versatile blend of nuts, seeds, and dried fruits (sometimes chocolate, too) has cemented its place as a go-to snack for people seeking a convenient source of energy and nutrition. Beyond its reputation as a trailside staple, its crunchy texture and layered flavor profile include an abundance of nutrients, making it not just a tasty treat, but a legitimate nutritional powerhouse. In this DIY trail mix guide, we’ll talk about ways to customize this classic snack for a variety of needs.

As a dietitian, I’m also compelled to boast trail mix’s impressive nutritional resume because it checks a lot of boxes. Though probably most well known for addressing hunger while still being very portable (“dry” foods like nuts and seeds are good for that), the blend of ingredients includes the major macronutrients—carbohydrates, proteins, and fats (water is also considered a macronutrient, but we’ll assume you’ve already got that covered. Each has its own satiety profile—carbs help calm immediate hunger pangs, while the slower breakdown of proteins helps keep you feeling full through a few hours. Fats, with an even longer molecular chain, typically take the longest to break down, so they can satisfy your energy cravings the longest.

But satiating hunger isn’t the thing trick trail mix can do. Nuts and seeds can be a great source of vitamins and minerals like iron, zinc, magnesium, and calcium as well as vitamin E and the B complexes. They also provide plant-based protein, which helps build and restore muscle without adding any saturated fats. Additionally, the dried fruit and granola found in most mixes can provide more vitamins like A, C, and K as well as plenty of fiber, which is chronically low in most Americans’ diets.

Trail mix is also an easy snack to assemble at home and customize at will. You can pick and choose your own ingredients according to your needs and you can save money by buying them in bulk.

But that’s enough nerding out on the biochemical genius of trail mix. Let’s get down to the fun part: trail mix recipes.

Basic Trail Mix

As described above, basic trail mix is defined by relatively equal parts nuts, seeds, and (typically) granola. The nuts can be anything but often include almonds, peanuts, cashews, walnuts, and pecans, which offer varied flavors and textures. Pumpkin and sunflower are typically the most commonly used seeds, but hemp and sesame also make the list. Granola clusters can be sourced from anywhere and because they’re often held together with honey, you get a nice mix of savory and sweet.

Additional add-ons can be chocolate morsels, yogurt chips, and pretzels. I like adding pretzels, or other simple, starchy carbohydrates, because they’re a good source of energy and are easy on the stomach compared to the fiber and texture of the other ingredients. Pretzels, specifically, also provide sodium, which is the most important electrolyte used by the body to maintain hydration and intracellular volume.  

Now, with all of the above, there are variables you tweak however you like. If you struggle with hypertension, which was redefined in 2017, consider unsalted nuts to help manage your blood pressure. If allergies or food intolerances are your obstacles, simply swap one ingredient for another. You can really customize the following recipes however you like, but let’s start with a generic template to build from. Here’s my base mix:

Ingredients:

The Runner Trail Mix

Running is usually considered an endurance sport, but sprinting definitely has an anaerobic component. In either case, carbohydrates are best suited for powering short or long runs and should be a key part of a runner’s trail mix. Be mindful of adding too much fiber as it could cause GI discomfort when you’re logging those miles. This mix gets most of its carbs from bananas, granola, and pretzels, which will provide energy while being easier on the stomach. 

Ingredients:

The Gym Trail Mix

Any time you’re pushing weight on the bench or in the squat rack, you’ll need to pay extra attention to protein. This mix will be targeted towards a higher count of the muscle-building macronutrient from various sources to ensure you’re hitting all nine essential amino acids. What’s more, the combination of the below ingredients includes a notable amount of leucine for signaling the body to start building muscle.

Ingredients:

The Pregnancy Trail Mix

What should you expect in your trail mix when you’re expecting? Pretty much the same thing as other trail mixes but with an extra focus on folate, iron, and antioxidants. Folate is important for its role in early fetal development. Infants also get their primary iron stores from their time in the womb, so a mother needs a sufficient amount to share with her child before birth. Lastly, antioxidants are important for everyone, but inflammation can have a more pronounced effect on a developing baby, so keeping it in check is a good idea. 

Ingredients:

The Vegan Trail Mix

Going plant-based has become really popular over the last few years, but vegans have been around forever. Trail mix has been a staple for us herbivores because it’s often difficult to find a meal without any animal products. The mix below is aimed at providing a variety of flavors so that the vegans can enjoy snacking, too.

Ingredients:

The Allergy-Free Trail Mix

There are now nine official foods on the FDA’s list of major food allergies, but don’t fret. There’s still a way to make a delicious allergy-free trail mix that will stave off hunger and taste great at the same time. Feel free to swap in or out any foods that you enjoy or swap out any specific items you might have a reaction to. Always check with your doctor first to make sure you’re good to go.

Ingredients:

The post Chew on trail mix with these 6 crunchy and tasty recipes appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Light up every outdoor adventure with this innovative outdoor flashlight & power bank, now $39.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/outdoor-flashlight-flame-simulator-deal/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611853
A flashlight that doubles as a campfire simulator sitting on a picnic table outdoors.
Stack Commerce

Bring the campfire wherever you go while also staying charged.

The post Light up every outdoor adventure with this innovative outdoor flashlight & power bank, now $39.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A flashlight that doubles as a campfire simulator sitting on a picnic table outdoors.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Are you prepared to embrace the outdoor adventures that lie ahead? For only $39.99, you can bring the feeling of a cozy ambient campfire wherever you go with this outdoor flashlight, which includes a flame simulator and a 2400mAh power bank.

At first glance, the outdoor flashlight appears to be a typically robust and reliable light source. However, it harbors a delightful twist—a flame simulator that uses advanced LED technology to mimic the flickering glow of real flames. This feature can transform an ordinary night under the stars into a soothing experience, mimicking a campfire’s soft, mesmerizing dance.

The realistic fireplace simulator is perfect for those who wish to enjoy the campfire experience without the hassle of building a real fire, whether due to fire bans, environmental concerns, or simple convenience. You can customize the experience with adjustable flame settings depending on the occasion. 

The flashlight also doubles as a power bank with a capacity of 2400mAh, capable of charging smartphones and other small gadgets. This dual functionality ensures that staying connected and powered in remote locations is no longer a concern. 

Equipped with solar panels, the flashlight can be recharged by exposing it to sunlight. This feature is excellent for long trips where traditional charging options may be unavailable. Additionally, it comes with a USB port for conventional charging, ensuring flexibility across various scenarios.

The device’s sleek and compact design, measuring 9.05 x 7.84 x 3.14 inches, makes it easy to store in your camping kit or car storage space for quick access whenever necessary. As a durable and waterproof tool, this flashlight lets you be prepared for unexpected weather forecasts, ensuring you’re equipped for any scenario and ready to enjoy any adventure easily. 

Set the mood while powering devices with the Outdoor Flashlight with Flame Simulator & 2400mAh Powerbank, now $39.99 (reg. $62). No coupon code is required.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Light up every outdoor adventure with this innovative outdoor flashlight & power bank, now $39.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best soft coolers for chilling out in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-soft-coolers/ Mon, 22 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611890
The best soft coolers for 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Here’s the hard sell: Soft coolers are versatile, lightweight options for keeping food and beverages cold on the go.

The post The best soft coolers for chilling out in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best soft coolers for 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall RTIC Soft Pack Cooler on a plain white background. RTIC Soft Pack Cooler
SEE IT

The RTIC cooler offers an ideal balance of price and quality.

Best backpack YETI Hopper M Series Backpack on a beach Yeti Hopper M20
SEE IT

The padded backpack straps make this cooler a breeze to carry.

Best budget Arctic Zone Insulated Tote Cooler Bag on a plain white background. Arctic Zone Insulated Tote Cooler Bag
SEE IT

The budget choice offers a 30 can capacity for $40.

Gone are the days of only finding small, flimsy, poorly insulated soft coolers. Now, a much wider variety of soft-shelled coolers rival their rigid counterparts in ice retention while offering a much more portable, versatile alternative. They range from compact lunch size to all-day capacity, with various carrying capacities to save your shoulders. So whether you are headed to the beach, keeping groceries cool for the drive home, or out in the woods where you’ll need a camping cooler, the best soft coolers keep your items cool and safe. 

How we chose the best soft coolers

When selecting the best soft coolers, we aimed to choose various sizes and carrying styles suitable for all sorts of activities and needs. Ice retention and durability were two of the most important factors, as a cooler isn’t much good if it doesn’t keep things cold. We also evaluated closure types, opening sizes, and any additional pockets or features that the coolers may offer. Finally, we chose coolers at various price points while still ensuring quality products across the board. 

The best soft coolers: Reviews & Recommendations

A soft cooler is the way to go if you’re looking for a lightweight cooler to keep things cold, whether taking tasty treats to a friend’s party, going short-term camping, or even taking your foldable kayak out. These options are ideal for various activities and situations, so you can find one below that fits your needs. 

Best overall: RTIC Soft Pack Cooler

RTIC

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 12 liters/20 cans (also available in 12, 30, or 40-can capacity)
  • Closure type: Zipper
  • Promised ice retention: 2 days 
  • Empty weight: 3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.5 x 13.75 x 15.5 inches

Pros

  • Good balance of price and quality
  • Floats
  • Available in multiple colors and sizes
  • Lots of handles

Cons

  • Outside pocket is small and tight
  • Narrow interior

The RTIC Soft Pack Cooler earns our top spot because it is reasonably priced while offering plenty of quality. It uses thick walls of closed-cell foam to keep things cool and is effective for a few days if you properly prime it. It features a removable padded shoulder strap, built-in carrying handles, and handles on the sides, offering plenty of ways to move the cooler around. 

This soft-sided cooler is quite durable. The exterior fabric is tear—and puncture-resistant, and the interior is puncture-resistant and waterproof to prevent leaks. The waterproof zipper also prevents leaks while keeping it sealed up tight to keep the cold air inside. The entire cooler floats, making it an ideal choice for any activities on the water. A small pocket on the front is the perfect place to store essentials, though it is a bit tight, so you won’t be able to store bulky things in there.

We really like the RTIC cooler’s wide mouth, making it easier to access your food and drinks. Unfortunately, the tall and narrow design takes some away from that easy access, but it’s still better than other options. It comes in four sizes and a range of colors, so you can choose one that best fits your needs and style. 

Best tote: Hydro Flask Day Escape Cooler Tote

Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 26 liters (also available as 18-liter)
  • Closure type: Zipper
  • Promised ice retention: 36 hours
  • Empty weight: 3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 10.4 x 23.9 x 14.97 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight when empty
  • Fully leakproof
  • Laser-cut gear attachment loops
  • BPA-Free
  • Comfortable strap

Cons

  • Exterior pocket is mesh with no zipper

You likely know Hydro Flask for its insulated water bottles, but it also makes some excellent coolers. The Day Escape Cooler Tote is a lightweight yet large soft cooler, offering a 26-liter capacity. It’s also available in an 18-liter size if you want something smaller. When empty, it weighs just three pounds. It’s rigid enough that it holds its shape when you are loading or unloading, but it can compress slightly when empty to save space. 

The zipper on the Day Escape Cooler is a TRU Zip zipper, which is toothless, silent, and IP67-rated to prevent leaks. Getting it started the first few times is tricky, but it slides smoothly after that. The interior features a food-grade liner and is BPA-free. It’s waterproof and free of any folds or tight corners that might trap debris or liquid, making it easy to clean. There is an exterior pocket, but unfortunately, it’s made of mesh, so it won’t keep debris out, and there’s no zipper to keep things secure. 

The exterior of this cooler bag is made of a 600D polyester shell, which cuts down on weight and is very durable. There are handles on the sides, an adjustable and padded shoulder strap, and carrying handles. I haven’t had to carry it terribly far, but it’s comfortable for a short trek to the beach, at least. Hydro Flask promises 36 hours of ice retention, which isn’t as long as other soft coolers but impressive for its being lightweight. I left stuff in it overnight, and it was still plenty cold the next day, even with a small amount of ice.

Best backpack: Yeti Hopper M20

Abby Ferguson / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 20 liters (also available in 12-liter capacity)
  • Closure type: Magnetic
  • Promised ice retention: Not provided 
  • Empty weight: 5.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 9.9 x 15.3 x 18.1 inches

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Unique magnetic closure
  • Very comfortable and easy to carry
  • Lots of attachment points

Cons

  • Top is challenging to buckle closed
  • Expensive

Even with padded shoulder straps, soft coolers can be a pain to carry. If you need to take a cooler on a hike, you’ll be grateful to have a backpack version. The Yeti Hopper M20 is the best backpack cooler available thanks to its range of features and level of quality. The straps are nicely padded, making it comfortable to carry even when loaded. There’s even a chest strap to keep is secure on your body even during serious hikes. Lots of attachment points allow you to add accessories or clip on keys or bottle openers and handles on the sides and top for extra carrying options.

One unique feature of the M20 is the leak-resistant magnetic closure instead of a zipper. It makes it easier to open and close without keeping on top of lubrication, and you don’t have to worry about the zipper breaking. It snaps closed audibly, so you can trust it’s sealed up. Then, you fold it and use the two buckles to lock it down. Getting the buckles closed is a little challenging, but pushing the air out of the cooler helps a lot. Plus, the whole thing is extremely durable and can withstand punctures, abrasions, and UV rays. 

As expected from a Yeti, it stays cold for a long time. We forgot to unload it after taking it to the beach and definitely did not properly prime the cooler beforehand (threw in room-temperature items and only two ice packs), yet there was still some ice a few days later. It will definitely stay cold for a long time with proper prep and the correct amount of ice. As you might guess, the Hopper M20 is expensive at around $300. But the durable design, comfortable backpack-carrying style, effective insulation, and magnetic closure make it stand out and worthy of our best splurge.

Best large capacity: Engel HD30 

Engel

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 30 liters
  • Closure type: Zipper
  • Promised ice retention: 3 days
  • Empty weight: 4.5 Pounds
  • Dimensions: 22 x 12 x 18 inches

Pros

  • Comfortable shoulder strap
  • Large capacity
  • Durable
  • Vacuum valve aids in keeping things cold

Cons

  • Exterior pocket isn’t waterproof

The Engel HD30 is the way to go when you need lots of room. This soft cooler offers 30 liters of storage space yet weighs only 4.5 pounds when empty. Of course, as a larger cooler, it isn’t the easiest to carry, especially when packed full. But the shoulder strap is well padded, and the additional grab and side handles also give you carrying options. 

The Engel HD30 offers extremely effective insulation, keeping your food safe for up to three days. That’s partly thanks to the waterproof and air-resistant zipper that keeps the cold air in and warm air out. There’s also a unique vacuum valve, which allows you to use your household vacuum hose to suck out excess air between the insulation and outer waterproof layers.

The HD30 is incredibly durable and made of 840 denier fibers, which provides abrasion-resistant performance. There are six nylon daisy chains across the bag for attaching keys and other accessories, along with D rings near the top that can be used as tie-down points to keep it secure in the back of a pickup truck. A zippered pocket on the front is the perfect place to store a phone or some extra snacks, though it isn’t waterproof. 

Most durable: Yeti Hopper Flip 12

YETI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 12 liters (also available in 8 or 18-liter versions)
  • Closure type: Zipper
  • Promised ice retention: 3 days
  • Empty weight: 3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.3 x 10.7 x 12.0 inches

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Wide opening
  • Effective insulation
  • Floats

Cons

  • Expensive

Yeti is well known for its excellent coolers (like our best overall cooler with wheels), and the Hopper Flip is no exception. Available in 8, 12, or 18-liter capacities in a variety of colors, the Hopper Flip offers a wide opening for easy access and visibility. The wide opening and seamless interior make cleaning easier since there are no nooks or crannies to hide food or liquid. 

Both the interior and exterior are treated to be mildew resistant, extending the life of the cooler even if you forget to clean it out for a few days. The exterior withstands punctures, abrasions, and UV rays so that it will look nicer for longer, even with rugged adventures. It is waterproof and leakproof, with excellent insulation to keep your items cold for up to three days. 

The Hopper Flip features a well-padded shoulder strap for more comfortable carrying, as well as handles on the lid and sides. Daisy chains on the front and back make it easy to attach accessories or tie it down in your vehicle. As is true of all things Yeti, it is a premium product and on the expensive side. But you are getting a lot of quality and durability for that price, so we think it’s worth it for those who want a long-lasting, versatile, soft cooler (and that’s why the 18-liter size is the best overall pick in our best cooler bags). 

Best budget: Arctic Zone Insulated Tote Cooler Bag

Arctic Zone

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 30 liters
  • Closure type: Zipper
  • Promised ice retention: 3 days
  • Empty weight: 1.78 pounds
  • Dimensions: 22.00 x 10.00 x 14.50 inches

Pros

  • Microban lining prevents odors
  • Very lightweight
  • More packable than other options
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Zipper isn’t leakproof

You don’t need to spend a small fortune to have a good soft cooler. The Arctic Zone Insulated Tote comes in under $40 but offers a 30-liter capacity with an exterior zip pocket. Despite the large capacity, it only weighs 1.78 pounds, making it the lightest soft cooler on our list. It isn’t rigid like some other options, so is somewhat collapsible, which may benefit some. 

The interior of this Arctic Zone tote measures 16.75 by 7.75 by 13.25 inches, which allows for some larger items. The interior lining is leakproof and features Microban antimicrobial protection to prevent odors should you forget to clean it out right away (or store stinky things in it). The base is extra thick so that the cold air doesn’t seep out, and it promises up to three days of ice retention. 

On the exterior you’ll find a padded shoulder strap with side carrying handles as well. A zippered pocket on the exterior stores keys and other essentials. Unfortunately, the zipper isn’t leakproof, and some report that it isn’t very durable, so it may not last as long as other coolers on our list. But the Arctic Zone Insulated Tote will get the job done if you just need a simple soft cooler that doesn’t take up much room for kids’ sporting events or car camping trips

What to consider when shopping for the best soft coolers

When shopping for a soft cooler, it’s important first to consider what you will be using the cooler for. A quick day trip has quite different requirements than a week-long vacation. Likewise, keeping some drinks cool is a lot different than keeping raw meat cold enough to be safe to eat. Knowing the primary purpose of the cooler will help you narrow in on the most important of the following factors: 

Capacity 

Choosing the right cooler capacity will ensure you have plenty of room for your food, drinks, and ice. Cooler capacity is frequently listed in reference to the number of cans it can fit. Some companies also list capacity in terms of quarts or liters. You’ll also want to keep in mind that the shape of the items you need to store in the cooler, as well as the shape of the cooler itself, will impact the practical capacity. 

What size is best depends on what you will be using the cooler for. You can get away with small coolers for short outings or lunch purposes, while multi-day trips will require quite a lot of room. 

Shape and structure

Nowadays, most soft coolers offer a rigid structure, keeping their shape even when empty. There are also collapsable coolers that allow you to pack them down. There aren’t a ton of options for these, but they are convenient for road trips or other times when space is limited. 

In terms of shape, some will offer a fully rectangular shape, which can make it easier to pack and access things at the bottom of the cooler. Others may have a narrower top compared to the base, making it difficult to access things at the bottom and limiting the size and shape of containers that can be stored at the top.  

Carrying style

Most soft coolers use a shoulder strap or hand straps for carrying. Ideally, the straps should have some padding, as even smaller coolers can get quite heavy when filled up. The shoulder strap works well for short distances, but can be challenging for walking a ways. If you know you’ll carry the cooler for longer distances, a backpack soft cooler may make more sense, as it distributes the weight more evenly and keeps the cooler out of the way while walking. 

Weight

While the soft cooler will inevitably be heavy when you fill it up, the empty weight is also important to consider. If it’s on the heavy side before you put things in it, that’s not a great sign. Weight becomes more important if you need to hike or walk with the cooler, so, in general, lightweight is better. 

Cutting down on weight does have a downside, though, usually resulting in less insulation or rigidity. There’s a balance to be had, to be sure. 

Compartments, extra pockets, and attachment points

Some (though not many) coolers will offer compartments inside to keep your items organized, which is helpful if you have lots of things to store. Certain offerings will also feature exterior pockets, making it easier to store items that don’t need to be in the cooler, such as utensils or even keys and phones. Finally, some utilize attachment points to attach items with straps or to connect accessories that you can purchase separately. 

Ice retention

Of course, none of the above features matter if the cooler doesn’t keep your items cold. Most manufacturers will promise some ice retention, but remember that those numbers are for very specific conditions. In the real world, how you prep the cooler, how often you open it, if there’s direct sunlight, and the ambient temperature will all impact how long the ice lasts. 

How much ice retention you need depends on what you use the cooler for. If you only use the cooler to transport your lunch to work or groceries home from the store, days’ worth of ice retention is overkill, and you’ll be spending money on something you don’t need. However, if you plan on taking the cooler on long camping trips or beach days in the hot sun, superb insulation for long ice retention will be a must. 

FAQs

Q: Are soft coolers worth it?

Broadly speaking, yes, soft coolers are worth it. However, it depends on what one you choose. Plenty of cheap, poorly made soft coolers are liable to leak or not keep your items. But on the flip side, many robust and effective soft coolers rival hard-sided coolers while offering better portability and versatility.

Q: How long do soft coolers stay cold?

How long a soft cooler stays cold depends on many factors. To start, each individual cooler and brand offers different levels of ice retention. How you prep your cooler, the ambient temperature and amount of sunlight, and how often you open the cooler all make a difference in how long things will stay cold. 

Q: How do I make my cooler hold ice longer?

To make your cooler hold ice longer, there are some steps you can take ahead of time and while using it. First, prechill your cooler by filling it half full with ice overnight or, ideally, a full day before you need it. Keep it out of the sun and in a relatively cool place while prechilling. Prechilling your food or drinks will also help. Putting warm items in the cooler will melt the ice faster. 

When it comes time to pack your cooler, try to use twice the amount of ice as the amount of food and drinks. Big blocks of ice will last longer than small cubes, but you can use small cubes to fill in spaces and minimize airflow. Alternating layers of ice and food or drinks will also help. Finally, be quick about opening and closing the cooler to keep the cold air in and warm air out and, when possible, keep it out of direct sunlight. 

Q: What size soft cooler do I need?

What size cooler you need depends entirely on what you are using the cooler for. If you are just packing a lunch for a short outing or for work, a mini cooler with a six cans-or-less (15 quarts or less) capacity will be plenty. For a casual day outing, anywhere from a 12 to 38 can capacity will be ideal. For a weekend trip, a cooler with a 16- to 50-quart capacity is best. For long weekend trips or large parties, 

Final thoughts on the best soft coolers

Gone are the days when your options for keeping things cool were flimsy insulated coolers, brittle styrofoam coolers, or heavy ice chests. There is certainly no shortage of high-quality soft coolers available these days, with options for just about every purpose under the sun. What is best depends on what you intend to store in it, where you need to take it, and how you prefer to carry it. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best soft coolers for chilling out in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $100 on the Vitamix countertop composter at Amazon for Earth Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-foodcycler-composter-earth-day-2024-deal-amazon/ Mon, 22 Apr 2024 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611875
Vitamix Food Cycler countertop composter with a picture of a hopper full of food on the left and a hopper full of processed mulch on the right.
Stan Horaczek

This simple, silent device makes composting in your kitchen super easy and free of bad smells and mess.

The post Save $100 on the Vitamix countertop composter at Amazon for Earth Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Vitamix Food Cycler countertop composter with a picture of a hopper full of food on the left and a hopper full of processed mulch on the right.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Lots of stuff we throw away could easily go into compost. But getting started with composting can be tricky. Do it wrong, and you’ll stink up your whole kitchen. Vitamix’s Food Cycler makes it easy, and right now, it’s down to $299, which is $100 off of its regular price at Amazon.

Vitamix FC-50-SP Food Cycler FoodCycler FC-50, 2 L $299 (was $399)

Vitamix

SEE IT

Chuck food waste and other compostable items into the Food Cycler’s two-liter canister and then close the carbon lid. When you run the device, it circulates air through the chamber and pulls moisture from the material without creating a smell in your house. Once it’s done, your waste will be considerably smaller and easy to mix into your garden soil, where it will work as a natural fertilizer. This is a great way to reduce the amount of food byproducts you send to the landfill and improve your garden simultaneously. Plus, it runs almost silently, so you don’t have to worry about making too much noise in your kitchen—one of the many reasons Vitamix tops our best compost bins.

More composting deals

Maybe you’re not ready for a $300 composter on your counter. That’s cool! Luckily, Amazon has some other composting gear on sale for Earth Day.

The post Save $100 on the Vitamix countertop composter at Amazon for Earth Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Join Sam’s Club for $14 (reg. $50) until the end of April https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/sams-club-membership-april-deal/ Mon, 22 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611786
The exterior of a Sam's Club in the daylight.
Stack Commerce

That’s 72 percent off to kick off a year of savings.

The post Join Sam’s Club for $14 (reg. $50) until the end of April appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The exterior of a Sam's Club in the daylight.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Our time should be just as valued as our wallets, and a Sam’s Club membership can help you save in both areas.

Start with a 72% discount on the membership itself, now only $14 (reg. $50) through the end of April. This offer is only valid for new members or those who haven’t been active for more than six months.

The hardest part is deciding what to save on first

Redemption is simple. After purchase, activate your unique code on this platform, sign up for your membership, and start browsing products online or head to your nearest location. 

Sam’s Club members can find anything, from fresh and frozen grocery items, to take-and-bake meals, fresh baked goods, and maybe even some free samples to try out as they shop. They can also shop for clothes, jewelry, pet supplies, and household supplies.

Members can also shop for electronics, furniture, or even appliances. You never know what you might find, and Sam’s Club backs all purchases with a 100% satisfaction guarantee

After filling your cart, you don’t even have to wait in line if you use the Scan & Go app. Simply scan your items, pay on your phone, and head out the door. Or, grab a snack at the Sam’s Club Café on your way out. We love to snag a slice of pizza, a quarter-pound hotdog, a pretzel, or a cup of frozen yogurt at a bargain price.

As a Sam’s Club member, you can also take advantage of savings on gas, hotel bookings, rental cars, live events, and movies.

Become a Sam’s Club member for $14 (reg. $50) before this offer ends on April 30 at 11:59 p.m. No coupon is needed for this 72% discount.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Join Sam’s Club for $14 (reg. $50) until the end of April appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Tackle home cleaning effortlessly with this self-cleaning 2-in-1 vacuum, priced at $99.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/2-in-1-robot-vacuum-self-cleaning-sponsored-deal/ Sun, 21 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611507
A 2-in-1 robovac mopping a floor.
Stack Commerce

Manage home messes easily and save $100.

The post Tackle home cleaning effortlessly with this self-cleaning 2-in-1 vacuum, priced at $99.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A 2-in-1 robovac mopping a floor.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Designed to cater to the needs of modern households, this 2-in-1 robot device combines vacuuming and mopping capabilities into one compact, sleek package, helping you effectively keep your space clean. With its Wi-Fi connectivity, app integration, and Alexa compatibility, the ZCWA robot offers convenience and control that fit seamlessly into the rhythm of everyday life. Even better, it’s now $100 off!

Featuring innovative, smart navigation features that include an advanced 3D precise obstacle avoidance function, the robot vacuum is seamlessly managed and ensures it doesn’t reach off-limits areas. With two intensity levels, it can be programmed and scheduled to clean various floor types, providing versatility. You can clean specific spots without disrupting your prized furniture or home decor, as the robot vacuum automatically retreats around certain regions with its built-in sensors.

The device moves in a convenient, quiet motion while traveling. It is equipped with different cleaning modes—vacuum and mop—so you can quickly remove unwanted debris on all sorts of floors and carpeting. With a powerful 2500mAh battery and a strong suction of up to 1400 Pa, the robot will clean up dust, dirt, allergens, and more in any sized room or space for up to 100 minutes per charge. Once the vacuum runs low on power, it will automatically return to its charging base.

Other features include user-friendly integration with its dedicated app and compatibility with Alexa and Google Assistant, making it easier to schedule and navigate your cleaning assistant to reach every nook and cranny.

It’s important to note that the 2-in-1 vacuum is a New-Open Box item. This means the packaging may be slightly distressed, but the vacuum itself is brand new and restored with its original accessories. 

Bring home the ZCWA 2-in-1 Robot Vacuum & Mop Combo with Wi-Fi/App/Alexa in black (New—Open Box) for $99.99 (reg. $199), with no coupon code required. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Tackle home cleaning effortlessly with this self-cleaning 2-in-1 vacuum, priced at $99.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Enjoy seamless gaming with these wireless Nintendo Switch controllers, now $30.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/wireless-nintendo-switch-controllers-sale/ Sun, 21 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611501
A Nintendo Switch on a blue background with RGB controller.
Stack Commerce

With dynamic RGB lights, your gaming toolbox just got an upgrade.

The post Enjoy seamless gaming with these wireless Nintendo Switch controllers, now $30.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Nintendo Switch on a blue background with RGB controller.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

An essential part of any gaming console is its controllers; the Nintendo Switch is no exception. These wireless Nintendo Switch controllers are not your average gamepads. They are equipped with RGB lighting, enhancing the aesthetic appeal and aiming to elevate the gaming experience. They also bring sophisticated sensor technology and vibration feedback that provide precision and control in your gaming experiences, all for under $35.

Made of sturdy, non-slip ABS material, the controllers support multi-platform connectivity and provide a high-quality experience on various devices, allowing you to enjoy your favorite Nintendo Switch games for hours to come. Moreover, their latest chip technology significantly improves connectivity, ensuring responsive and uninterrupted play. This advanced connectivity is a game changer, allowing quicker response times and a more reliable connection to your Nintendo Switch.

Designed with 360° joysticks and a 6-axis gyroscope, the Nintendo Switch controllers deliver precise aiming at the joypad for an enticing gaming experience every time. They also come with Turbo (T) buttons, a standout feature perfect for games requiring rapid firing or quick repetitive actions. The controller’s auto mode is activated with ‘Function key + T’ and quickly canceled by pressing and holding the T button while moving the joystick left or right.

With up to 30 hours of gameplay on a single charge, these controllers are designed to keep you in the game longer without interruptions. This long battery life ensures you can play through extended sessions with friends and family without frequently recharging. Best yet, its vibrant RGB lighting brings personality to your gaming setup and enhances the controllers during gaming go-time.

Get the Nintendo Switch Wireless Controllers with RGB Lights for $30.99 (reg. $42.99), with no coupon code required, and level up your gaming experience today. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.  

The post Enjoy seamless gaming with these wireless Nintendo Switch controllers, now $30.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Snag this complete Raspberry Pi and Arduino developer bundle for only $59.97 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/arduino-developer-bundle-raspberry-pi-sale/ Sat, 20 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611484
A close-up shot of a green computer module.
Stack Commerce

Get the best-on-web pricing and save over $350.

The post Snag this complete Raspberry Pi and Arduino developer bundle for only $59.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A close-up shot of a green computer module.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Are you aiming to boost your career by learning new skills? The comprehensive 2023 All-In-One Raspberry Pi & Arduino Developer Bundle simplifies sought-out coding expertise into digestible modules and helps you conquer your goals. And it’s on sale for $59.97 for a limited time only. 

With nine detailed courses and more than 60 hours of instruction tailored for beginners and intermediate learners, the bundle equips you to apply your skills practically and discover the significant benefits of Raspberry Pi and Arduino.

Taught by Edouard Renard, a software engineer and entrepreneur with an impressive 4.6 out of 5-star instructor rating, the courses feature detailed, step-by-step lessons designed to help you quickly understand the concepts.

Covering a broad array of topics, this bundle caters to various skill levels. Beginners can start with foundational courses like Raspberry Pi or ROS2 for Beginners, which thoroughly introduce the essential skills needed to advance your learning.

As you grow more comfortable, you can progress to more intricate lessons and leverage your new knowledge to create projects, eventually developing programs from scratch and impressing your friends and family.

With 24/7 access to the lessons, you can learn at your own pace and revisit concepts as needed. You’ll delve into creating online simulations, enhancing the readability of your code, incorporating Python into your projects, and more. The courses offer numerous hands-on activities and exercises, providing ample opportunity for extensive practice after introducing each new concept. Available on desktop and mobile, you can also learn on the go. 

Start your path to a successful career or an engaging hobby by learning new skills with The 2023 All-In-One Raspberry Pi & Arduino Developer Bundle. Available for just $59.97 (reg. $423), it’s the best price you’ll find online with no coupon code required. 

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Snag this complete Raspberry Pi and Arduino developer bundle for only $59.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These CES-featured earbuds with built-in language translation are now on sale for $89.97 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/language-translation-earbuds-mymanu-deal/ Sat, 20 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611480
A pair of black translation headphones on a green and black background.
Stack Commerce

Save nearly $70 on a pair of Mymanu CLIK S earbuds.

The post These CES-featured earbuds with built-in language translation are now on sale for $89.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pair of black translation headphones on a green and black background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Do you need top-notch earbuds and some translation support for your summer travels? The Mymanu CLIK S earbuds elevate your travel experience by offering real-time speech-to-speech translation in more than 37 languages. Get a pair for only $89.97 during a limited-time price drop. 

These outstanding earbuds have received accolades such as the Red Dot Design Award, and have been featured at multiple CES tech events. They boast a highly versatile phrasebook and dictionary-saving function, which is essential for providing seamless translation to meet your needs on all your travels.

Tailored to meet your language requirements, Mymanu’s CLIK S earbuds offer customization for one-to-one or group conversations through speech and text translation. These earbuds intuitively capture your surroundings in real-time, providing fast, world-class translation and high-quality sound in any meeting or encounter while globetrotting this summer.

These earbuds excel as personal translators and stand out as top-notch audio devices. Featuring Aptx-enabled technology for low latency, high audio quality, and notification capabilities accessible through dual-sided “CLIK” buttons, these compact earbuds add a versatile touch to your daily life.

These earbuds are compatible with iOS and Android devices and include Bluetooth 5.0, passive noise cancellation, privacy features, and location-based tailored advertising. They enhance productivity as you discover new places or interact with locals. With up to 30 hours of battery life using their charging case, they fit easily into any bag or backpack. Additionally, their ergonomic and water-resistant design ensures a comfortable and secure fit.

With various 5-star reviews under their belt, the earbuds are gaining traction as a go-to travel accessory. 

Grab the Mymanu CLIK S: Award-Winning Translation Earbuds for only $89.97 (reg. $157) with no coupon code required.

StackSocial prices subject to change.  

The post These CES-featured earbuds with built-in language translation are now on sale for $89.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Sony’s new TVs take Mini-LED to the max: Here’s what you should know https://www.popsci.com/gear/sony-bravia-mini-led-tv-soundbar-2024-lineup-first-impressions/ Fri, 19 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611775
A Sony television with home theater set-up staged in a pretend living room.
Sony

From backlots to TV backlights, soundstages to soundbars, Sony held a premiere for its 2024 BRAVIA lineup and we walked their red carpet.

The post Sony’s new TVs take Mini-LED to the max: Here’s what you should know appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Sony television with home theater set-up staged in a pretend living room.
Sony

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sony launched its new TV and soundbar lineup April 17 with the tagline “Cinema is coming home.” But a month earlier, they invited me to travel far from home—from the East Coast to Sony Pictures Studios in Culver City, Calif.—for a behind-the-screens preview of the philosophy and technology that went into the 2024 models. 

Ecto-1. Johnny 5. BRAVIA 9. Our two-day tour of the lot showcased applied science of the past and present. Movie props and filmmakers giving Sony engineers props. Classic characters and new naming conventions. I found myself in JEOPARDY! and on a holodeck. It was a soup-to-nuts, lens-to-living room look at mastering monitors, home theater setups, and the push to narrow the gap between creators and consumers.

Sony

SEE IT

Seeing what we’re not seeing  

Sony’s new TVs include four models and two important acronyms: BRAVIA and HDR. The “Best Resolution Audio Visual Integrated Architecture” brand has been part of Sony’s televisions for almost 20 years but is now the unifying label for the BRAVIA 3, 7, 8, and 9 screens, as well as the BRAVIA Theater Bar 8 and Theater Bar 9. For anyone used to Sony’s sets like the X95L, X90L, etc., X no longer marks the spot except on the SKU. (The A80L is also gone—no more separate LED and OLED series—but that didn’t fit the last sentence’s wordplay as well.) 

The BRAVIA 9 is now the Mini-LED flagship, with the most expanded, authentic contrast, while the BRAVIA 8 is a 4K OLED alternative. The BRAVIA 7 is a premium but more approachable 4K Mini-LED, while the BRAVIA 3 is an entry-level 4K 60Hz Direct LED. Is making shopping simpler versus the previous system the rename of the game? Debatable, and it doesn’t help that the flagship A95L will remain on the market. At the very least, the new monikers make it clear that the BRAVIA 9 is the set Sony considers the true peak of this year’s innovations—peak brightness particularly.

On to that second acronym. The ability to turn off every diode independently allows OLED screens unbeatable black levels and contrast, given a low-light environment to show its best. But when it comes to HDR, or High Dynamic Range, the peak brightness levels achievable by a Mini-LED screen allow for more control over fine highlights and luminance that can stand up to rooms with more natural light. 

Sony’s brightest 4K TV to date (50% brighter with 325% more dimming zones), the BRAVIA 9’s High Peak Luminance sets out to narrow the gap with OLED’s pixel-level control while improving the ability to perform accurately wherever people want (or need) to set up their TV, not just in an optimized home theater or demo den. Sony hosted its product reveal throughout the studio lot, and invited directors and cinematographers to speak to us, to reinforce the part the company plays in every stage of the cinema signal chain—from professional Venice cameras used in aircraft on Top Gun: Maverick to Gran Turismo’s object-based sound design to color-grading monitors. And it’s Sony’s belief in the ability of HDR to preserve the detail and intent of every frame that explains why the first, foundational screen we saw was one none of us will ever buy.

The Sony BRAVIA 9's backlight panel
Tony Ware

Shining a light on backlighting

The HX3110 is an if-you-have-to-ask-you-can’t-afford-it 31-inch 4K reference monitor with a dual-layer LCD panel capable of color grading up to 4,000 nits. To date, most films are mastered to 1,000 nits because of the limitations of previous monitors. With the NX3110, even the smallest highlights can be displayed without clipping, and 2,000/1,000 nits settings allow filmmakers to ensure details translate to any current display scenarios. And the gradients on display were compelling. But it’s that 4,000 nits future that informed the development of the BRAVIA 9’s local dimming and backlight processing. 

Handing out sunglasses, our hosts had us turn to the other side of the darkened room, draped in blackout curtains. On one table was a BRAVIA 9 without its LCD panel, with an intact TV on the floor in front of it. To the side were two sets from a competitor in an identical arrangement [see image below]. Can the BRAVIA 9 reach the brightness levels or shading of a tens of thousands of dollars professional monitor without clipping? No, but it did demo the response time and object recognition of the “XR Backlight Master Drive” and newly developed IC [LED Driver] system [see above], as well as show off the color volume and specular highlights, which emulated some of the HX3110’s vivid reproduction admirably. The naked backlight, well, illuminated the level of definition 22-bit channel control can produce. And a granular grasp of each component and current also means 20% less power consumption, according to Sony.

This will also come into play in one of Sony’s new partnerships. The BRAVIA 7, 8, and 9 will all feature Prime Video Calibrated Mode—announced at the event by BA Winston, VP, Technology, Amazon Prime Video. A Sony-exclusive feature (at least initially), this algorithm auto-adjusts picture settings for the content streaming (movies, TV, live sports, etc.), screen type, and the light conditions in the room. (Prime Video joins similar processing for Netflix and the Sony Pictures Core app.) IMAX Enhanced, Dolby Vision, HLG, and HDR10 support—plus 4K 120Hz, VRR, ALLM, Auto Tone Mapping, and other “Perfect for PS5” features for gamers—make sure all the picture mode boxes are checked. 4K X-Reality PRO, XR Clear Image, XR Triluminos PRO, XR Motion Clarity (120Hz native refresh rate), and X-Wide Angle with X-Anti-Reflection underlie upscaling, color mapping, etc.

As for the BRAVIA 8 OLED, it’s 10% brighter while being 30% slimmer than 2023’s A80L. The BRAVIA 7 is 790% brighter than last year’s full-array LED X90L but lacks the flagship’s precise lighting and peak management. It’s the BRAVIA 9 that’s an upgrade from every angle—including the viewing angle, which exhibited low off-axis desaturation. I look forward to testing one to bring all the shadowy details into the light.

Two televisions displaying their LED capabilities.
Sony

Elevating more than brightness

Obviously, Sony believes Mini-LED has a … bright future. But what’s cinema without being equally saturated in sound? Whereas the BRAVIA 9 operates under a mantra of more is more, the BRAVIA Theater Bar 9 makes a statement that less isn’t less. The 2024 soundbar, which replaces the HT-A7000 [a Dolby Atmos soundbar that impressed our reviewer], is 36% smaller with no decrease in capability thanks to its 13-driver array and 360 Spatial Sound Mapping technology filling in the virtual channels for spatial audio. Integrated with a BRAVIA 9 TV and augmented by wireless SA-RS5 satellite speakers and the SA-SW5 subwoofer, the Theater Bar 9 delivered 7.1.4 channels and plenty of energy. Thanks to AI-powered Voice Zoom 3 and “Acoustic Center Sync,” which uses the BRAVIA 9 as the center channel (and the TV now has up-firing Beam Tweeters and Frame Tweeters), dialog stayed anchored and audible even as action swelled. The demo was dynamic, despite the challenges of being in an acoustically treated recording studio full of irregular surfaces. (The Theater Bar 8 offers similar soundfield features but with 11 drivers within a slimmer, less powerful footprint.)

The real surprise was the BRAVIA Theater Quad system, which maximizes minimalism with four fabric-wrapped panel-like powered speakers with four drivers each (tweeter, mid, woofer, and up-firing). The wireless speakers self-calibrate to adjust volume and create 16 phantom channels based on their placement (and they’re purpose-built to be wall-mount friendly but also stand-suitable). They’re also wireless subwoofer compatible. Flanking a BRAVIA 9 hung a touch above eye/ear level, with the other two Quad components behind the sitting area, the Theater Quad system delivered an even more immersive experience than the Theater Bar 9, with audible overhead effects. Flexible positioning plus fluid sound? Yes, thank you. Speakers that stand out by blending in are so hot right now.

Individual parts of Sony's soundbar displayed on a table.
Sony

There was one last stop on our tour of Sony Pictures and Sony products, and that was to Pixomondo—a virtual production company/LED soundstage. Combining a modular wall of 1,400 display panels with infrared motion-tracking cameras to render perspective changes in real-time, Pixomondo allows directors to film free-flowing action in virtual environments (like, say, a starship). It also allows journalists to take pictures of the TVs and soundbars staged in multiple suites of varying moods, all without leaving one space [as shown below]. Placed against a towering crescent of monitors, the new BRAVIA setups were visually eclipsed yet still stood out. Colorful screensavers cranked, it was quite the contrast(s) … talk about heightening the experience.

Sony's new televisions staged in a large indoor room.
Sony

BRAVIA TV and soundbar models and prices, once available 

BRAVIA 9 Mini LED

  • 85″ Class (84.6″ diag): $5,499.99 USD MSRP
  • 75″ Class (74.5″ diag): $3,999.99 USD MSRP
  • 65″ Class (64.5″ diag): $3,299.99 USD MSRP 

BRAVIA 8 OLED

  • 77″ Class (76.7″ diag): $3,899.99 USD MSRP 
  • 65″ Class (64.5″ diag): $2,799.99 USD MSRP  
  • 55″ Class (54.6″ diag): $1,999.99 USD MSRP 

BRAVIA 7 Mini LED

  • 85″ Class (84.6″ diag): $3,499.99 USD MSRP
  • 75″ Class (74.5″ diag): $2,799.99 USD MSRP
  • 65″ Class (64.5″ diag): $2,299.99 USD MSRP
  • 55″ Class (54.6″ diag): $1,899.99 USD MSRP

BRAVIA 3 LED

  • 85″ Class (84.6″ diag): $1,799.99 USD MSRP
  • 75″ Class (74.5″ diag): $1,299.99 USD MSRP
  • 65″ Class (64.5″ diag): $999.99 USD MSRP 
  • 55″ Class (54.6″ diag): $849.99 USD MSRP
  • 50″ Class (49.5″ diag): $699.99 USD MSRP 
  • 43″ Class (42.5″ diag): $599.99 USD MSRP

BRAVIA Theater Quad has a suggested retail price of $2,499.99 USD 

BRAVIA Theater Bar 9 has a suggested retail price of $1,399.99 USD 

BRAVIA Theater Bar 8 has a suggested retail price of $999.99 USD 

BRAVIA Theater U has a suggested retail price of $299.99 USD

The post Sony’s new TVs take Mini-LED to the max: Here’s what you should know appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Klipsch speakers in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-klipsch-speakers/ Fri, 19 Apr 2024 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609834
The best Klipsch speakers of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The top speakers from a venerable speaker maker since 1946.

The post The best Klipsch speakers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Klipsch speakers of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Klipsch Reference Premiere RP-8000F II on a plain white background. Klipsch Reference Premiere RP-8000F II
SEE IT

Premium, surround sound-ready stereo towers well designed from top to bottom for high-output, highly emotional entertainment.

Best Splurge Speakers photo The Nines
SEE IT

The ultimate multi-use speakers for analog and digital music lovers alike.

Best budget Klipsch The Austin on a plain white background. Klipsch Austin
SEE IT

A multi-driver $100 speaker that almost fits in a pants pocket.

Klipsch speakers have impressed the audio world since the company’s inception in 1946, and the tradition of continually releasing new, innovative hardware has continued for the past 78 years. In recent years, Klipsch has branched out from passive floorstanding and bookshelf speakers into making powered and portable Bluetooth speakers. The company’s attention to high-energy acoustics and dual focus on both audio quality and value have helped it stand out even with increased competition from both new and legacy speaker makers. The best Klipsch speakers will extract all the dynamic details of your music, movies, and video games at home and on the go.

How we chose the best Klipsch speakers

Klipsch makes an enormous number of speakers, so winnowing down the best required us to take into consideration the most common ways people will use them. After careful consideration we decided on portable speakers for on-the-go listening, passive and active speakers for music listening, and a soundbar for those who want a more compact home theater system. Our recommendations are based on a mix of hands-on testing and research to determine the best choice in each given category.

The best Klipsch speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to set up a home theater or upgrade from a pair of speakers with toasted tweeters and worn-out woofers? It’s time to hear what your music, movies, and games really sound like with a set of Klipsch speakers.

Best overall: Klipsch Reference Premiere RP-8000F II

Klipsch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Powered: No
  • Dimensions: 22.04 x 14.96 x 48.42 inches
  • Weight: 61.4 pounds
  • Price: $1,198

Pros

  • Triple driver audio system
  • Aluminum feet designed to absorb vibrations
  • Aesthetically pleasing

Cons

  • Price

Klipsch’s Reference Premiere RP-8000F II speakers typify what makes the company’s audio hardware so impressive and revered. Yes, the floorstanding speakers are large, but each cabinet houses multiple drivers: a pair of eight-inch woofers and one-inch tweeters. These woofers are made from a cerametallic material, which Klipsch says maximizes their efficiency while minimizing the potential for distortion. In addition, specially designed bass ports allow for more extension with less noise. This is especially important because the woofers will be responsible for accurately representing the dynamic width of midrange and low frequencies unless you connect a subwoofer to your home audio system.

The speakers’ titanium LTS tweeters and vented housings are mounted onto Tractrix horns, a proprietary component designed by Klipsch to ensure detailed, accurate reproduction. The silicone composite horn is flared so that the tweeter’s sound is properly dispersed outward. Klipsch says this design is an efficient way for treble sounds to always clear the enclosure with deliberate directivity and minimum reverb from wall reflections, lowering the probability of harsh harmonics and sibilant sounds.

If you like to listen to your music loud, the RP8000F II’s cast aluminum feet may be a most appealing feature. They keep the speaker from sitting flush on the floor, so vibrations from loud sounds don’t rattle the cabinet, which causes distortion. While these speakers were designed for stereo listening, each one has a pair of connectors toward the top of the cabinet that allow you to connect one of Klipsch’s RP-500SA upward-firing surround sound speakers to them. This, along with a switchable crossover setting, will allow you to listen to music mixed in Dolby Atmos without hooking those additional speakers up to your AV receiver. Klipsch includes a pair of “jumper cables” with the RP8000F IIs for this purpose. It’s great to know there’s a built-in upgrade path if you’re starting to build a home theater system and are starting with these speakers.

Yes, they’re expensive, but there’s a reason Klipsch has labeled the RP-8000F IIs as reference speakers. They’re well worth the price if you have enough space for a pair of floor-standing speakers and care about premium sound.

Best splurge: Klipsch The Nines

Sarah Jones

SEE IT

Specs

  • Powered: Yes
  • Dimensions: 13.38 x 9.5 x 19.13 inches
  • Weight: 66 pounds
  • Price: $1,499

Pros

  • Enormous woofers for a relatively compact cabinet (compared to a tower speaker)
  • Designed for both analog and digital music listening
  • Loaded with inputs

Cons

  • Price

The Nines is an all-in-one audio system that blew us away during our time with them. Klipsch outfitted its powered speakers with a single eight-inch woofer and one-inch tweeter mounted onto a Tractrix horn. While they don’t have the exact same components as the Reference Premiere RP-8000F IIs, they share the same DNA, if not the dimensions. You’ll get enormous sound—both in depth and volume—from speakers just over a foot-and-a-half tall.

Part of The Nines’ appeal is their versatility. Like the smaller Fives and Sevens, these powered speakers have an RCA phono input, USB port, HDMI port, optical audio port, and subwoofer output, meaning you can connect them to virtually any component. It’s conceivable that one could hook up a turntable, TV, and computer up to The Nines simultaneously and use them as home audio, home theater, and computer speakers with the flick of a switch.

And because The Nines have a built-in phono stage, you won’t need an external phono preamp or AV receiver for them to be excellent turntable speakers. Discerning digital music listeners will be able to listen to 24-bit 192kHz natively through any of its digital inputs, or stream compressed audio to the speakers wirelessly over Bluetooth. This is it if you’re looking for one set of speakers that can fit into any audio system.

Best portable: Klipsch Nashville

Tony Ware / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Powered: Yes
  • Dimensions: 3.19 x 3.07 x 7.01 inches
  • Weight: 2.4 pounds
  • Price: $149

Pros

  • 24-hour battery life
  • Can connect to up to 10 additional Klipsch speakers
  • Reverse charging

Cons

  • Bluetooth only

Klipsch’s Nashville is the mid-sized option in the company’s “Music City” portable speaker series, and it delivers a lot for its small size. The speaker has a pair of 2.25-inch full-range drivers behind its signature copper logo and black grille—one front and one rear-firing so it can be enjoyed from any angle. The Bluetooth speaker’s drivers are augmented by a pair of bass radiators for cleaner low-end response. There aren’t any onboard tone controls, but you can tweak how the Nashville sounds using the Klipsch Connect app on iOS and Android if you’d like to dial in different frequencies or adjust its EQ to suit the type of music you like listening to the most.

The Nashville supports Bluetooth 5.3, the latest most stable version of the wireless audio protocol, though it only connects to smartdevices and computers via the baseline SBC codec. It does, however, support a feature called “Broadcast Mode” that allows you to connect it to up to 10 other Klipsch speakers. This feature will come in handy if you’d like to create a whole-home wireless audio system or just want to be able to stream the same track to two places during a larger party. Broadcast Mode works over Bluetooth, as the Nashville doesn’t support Wi-Fi audio streaming. Similarly, there’s no Aux input on this speaker, which means it’s Bluetooth or bust. We’re pleased that the Nashville has an IP67 rating, so it won’t get damaged when exposed to water or dust.

Klipsch says the Nashville supports up to 24 hours of music playback per charge, but the amount you get will be dependant on your listening volume and whether Broadcast Mode is engaged. The speaker charges via USB-C, and you can use its charging port to top up the batteries in your other devices by plugging them in. Using the Nashville as a power bank will deplete its battery a lot more quickly, but the feature is useful in a pinch.

Of course, none of this is worth a dang if the speaker ain’t got that twang. Luckily, the Nashville’s 60Hz to 20kHz frequency response is surprisingly robust for a speaker its size. At 50 to 60 percent volume, the speaker maintains pleasingly throaty dynamics with minimal distortion, thanks to its DSP. Things start getting iffy above that, so if it’s volume you seek, look to the bigger $299 Detroit speaker (the elongated speaker in the image above). Playback is in mono but there’s still a good sense of instrument separation, aided by some EQing in the app to bump tight bass and boost treble without tizziness. The Nashville is a speaker that can hold a note and hold up under the conditions of a pool party or beach bash.

Best soundbar: Klipsch Flexus CORE 200

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Powered: Yes
  • Dimensions: 4.94 x 44 x 3.1 inches
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Price: $499

Pros

  • Built-in subwoofers
  • Upward-firing drivers for Atmos height channels
  • Can be augmented with a dedicated subwoofer/surround speakers

Cons

  • Requires a wide space.

The Flexus CORE 200 is Klipsch’s newest soundbar, and it’s quickly become one of the best we’ve ever tested. At 44-inches wide, you’ll need a large media center to accommodate the home theater speaker, but you’ll be rewarded handsomely once you hear how music, video games, and movies sound. The Flexus CORE 200 has six 2.25 ceramic drivers (one on the left and one on the right, two in the center, and two facing upward) plus two 4-inch subwoofers. We’ve never heard better bass response or single-point surround sound from another compact soundbar at this price point (or a bit beyond).

The low end was shockingly tight when listening to explosions while playing games like The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild on the Nintendo Switch OLED or titles with bombastic bopping soundtracks like Penny’s Big Breakaway. The Flexus CORE 200 could recreate the ambiance of a theater or hall when watching comedy specials like Neal Brennan’s Crazy Good and Demetri Martin’s Demetri Deconstructed. Even casual YouTube videos sound great, with clear separation between voiceovers and sound effects.

This performance is possible because Klipsch partnered with Onkyo when developing the Flexus CORE 200. The former designed the enclosure and acoustic components, while the latter was in charge of developing the processor inside. Onkyo has a long history of making AV receivers and amps and has brought that expertise to the table in a big way. It’s no surprise that their technology was able to recreate the experience of listening to a more traditional multi-speaker multichannel setup.

On its own, we can recommend Klipsch’s Flexus CORE 200 as a premium 3.1.2-channel soundbar for anyone who’s at least a little surround sound curious. However, we were also able to test it alongside Klipsch’s new $299 10-inch Flexus Sub 100 and $249 wireless Flexus Surround 100 speakers. This trio is a grand slam, offering better-balanced sound and more immersive audio experiences when listening to Dolby Atmos mixes of albums like The Beach Boys’ Pet Sounds and Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon, with spatial audio ping-ponging off the ceiling and walls around you.

Whether you use it on its own or with Klipsch’s optional satellites/sub, we cannot find a major fault with the Flexus CORE 200 system. If you have enough space, it’s a home theater upgrade you’ll deserve.

Best budget: Klipsch Austin

Tony Ware / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Powered: Yes
  • Dimensions: 1.73 x 4.13 x 4.13 inches
  • Weight: .88 pounds
  • Price: $99

Pros

  • 12-hour battery life
  • IP67 durability rating
  • Price

Cons

  • May not get loud enough for certain situations

If you need an ultra-portable, highly affordable Klipsch speaker, The Austin is the one you’ll need. This personal speaker retains many of the looks and features that impressed us during our time with its Music City sibling the Nashville, including IP67 water and dust resistance, support for Bluetooth 5.3, Klipsch’s Broadcast Mode, speakerphone capabilities, and reverse charging. Klipsch says The Austin can last up to 12 hours per charge, which is great for a speaker conceivably fitting in a pair of cargo shorts.

Despite its small size, Klipsch managed to fit a 2-inch woofer and separate tweeter into its compact square enclosure. This means that even though the Austin is mono, you’ll get better separation between crisp high and rich mid frequencies than you would with most single-driver ultra-portable speakers. The 10W 70Hz to 20kHz Austin is not going to be a suitable speaker system for a large space or a bass lover, but that’s not what it was designed for. Klipsch did outfit the speaker with a built-in strap, which you can use to attach it to a bicycle’s handlebars or on a backpack. Don’t be fooled by The Austin’s size and price, Klipsch spent the time to optimize its performance, so you won’t get a significantly diminished experience when listening to your tunes. We’ll be including it in our favorite portable Bluetooth speakers in the future.

What to consider when shopping for the best Klipsch speakers

There are many factors to consider when deciding which Klipsch speakers are right for you. Below are the factors we considered most important when writing this guide:

Active vs. Passive

The first consideration you’ll need to make when deciding which Klipsch speakers to get is whether you’d like them to be active (with built-in amplification) or passive (without that). Passive speakers require an AV receiver or other amp and speaker cable for power and to connect to sources like a turntable or computer. Active speakers have built-in amplification (and more and more frequently some sort of DAC and/or wireless streaming capabilities), which allows you to connect components to them using an HDMI cable, optical audio, or RCA cable, as well as Wi-Fi and/or Bluetooth. Active speakers are typically heavier, and their power supply and other audio hardware take up space inside each speaker’s cabinet, leaving less room for audio components. Passive speakers are lighter, only have audio hardware inside, but don’t have any utility on their own out of the box.

Style

Traditional Klipsch speakers come in the two classic form factors: bookshelf and floorstanding. Bookshelf speakers are more compact, and can fit more easily on top of a media center or in a smaller space like bedrooms and home offices (assuming you also factor in space for an amp, or you pick a powered pair). Their smaller size does limit how many drivers they can have and the size of those drivers. Floorstanding (aka tower) speakers are significantly taller but have more room for multiple larger drivers, which means more extension and greater separation between frequency bands, resulting in a more dynamic response. These speakers sit directly on the floor—as their name suggests—so you’ll need space on both sides of your home audio system to make them work.

In addition, Klipsch has introduced its soundbars and a new line of portable Bluetooth speakers in addition to passive and active bookshelf and floorstanding speakers. These speakers follow Klipsch’s adherence to strict audio quality, and come in a trio of sizes—all easily taken on the go.

Connectivity

As we outlined earlier, Klipsch has outfitted its powered speakers with several means of connectivity, which will allow you to use them in several ways simultaneously. For example, The Nines speakers have a USB port, HDMI port, and RCA input (with a grounding peg), which means you can conceivably connect them to a computer, TV, and turntable. These active speakers also support Bluetooth for wireless audio streaming.

FAQs

Q: What is Klipsch famous for?

Klipsch is famous for making premium speakers and headphones, particularly loudspeakers featuring the recognizable Tractrix horn-mounted driver for efficient high-frequency transfer and a fleshy, high-fidelity presence across an almost multidimensional soundstage.

Q: Is Sonos or Klipsch better?

Both Sonos and Klipsch speakers have pros and cons. Klipsch has the advantage when it comes to passive speakers, while Sonos is better known for its Wi-Fi-connected speakers. Both companies make exceptional audio hardware.

Q: What is Klipsch signature sound?

In a 2014 blog post, Mark Cesavent—the company’s senior vice president of global product development—defined the Klipsch sound as “… akin to the live concert experience—powerful, detailed and emotional. Klipsch sound is easy to recognize by the everyday music listener to the ardent audiophile. It is best heard in a stereo, 2-channel HiFi system for playing music.”

Q: How much do Klipsch speakers cost?

Klipsch speakers occupy every price point, but our recommendations cost between $100 and $1,500.

Final thoughts on the best Klipsch speakers

Klipsch’s continued efforts to make the best-sounding speakers for music listeners and home theater enthusiasts after nearly 80 is laudable. The Flexus CORE 200, a 2024 release, is the perfect example of this. The soundbar supports Dolby Atmos—an audio format that wasn’t even around 10 years ago, much less when the company was founded—yet it adheres to the same fundamentals of Klipsch’s most traditional passive speakers. By using common connectors like HDMI, RCA, and USB on its powered speakers, Klipsch ensures their longevity and usefulness as you upgrade your current audio components. This commitment to both sustainability by design and audio quality has kept Klipsch as relevant today as it was in the 1940s and will carry the company through into the future.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Klipsch speakers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stay prepared with this powerful rechargeable 1,300-lumen torch, now $39.97 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/1300-torch-flashlight-sponsored-deal/ Fri, 19 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611476
A person holding a black flashlight.
Stack Commerce

Save extra through April 21 on this durable emergency tool.

The post Stay prepared with this powerful rechargeable 1,300-lumen torch, now $39.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a black flashlight.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Designed for users who demand excellence and durability in their gear, the P80 Rechargeable Pocket Torch offers advanced features that set it apart in the crowded field of portable lighting solutions. Moreover, it’s now price-dropped to $39.97 for a limited time.

Boasting a mighty OSRAM P9 LED that releases up to 1,300 Lumens; the P80 provides the visibility you need in various levels of darkness. Choose from low, mid, high, or strobe outputs and quickly switch settings from each mode through a dual-side switch.

This illumination level is powerful enough to light up an entire campsite or illuminate distant objects. It is an essential tool for outdoor enthusiasts, emergency responders, and anyone needing reliable lighting in low-light conditions. 

With an impressive average rating of 4.6 out of 5 stars from verified buyers on Amazon, the P80’s durability has left a strong impression on users. Made from aerospace-grade 6061-T6 aluminum and reinforced with high-hardness nano-ceramic beads, the P80 is virtually indestructible and capable of even breaking glass in emergencies. The P80 stands ready to serve, regardless of the circumstance.

The P80’s sleek and compact design, measuring 5.90 inches long, makes it easy to store in your emergency kit or car storage space for quick access whenever necessary. A convenient LED battery level indicator also alerts you when it’s time to recharge. As a durable and waterproof tool, this flashlight lets you be prepared for unexpected weather forecasts, ensuring you’re equipped for any scenario.

The P80 Rechargeable 1,300 Lumen Pocket Torch is now $39.97 (reg. $59) through April 21 at 11:59 p.m., and no coupon code is required.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Stay prepared with this powerful rechargeable 1,300-lumen torch, now $39.97 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Transform intricate data into clear visuals with Microsoft Visio Pro 2021, now $19.97 through April 22 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/microsoft-visio-pro-2021-april-sale/ Fri, 19 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611472
A Microsoft Vision Professional 2021 package on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Don't miss our limited-time flash sale on this software that lets you create and share data-linked diagrams.

The post Transform intricate data into clear visuals with Microsoft Visio Pro 2021, now $19.97 through April 22 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Microsoft Vision Professional 2021 package on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Microsoft Visio 2021 Professional for Windows provides a wide range of tools, from simple flowcharts to complex network diagrams, designed to elevate the work of individuals and teams to a higher standard. For a limited time, save even further on this top-rated software during our flash sale, paying only $19.97 (reg. $249).

The 2021 edition of Visio boosts creativity through its vast collection of ready-to-use tools. Thanks to thousands of customizable shapes and the ability to import their shapes and graphics, users can easily create and share data-linked diagrams using a variety of ready-made, customizable templates and designs to fit their exact requirements.

It offers various options, from simple flowcharts and organizational charts to intricate network diagrams and mind maps. Thanks to its user-friendly interface, creating visually attractive diagrams becomes a seamless process, enabling you to concentrate on delivering your ideas.

With rave reviews and ratings of 5 out of 5 stars by verified customers, the software integrates seamlessly with the broader Microsoft ecosystem, working efficiently with programs you already use. This feature facilitates the effortless insertion of diagrams into Word documents, PowerPoint presentations, and Excel spreadsheets, improving your documents’ visual attractiveness and thoroughness.

As a verified purchaser reflects, “When I need to create visual diagrams, Visio is the software to use. Easy and comes with a variety of features.”

Visio also provides enhanced capabilities for more experienced users beyond essential diagramming tools. It allows the creation of visual database models through integrated database diagramming, strengthens security with information rights management, and supports sophisticated mapping technologies.

Additionally, integrating Cloud capabilities simplifies the process for Visio users to save their diagrams on OneDrive or SharePoint, features included with Microsoft 365, enabling access from any location. This feature enhances flexibility and provides a secure way to store and share sensitive information. 

Get Microsoft Visio 2021 Professional for Windows at a low price of $19.97 (reg. $249) through April 22 at 11:59 p.m. PT with no coupon code required.

StackSocial prices subject to change.  

The post Transform intricate data into clear visuals with Microsoft Visio Pro 2021, now $19.97 through April 22 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $100 on the Sony ZV-E10 camera kit (its cheapest price ever) and start your career as an influencer https://www.popsci.com/gear/sony-zv-e10-camera-deal-amazon-best-buy/ Thu, 18 Apr 2024 17:17:13 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611485
Sony ZV-E10- cameras arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

Whether you're shooting stills or 4K video, this tiny camera does everything you need for just $699 right now at Best Buy and Amazon.

The post Save $100 on the Sony ZV-E10 camera kit (its cheapest price ever) and start your career as an influencer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Sony ZV-E10- cameras arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Smartphone cameras have gotten exceptionally great in recent years, but hardcore content creators still rely on a dedicated camera to crank up their production value. Right now, Amazon and Best Buy have Sony’s excellent little ZV-E10 mirrorless camera setup for just $699, which is $100 cheaper than the lowest price I’ve ever seen on it. If you’re looking to become a YouTube sensation, this camera is your first step (and also maybe some talent).

Sony – Alpha ZV-E10 Kit Mirrorless Vlog Camera with 16-50mm Lens $699 (was $799)

Sony

SEE IT

This is a full-fledged system camera, which means you can detach the included lens and swap it for higher-end glass as you up your influencer game. It has a 24.2-megapixel sensor inside that’s much bigger than the chip you’ll find in a smartphone. That translates into better low-light performance and the ability to create a shallow depth-of-field effect in which your subject (probably your face) is sharp and the background is blurry. It captures 4K footage with image stabilization and has a powerful built-in microphone for capturing impressive audio. Plus, the screen flips all the way around so you can see what you’re shooting as you’re shooting it. Phones require you to use the lousy front camera if you want that feature. This is a very capable little camera that leaves you room to grow along with your skill and follower count.

It’s also available for the same price at Best Buy.

More camera and creator deals:

The post Save $100 on the Sony ZV-E10 camera kit (its cheapest price ever) and start your career as an influencer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Match the color of any surface to existing paint shades with this $60 gadget https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/nix-mini-color-matching-sensor-sponsored-april-deal/ Thu, 18 Apr 2024 14:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611432
A person using a color sensor on to find the exact color match of brick.
Stack Commerce

This scanner matches images with a deep database of colors to find your perfect match, and it is $60 off for a limited time.

The post Match the color of any surface to existing paint shades with this $60 gadget appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a color sensor on to find the exact color match of brick.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We all dream of having superpowers, whether it’s being able to fly or having x-ray vision, but what if we told you that modern technology is making those fantasies become a reality?

Meet the Nix Mini 2, a gadget that gives you the power to scan any color from the real world and turn it into a matching paint shade or digital color code. Normally $99, it’s on sale for $59.97 right now through April 21.

A tiny gadget with super-powerful capabilities 

The Nix Mini 2 uses a highly calibrated LED to evenly illuminate surfaces while blocking out excess light, helping you get precise matches even in direct sunlight or low light conditions.

Rated 4.8/5 stars on average, the Nix Mini 2 works on surfaces like painted walls, vinyl, leather, plastic, and fabric, but you could experiment with others and discover a whole new world of creativity. That’s the true beauty of this gadget.

Turn real-world colors into paint shades and digital color codes

Here’s exactly how you’ll use the Nix Mini 2 for your next paint touch-up or DIY project:

  1. Pair the gadget with the Nix Toolkit app on your iPhone or Android.
  2. Scan the real-world surface you want to color-match.
  3. View matching name-brand paint shades on your smartphone and browse sRBG HEX, CMYK, and LAB color codes.

The Nix Toolkit app even allows you to save and organize color palettes for future reference. That’s handy if you’re working on a graphic design or home renovation project with this handy color-matching tool in your pocket.

Gain a creative superpower with the Nix Mini 2 Color-Matching Sensor on sale for $59.97 (reg. $99) through April 21 at 11:59 p.m. PT, no coupon is needed.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Match the color of any surface to existing paint shades with this $60 gadget appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Our favorite cannabis vape and accessory brands are offering 20% off sitewide for 4/20 https://www.popsci.com/gear/420-exclusive-deals-sales-2024/ Wed, 17 Apr 2024 17:13:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611289
A PAX vaporizer in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Save some green while you smoke your green with help from Pax, Higher Standards, Session Goods, and more.

The post Our favorite cannabis vape and accessory brands are offering 20% off sitewide for 4/20 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PAX vaporizer in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

4/20 is an unofficial holiday celebrating cannabis. You won’t find it on a calendar like you would Earth Day or National Park Week (celebrations of a different kind of green that happen around the same time). But you will find people at your local parks sitting in a circle playing ’70s hazy rock. Are the sunglasses they’re wearing shielding their eyes from the sun, or are they meant to hide bloodshot, glassy eyes? We may never know, but also, who cares?!? Whatever helps you commune with nature, responsibly, is your business. And our business is sharing some great news: If you’re looking for some cannabis accessories to celebrate 4/20, many of our favorite brands are offering 20% off their entire site right now.

PAX Plus Vaporizer $160 (Was $200)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

By far, this is our favorite vaporizer on the market and is essential to have in your stoner arsenal. Smoking from a joint, waterpipe, or bowl is not great for your lungs. Vaporizers, however, use the magic of conduction to release the THC in the flower, giving you fast results without hacking up a lung. You can use the Pax Plus with concentrates or flower, and it comes with raised and flat mouthpieces, a maintenance kit, half-pack oven lid, concentrate adaptor, and a multi-tool for packing and removing material. It’s an investment, but you definitely get your money’s worth out of it.

More 4/20 cannabis vape and accessory deals:

The post Our favorite cannabis vape and accessory brands are offering 20% off sitewide for 4/20 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cannabis essentials for 2024, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cannabis-essentials/ Wed, 19 Apr 2023 20:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534082
A lineup of cannabis essentials on a white background
Amanda Reed

Ditch your bar cart for a cannabis cabinet—and pack it with these essentials.

The post The best cannabis essentials for 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of cannabis essentials on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best grinder A Santa Cruz Shredder grinder on a blue and white background Santa Cruz Shredder
SEE IT

This aircraft-grade aluminum grinder granulates the stickiest of the icky.

Best infuser system LEVO C Levo C
SEE IT

Create cannabis-rich oils for homemade edibles in an easy and low-key process.

Best handheld vaporizer A Pax Plus cannabis vaporizer on a rolling tray with some oregano seasoning Pax Plus
SEE IT

An intuitive ingestion device that’s discreet and direct.

So you want to smoke weed—either for medicinal or recreational purposes—and you’re looking for a place to start. Sure, you could walk into that headshop down the street, but they most definitely sell counterfeit Puff Bars, and you feel a little claustrophobic surrounded by all that expensive glass. Plus, the college kid behind the counter is a little bit too close in age to your own kid. Thankfully, we at Popular Science share how science shows up in our everyday life, and cannabis and its extracts are quite scientific. Consider this an essentials list of what you’ll want to keep on hand for your next sesh, or what to buy to get started. Move over bar cart, cannabis cabinet has entered the chat!

Remember that every state has different laws regarding cannabis use, so check them out before using. Once you can hit “Add To Cart” with confidence, we’ve cultivated Spotify playlist for both sativa and indica strains to help make sure every hit is a hit.

Best rolling tray: Santa Cruz Shredder Hemp Rolling Tray with Spout

Santa Cruz Shredder

SEE IT

Learning how to roll a joint is a journey all its own, but procuring a solid rolling tray is an essential first step. You can use it as a surface to stuff your cones and pack handheld vaporizers or bowls without getting cannabis everywhere, thanks to high curved edges that prevent mess. A spout makes it easy to put any leftover ground cannabis back into your grinder or storage container. We like this one from Santa Cruz Shredder that has both, and is made of biodegradable hemp. If you’re looking for rolling tray that doubles as decor, we love this glass Keith Haring rolling tray from Higher Standards that could pass as a catch-all plate in your foyer. 

Best rolling papers: Blazy Susan Rolling Papers

Blazy Susan

SEE IT

The Blazy Susan rolling papers are fun to look at, thanks to their bright pink hue, but they’re also some of the best rolling papers on the market. They’re vegan, non-GMO, and made from high-quality wood pulp. They also burn slowly and evenly, which prevents canoeing. We recommend starting with 1 ¼-inch papers if you’re new to rolling (and we won’t judge you if you pick up some pre-rolled cones, in case of difficulties or time constraints). And if you are inviting like-minded friends over for a social smoke, grab one of the company’s namesake spinning rolling trays (available in colorful plastic and limited edition woods), with its specialized inserts and cuts for every manner of supplies, accessories, and end products.

Best cones: Edie Parker Crush Cones in Excite Mint

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

These aren’t your average cones. These cones from Edie Parker come in a variety of flavors, including peach, grape, strawberry, and banana. We’re personally huge fans of the mint flavor for a cool fresh taste while taking a hit. Simply pack your ground cannabis into the cone, ignite, find the flavor pearl in the filter tip, crush, and inhale. They also are great to pull out and pass around at a party. Of course, if you don’t need a fun flavor with your joint, we love Blazy Susan’s cones. We’re fans of the Shorty size, which makes for a perfect joint for yourself when you’re seshing alone. 

Best handheld vaporizer: PAX Plus

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

There are many benefits to vaporizing cannabis compared to igniting it. Vaporizers use convection, conduction, and sometimes even both to heat your weed to release those sweet terpenes and cannabinoids. The result is better for your lungs and provides a more consistent flavor and aroma. It’s also less stinky than other means of ingestion. You can use the already vaped bud (ABV) in edibles since the vaporizing process decarboxylates, or decarbs, the cannabis. The PAX Mini is our favorite handheld vaporizer and one of the easiest to use (and it’s often on sale around a certain time in April). Simply click the top once, wait until the purple light turns green, and inhale. You won’t have to worry about temperature either—the PAX Mini will cool down when not in use and heat up when it’s picked back up. Concentrates might not be your jam (yet!), but the PAX Plus comes with a concentrate chamber to enjoy the wax, shatter, or budder of your choice. Speaking of …

Best for concentrates: Puffco Peak Pro

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Dabbing is cool because it involves torches and fire, but it’s also dangerous for just that reason. The Puffco Peak Pro solves that by ditching the fire, making for a more approachable and beginner-friendly device. The instruction manual is easy to read and follow—you don’t have to be a dabbing expert to use the Peak Pro. It’s also Bluetooth-app enabled for customized temperature and color settings. If you’re looking for something more handheld that’s less expensive, the company’s Proxy Travel Pipe is for you. Its silicone body is shatterproof and comes with a pocket for tools, like a loading tool or a cotton swab for cleaning. 

Best splurge: Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The Rolls Royce of tabletop vaporizers, the Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid is absolutely worth its almost $700 price tag, thanks to its high-quality materials and workmanship that gives you a long service life. The Volcano Classic is cheaper (and just as good), but the temperature dial doesn’t list the actual temperature. The Hybrid changes that, letting you know exactly when it’s warm enough for use. You can choose to ingest via the included Tube Kit (which is a hookah-type hose) or the classic Valve Balloon. If you have an Android phone, you can control the Volcano Hybrid with your phone using the S&B app. We personally only bring out the Volcano Hybrid on special occasions, and it definitely makes for a conversation starter among stoners. 

Best waterpipe: Session Goods Bong

Session Goods

SEE IT

Waterpipes are usually … kind of ugly. Not the Session Goods Bong, which is modern, durable, and easy to clean. The included cleaning caps and mouth cover prevent spills when you’re cleaning—just fill it with some isopropyl alcohol and a little salt, shake, and you’re all good. The bong itself is made of sturdy borosilicate glass, and a silicon foot cover hides your nasty bong water, acts as a water line, and protects your piece. Two included bowls—small and large—let you choose how much you want to consume. Plus, nine colors will help you coordinate your bong with your living room color story. And who doesn’t love color coordination?

Best pipe: Laundry Day Tanjun pipe

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Pipes are a great introductory tool for beginners but aren’t always the prettiest. Laundry Day’s Tanjun—and the company’s other collection of smokeware—is meant to be displayed on your coffee table and ogled when passed among friends. It has all the pipe basics—bowl, carb, mouthpiece—and is made of borosilicate glass for toughness. Use the pipe as an incense holder when it’s not in use. 

Best hemp wick: Twisted Bee 100% Organic Hemp Wick

Twisted Bee

SEE IT

It’s fine to light a bowl with a lighter, but sometimes you don’t want to breathe in the butane it emits. The smoke is much hotter when using a lighter and burns off more cannabinoids and terpenes. Hemp wicks solve this problem by being a flame conduit, which creates a cleaner flavor and a more flavorful hit. This one from Twisted Bee uses organic hemp with a natural beeswax coating that doesn’t interfere with your flower’s flavor. You can even use it for crafting. Since you get 200 feet of it, you won’t have to worry about running out. 

Best lighter: Clipper Lighter

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Sure, everyone is familiar with the BIC lighter for ignition needs. Step up to a Clipper, which is windproof, water-resistant, and refillable, making it more friendly to the Earth compared to its lighter brethren. You can also replace the flint, and there’s a poking tool for packing down hand-rolled cigarettes. Plus, the Clipper wheel is easier to strike compared to BIC lighters.  

Best joint holder: The Clinger

The Clinger

SEE IT

I personally have dug into my ludicrously capacious bag, the eyes of the group on me, searching for a lighter that is evading my clutches. It’s a humbling experience—one that you don’t have to go through with The Clinger, which is smell-proof, crush-proof, holds a king-sized joint, and hugs your lighter like it’s their friend. It can hold a BIC or a Clipper lighter and fits easily in your pocket. You won’t have to worry about digging for a lighter or accidentally smashing a joint ever again.

Best grinder: Santa Cruz Shredder

Santa Cruz Shredder

SEE IT

This grinder is made of solid aircraft-grade aluminum and has a scratch-free finish for long-lasting use. Thirty-two diamond-shaped sharp teeth pulverize even the stickiest cannabis to make a fluffy and even grind. We recommend a three-piece grinder that separates the flower from the kief, the potent trichomes that have broken away and separated from the flower. You can use those the add a little zhuzh to your joints and bowls. A magnetic lock system protects your cannabis from moisture and spillage, meaning you can take it to and fro without any worries. It’s a pricey grinder, but it’s absolutely worth it.

Best cleaner: Grand Master Smoke

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

You can use isopropyl alcohol and a little salt to clean your pieces. However, we’re also fond of Grand Master Smoke. This cleaner has taken the crustiest bongs and turned them as good as new. Simply pour the liquid into a large container or leakproof bag, add your piece, wait 1-3 hours (try soaking overnight for heavily used pieces), drain out the excess liquid from the piece, rinse with warm water, and you’re done! It also helps deodorize your pieces so they aren’t so stinky. And no one wants to hit from a stinky bong!

Best 510 battery: Ooze Twist Slim Pen 2.0

Ooze

SEE IT

I’ve certainly used 510 batteries that work but aren’t made of quality materials. And who keeps track of that proprietary charger that they all come with? The Ooze Slim Pen can be charged using this proprietary charger, but you can also use a micro USB cable. (Which you probably have a million of around your house.) You can draw the pen in two ways: by pressing the button down and inhaling, or just by inhaling, thanks to auto draw. It shuts off after 12 minutes of inactivity, saving you battery in the long run. And you can adjust the voltage for a customized experience

Best infuser system: Levo C

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

One of the knocks against making homemade edibles—beyond the ever-growing number of high-quality premade options—is infusing oil or butter with your flower, which can be a smelly operation. Levo’s C is a countertop appliance that makes the process easy. All you need to do is fill its herb pod with bud (up to one ounce) and the glass basin with oil or butter (up to one liter). Once your ingredients are set, you place the glass basin onto the Levo C’s heating pad, select a time and temperature, and wait for the infusion to complete. Making infused oil or butter using this method won’t be quicker than a traditional method, but the results will be more consistent since the temperature will be regulated. Additionally, you won’t have to worry about standing around and stirring the flower constantly to ensure a proper result.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cannabis essentials for 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best budget Bluetooth speakers in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-budget-bluetooth-speakers/ Fri, 04 Feb 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=423525
Best budget Bluetooth speakers on a white background.

Get affordable audio for all with the best budget Bluetooth speakers.

The post The best budget Bluetooth speakers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best budget Bluetooth speakers on a white background.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Anker Soundcore 3 on a white background Anker Soundcore 3
SEE IT

A well-rounded speaker with a solid build that won’t break the bank.

Best for a party Tribit Outdoor Portable Speaker on a white background Tribit XSound Mega
SEE IT

A speaker equipped with flashy features for a fraction of the price.

Best for travel JBL Clip 4 JBL Clip 4
SEE IT

A super portable speaker  designed to move with you thanks to its carabiner-like design.

There is no shortage of Bluetooth speakers under $100, even $50, which can make choosing the right one for your listening needs particularly difficult. While you’d think a less expensive option might not boast outstanding audio quality or unbeatable battery life, there are many models that are going to deliver exactly what you need when it comes to wire-free listening. Hone in on your top priorities and search accordingly. Do you need something waterproof? A speaker that will clip onto a backpack? Or maybe something extra bass to bump at a party? When it comes to the best budget Bluetooth speakers, it’s okay to focus on one or two central features so you get the most bang for your buck. Here are picks for speakers that can fit your needs and your budget.

How we chose the best budget Bluetooth speakers

Many of the speakers recommended here have been personally tested by myself or our team, which is why we confidently recommend this selection. We retested some of our personal favorites and compared them to new units from other reputable brands with a focus on sound quality. While smaller portable speakers can’t deliver audio that’s as precise as premium stereo or multi-channel models, we made sure to pick products that preserve the integrity of our favorite albums. To further pare down the list, we only looked at speakers that currently retail for under $115, primarily focusing on those around $50, while paying particular attention to durability, portability, and battery life. Then, we considered special features like onboard controls, EQ customization, and connectivity to bring you the best of the best when it comes to affordable Bluetooth speakers. 

The best budget Bluetooth speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

If you visit my apartment, you will immediately see a veritable wall of Bluetooth speakers, large and small. I have what some may call a deep enthusiasm for portable sound that doesn’t require equally deep pockets or corners. And I’ve found that the best cheap Bluetooth speakers don’t have to sound dinky. In fact, many options provide solid sound for less. While shopping, consider your top priorities for your budget-friendly speaker. Do you emphasize battery life, portability, water resistance, or sound quality? Once you can answer this question, you can pick out an excellent speaker from our picks without spending a fortune.

Best overall: Anker Soundcore 3

Anker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soundcore 3 is a well-rounded, budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker with an impressive 24 hours of battery life and the option to boost the bass without distortion. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 24 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 66 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 6.9 x 2.4 x 2.2 inches  

Pros

  • Excellent Battery Life 
  • Sound Quality 
  • Bass Up technology 
  • Customizable EQ 

Cons

  • Simplistic design
  • Voice assistant capability is lacking

The Soundcore 3 is a robust, portable Bluetooth speaker that won’t cost an arm and a leg, making it the best budget Bluetooth speaker overall. Available in four colors, this powerful unit utilizes 16 watts of power to push dual 1.5-inch drivers with titanium diaphragms. Meanwhile, dual passive radiators combine with improved BassUp technology to analyze music in real-time and work to punch up the low-end during your favorite bass-driven songs. Alongside BassUp, there are three additional preset EQs you can choose from, or customize your own using the Soundcore app. The treble on the Soundcore 3 stretches all the way up to 40kHz. Bluetooth 5.0 offers a consistently stable connection and PartyCast compatibility means you can link up to 100 Soundcore speakers for a truly impressive array of sound. To get a full battery faster, this speaker charges via USB-C, and the 24-hour battery life beats more expensive models. While $55 isn’t the steepest cost if you needed a replacement, an IPX7 rating means you won’t have to worry about water damage if you get caught in the rain or drop it in the pool. And if you’re definitely planning to fill a patio with friends, there’s also the Anker Soundcore Glow Mini, an outdoor-friendly speaker that offers 360-degree sound, a pulsing LED halo, and IPX7—all for less than $50.

Best for bass: Sony SRS-XB100

Sony

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SRS-XB100 is a compact, portable waterproof speaker that automatically boosts the bass for party-worthy sound wherever you are. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 16 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 32 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 3.43 x 3.43 x 4.41 inches 

Pros

  • Removable strap
  • UV coating 
  • Five cool colorways
  • Extra Bass 

Cons

  • Extra bass isn’t adjustable 

If you’re looking for a compact speaker that weighs less than 1 pound and costs less than $50 but doesn’t sacrifice bass-booming sound, then the SRS-XB100 is the best bass Bluetooth speaker for you. With a 20Hz – 20kHz frequency response and a dedicated passive radiator to reinforce low-end, your music won’t be found lacking when it comes to heart-thumping beats. An IP67 rating means it’s protected from water and debris, so you can toss it into your beach bag without worrying about sand getting into the speaker grill. Available in five modern colors, each unit comes with a matching multiway strap, so you can easily carry the speaker if you run out of room in your backpack, or hang it up for easy access at a pool party. With an extra XB100 speaker, you can enable stereo mode, and a USB-C port means you can charge quickly to keep the party going all night long. And the integrated microphone means you can have a conference call from the campfire.

Best waterproof: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 14 hours
  • Bluetooth range: 131 feet
  • IP rating: IP67
  • Size: 3.68 x 3.68 x 4.02 inches

Pros

  • Easily portable 
  • Can be submerged for up to 30 minutes 
  • Impressive volume 

Cons

  • No microphone 
  • No USB-C charging

The WONDERBOOM 3 from Ultimate Ears is a great option for any listener who needs the perfect shower speaker or pool-party pal. The unique design is an immediate eye-catcher, and the sound quality is genuinely impressive for its size. Power by two active drivers and two passive radiators, coverage is pretty great with solid reproduction across the lows, mids, and highs. Granted, it doesn’t have the heart-pounding bass a larger speaker would, but will certainly do for poolside, lakefront, or river raft listening.  Plus, it can be paired with a second WONDERBOOM for even better stereo sound. An Outdoor Boost button at the bottom of the speaker adjusts the sound to suit your environment better.

If you’ve ever seen a picture before of the WONDERBOOM 3, chances are it’s bobbing around in a pool or being sprayed with water from a rogue splash. This is, yes, because of target ads, but also because this tiny but mighty speaker is genuinely well-suited for “aquatic” listening. The IP67 rating means it’s essentially waterproof. Specifically, you can submerge this model in up to 1 meter of water for up to 30 minutes. It’s okay to accidentally drop this speaker in the pool, bathtub, or ocean. This rating also means it’s also protected from dust and debris. 

Build-wise, you get a stable rubber loop at the top of the speaker that can easily clip to a backpack or make for easier carrying. You’ll also get large, easy-to-use onboard controls, so you won’t have to get your pruney wet fingers all over your smartphone just to change the volume or skip a song. The WONDERBOOM 3 comes in four fun colors, including “Hot Pink” and “Performance Blue.” (And, if you dig the aesthetic and budget becomes less of a concern, the new, admittedly much more expensive EPICBOOM brings a lot more bass and even more battery to the party, while remaining floatable.)

Best for travel: JBL Clip 4

JBL

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 10 hours
  • Bluetooth range: 32 feet
  • IP rating: IP67

Pros

  • Excellent design
  • USB-C charging
  • Good volume

Cons

  • No fast charge 
  • No wired connectivity

The JBL Clip 4 is a small speaker designed to keep you connected wherever your travels take you. Weighing just over half a pound, with an integrated carabiner clip, you can attach this speaker to your backpack, suitcase, bike handle, lunch box, belt loop, etc. There are rubberized grips on the speaker’s backside to increase stability, and the textured wrap covering most of the speaker is easy to hold onto. All in all, this is the easiest speaker to grab and go if you’re hiking or cycling; plus, it has an IP67 rating, so you can even attach it to your shower rod, beach tent, or foldable kayak (yes, it’s a thing).

Sound quality is pretty solid for such a small unit thanks to an impressive dynamic driver; plus, it can get loud for a 5-watt output (JBL knows how to build a potent party speaker and sensational shower speaker). Yes, it’s a little lacking in low-end, but that’s par for the course. Overall, this little guy sounds great. Sound can be controlled by five onboard buttons and charges via USB-C. 

If you don’t want to play the $80 market price for the Clip 4, check out early models, like the Clip 3, which are still available for just under $50.

Best budget: Oontz Angle 3

OontZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With an impressive connectivity range, solid battery life, and thousands of positive user reviews, the Oontz Angle 3 is one of the best budget Bluetooth speakers for those looking to spend less than $35.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 14 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Approx. 100 feet 
  • IP Rating: IPX5
  • Size: 5.3 x 2.8 x 2.6 inches

Pros

  • Extended Connectivity Range
  • Price
  • Stereo Drivers

Cons

  • Not fully environment-proof 
  • Limited onboard controls 
  • Sound quality is just okay

While the Angle 3 isn’t touting many bells and whistles, it will have what you need to take tunes with you on the go. It’s got 10 watts that power acoustic stereo drivers, as well as a passive radiator—all wrapped up in 10 different colorways. Equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, this wedge-like speaker delivers a strong connection across 100 feet and is compatible with most current devices. With its IPX5 rating, you won’t want to toss this model into the pool, but you don’t need to worry about a few splashes or drops of rain. While the volume is certainly there, don’t expect a lot when it comes to wide stereo, booming bass, or true clarity across mids and highs. It’ll do the trick for lite listening on the go, but it won’t necessarily stand up to other, more expensive models. That being said, if you just need something that’s far preferable to silence, the Angle 3 should do the trick.

Best party speaker: Tribit XSound Mega

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Boosted bass, additional EQ presents, and a veritable light show deliver a high-end listening experience at a reasonable price. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 20 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 98 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 10.66 x 3.42 x 3.14 inches 

Pros: 

  • 3 listening modes 
  • Dual charging/powerbank ports  
  • Music-activated lighting 
  • Carrying strap 

Cons: 

  • Some distortion at high volumes 
  • Pricier

If you’re having a gathering with more people you’re going to want more sound, and that may mean spending a little more, so here’s the best Bluetooth party speaker if your budget can stretch slightly above $100. The Tribit XSound Mega, released in early January, follows the waterproof, outdoor-friendly, ultraportable XSound Go models with a similar form factor but significant upgrades when it comes to sound quality and visual appeal. 

Right out of the box, the Mega feels sleeker than some of its contemporaries with a texturized rubber surface that’s easy to grip, a black speaker grill, a discrete brand label, and smooth, integrated onboard controls. These seven intuitive buttons control power, Bluetooth pairing, play/pause, volume down, volume up, light adjustment, and EQ adjustment. Directly underneath the EQ Mode button are three indicators that will tell you which mode has been triggered: options include XBass, Music, and Audiobooks. At the back of the speaker is a rubber panel housing USB-A and USB-C ports for charging/using the 8000mAh battery as a powerbank to top off other devices, plus an AUX input. The included carrying strap is black and grey with silver hardware and two small carabiners easily clip onto the discrete embedded handles, which certainly helps shoulder the speaker’s 2.2 pounds. The visual pièce de résistance is the frame of LEDs that surrounds the front face of the speaker—a rainbow gradient of light that slowly cycles through colors while you pair your device. 

Bluetooth 5.0 pairing is simple and easy, following the standard protocol of most speakers. The Mega is also equipped with NFC (Near-Field Communication), this is the same technology that allows you to tap your phone at a point-of-purchase to use ApplePay or Android Pay. NFC eliminates the need to push buttons and scroll through settings by allowing you to simply tap your speaker and phone together to establish a secure connection. Unfortunately, Apple hasn’t equipped any of their phones with controllable NFC modes, so you can only take advantage of this function if you have an Android or another device running Windows 10 or higher. The final pairing option you can consider is Broadcast Mode, which will allow you to link more than 100 XSound Megas together for a boost in volume or stereo playback. 

When it comes to sound quality, this Tribit speaker has the thump if not exactly the clarity and soundstage of comparable models, like the JBL Charge 5. An impressive 30 watts power a driver with a pure titanium diaphragm, which combines with two passive radiators to reproduce low frequencies to 45Hz and high frequencies up to 14kHz. Audiobook mode successfully isolates the dulcet tones of Jim Dale, who you might recognize as the reader of the Harry Potter series, though the audio can get a little muddy if you are listening to a music- or sound design-heavy podcast. However, Isobel Campbell and Mark Lanegan’s sultry vocals and staccato keys on “Come Undone” are smooth and clear when Music mode is triggered. The low-end on Subtrakt’s “Wildfire” is big and bold when XBass is engaged, delivering a party-appropriate level of “thump” to get things going without overpowering the vocals. The volume can reach over 100 dB but some distortion does occur when pushed to its max, though that is to be expected from a speaker of this size. 

One of our favorite features is the light display, which flashes in time with the beat of whatever you are playing. You can select from different options: a continuous oval of rainbow lacing glowing around the speaker grill’s perimeter; colors pulsing rhythmically in a symmetrical left/right or top/bottom pair, almost mimicking the metering you’d see on a recording studio console or DAW; or a circuit traveling the display track changing color, speeding up and slowing down in time with the beat. You can also forgo the light display altogether, but a 20-hour battery life keeps all that flair from fading fast.

While this model is a bit more expensive than other budget-friendly models, you will certainly get what you pay for when it comes to audio quality and special features.

Best for (viewing) parties: EarFun UBOOM L

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Its wide, rich sound, surprising for a speaker this size, delivers a powerful listening experience at a reasonable price. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 16 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 50 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 8.27 x 3.07 x 2.83 inches 

Pros 

  • Video mode 
  • Aux connection available 
  • Stereo Pairing

Cons 

  • Short charging cable 
  • Only available in black

The UBOOM L from EarFun is a budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker that delivers surprisingly impressive sound. While the texturized black grill, rubber trim, and raised buttons resemble its predecessors and contemporaries (like the Treblab HD77 or JBL Flip 5), its price:performance helps this compact speaker stand out in the sub-$100 crowd. Two 14-watt, 55mm drivers and dual passive radiators support potent but balanced playback across the full frequency range. Bluetooth 5.0 supports a stable connection for up to 100 feet of distance. Multiple devices can connect to the UBOOM L, so you can easily pass along the party playlist responsibilities; to really kick things up a notch, you can easily create a stereo pair using two UBOOM Ls, widening coverage and essentially doubling volume (great for gatherings). Three listening modes are available: Indoor, Outdoor, and Video—the most unique of the bunch. Using digital signal processing (DSP) technology, Indoor mode focuses on sonic clarity and depth, while Outdoor mode boosts volume and low-end bump. Video mode supports low-latency playback with lag reduced to 150ms, making it an excellent solution to greatly improve sound when watching movies and TV shows from a laptop or other device with smaller internal speakers. A built-in microphone makes hands-free calls an option, and an IP67 rating means the appropriately portable speaker is protected from dirt and water damage when you take it to the pool or on a trek.

Best smart speaker: Amazon Echo (4th Gen.)

Why it made the cut: For under $100, the 4th-gen. Amazon Echo is the perfect at-home speaker with a built-in microphone, impressive sound quality, and multiple connectivity options. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: Not rechargeable 
  • Bluetooth Range: 30 feet
  • IP Rating: None
  • Size: 5.7 x 5.7 x 5.2 inches

Pros

  • Sound quality 
  • Auxiliary port 
  • Built-in mic 

Cons

  • Not portable 
  • Not waterproof 

While the Amazon Echo is not a speaker you can take with you on the go, it is the best option for indoor listening if you’re assembling a smart-home system around Alexa. Like its Echo predecessors, the 4th-generation model is easy to use and compatible with many smart devices, doubling as a smart home hub for those who have smart lights, switches, doorbells, locks, and more. Even without the extra fixtures, Amazon’s voice assistant Alexa can help you set up timers, reminders, check the weather, call your family and friends, or call up your favorite playlists. The built-in microphone and speaker capabilities make for streamlined, hands-free communication. Installing more than one Echo in your home means you can program and sync multiroom music.

Available in three sleek colorways, the Echo will not only look good but sound good, with dual front-firing 0.8-inch tweeters and surprising bass thanks to a 3.0-inch neodymium woofer. These three drivers combine to deliver a satisfying thump and improved clarity, plus they support Dolby Audio (but not Dolby Atmos). Wi-Fi enabled, you can cast music from your phone if you’re on the same network or let it take direct advantage of connected services like Amazon Music HD, Audible, or Spotify Connect if you want to reserve your Bluetooth for another device.  

The Echo orb is equipped with onboard controls that will allow you to control volume, mute the microphone, or skip tracks. An LED ring at the base of the speakers will illuminate when Alexa has been activated and glow red when the microphone is muted. At the back of the speaker, you’ll find a power input port and an aux port for analog connections. The Echo is not a portable speaker, so it will need to stay plugged in at all times, though the Bluetooth 5.0 connection means you can play from just about any smart device in your home (and most rooms, depending on the layout of your walls).

Here are other options we think sound like a good investment:

Things to consider before buying the best budget Bluetooth speakers

In order to find the best budget Bluetooth speaker for you, think about what features will be a defining factor in your final decision. Are you prioritizing battery life? Volume? Portability? When it comes to inexpensive speakers, you might not have all the fancy features of a high-end model at your fingertips, but as long as you know what you want to focus on, you’ll be satisfied. 

What should a budget Bluetooth speaker sound like? 

Sound quality is typically a top priority, no matter what kind of speaker you’re looking at. While we cannot expect a 6-inch speaker to carry the same sonic weight as a set of premium monitors, you can still make smart choices if you value sound above the rest. 

First and foremost, if you want better sound you’ll have to sacrifice a little bit of portability. That’s because larger units are generally more equipped to maintain consistent, distortion-free audio even as you turn the volume up (a common critique of compact speakers is that though they can get pretty loud, the audio quality significantly degrades with each decibel). Bigger speakers also have more room for well-designed subwoofers, which provide an accurate low end that won’t totally overpower the mids and highs, making for a more satisfying mix.  

If you really want booming bass but can’t upgrade when it comes to size, many smaller units now come equipped with “bass boosting” technology that uses digital signal processing to put an emphasis on low-end frequencies that bumps without any rattle. While this can be a major pro for parties or at-home workout playlists, beware of speakers that use these boosts to overcompensate for a lack of clarity throughout other frequencies. 

To learn more about where your new speaker will succeed or fall short when it comes to audio quality, look at the frequency response. Measured in hertz and kilohertz, this range lets you know the range of frequencies (lows, mids, and highs) the speaker will support. More often than not, you’ll see a response range from 20Hz – 20kHz, which are the limits of human hearing for both highs and lows. This is certainly an ideal range; however, just because the model boasts a wide range doesn’t mean it won’t suffer from dips and peaks around specific frequencies. For a really in-depth understanding of the speaker’s success at accurately reproducing audio, you can take a look at a frequency response graph for the product, often created with audio testing by a third party.  

For more information about volume, check out the speaker’s specs to find a maximum decibel level, notated as dB. If you are primarily playing music inside, you won’t need to go over 100 dB and we don’t even recommend listening at that level, as it’s akin to listening to a jackhammer at close range. On the other hand, if you’re hosting an outdoor party with many people in attendance, you could think about increasing the volume to 115 dB, which is concert-level; music at this volume will cover a large area, but you wouldn’t want anyone standing too close. Generally speaking, we are satisfied with Bluetooth speakers that maintain good sound quality at 85 dB for larger gatherings. As I write, I am happily listening to music at 74 dB and really don’t require any more volume. 

What’s the deal with codecs and connectivity?

While options can be limited when it comes to budget speakers, we recommend looking for gear that supports the most recent version of Bluetooth you can find (at the moment that’s anything in the 5.0 range). A Bluetooth 5.1 or 5.2 and especially 5.3 or 5.4 speaker will have a more stable connection, which makes it easier to support brand-specific features like allowing more than one person to connect and control the speaker at a time. Bluetooth 4.0 will still function just fine with most devices, but you may miss out on some range, stability, and special features like multiuser pairing. 

A Bluetooth codec describes the way in which your digital audio data is encoded and decoded from a source device to your speaker or headphones. To get the most from these high-speed transfers both your receiver and transmitter need to be equipped with the same codecs. The most common codec to see is SBC, which is supported by every Bluetooth speaker. While not the highest quality codec, it’s a virtually universal, reliable way to transfer data. If you’re an iOS user looking for higher quality, consider a speaker with AAC, or Advanced Audio Coding. If you have an Android smartdevice, select a speaker with aptX/aptX HD/aptX Adaptive (or LDAC) support for faster transfer rates that preserve more data. 

One final thing to keep in mind when considering connectivity is Bluetooth range. This describes how far you can wander away from your device before the sound starts to get fuzzy and eventually you get disconnected. If you plan to never leave your speaker’s side, you’ll probably be fine with a connectivity range under 30 feet. However, if you’re listening to music outdoors, need to go inside, and you don’t want to leave your phone unattended, then look for a speaker with a range above 35 feet. 

What kind of special features should you look for?

Typically, the best budget Bluetooth speakers lack high-flying special features, though this isn’t always the case. If a Bluetooth speaker provides custom EQ options via an app or onboard control, that is a major win. Custom equalization will give you way more control over your sound and is particularly helpful if you are listening to various types of media—as you certainly won’t need to boost the bass when you’re listening to Terry Gross on “Fresh Air.” Some inexpensive models are starting to roll out visual features first employed by higher-end models, like bold colorways or LED panels that pulse to the beat. 

Another prime feature to look for is the elusive onboard microphone that will let you conduct phone calls or speak to voice assistants like Siri or Alexa without having to pick up your device. 

What is the bare minimum when it comes to battery life? 

Luckily, one of the things budget Bluetooth speakers rarely sacrifice is battery life. Even at a lower price, it’s unlikely you’ll come across a model that has less than a 10-hour charge and many can do even better. For infrequent listening at moderate volume, 10 hours of playback could last you up to a week; however, the louder you play your music, the faster battery life will be depleted. If a speaker boasts 13 hours of consistent playback, you may get something closer to 7-10 hours if you’re blasting EDM all night long. Party throwers and party-goers should look for a model that boasts a battery that can last over 12 hours. 

How do you know if your budget Bluetooth speaker is actually waterproof? 

The only way to guarantee your speaker is waterproof (or dustproof) is to look at its IP rating. If you’ve ever purchased a portable speaker before or checked out one of our other reviews, you’ll know that IP rating is one of the most important specs to check out before buying. This is especially true if you know you want to prioritize outdoor use. If you want a speaker to safely take you to the beach or into the shower—make sure you investigate how well it’s already protected from the elements.

IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you just how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. These ratings are typically composed of two numbers, or one number and an X. We often cite the Wonderboom 2, a tried-and-true favorite, when it comes to durability. The Wonderboom 2 has an IP67 rating. The first digit describes particle protection, the second liquid. The “6” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles, while the “7” means it can be submerged in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs, making it a great option for poolside tunes. The higher the number, the more protected your speakers will be from debris and water. This is why you can often find the Wonderboom poolside, or hanging off a showerhead. 

You may find an IP that replaces particle protection with an “X,” written as IPX7, for example. An “X” in place of any number means no data is available for that substance, or rather that the unit is not protected from that substance. 

FAQs

Q: Can cheap speakers sound good?

Yes, cheap speakers can sound good. Of course, the more you can invest, the more options you’ll have when it comes to special features, more powerful drivers, better frequency response, etc., but you don’t necessarily have to spend thousands to get good sound quality. Generally speaking, smaller speakers can’t carry the sonic load a larger speaker can (hence why portable Bluetooth speakers often lack low-end), but this doesn’t mean you can’t find something inexpensive that will suit your listening tastes. Of course, if you’re an audiophile a cheap Bluetooth speaker isn’t going to live up to your standards. 

Q: What’s the best Bluetooth speaker brand?

The best Bluetooth speaker brand is widely debated and will certainly depend on your unique needs and preferences. Bang & Olufsen are known for turning out high-end products with excellent sound quality. Sonos continues to top the charts when it comes to in-home connectivity. For more rugged, portable models our favorite brands have to be Ultimate Ears and JBL, both of which have products that claimed top spots in this article. 

Q: Which speaker is best, JBL or Sony?

When it comes to finding the best budget Bluetooth speakers, JBL is going to give you more variety. They have a diverse range of budget-friendly options in various sizes, with distinctive features, including the JBL Clip 4 and JBL Go 3. These JBL models are compact, travel-friendly units designed to move with you. Currently, Sony only has one Bluetooth speaker under $90, the Sony SRS-XB100—a model we love, but you might be better off searching elsewhere for inexpensive speakers. Return to Sony if your budget gets a bit higher, or if you start the search for other techy treats, like a new television or game console. 

Q: Which is better, JBL or Bose Bluetooth speaker?

Similar to the JBL versus Sony debate above, JBL continues to come out on top when it comes to affordable options. Bose does not currently have a model, the SoundLink Micro, that regularly retails for under $119. However, if you plan on looking for a high-end speaker, soundbar, or home system in the future, Bose is certainly a brand worth investigating. 

Q: How can I improve my Bluetooth battery life?

There are a few things you can do to improve the battery life of your Bluetooth speaker. While you can’t magically make it extend its absolute maximum playtime, you can try to prevent an early battery death. The first thing to do is to lower the volume. If you are listening at max volume all day, your speaker is going to die significantly faster. Second, when you’re not using the speaker, ensure it’s off. Some units power down automatically after a certain period of time when nothing is playing; others need to be manually shut off. 

Final thoughts on selecting the best budget Bluetooth speakers

You don’t need to go above and beyond your means to find the best budget Bluetooth speakers that will satisfy your sonic needs. There are plenty of options out there that you can take with you to the park, beach, or nearest house party without breaking the bank. Generally speaking, an inexpensive speaker won’t have all the bells and whistles a fancier model might, but you can still tune into your favorite audiobooks, podcasts, and playlists—which, at the end of the day, is all a Bluetooth speaker is designed to do.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best budget Bluetooth speakers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Add this Amazon’s Choice elite radio to your emergency kit and save $100 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/emergency-elite-worldwide-radio-deal/ Wed, 17 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610913
An emergency radio on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Stay connected during inclement weather and pay only $150.

The post Add this Amazon’s Choice elite radio to your emergency kit and save $100 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An emergency radio on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A dependable communication tool is priceless in emergencies. Unpredictable natural disasters and unexpected incidents can compromise our primary means of communication, accentuating the importance of a reliable alternative. The Elite Executive radio provides an alternate way of staying connected, boasting outstanding features that ensure you stay informed and ready, particularly in times of crisis or adverse weather conditions.

Integrating the Radio Data System (RDS) is a vital feature of the Elite Executive’s functionality. Equipped with RDS, the Eton Elite Executive offers digital details about the current broadcasts, improving the user experience even in challenging circumstances. Moreover, its ability to capture Single Side Band (SSB) signals expands the range of available frequencies, including those utilized by ham radio enthusiasts. This feature is crucial for maintaining communication when conventional networks fail during natural disasters or other emergencies.

With a 4.3 out of 5-star rating on Amazon, this top radio provides access to worldwide stations through AM/FM/LW/SW bands. It has multiple tuning options: manual, automatic, memory-based, and auto-tuning storage. It is an excellent option for keeping abreast of current affairs and receiving updates regardless of location. With a built-in antenna for clear AM reception and an extendable one for enhanced FM and SW signal clarity, the radio allows you to fine-tune its orientation based on your whereabouts for optimal reception.

The radio also packs effortlessly with its compact construction, so you can nester it neatly into any travel bag. Even better, it comes with a beautifully crafted leather case for safekeeping and easy carrying while on the go, so you can easily be prepared for unexpected emergencies. 

You can snag the Eton Elite Executive AM/FM/Aircraft Band/SSB/Shortwave Radio with RDS and Custom Leather Carry Cover for $149.99 (reg. $249).

StackSocial prices subject to change.   

The post Add this Amazon’s Choice elite radio to your emergency kit and save $100 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best coffee machines for offices in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-coffee-machines-for-offices/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610989
The best coffee machines for offices in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

From single-serve to automatic espresso, these are the six best coffee makers for quickly filling a mug and seizing the day.

The post The best coffee machines for offices in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best coffee machines for offices in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville-Precision-Brewer on a countertop. Breville Precision Brewer
SEE IT

The large-capacity coffee maker is durable, easy to use, and looks good in any space.

Best single-serve coffee maker LOR-Barista-single-serve-coffee-maker on a countertop. L’OR Barista 
SEE IT

It uses two capsule sizes and works with Nespresso Original capsules.

Best value Cuisinart Auto Grind and Brew on a countertop. Cuisinart Automatic Grind and Brew 
SEE IT

Enjoy freshly ground beans each day with the coffee maker’s automatic burr grinder.

You’re not alone if you like to jump-start your day at the coffee machine. According to a report by the National Coffee Association (NCA), 63% of Americans drink coffee daily, making it the most consumed beverage—even more popular than water. The report also reveals that 36% of Americans say they have an in-office coffee station.

In the past, many offices were limited to commercial coffee brewers with warming plates. However, those models often resulted in bland and/or burnt coffee that didn’t get any better from sitting on a hot plate for too long. These days, however, coffee-maker manufacturers make affordable retail models with many of the bells and whistles you’d find in commercial coffee makers. The best coffee makers for offices can cater to cubicle coworkers’ and C-suite executives’ tastes alike without exceeding space or budget restrictions. 

How we chose the best coffee machines for offices

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including Forbes, CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, TechRadar, Better Homes & Gardens, Bob Vila, and, of course, PopSci. I’ve tested and written several dozen coffee makers and combined this experience alongside interviews with several coffee experts for tips on choosing the best coffee maker(s) for this type of setting. 

The best coffee machines for offices: Reviews & Recommendations

Giorgio Milos, master barista for illy, tells us, “Good and well-prepared coffee at offices is a thing that should be available all the time and independently of who’s making the coffee.” He admits, however, that people are not born with the skills to make it right; some knowledge and training are necessary to make coffee properly.  

“Filter coffee is easy to prepare and maintain with very little training and knowledge, but making espresso-based drinks properly requires extensive training, practice, and passion,” he says. “On the other hand, single-serve pods or capsules are made to avoid the requirement of skills.” 

For office managers in the market to purchase a coffee maker, these are some NCA stats to keep in mind: Among people who drink coffee, the most popular preparation method is drip coffee (40%), followed by single-cup brewers (27%), cold brewing (16%), and espresso machines (11%). In addition, the most popular espresso-based beverages are lattes (18%), espressos (16%), and cappuccinos (15%). Based on testing, our experience with coffee makers in office settings, and the factors explained by our experts at the end of this roundup, here are the best coffee machines for offices that offer all types of extraction and allow you to leave behind that travel mug of homebrew without regrets.

Best overall: Breville Precision Brewer

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The large-capacity coffee maker is durable, easy to use, and looks good in any space.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 14” x 9” x 16”
  • Weight: 3.15 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 60 ounces

Pros

  • Six brewing presets, including fast, strong, and cold brew
  • Programmable
  • SGA Gold Cup standard certification
  • Thermal carafe
  • Easy to use
  • 60-ounce capacity

Cons

  • Adapter kit for pour-over option sold separately

The Breville Precision Brewer leads our list of the best drip coffee makers and is also our top pick for the best office coffee machines. The Breville Precision Brewer can brew 60 ounces (12 cups) of coffee. However, it also has a small cup detection feature for office workers who want to brew a single-serve volume. In addition, the coffee maker has several settings, including SCA Gold Cup, Fast, Strong Brew, Ice Coffee, and Cold Brew. SCA (Specialty Coffee Association) Gold Cup certification is only awarded to a handful of coffee makers, and certification is determined by various factors, including brew basket volume, temperature, uniformity of extraction and performance, holding receptacle and temperature. 

It’s easy to use, another reason this is a great coffee machine for office use. After pressing the start/cancel button, there’s a select dial, and the selection shows on the display panel. The coffee maker also has a “time since brewed” feature, so anyone walking up to the machine can see how fresh the coffee is.

It’s a durable coffee maker made of brushed stainless steel with a thermal carafe. I like thermal carafes because they can keep coffee hot without using a warming plate. In an office setting, a thermal carafe is also a heavy-duty option that won’t break if it’s accidentally dropped on the floor, unlike fragile glass carafes. Also, more manually minded caffiends can use the Breville Precision Brewer with a pour-over dripper.

Best splurge: Breville the Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine  

Tony Ware / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The step-by-step instructions make this great for beginner baristas.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.2” x 13.4” x 16.3”
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 ounces

Pros

  • Onscreen guidance
  • 9 bar extraction pressure
  • Hands-free milk texturing

Cons

  • Expensive

Don’t underestimate your officemates’ ability to use and appreciate high-end coffee makers. Many of them may have high-end espresso machines at home, and others, especially those who visit their favorite barista every day, may be willing to learn how to recreate their favorite drinks at work. Having a proper latte machine at the office saves them time and money and can help create a sense of camaraderie in the office. And the Breville Barista Touch Impress is actually a beginner-friendly automatic espresso machine with settings for flat white, latte, cappuccino, long black, babyccino, hot chocolate, tea, and more.

The 12-ounce bean hopper holds whole beans until you want the integrated burr grinder to transform them into ground coffee. Also, the generous 67.6-ounce water tank eliminates having to refill it continuously. The Thermojet heating system heats up quickly, and the automatic steam wand provides a silky microfoam layer on top of the coffee that beats a simple milk frother. In addition, settings for alternative milk types (almond, oat, soy) can also be selected for latte-based drinks.

Best for large groups: Bunn 12-Cup Commercial Coffee Brewer

Bunn

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8” x 23” x 19.2H
  • Weight: 25.6 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 cups

Pros

  • Three warming stations can keep 36 cups of coffee warm
  • Can designate regular or decaf decanters
  • Simple, easy-to-use buttons

Cons

  • Temperature recovery period

If you need to make coffee for many people, the Bunn 12-Cup Commercial Coffee Brewer lets you brew up to three carafes (or decanters) of coffee and keep them hot on the three warming stations. The warming stations are each separately controlled. And for large events, like meetings and office parties, you can continue to brew coffee rapidly. In fact, this stainless-steel, easy-to-use commercial brewer makes 3.8 gallons of coffee per hour.

There’s another advantage to such commercial coffee machines. A Bunn allows you to brew fully leaded and decaf coffee simultaneously and keep them in carafes with a color-coded handle. This allows you to accommodate those who may be trying to cut down on their caffeine consumption. You can brew two carafes of coffee back-to-back, but then there’s a temperature-recovery period before the third carafe can be brewed.

Best single-serve coffee maker: L’OR Barista System Coffee and Espresso Machine  

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16” x 7” x 11”
  • Weight: 11.02 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 ounces

Pros

  • Uses a variety of coffee and espresso capsules
  • Heats quickly
  • 40-ounce detachable water tank

Cons

  • Single-serve use only

If you have a small office that enjoys single-serve coffee, they can customize each cup with the L’OR Barista System Coffee and Espresso Machine—a fully automatic machine that is quite easy to use. After pressing the Power button, just press the Small icon for a 5-ounce coffee or a 1.4-ounce espresso. The Medium icon produces 8 ounces of coffee or 2.7 ounces of espresso. The Large button is used for 12 ounces of coffee or 3.7 ounces of espresso.

The L’OR Barista can accept both large coffee capsules and small espresso capsules, producing a velvety layer of crema on top every time. Some coffee blends offered include Vanilla Flavored Blend, Bonjour Blend, Chateau Blend, Provocateur Blend, Le Tigre Blend, and Decaf Medium Roast. Some of the espresso capsules include Ristretto, Colombia, Ristretto Decaffeinato, Onyx, Profondo, Estremo, Forza, Chocolate, Vanilla, Caramel, and Papua New Guinea. L’OR single-serve coffee makers are also compatible with Peet’s Coffee capsules and Nespresso Original machine capsules (another popular style of office-friendly coffee maker).

Best French Press: Espro P7 French Press

Tony Ware / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.5” x 4.2” x 9.5”
  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 32 ounces

Pros

  • Makes good, strong coffee
  • Double filter keeps coffee sediment-free
  • Gorgeous, space-saving design

Cons

  • Plunger can be tricky

It’s been said that no coffee tastes better than properly prepared French Press coffee. If there are a few coffee snobs in your office, the Espro P7 French Press can provide the level of flavor that they’re unlikely to get from another brewing method. That’s because you can fully control the brewing process (using the plunger) in a way you can’t with most other types of brewing processes. The Espro P7 has a double micro-filter to ensure that no grit or sludge can make it into your cup—and it brews coffee in 4 minutes. In addition, since the stainless-steel French press has double-walled insulation, it keeps coffee (or tea) hot for hours with no degradation of taste.

The Espro P7 is available in 18- and 32-ounce sizes. It’s also available in several colors, including matte black, matte white, Aegean blue, cranberry, brushed stainless steel, and polished stainless steel. Of course, you’ll need a good source of hot water for a French Press, like the temperature-controlled Stagg EKG Pro Studio Electric Gooseneck Kettle—one of our top gift suggestions for the hot beverage-obsessed.

Best value: Cuisinart Automatic Grind and Brew 

Terri Williams

SEE IT

 Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.74’ x 16.34” x 11.96”
  • Weight: 15 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 cups

Pros

  • 12-cup carafe
  • Programmable
  • Bean hopper/grinder
  • Grind-off feature

Cons

  • Glass carafe

Nothing tastes better than freshly ground coffee beans, and the Cuisinart Automatic Grind and Brew can save you the space and expense of a dedicated grinder. The bean hopper, which holds half a pound of coffee beans, has a lid to keep the beans fresh, and the built-in burr grinder has a grind control knob to make the ground finer or coarser, as desired. However, there’s also a Grind-Off feature when using pre-ground coffee.

The coffee maker also has several other convenience features. For example, it can be programmed up to 24 hours in advance so that officemates can arrive to freshly brewed coffee each day. In addition, the brew strength can be controlled, and there’s a Brew Pause feature if someone wants to cheat and grab a cup of coffee before the carafe has finished. (I strongly advise against that since it weakens the remaining coffee.) The 12-cup carafe has a dripless spout. However, the carafe is made of glass, which doesn’t retain heat as well as a thermal carafe. But considering that it’s a 12-cup coffee maker with a built-in grinder, we also consider this the best value when looking for a coffee maker for the office.

What to consider when buying coffee makers for an office

There are many factors to consider when deciding which coffee maker for an office is right for you. Below are the factors we considered most important when writing this guide.

Machine type

The type of machine you purchase is the most important decision, and our experts had the most comments on this particular topic. “Consider your available budget, the number of employees that will be brewing coffee, the machine’s durability, and the counter space available in your office kitchen,” says Dr. Christina Rahm, founder and CEO at Rahm Roast Coffee in Franklin, Tenn.

She notes that single-brew coffee machines are popular because they tend to be cost-efficient, require minimal countertop space, and are easy to clean. “Utilizing a pour-over or French press, which is what we use in our office, is undoubtedly one of the finest ways to achieve a fresh and flavorful cup of coffee,” Rahm explains. “In a smaller office setting, this is a great option to consider.”

Caroline Bell, founder and CEO of Cafe Grumpy, agrees you want something easy to use. “However, you also want something that produces a good cup of coffee, so your team will want to take their coffee break in the office,” she says. “After establishing your budget, consider how many people will be using the machine and whether or not you want to have something that allows people to brew one cup at a time or a pot of coffee to share.”

And Bell recommends just the right amount of fresh ground coffee. “Although pods allow you to offer different types of coffee one cup at a time, having fresh ground coffee will give your team a better coffee experience, including those nice aromas.”

If you’re in a small office, Bell says investing in a coffee grinder and some pour-over equipment might be a good idea so people can brew individual cups and try different coffees. “On the other hand, if you have a big budget and a large team, you might want to splurge on an automatic espresso machine,” she says.

According to Shonali Paul, founder of Paul John Indian Caffeine Company, “The ideal solution for offices would be an automatic machine that brews at least three different coffees: an espresso, an Americano, and a latte,” she says. “That way, the possibilities are endless and will cater to all your employees’ likes.”

Paul is also a fan of machines with built-in bean grinders (pro tip: keep a small spray bottle of water handy to cut down on static and stray grinds). “This also gives you the option to try many different roasts and blends—while grinding them on demand, so they stay fresh for longer.”

If there’s no coffee professional in charge, Milos (master barista for illy) recommends a system that avoids most potential errors in preparation. “Filter coffee is much easier to manage, and it can be set in offices regardless of the skills of the users,” he says. “Assuming all preparation variables are set—water temp, ratio coffee/water, grind size, and more—the two main rules are maximum two hours of consumption time, and the equipment must be cleaned every day.”

Settings  

When making your choice, consider which coffee machines provide ease and functionality. “Look for coffee makers with settings such as cup size, brew strength, a timer feature, and whether the machine can brew espresso shots or provide hot water for other beverages [don’t forget the tea drinkers in your company],” Rahm says. “Not all settings are created equal, so focus on the settings that would best benefit your team members.”

Capacity

Capacity is an important factor, depending on the number of people in your office.Keep in mind the number of employees in your office, and regardless of what you choose, make sure it can provide enough fresh coffee for the number of employees working,” Rahm says.  

User-friendly interface

Next to the type of machine, Rahm says the second-most important decision to consider is the interface. “The last thing anyone wants to do when they want to brew a cup of joe is read an instruction manual,” she says. “Digital interfaces can offer a multitude of settings at a click, while traditional knobs or buttons are more straightforward but still effective at getting the job done.”

Additional tips

Whatever you decide, Bell recommends making the coffee station a fun place where people can add their own touches, with options like alternative milks, cinnamon and/or cocoa, fun mugs, and other accessories like the ones you would want to give or get.

Paul agrees and recommends getting creative. “For example, provide even more of a variety of coffee flavors by having different syrups to add,” she says. “Giving employees the chance to savor different flavors in the workplace can really change their coffee experience throughout the day.”

FAQs

Q: Why are coffee makers important in an office?

Most Americans drink coffee and many expect companies to provide coffee makers in an office setting. In-office coffee makers provide convenience for employers who don’t have time to stop by a coffee shop during their morning commute. It can also help them save money. Lastly, gathering around the coffee maker provides an opportunity for workers to socialize temporarily.

Q: Are expensive espresso machines better?

It depends. We provided a variety of coffee makers and espresso machines, realizing that people have different tastes. However, I have noticed in numerous office settings that when a high-quality espresso machine is available, people tend to flock toward it and suddenly start drinking espresso-based drinks. Some eventually purchase an espresso machine for their home. However, if, for example, you only have two or three people interested in a high-end espresso machine, it may not be worth the investment.

Q: Which coffee maker is better: automatic or manual?

An automatic coffee maker is easier for most office workers to operate. However, just as companies expect office workers to learn new processes and technology, they can also quickly learn how to use coffee makers. Employees are at work for eight hours a day, and the desire to create the perfect coffee is a task they’re more than up to tackling.

Final thoughts on the best coffee machines for offices

When considering the best coffee machine for an office, the 12-cup Breville Precision Brewer is durable and easy to use. It’s a drip coffee maker that can also be used to make pour-over coffee. However, there are a variety of other coffee makers, some with grinders and others with espresso features, that may also appeal to various team members. If you have the budget for it, consider creating a coffee bar that includes two or three different types of coffee machines.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coffee machines for offices in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stay powered on your adventures with up to 57% off Anker charging accessories https://www.popsci.com/gear/anker-charging-accessories-spring-amazon-deal/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 16:46:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=611114
An Anker portable charger in a pattern on a blank background.
Amanda Reed

Don't let your phone die when you're far from an outlet with these Anker charging accessory deals at Amazon.

The post Stay powered on your adventures with up to 57% off Anker charging accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Anker portable charger in a pattern on a blank background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Warmer weather means frolicking in the great outdoors and soaking up all the sun-derived serotonin. However, all-day high jinks can leave your phone juiceless, between using your favorite GPS apps to find the perfect picnic spot and streaming your favorite hangout album on your portable Bluetooth speaker. Don’t even get us started on warmer temperatures draining your phone battery! Thankfully, Anker’s charging accessories are on sale at Amazon, meaning you can have enough power to get home after your adventure.

Anker Prime Power Bank $109.99 with coupon (Was $129.99)

Anker

SEE IT

Charge your laptop, phone, portable speaker, and more with this powerful portable charger that packs 20,000mAh of extra juice. That equates to charging a 16-inch MacBook Pro to 50 percent in 40 minutes. A smart digital display helps you keep tabs on your remaining charge, input, and output. It comes with a USB-C to USB-C charging cable, so you’ll have to find a USB-C to Lightning cable if you still live that previous-gen iPhone life.

Here are more Anker deals to keep you charged all day long:

The post Stay powered on your adventures with up to 57% off Anker charging accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best turntable accessories for Record Store Day 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-turntable-accessories/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610821
The best turntable accessories of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Planning to pick up some fresh wax this Record Store Day? Augment your turntable with accessories to keep your vinyl clean and system finely tuned.

The post The best turntable accessories for Record Store Day 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best turntable accessories of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best powered speakers Audio photo Klipsch The Nines
SEE IT

Uncompromised sound from a set of powered speakers perfect for both analog and digital music listening.

Best record brush Mobile Fidelity Sound Lab Anti-Static Record Brush on a plain white background. Mobile Fidelity Sound Labs Anti-Static Record Brush
SEE IT

This brush keeps your vinyl’s grooves free from hair, dust, and static.

Best turntable cartridge Ortofon 2M Bronze Moving Magnet Cartridge on a plain white background. Ortofon 2M Bronze Moving Magnet Cartridge
SEE IT

Ortofon’s 2M Bronze was designed from diamond-tip to tail to extract the best sound from your albums.

Record Store Day 2024 is this coming Saturday, April 20, and to enjoy your limited-edition slabs of wax to their fullest, you’ll need a few accessories. (If you need help finding the right turntable, we have recommendations, too.) Add-ons for your record player typically fall into a couple of categories: maintenance and audio fidelity improvements. The former will keep your treasured grooves in tip-top shape to avoid creating scratches that can result in unwanted clicks and pops. The latter are components to add to your analog audio system to help your albums sound their best. Having a few turntable accessories from both categories will ensure your vinyl gives you maximum enjoyment for a lifetime—if not multiple lifetimes.

Best powered speakers: Klipsch the Nines

Sarah Jones

SEE IT

The Nines topped our list of the best turntable speakers, and they’re an incredible upgrade for turntable owners looking for an audiophile-grade all-in-one system. In our full review, our author praised The Nines for the presence of an internal preamp, which will allow you to quickly plug any turntable with a moving magnet cartridge into it. Many modern turntables come with a built-in preamp, but older models and lots of high-end record players don’t. Using an external preamp will always yield better results, but it’s nice to be able to use The Nines with a turntable out of the box. Additionally, The Nines have a grounding peg for your turntable’s RCA cables.

The Nines are stacked on the audio hardware side: Each speaker has an eight-inch long-throw woofer, one-inch tweeter, custom DSP, and an amp that delivers up to 480 watts of power. In addition to a turntable function, The Nines supports native playback of 24-bit digital audio files up to 192kHz when connected to a source using its optical audio or USB port. Yes, you can connect The Nines directly to a computer using the included USB-B to USB-A cable or optionally pick up a USB-B to USB-C cable, depending on your computer’s ports. The Nines also sport an HDMI port to use them as home theater speakers with a television.

This versatility makes The NInes’ $1,499 price tag easier to justify. You can use them as a pair of incredible speakers for your turntable while pulling double or even triple duty as the Bluetooth wireless audio system and home theater setup in a living room. Just make sure you have enough space for the speakers because at 19 inches tall and 13.38 inches wide, you’ll need a fairly large entertainment center.

Best preamp: Cambridge Audio Alva Solo

Cambridge Audio

SEE IT

A phono preamp sits between your turntable and amplifier (or powered speakers) and boosts its signal so that you’ll be able to actually hear your music. Cambridge Audio’s Alva Solo works with turntables outfitted with moving magnet cartridges, and we like it for both its understated look and powerful features. Its all-aluminum enclosure houses a 10-watt preamp with 39dB of gain, RIAA equalization, and a built-in subsonic filter that can reduce the sound of some subtle sonic imperfections from your albums. Critically, the Alva Solo’s power supply is built inside its relatively svelte box, so you can connect it to the wall with a single clean cable. The preamp’s relatively small footprint (just under seven inches wide and two inches tall) means it’ll fit in any turntable setup, either beside or below your deck. Our favorite touch is that Cambridge Audio labeled each input and output above and below the RCA jacks, so you can easily identify them if you’re looking at them upside down (aka from in front of the equipment).

Best record weight: Andover Record Damping Weight

Andover Audio

SEE IT

The purpose of a record weight is to help keep vinyl from moving vertically as it spins around; even a visually imperceptible amount of movement can cause distortion. Andover’s Record Damping Weight weighs 9.35 ounces and fits right on top of your vinyl’s label, with a cutout that fits over the turntable’s spindle. The company says using this weight can result in less distortion, improved dynamics, righter bass, and a deeper sound stage, among other benefits.

Best record cleaner: Spin-Clean Record Washer Complete Kit

Spin Clean

SEE IT

If we could only recommend one vinyl maintenance tool, it’d be this record-washing kit from Spin Clean. Here’s how it works: the spin clean’s basin gets filled with a mixture of water and the included record cleaning solution, at which point you submerge your album inside. The water only gets high enough to reach the innermost groove, so your vinyl’s label won’t get damaged. Once it’s submerged, you’ll physically rotate the vinyl clockwise a few times. Soft brushes on the inside of the spin clean will get the gunk out of your record’s grooves, which can reduce the album’s surface noise and the number of clicks and pops you’ll hear. Once it’s been cleaned, wipe off your album with the included cleaning cloth. It won’t turn your VG- mono copy of The Kinks Are the Village Green Preservation Society into an NM-sounding album, but the difference will be noticeable.

Best turntable slipmat: Pro Spin Cork Turntable Mat

Pro Spin

SEE IT

Static buildup is one of the reasons you’ll hear clicks and pops on your albums, but you can eliminate this issue by switching to a cork turntable mat instead of using the felt mat that comes with most record players. There’s no increased risk of scratching your albums using a cork mat, and you’ll ensure the grooves of your records won’t accumulate stray stands of felt in them. This cork turntable mat from Pro Spin was designed to fit both 12-inch and 7-inch vinyl and is thick enough to absorb a few stray vibrations to reduce overall distortion.

Best record brush: Mobile Fidelity Sound Labs Anti-Static Record Brush

Mobile Fidelity Sound Lab

SEE IT

Another way to reduce static clicks and pops from your albums is using an anti-static brush like this one from Mobile Fidelity Sound Labs each time you play a record. Its fine plastic bristles will clean your album’s grooves while removing static simultaneously. To use this brush most effectively, start your turntable and gently place the brush’s bristles over your spinning record. Repeat this process each time you flip the album for the best results.

Best turntable cartridge: Ortofon 2M Bronze Moving Magnet Cartridge

Orofon

SEE IT

If you’re using a turntable that lets you upgrade its cartridge, we highly recommend stepping up to the Ortofon 2M Bronze moving magnet cartridge to get the most out of your record collection. It’s a level up from the already excellent Ortofon 2M Red and 2M Blue (found on excellent turntables like the Fluance RT85, which our reviewer loved). Its Nude fine line diamond-tipped stylus was specifically cut to a profile optimized to stay inside the groove of a record even if it’s wobbling a little bit, and it uses split pole technology to send a clean signal from the needle to the tone arm using a copper wire. The Dutch-made cartridge we’re recommending has been premounted, which means it can plug directly into the tone arm of a record player rather than requiring you to futz with removing and replacing an entire needle. A turntable’s needle is the literal point of contact between your vinyl and the rest of your audio system. A weak or lackluster signal cannot be improved as it moves through your chain, so having a strong piece of hardware right up front is the best way to ensure you get the best possible sound from your albums.

Best power conditioner: WAudio AC Power Filter Power Conditioner

WAudio

SEE IT

If you’re incredibly sensitive to any noise when listening to a new or mint album, turn to WAudio’s AC Power Filter Power Conditioner. The truth is that some noise can come from the quality of the electricity coming from your wall due to old or low gauge wiring. You can eliminate this by plugging your turntable (and other audio accessories) into a power conditioner, which will pick up and eliminate this noise before it hits your system. WAudio says its power conditioner can restrain interference above 1kHz and will up to 10dB of digital noise between 2MHz and 100MHz. This power conditioner has 10 outlets—six of which are filtered—and also provides overload and voltage protection to avoid electrical spikes from damaging your equipment.

Best vinyl subscription: Vinyl Me, Please

Vinyl Me, Please

SEE IT

So, you got the taste for premium pressings of classic albums but don’t want to wait till the next RSD to flesh out your collection. Well, look no further than Vinyl Me, Please. The site allows you to join a “club” and will send you one LP per month. Clubs are broken down by genre (country, hip-hop, rock) plus essentials (covering soul, blues, and jazz) and a generalist essentials option for listeners who want a little bit of everything. A subscription costs $46 per month, with discounts if you subscribe for three, six, or 12 months. Albums and box sets are also available a la carte for varying prices. Finding original pressings of albums in near-mint quality can be difficult, and Vinyl Me, Please takes the hassle out of crate digging with the hopes of striking gold.

The post The best turntable accessories for Record Store Day 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This $40 inkless and wireless printer fits in your pocket https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/inkless-wireless-pocket-printer-deal/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610907
A PoooliPrint inkless and wireless printer.
Stack Commerce

It measures just 3.25 by 3.25 by 1.5 inches.

The post This $40 inkless and wireless printer fits in your pocket appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PoooliPrint inkless and wireless printer.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It’s hard to believe that we went from printing presses taking up half a room to office printers occupying half a desk, and now we just found a printer that literally fits in your pocket.

It’s called the PoooliPrint Pocket Printer and it doesn’t even use ink since it’s a thermal printer. You can get one here for $39.99, normally $99.90.

Revolutionize the way you print

This mini printer has a 200 dpi resolution and a 1.9-inch printing width. It also doesn’t require batteries, instead running on a micro-USB charge for up to 24 hours of use. At this price point, those specs are rather impressive. 

The PoooliPrint measures 3.25 by 3.25 by 1.5 inches—that’s about the size of a compact wallet or cardholder. Stick it in your pocket, work bag, or suitcase so you can easily print receipts, labels, photos, notes, and anything else on the go.

Start printing by opening the Poooli app on your iPhone or Android, pairing to the printer via Bluetooth, and loading in the white paper roll. The Poooli app also allows you to edit images, to-do lists, and more, if you need to quickly create materials on the fly.

This $40 inkless and wireless printer fits in your pocket

The amount of thermal paper included with your purchase is enough to print around 100 images, depending on their exact dimensions. Once the paper eventually runs out, you can replace it with the brand’s rolls that come with varying and customizable colors, transparency, and stickiness. 

Snatch your PoooliPrint Inkless Pocket Printer here for $39.99 (reg. $99.90) and save 59 percent before this limited-time opportunity slips away. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post This $40 inkless and wireless printer fits in your pocket appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable blenders in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-blenders/ Mon, 15 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609904
The best portable blenders of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj

A portable blender can help you smooth out a soup, whip up a smoothie, or even indulge in a frozen margarita wherever you go.

The post The best portable blenders in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best portable blenders of 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Cuisinart RPB-100 portable blender on a plain background. Cuisinart RPB-100
SEE IT

Make big smoothies on the go with the biggest, most powerful battery-powered blender.

Best splurge The Beast Blender on a plain white background. Beast Blender
SEE IT

A modern design and ample power help this portable blender stand out.

Best budget A Hamilton Beach Portable Blender on a plain background. Hamilton Beach Portable Blender
SEE IT

For under $20, Hamilton Beach’s portable blender goes above and beyond for its price.

Portable blenders are an essential tool for home cooks with small kitchens, creative car campers, or travelers who want to ensure they have all their essential kitchen tools during a long stay at an Airbnb. While smaller than their full-sized countertop contemporaries, portable blenders are still powerful enough to crush up fresh roots and roughage to make pastes, smoothies, and sauces. Once you’re done, these blenders can be easily cleaned with a little dish soap and water, then stored inside a cabinet or drawer until the next time you’d like to use them. Many of our recommendations run on battery power, allowing you to take and use them out of your home. The best portable blenders will allow you to enjoy your smoothies, crushed ice, or other diced-up delights on the go.

How we chose the best portable blenders

Choosing the best portable blenders meant finding the models that balanced power, size, and cost. All of our recommendations are powerful enough for common tasks, like making Erewhon smoothies at home, but don’t expect to use them to make hot soup like a full-sized model can. We also made sure to include smaller blenders—ones that require an AC outlet but are nonetheless small enough to store or take from place to place easily—and battery-powered models that are truly portable. Our recommendations also cover a wide price range, so you can find a portable blender that is well within your budget.

The best portable blenders: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to make a milkshake from your yard? We can teach you, and we won’t charge. The best portable blenders are accessible appliances for anyone who wants to reduce chopping and other manual kitchen tasks but can’t commit the space or budget to a larger, more powerful model.

Best overall: Cuisinart RPB-100

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 3.5 x 3.9 x 11.69 inches
  • Capacity: 16 ounces
  • Power source: Battery
  • Price: $79

Pros

  • 20 minute runtime on battery
  • Bowl can be used as a drink container
  • Quick charging

Cons

  • Larger than other battery-powered models

Cuisinart’s RPB-100 is the largest, most powerful battery-powered blender we’ve found, so it’s nabbed the top spot here. Yes, you’ll need to dedicate more space on your countertop or in a bag to take it with you, but you’ll be rewarded for making the space. You can easily make a large smoothie with a single touch thanks to the blender’s 16-ounce container and one-button design. Hitting the power button will automatically start the blender at its maximum power level, so you don’t need to futz around with speed settings. The RPB-100’s container doubles as a drinking glass, too; simply turn the blender over when you’re done using it and pop on the included lid. The lid has a flip-top design to ensure your smoothie won’t get everywhere if you stash it in a bag or it accidentally tips over.

Cuisinart says the RPB-100 can run for up to 20 minutes per charge, which is more than enough time to make multiple smoothies or crush a few pounds of ice before being topped up. It’ll take about two hours to fully recharge the blender, which is plenty of time if you plug it in before going to sleep or heading out to work. Each part of the blender is also dishwasher safe, so you won’t have to hand wash it after every use. If you’re looking to make homemade dressings or smooth out sauces on the go, Cuisinart’s RPB-100 is the portable blender to get.

Best splurge: Beast Blender

Beast

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 4.92 x 4.92 x 15.75 inches
  • Capacity: 33.81 ounces
  • Power source: AC
  • Price: $164.95

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Svelte design
  • More powerful

Cons

  • Price

If you don’t mind being tethered to an outlet, the Beast Blender is a sleek-looking, ultra-powerful 1000W blender still small enough to keep in a backpack when traveling. It also features a single-button design and a removable container that can be used as a 33-ounce drinking vessel when you’re done making a smoothie. However, Beast went the extra mile to include both a screw-on lid and straws (although nothing is stopping you from using your own reusable straw). A big part of the Beast Blender’s appeal is its eye-catching hourglass shape, with ridges on its container that are aesthetically pleasing while making it easier to hold. The blender is also available in multiple colors, so you can find one that suits your aesthetic.

Beast built a powerful motor into its blender since it didn’t have to worry about managing battery life, which is a significant feature if you’re looking for an ultra-smooth blend. The company says its blade will automatically adjust itself to maintain a set speed during its one-minute runtime and is designed to sense and avoid overheating. Beast says you can use its blender to make dips, dressings, cocktails, spreads, smoothies, sauces, frozen desserts, and even smooth out some soups. And it fits neatly in the cabinet or car (right next to a portable generator to power it). Don’t skip this one if you’ve wanted a powerful portable blender but thought you couldn’t justify the counter space.

Best all-in-one: Ninja BC51NV Blast Portable Blender

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 3.54 x 3.54 x 10.71 inches
  • Capacity: 18 ounces
  • Power source: Battery
  • Price: $59.99

Pros

  • Battery powered
  • Leak-proof design
  • Large capacity for a battery-powered blender

Cons

  • Requires charging

Ninja’s BC51NV Blast is a modern-looking battery-powered portable blender that was designed to be used and taken with you everywhere. The blender is perfect for smoothies and protein shakes. When you’re done making them, you can drink directly from its container without detaching it from its base. Yes, the blender’s top is actually a flip-up sipping lid with a handle that makes it easy to carry when you’re not drinking. Every part of this portable blender is dishwasher-safe, ready for the next day’s smoothie. A single-button design makes the BC51NV Blast easy to use, too, and its BlastBlade has blades pointed upward and downward to ensure you get a proper blend.

Ninja doesn’t state its portable blender’s runtime, but you can recharge it using a USB-C power adapter. This portable blender has a truly grab-and-go design and is a powerful all-in-one solution. Blending a beverage and immediately drinking it without having to attach a separate lid or pour it into another glass is very helpful when you’re making it in a hurry before heading out for the day.

Best set: NutriBullet NBR-1201 12-Piece High-Speed Blender/Mixer System

NutriBullet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 7.4 x 17.8 x 14.25 inches
  • Capacity: 24 fluid ounces
  • Power source: AC
  • Price: $69.87

Pros

  • Powerful for a portable blender
  • Includes two blades
  • Comes with two mugs

Cons

  • Larger size

Nutribullet’s NBR-1201 12-Piece High-Speed Blender/Mixer System is the most comprehensive solution to any portable blending problems—but it’s also the largest model we’re recommending and requires an AC outlet. Neither of those attributes are dealbreakers, as this is still smaller than a typical full-sized blender, but they’re worth keeping in mind. As is suggested by its name, this is a 12-piece set that includes a blender, multiple blades, two 18-ounce glasses, and a pair of lids. Thanks to the size of its vessel, you can make two medium-sized smoothies simultaneously, then pop it off and pour it directly into Nutribullet’s included cups to take them on the go.

The inclusion of an “extraction blade,” where multiple blades are pointed upward and downward, is especially helpful when making smoothies as it’s designed especially for finely pulverizing. The separate flat blade can be used to crush ice or smooth sauces. We understand that the appeal of a portable blender is to take it anywhere, but feel the accessories included with the NBR-1201 make it the best value and will earn their keep in your cabinets or on top of your counter before being packed away for a trip.

Best budget: Hamilton Beach Portable Blender

Hamilton Beach

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 3.9 x 3.9 x 11.9 inches
  • Capacity: 14 fluid ounces
  • Power source: AC
  • Price: $20.85

Pros

  • Battery-powered
  • Designed to fit in a cup holder
  • Price

Cons

  • Smaller container capacity

Hamilton Beach has you covered if you’d like an ultra-compact portable blender that won’t break the bank. Its single-button portable blender comes with a screw-on flip-top sipping lid, so you can sip directly from it after making a drink. The blender and vessel have a concave shape, making it easier to grab and hold in one hand. The vessel is a little smaller than the ones found in other portable blenders we’re recommending, but it’s not immediately noticeable. What does stand out is this portable blender’s $21 price tag.

This is an AC-powered blender, but its power cord can be neatly tucked away inside a cutout around its base, so you won’t have a cord dangling around in a bag. This design choice also makes Hamilton Beach’s Portable Blender a solid choice for those who want a blend-grab-and-go style solution. If you’re eyeing a portable blender on a budget, you won’t find a better choice than this one from Hamilton Beach.

What to consider when shopping for the best portable blenders

There are many factors to consider when deciding which portable blender is right for you. Below are the factors we considered most important when writing this guide.

Size

Size is the chief characteristic of a portable blender, and we had strict requirements when deciding which models made the cut. None of our recommendations are over 18 inches tall, and most fall below 12 inches. This means you’ll be able to stash them easily into a backpack or duffel while traveling and may even be able to keep them on your kitchen counter indefinitely without taking up too much room.

Container capacity

One of the tradeoffs when choosing a portable blender is that it can hold fewer ingredients than a full-sized model, so in most cases, you’ll be making single-serving smoothies rather than a multi-person batch. Our recommendations can hold between 14 and 33 fluid ounces of material, so be mindful of how many people you typically cook for before choosing.

Power source

Our portable blender recommendations run on either AC power (which means they need to be plugged into an outlet) or a built-in battery. Battery-powered blenders are more portable but aren’t as powerful and will wear down more quickly. AC-powered blenders can draw more power but can’t be used in as many places. There’s no wrong answer, but seriously consider where you’re going to be using your portable blender before deciding which one to get.

FAQs

Q: Can portable blenders crush ice?

Yes. Portable blenders are powerful enough to crush ice. If you’re trying to make a frozen margarita or smoothie with frozen fruit, you generally won’t have a problem doing so with a portable blender.

Q: Can portable blenders blend vegetables?

Yes. Portable blenders can blend vegetables, fruits, nuts, berries, and viscous liquids. If the aforementioned viscous liquid happens to be a hot soup, check with the manufacturer to ensure its cups can handle higher temperatures.

Q: What are the disadvantages of portable blenders?

The disadvantages of a portable blender can vary by model. Some may be too large to comfortably carry around, while others may not have a large enough capacity to make as many smoothies or icy frozen treats as you’d like in a single batch. Battery-powered models are ultra-portable, but you must remember to charge them frequently.

Q: How long do portable blenders last?

If you keep your portable blender clean and don’t overload it, you’ll be able to keep it in top shape for five years or more. Battery-powered models will begin to lose their ability to hold a charge over time and may need to be replaced more frequently.

Final thoughts on the best portable blenders

Portable blenders—especially battery-powered models—have become a viable option for anyone looking to work more smoothies into their diet on a tight schedule. A small blender will be powerful enough to make thousands of recipes you can find online in a minute or less. Many portable blenders allow you to drink either directly from their vessel or from glasses that are included as part of a set. A blender is a very helpful multi-use tool in the kitchen, and these smaller models are great if you don’t have a lot of room on your counter or want to take a battery-powered model anywhere.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable blenders in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best turntables under $500 (and one that isn’t) in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-turntables-under-500/ Fri, 25 Mar 2022 20:10:55 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=432151
Best turntables under $500 header
Stan Horaczek

Here's our spin on five of the best affordable turntables for a great-sounding starter system.

The post The best turntables under $500 (and one that isn’t) in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best turntables under $500 header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fluance RT85 is the best overall turntable under $500. Fluance RT85
SEE IT

The RT85 offers clear sound, a wide stereo image, and whisper-quiet operation.

Best Bluetooth Audio-Technica AT-LP120XBT-USB is the best Bluetooth turntable under $500. Audio-Technica AT-LP120XBT-USB
SEE IT

The AT-LP120XBT-USB will appeal to wire-averse music listeners and even entry-level DJs.

Best for DJs Reloop 4000 MK2 is the best DJ turntable under $500. Reloop 4000 MK2
SEE IT

The RP-4000 MK2 features robust construction and new shock-absorbing feet to limit vibrations from dancing people and massive speakers.

You could have the sweetest vinyl collection around but it won’t do you much good without a reliable turntable to play them on. The turntable and its needle, which translates the grooves of a record into an audio signal, is arguably the most critical component in your analog sound system. Even if you have a quality amplifier or receiver and excellent speakers further down your sound system’s signal chain, they’ll only serve to accurately reproduce a subpar signal if you’re using a low-quality source. With that in mind, we’re recommending a selection of the best turntables under $500 here that you can feel assured will translate those grooves so that your system plays the music the way it was intended to sound.

How we selected the best turntables under $500 

The turntable contains a vast array of options, ranging from cheap beginner models to uber-expensive devices built for audiophiles. Here, we chose to focus on what you might characterize as the lower midrange of the market. We capped the prices at around $500 because you can get an excellent model to provide the foundation for your sound system. And while that mark may not sound budget, it’s still relatively low compared to the $1,000 and higher turntables in the hard-core audiophile market. We also left out sub-$100 turntables to keep the quality level at the bottom of the list in a respectable place. We considered dozens of models, relying on personal experience and spec comparisons, peer recommendations, user feedback, and trusted editorial reviews to narrow our list of record players we’d love to plug into some turntable-friendly speakers

The best turntables under $500: Reviews & Recommendations

Once you understand the differences between different turntable types and features and you factor those in with your budget, making a turntable buying decision shouldn’t be too difficult. We hope our list of the best turntables under $500 will simplify your decision-making process.

Best overall: Fluance RT85

Jay Cabrera

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The RT85 offers excellent design, build quality, components, and sound. It’s a deal at this price.

Specs

  • Turntable operation: Semi-automatic
  • Cartridge Type/Model: Moving magnet/Ortofon: 2M Blue
  • Phono preamp: No
  • Speeds: 33-1/3 and 45 RPM
  • Drive Method: Belt

Pros

  • “Reference-quality” sound
  • Heavy-duty plinth and platter keep vibrations at bay
  • Nude-diamond cartridge for accurate pickup

Cons

  • Requires some assembly
  • Larger and heavier than average

Our top pick comes in right under the cutoff for the best turntables under $500, and it’s worth every penny. The RT85 is an example of Fluance’s talent for designing and building gear that can go toe-to-toe with higher-priced models from its competitors. Available in white, walnut, and bamboo finishes, it looks expensive. More importantly, though, it sounds fantastic, particularly when paired with other quality components. Bigger and heavier than your average turntable, its MDF wooden plinth features three large, adjustable rubber feet, which, along with the weight and density of the plinth, help limit external vibrations. Fluance outfitted the two-speed, belt-driven unit with a heavy, translucent acrylic platter. Its mass and density help keep the speed consistent.

Like most high-quality turntables, the RT85 doesn’t have a built-in preamp. You’ll need to pair it with an outboard phono preamp or a receiver with a phono input. But the results are worth it. Its Ortofon 2M Blue cartridge features a “nude” diamond stylus for the most accurate tracking. The RT85 offers clear sound, a wide stereo image, and a whisper-quiet operation. Our reviewer used the term “reference experience” to describe listening to records on the RT85 and you can read more comprehensive hands-on impressions of its features, sound, and user experience.

Best Bluetooth: Audio-Technica AT-LP120XBT-USB

Audio-Technica

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AT-LP120XBT-USB offers not only excellent Bluetooth implementation and A/D conversion to USB but line and phono analog outputs, too.

Specs

  • Turntable operation: Manual
  • Cartridge Type/Model: Dual moving magnet/Audio-Technica AT-VM95e
  • Phono preamp: Yes
  • Speeds: 33-1/3, 45, and 78RPM
  • Drive Method: Direct

Pros

  • Digital and analog connection options
  • USB port for copying albums
  • Line or phono analog outputs

Cons

  • Dust cover vulnerable to scratches

The AT-LP120XBT-USB is compatible with virtually any music system, thanks to its variety of outputs, both digital and analog. On the digital side, you can pair the unit with Bluetooth speakers, allowing you to enjoy your music wirelessly. Listeners can also use the USB port for copying your albums digitally to a computer. In the analog domain, the built-in preamp allows you to connect the turntable to line-level inputs on a preamp or receiver. You can also bypass the preamp to connect to an external unit. Thanks to its multiplicity of output types, the AT-LP120XBT-USB is a turntable you can hold onto for a long time, even if you completely change the sound system around it.

More dusty than digital? The AT-LP120XBT-USB will appeal to music listeners and entry-level DJs. Not only is its vibe reminiscent of classic DJ turntables (think the Technics SL-1210mk2), but it’s also got many of the features DJs want, such as a quartz-controlled +/-10% pitch control, a start/stop button, stroboscopic platter, and a direct-drive design. 

If you’re more concerned with budget than rocking beats, Audio-Technica also offers a more affordable belt-driven Bluetooth option, the AT-LP60XBT-BK.

Best for DJs: Reloop 4000 MK2

Reloop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s solidly built, offers all the critical DJ features, and costs under $400.

Specs

  • Turntable operation: Manual
  • Cartridge Type/Model: Dual moving magnet/Ortofon OM Black  
  • Phono preamp: Yes
  • Speeds: 33-1/3, 45, and 78RPM
  • Drive Method: Direct

Pros

  • High-torque motor for faster speed changes
  • Reverse and pitch reset features added
  • Shock-absorbing feet increase isolation
  • Improved needle illumination

Cons

  • Sound damping could be better

This quartz-driven, high-torque, direct-drive turntable is purpose-built for DJs who need meticulous accuracy for matching tracks. Reloop improved the MK2 version with capabilities like quartz-lock tempo reset and reverse play. The onboard pitch control allows for +/-8-percent and +/-16-percent changes. The higher torque in the direct-drive motor helps the turntable get back up to speed faster and more cleanly.

Reloop redesigned the top panel and equipped it with tactile buttons. It also added extendible needle illumination, which allows you to use the aluminum target light to see the needle position when you’re in a dark environment. The RP-4000 MK2 features robust construction and new shock-absorbing feet, which help limit vibrations—a helpful feature when you’re working in a club full of dancing people and massive speakers. The tonearm on the RP-4000 MK2 is statically balanced and includes a hydraulic lift and anti-skating mechanism.

With its extensive feature set and solid build quality, the RP-4000 MK2 is a capable DJ turntable at an affordable price point. If you’re willing to spend a bit more, Reloop’s RP-7000 MK2 offers even more capabilities while still being a bargain compared to the top-tier Technics SL-1210mk2.

Best for beginners: Audio-Technical AT-LP60X-BW

Audio-Technica

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It outperforms everything in its price range.

Specs

  • Turntable operation: Automatic
  • Cartridge Type/Model: Dual moving magnet/ATN3600L
  • Phono preamp: Yes
  • Speeds: 33-1/3, 45 RPM
  • Drive Method: Belt

Pros

  • Best entry-level deck on the market
  • Excellent value.
  • Defeatable preamp

Cons

  • No Bluetooth output

An updated version of the AT-LP60, this belt-drive turntable is easy to set up and operate and can more than hold its own with similarly priced or even higher-priced competitors. The AT-LP60X-BW features an onboard phono preamp, so you can connect it to sound systems that have no phono inputs available. If you don’t need the preamp, you can switch it off.

One area where you can see how A-T kept the price down is connectivity: It only offers a single stereo 3.5mm output. However, the turntable comes with an RCA breakout cable for connecting to other components in your system.

The most significant changes in this updated version include a newly designed tonearm base and headshell, which Audio-Technica says will improve tracking and decrease resonance. A-T externalized the power supply, which reduces the chance for electrical interference getting into the audio signal. In the cartridge department, A-T offers one of its own, the dual-moving magnet ATN3600L. If you’re new to vinyl or just looking for a quality turntable at a low price, you won’t go wrong with the AT-LP60X-BW.   

Best budget: Fluance RT81

Fluance

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A lot of turntable for the money.

Specs

  •  Turntable operation: Auto Stop and Start
  •  Cartridge Type/Model: Dual moving magnet/ATN95E
  •  Phono preamp: Yes
  •  Speeds: 33-1/3, 45 RPM
  •  Drive Method: Belt

Pros

  •  Quality AT95E cartridge
  •  Phono and line output
  •  Solid wood plinth

Cons

  • No automatic return
  • Plastic tonearm
  • No Bluetooth

This unit is an excellent choice if you want a low-priced option as a step up from a beginner model. The unit features an onboard preamp that you can switch on and off, giving you the flexibility to connect with various components. Fluance equipped it with an Audio-Technica ATN95E cartridge, which offers solid sonics. If you want to up the quality at some point, you can replace it with a higher-end cartridge.

The RT81’s plinth is solid wood with a spiffy-looking walnut finish. It’s relatively heavy, which helps it withstand vibrations. On the downside, its tonearm is plastic. Although the turntable doesn’t offer fully automatic operation, it features auto-start and -stop. The turntable starts when you lift the tonearm and move it over the record. When a record reaches the end, it stops (although you still must put the tonearm back manually). These are just some of the features that make this our best value for vinyl.

Best for audiophiles: Pro-Ject Debut Carbon EVO

Pro-Ject Audio Systems

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Yes, we went slightly over our price point for this turntable, but it was the clear choice near this category. Hey, we made the rules, so we can bend them a little.

Specs

  • Turntable Operation: Manual
  • Cartridge Type/Model: Moving Magnet/Sumiko Ranier
  • Phono Preamp: No way
  • Speeds: 33-1/3, 45, and 78RPM  

Pros

  • Exceptional sound quality for the money
  • Additional isolation of platter helps reduce vibrations even more
  • Electronic 3-speed switching
  • Lots of color choices

Cons

  • Relatively pricey 

Pro-Ject’s first new Debut model in 10 years, this turntable offers a stripped-down design aesthetic and a dedicated focus on excellent sound quality. Hand-built in the Czech Republic, the belt-driven Carbon Evo features a heavier platter than its predecessors, with extra internal damping to isolate it from the surface on which it rests.

The company designed the Carbon Evo with height-adjustable metal feet for precise leveling and to further reduce vibrations. Unlike previous Debut models, the Carbon Evo has a switch for changing speeds—it used to require removing and changing the belt. What’s more, the company has also added a 78RPM setting. Listeners can choose from nine different hand-painted finishes.

But the sound is the driving factor in the design of this turntable. Thanks to its heavy plinth, improved motor suspension, Sumiko Ranier cartridge (models outside the US may get an Ortofon 2M Red cartridge instead), and a one-piece carbon-fiber tonearm, the Debut Carbon Evo delivers it, big time. It provides generous bass, an exceptionally warm midrange, and plenty of high-end. You’ll have to supply your own preamp, but, hey, that’s the way any audiophile would want it. Hopefully, you’ll be able to find a sale on this unit sometime soon, so it actually qualifies as one of the best turntables under $500. Until then, it’s the top pick around that price.

What to consider when shopping for the best turntables under $500

You’ve got several decisions beyond price to make when buying one of the best turntables under $500—or any turntable, for that matter. Do you want a belt-drive or direct-drive operation? A phono, line-level, USB, or Bluetooth output—or a combination thereof? Automatic or manual operation? Do you want it to integrate into your existing stereo system or are you building from scratch? Do you plan to DJ with your turntable? We’ll get into specifics on those issues here.

What are the significant parts of a turntable?

The base of a turntable is called the plinth. An ideal plinth is made of wood and is dense enough to reduce the vibrations it picks up from the surface on which it’s sitting. The motor and other circuitry typically reside inside the base. A spinning cylinder called the platter sits on top of the base and provides a platform for the record. 

The tonearm attached to the base houses the cartridge and the stylus. The stylus is the needle that vibrates as it travels through a record’s grooves. The tonearm may or may not have a cue lever, which raises and lowers it remotely. If there is no cue lever, the cartridge will have a small handle which you lift the tonearm on and off the record.

When the stylus touches the grooves of a spinning record, it creates vibrations that travel to the cartridge, which amplifies them into an electrical signal. In a turntable with no preamp, that electrical signal travels to the turntable outputs and will require an external preamp (either standalone or in a receiver) to bring it up to line level. With a built-in preamp, the signal goes from the cartridge into the preamp, and the turntable outputs it at line level.

Is it true that built-in phono preamps are inferior to external ones?

For the most part, you’ll get better quality by using a separate phono preamp or an A/V receiver that includes one rather than a built-in preamp. Turntables with built-in preamps tend to be cheaper than those without. A built-in preamp typically indicates cheaper components across the board. No self-respecting audiophile would come near a turntable with a built-in preamp, but typical listeners may find them totally fine.

Built-in preamps make it possible to use a smaller system—for example, just a turntable and a pair of powered speakers (such as the Klipsch the Nines). They’re also necessary on certain kinds of turntables, such as ones with digital outputs (which require line-level signals) or models built for DJs. As a result, four of the six turntables in this roundup have preamps built-in, although most offer options to bypass them.

What’s the difference between belt-drive and direct-drive turntables?

A belt-drive turntable has a motor adjacent to the platter. The motor has a belt attached that goes around the circumference of the platter and back. When the motor turns, the belt moves, causing the platter to spin. Depending on the turntable’s design, the motor and belt may be visible or hidden inside the base.

On a direct-drive turntable, the motor is located under and attached to the center of the platter. When the motor spins, the platter does, as well.

The most significant advantage to a belt-drive turntable is that the motor is isolated from the platter. As a result, the cartridge is less likely to pick up machine noise than on a direct drive model where the motor is underneath the center of the record.

However, direct-drive turntables can provide more precision when it comes to speed. Many have a quartz-lock feature that controls platter speed with a quartz-crystal oscillator to ensure the record plays at the correct, consistent speed. Two of the turntables we’re covering here, the Audio-Technica AT-LP120XBT-USB and the Reloop 4000 MK2, are direct-drive models, and both offer quartz-lock features.

FAQs

Q: Do expensive turntables sound better?

Turntables are like wine or cars—you get what you pay for, at least in many cases. Generally speaking, the more expensive the turntable, the better the quality of its components and thus the better the sound. One of the most important parts is the cartridge. As you get higher in price, the cartridge’s quality, and therefore the overall sound quality improves significantly. The ability of the plinth and platter to limit vibrations is also essential. Then there’s the accuracy of the turntable from a speed standpoint. Inexpensive belt-drive turntables sometimes run slightly off-speed when they get worn out. Some companies do better than others at economizing while keeping quality relatively high.

Q: Do turntables need speakers?

You certainly don’t need a turntable with built-in speakers, as those are usually of low quality. But unless the turntable has a Bluetooth output and you’re listening on headphones, you will need the best speakers for music within your budget. If your turntable has a line output or Bluetooth output, you can connect it directly to powered speakers (I’m a fan of the Fluance Ai41 if you’re on a budget). The most common configuration, however, is to connect your turntable into a receiver with phono inputs or through a standalone preamp and then a receiver or amplifier. The amplified signal is then routed to your passive speakers from the amp or receiver where it’s turned into audio waves.

Q: Is a turntable better than a CD player?

It depends on how you define “better.” Technically speaking, the 16-bit, 44.1kHz digital audio that a CD player produces has a superior dynamic range (distance between the quietest and loudest possible sound), better stereo separation, and less distortion than vinyl. But listening to music is much more subjective than that and many listeners feel that vinyl just sounds “warmer,” more organic and lifelike. Ironically, that warmth comes from vinyl’s imperfections and the CD’s “sterility” from its more accurate and quieter reproduction.

Final thoughts on the best turntables under $500

If you’ve decided to take the plunge and get a turntable—whether it’s for the first time or you’re moving back to vinyl after many years with CDs—we’re confident you’ll be able to find a model that works for your needs from the best turntables under $500 we’ve recommended here. These six turntables offer a range of prices and capabilities and should satisfy any listener except perhaps hard-core audiophiles.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best turntables under $500 (and one that isn’t) in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get Greenworks battery-powered lawnmowers and tools for their cheapest prices ever at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/greenworks-lawnmower-garden-tool-sale-amazon/ Mon, 15 Apr 2024 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610966
Greenworks lawnmowers arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

Don't wait until yard work season is in full swing to get a new lawnmower, blower, string trimmer, or other Greenworks tools.

The post Get Greenworks battery-powered lawnmowers and tools for their cheapest prices ever at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Greenworks lawnmowers arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

April showers have been fairly relentless lately, at least here at PopSci HQ. That means we’ll soon be neck-deep in yard work. Luckily, Amazon has Greenworks battery-powered tools for some of the lowest prices we’ve seen right now before the season starts. The sales include common yard tools like lawnmowers, string trimmers, and leaf blowers, but it also extends to more traditional tools like saws and heat guns. There are a ton of options and they’re all part of the integrated Greenworks system, so you don’t have to worry about compatibility.

Greenworks 2 x 24V 21″ Brushless Cordless (Self-Propelled) Lawn Mower + Blower (320 CFM) + 12″ String Trimmer, (2) 5.0Ah Batteries and Charger Included $486 (was $609)

Greenworks

SEE IT

This package is a great way to revamp your entire yard tool arsenal in one handy package. It includes a self-propelled lawnmower, a blower, a string trimmer, two batteries, and a charger. It’s great to have a second backup battery and you don’t really need much else to handle your basic yard maintenance. Plus the batteries work across the Greenworks ecosystem, so you can add tools a la carte as you go.

Greenworks lawnmower deals

Greenworks pressure washer deals

Greenworks chainsaw and cutting tool deals

More Greenworks tool deals

The post Get Greenworks battery-powered lawnmowers and tools for their cheapest prices ever at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Achieve one-stop shopping with a Costco 1-Year Gold Star Membership + a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/costco-one-year-gold-star-membership-gift-card-bundle/ Mon, 15 Apr 2024 14:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610903
A family leaving Costco
Stack Commerce

This $60 Costco membership gets you exclusive offers.

The post Achieve one-stop shopping with a Costco 1-Year Gold Star Membership + a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A family leaving Costco
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Have you been interested in Costco membership but haven’t found the right moment to enroll? For a limited time, a digital $60 12-month Gold Star Membership is currently available with a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card*—complete with plenty of year-round perks. 

Celebrated for its superior-quality products, Costco brings a broad selection of products that satisfy any shopping list, making it an ideal choice for any occasion with its range of groceries, electronics, appliances, clothing, and more. Furthermore, organizing your vacations via Costco Travel allows you to access online benefits and stretch your budget further with discounts on hotels, cruises, and various travel necessities.

Achieve one-stop shopping with a Costco 1-Year Gold Star Membership + a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card

Moreover, members can take advantage of Costco Pharmacies, Costco Optical, and Costco Hearing Aid Centers, where they can enjoy discounts on prescription medications and various other services. Featuring more than 500 locations across the United States, Costco offers a wide range of services and products from renowned brands such as KitchenAid, Dyson, and Kirkland Signature.

With its spectacular reviews by certified users, which average 4.6/5 stars, Costco sweetens the deal by including a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card* with its membership purchase. This digital bonus provides members the convenience of exploring and shopping from home. As verified buyer Anantha K. puts it, this is “a great offer! With this membership, I was able to purchase a lot of essentials and gadgets [at] unbelievable prices at Costco. Overall, I loved it!”

Get a Costco 1-Year Gold Star Membership + a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card for $60 today. No coupon is required, and the offer is valid while supplies last. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.

*To receive a Digital Costco Shop Card, you must provide a valid email address at the time of sign-up. If you elect not to provide a valid email address, a Digital Costco Shop Card will not be emailed. Valid only for nonmembers for their first year of membership. Limit one per household. Nontransferable and may not be combined with any other promotion. New members will receive their Digital Costco Shop Card by email within 2 weeks of sign-up. Costco Shop Cards are not redeemable for cash, except as required by law. Digital Costco Shop Cards are not accepted at Gas Stations, Car Washes, or Food Court Kiosks. A Costco membership is $60 a year. An Executive Membership is an additional $60 upgrade fee a year. Each membership includes one free Household Card. May be subject to sales tax. Costco accepts all Visa cards, as well as cash, checks, debit/ATM cards, EBT and Costco Shop Cards. Departments and product selection may vary.

*Services are provided to Costco members by third parties.   

The post Achieve one-stop shopping with a Costco 1-Year Gold Star Membership + a $40 Digital Costco Shop Card appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get weather predictions in your pocket for $39.99 with this weather radar app https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/pocket-weather-predictions-weather-radar-app/ Sun, 14 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610896
A person holding a phone with a weather radar app pulled up.
Stack Commerce

Prepare for anything.

The post Get weather predictions in your pocket for $39.99 with this weather radar app appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding a phone with a weather radar app pulled up.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The sun may be smiling, the birds may be chirping, and the flowers may be blooming, but wait until you get that first wave of spring storms. The weather may be ideal now, but spring means you also have to brace yourself for heavy winds, lightning, hail, and even flash flooding. Don’t want to come unprepared? There’s an app for that.

While Al Roker does a fine job of telling you what to expect of the day’s weather, you ought to have a more detailed look at what’s in store. Weather Hi-Def Storm Watch Plus is a powerful weather radar data app that delivers real-time and future-animated weather radar images along with crucial weather information, so you can figure out whether that beach picnic is a go or a no. For a limited time, you can grab a lifetime subscription to the app for over $100 off.

Weather Hi-Def Storm Watch Plus is rated 5/5 stars on Sensor Tower partially because its comprehensive platform lets you keep tabs on 10-day weather patterns of anything from temperatures, rainfall, and flooding to snowfall, winter storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, and more.

You’ll be the first to be in the know of critical weather information like how icy roads might be, if there’s a threat of a tropical storm looming, if there’s an active wildfire nearby, or whether or not you slept through an earthquake.

You can turn on alerts for various situations, like when precipitation falls or when lightning strikes. Marine and coastal alerts and winter storm watches and warnings are also available, as do tornado and thunderstorm watches and warnings.

If you’re a certified nomad, you can save multiple locations on the app for quick access to weather forecasts and detailed weather information on those locales. And if you want a quick look at the weather outside, you can view the hourly weather right on your lock screen or via your widgets.

Say goodbye to weather surprises with Weather Hi-Def Storm Watch Plus. It usually goes for $149, but you can grab it on sale for $39.99 for a limited time.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Get weather predictions in your pocket for $39.99 with this weather radar app appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Grab a 2-pack of this top-rated charging cable for nearly $50 off https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/charging-cable-half-off-april-deal/ Sun, 14 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610888
A charging cable on a grey background.
Stack Commerce

Say hello to seamless charging.

The post Grab a 2-pack of this top-rated charging cable for nearly $50 off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A charging cable on a grey background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

No matter how advanced your charger is, it’s practically reduced to a useless brick if you don’t have a durable cable in tow. Sure, wireless charging, but when is that ever efficient? 

Until wireless charging pulls itself together, you’d have to stick with cables. InCharge X Max is one of those cords that deserve the investment, as it boasts a 6-in-1 design that lets it cater to virtually any mobile device, may it be an iPhone, an iPad, a laptop, or even a gaming console. Through April 16, you can score not just one, but two of these cables for 59 percent off with the code ENJOY20.

This all-in-one cable can accommodate your charging needs whether you’re at home, at work, or on the move.

It clocks in at five feet or 1.5 meters, allowing you to charge from a considerable distance from the power source. This way, you won’t have to park yourself near a socket should you need to use your device while it charges.

When it comes to speed, the X Max doesn’t disappoint. It offers ultra-fast charging up to 100W for USB-C to USB-C and iPhone fast charging up to 18W. Data transfer is pretty speedy, too, delivering up to 470 Mbps of speed, making it great for dealing with large files.

This is all made possible by the 200 braided copper wires that allow for faster current flow. It also packs adequate ports to cater to a wide range of devices: USB-A to USB-C, USB-A to Lightning, USB-A to Micro-USB, USB-C to USB-C, USB-C to Lightning, and USB-C to Micro-USB.

You also don’t have to worry about this cable conking out fast. It’s designed to last for years, featuring aramid fiber for increased thermal, chemical, and bending resistance, as well as TPU cable guards and nylon reinforcement for enhanced strength.

As one verified purchaser noted, “Well made. They will last for a long time. Glad to have them in my bag of tricks. Price is right.”

Upgrade your charging experience with InCharge X Max. Snag a 2-pack on sale for $31.99 with the code ENJOY20 at checkout.

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Grab a 2-pack of this top-rated charging cable for nearly $50 off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Unlock your coding potential with this Microsoft Visual Studio + premium course bundle, now $51.99 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/microsoft-visual-studio-professional-learn-to-code-certification-bundle/ Sat, 13 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610878
A laptop with Microsoft Visual Studio pulled up.
Stack Commerce

Hurry, this offer ends on April 16.

The post Unlock your coding potential with this Microsoft Visual Studio + premium course bundle, now $51.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A laptop with Microsoft Visual Studio pulled up.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The path to becoming a developer might seem daunting. Still, the Microsoft Visual Studio Professional 2022 + 2024 Premium Learn to Code Certification Bundle helps you achieve your professional goals one step at a time. Saving you over $1,500 through April 16, the duo helps you work smarter, not harder, and enables you to hone in on your craft or start a new career.

With lifetime access to Microsoft’s Visual Studio Professional 2022, a platform that helps developers make it more manageable to work through complex workloads, you’ll learn how to leverage a workshop overflowing with high-tech tools to streamline your coding journey. Its debugging features easily sniff out errors, while a built-in Git integration seamlessly manages your code versions, saving you valuable time while you work.

Boasting 4.7 out of 5-star ratings from verified buyers, it’s no wonder the software is gaining traction. Whether you’re a seasoned developer or a coding newbie, Visual Studio’s intuitive interface and robust features will allow you to write cleaner, faster code in no time.

Also included in the bundle is the 2024 Premium Learn to Code Certification Bundle, serving as your guide to coding and enhancing your Visual Studio experience. This bundle offers 15 comprehensive online courses to reinforce your budding coding abilities. Dive into Python, Java, and C++ basics and venture into web development, data science, ethical hacking, and more. Designed by industry experts, each course includes captivating video tutorials, practical projects, and quizzes to ensure a deep and lasting comprehension.

Unlock your coding journey and enhance your skills with this powerful duo.

Get the Microsoft Visual Studio Professional 2022 + The 2024 Premium Learn to Code Certification Bundle for $51.99 (reg. $1,999) with code ENJOY20 through April 16 at 11:59 p.m. PT.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Unlock your coding potential with this Microsoft Visual Studio + premium course bundle, now $51.99 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Carry extra power anywhere you go with this keychain charger, only $15.19 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/wireless-keychain-charger-apple-deal/ Sat, 13 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609881
A wireless charger charging an iPhone and Apple Watch.
Stack Commerce

Charge your iPhone and any Apple Watch at the same time.

The post Carry extra power anywhere you go with this keychain charger, only $15.19 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A wireless charger charging an iPhone and Apple Watch.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A low battery is a frustration you can end up dealing with anywhere. Your Apple Watch may hold a charge for days, but that’s only if you actually remember to charge it in the first place. Finding an outlet while you’re busy working or travelling might not be an option, but it doesn’t need to be if you have your own portable charger in your pocket. 

The 2-in-1 Keychain Wireless Charger is a pocket-sized wireless charger that you can use with your iPhone or any Apple Watch, and it can even power both of them at the same time. Plus, instead of paying the full $25 price, you can get this keychain charger for only $15.19 for a few days more. 

Recharge wherever you go

iOS devices may have long-lasting batteries, but using more demanding apps might burn through your battery quicker. And if you forgot to charge your devices before, all the battery capacity in the world won’t matter. However, if you have a charger in your pocket, you don’t need to waste time searching for an outlet. 

This smart little keychain is hiding a 2,500mAh battery. Pop any Apple Watch onto the magnetic charging surface, or use the USB-C port to power up other devices like your iPhone, iPad, or AirPods. You can recharge up to two devices at the same time, and that USB-C port is also how you refill your charger when it gets low. Just check the LED display to see how much battery is remaining. 

Save on a portable Apple Watch charger

No need to stress over low batteries during a long day. You have until April 16 at 11:59 p.m. to get the Two-in-One Keychain Wireless Charger for iPhone and Apple Watch for $15.19 with code ENJOY20. 

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Carry extra power anywhere you go with this keychain charger, only $15.19 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gaming laptops under $1,000 in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gaming-laptops-under-1000/ Fri, 12 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610240
The best gaming laptops under $1,000 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These approachable laptops offer the best balance of performance, features, and price.

The post The best gaming laptops under $1,000 in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best gaming laptops under $1,000 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ASUS TUF Gaming F15 on a plain white background. ASUS TUF Gaming F15
SEE IT

With an NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4050, 16GB of RAM, and an Intel Core i5 under the hood, you’ll be all set for smooth HD PC gaming on the go.

Best Mac The MacBook Air M3 on its homescreen with a blurry background MacBook Air M3
SEE IT

Apple’s latest ultra-light laptop is a competent gaming machine—if you want to play titles that have been ported for MacOS.

Best budget MSI GF63 Thin on a plain white background. MSI GF63 Thin
SEE IT

MSI’s ultra budget-friendly gaming laptop is equipped with an ultra high refresh rate display and surprisingly good specs.

In an ideal world, we’d all have enough money to buy the most expensive, top-of-the-line gaming laptops. These machines boast the most powerful processors and graphics cards, churning out silky smooth frame rates and breathtaking visuals for games like Baldur’s Gate 3, Helldivers 2, and Call of Duty: Warzone. Who wouldn’t want one? Unfortunately, the reality is many of us are on a budget. That’s where sub-$1,000 gaming laptops come in. They may not be able to crank the settings to the max on every title, but these budget gaming laptops can still play the latest games at decent settings and are affordable. The good news is that there are many options. These are the best gaming laptops under $1,000 and what to consider before purchasing.

How we chose the best gaming laptops under $1,000

I’ve been gaming on PC since I was a kid (when DOS titles were still a thing) and have written about laptops for gaming and productivity for over a decade on sites like Popular Science, Best Products, and Esquire. During that time, I’ve tested everything from desktops and peripherals to monitors, USB microphones, and gaming mice. To find the best gaming laptops under $1,000, I tapped into previous Popular Science coverage and researched models across the major retail sites. I then analyzed user and expert reviews before finalizing the best picks in each product category.

The best gaming laptops under $1,000: Reviews & Recommendations

Gaming laptops under $1,000 generally prioritize affordability over cutting-edge performance, but you can still play most titles with settings that will provide a smooth, stutter-free experience. These good gaming laptops are great for casual gamers or those looking to get into PC gaming without breaking the bank. And that extra money you saved? You can put it toward other essentials, like a comfortable chair, an external monitor, or new gaming headphones.

There are so many different configurations out there that some of the options may be just above the $1,000 threshold. It may also be worthwhile to look at older flagship models, allowing you to save while still benefiting from great (albeit slightly outdated) specs. As you look through our picks, weigh the features we highlight, like CPU, GPU, RAM, display, storage, and battery life.

Best overall: ASUS TUF Gaming F15

ASUS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Intel Core i5-13500H 
  • GPU: Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050
  • RAM: 16GB
  • Storage: 512GB SSD
  • Display: 15.6-inch FHD, 144Hz
  • Dimensions: 13.94 x 9.88 x 0.98 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 4.85 pounds
  • Connectivity: HDMI 2.1, 2x USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C, Ethernet, Thunderbolt 4, 3.5mm headphone jack

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Powerful performance
  • Strong, durable design

Cons

  • Heavy

The ASUS TUF Gaming F15 ticks all the right boxes, offering a great balance of performance, battery life, and more. It features a 15.6-inch 1080p display with a refresh rate of 144Hz. Under the hood, it offers an Intel Core i5 processor with four performance cores and eight efficiency cores. The max turbo boost clock speed is 4.7GHz, giving you plenty of power for everyday tasks and gaming. 

Meanwhile, the laptop has an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 graphics card, making it capable of running even the latest games in 1080p at moderate settings. You also get 16GB of RAM for fast multitasking and a 512GB SSD to keep load times to a minimum. The 15.6-inch display offers a 144Hz refresh rate with 100% sRGB color for exceptional visuals. It also supports adaptive sync technology for smooth and tear-free gameplay.

Everything is packed into a design that meets the military-grade MIL-STD-810H standards for durability. To sweeten the deal, the ASUS TUF Gaming F15 comes with a free 3-month Xbox Game Pass Ultimate subscription, so you can start streaming your favorite games right away. All in all, the laptop is a solid pick that gives you a lot at an affordable price.

Best design: Lenovo Legion Slim 5

Lenovo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Ryzen 7 7840HS
  • GPU: Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060
  • RAM: 16GB
  • Storage: 1TB
  • Display: 14.5 OLED, 120Hz
  • Dimensions: 12.89 x 9.87 x 0.84 (WDH)
  • Weight: 3.85 pounds
  • Connectivity: HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort, 2x USB-C 3.2, 2x USB-A 3.2, 4-in-1 SD card reader, 3.5mm headphone jack

Pros

  • Beautiful OLED display
  • Sleek, portable design
  • Ample ports

Cons

  • So-so battery life

A good design can elevate a product and enhance the overall user experience. Case in point: The Lenovo Legion Slim 5 features a sleek flat-edge design that looks incredibly modern and worthy as our best splurge. The good news is it’s still relatively affordable (although just outside the $1,000 threshold). And it still offers decent specs that will provide you with an excellent gaming experience.

It features a 14.5-inch 120Hz OLED display, perfect for experiencing games with vibrant colors and smooth visuals. Under the hood, a Ryzen 7 7840HS processor and an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU deliver a high-end gaming experience. The laptop also utilizes a cutting-edge cooling system that combines phase-change thermal compounds, hybrid copper heat pipes, and a 12V dual liquid crystal polymer fan. The combination works together to dissipate heat and minimize fan noise, so your laptop stays quiet when things get intense.

It’s worth noting that this particular Lenovo model may not fit under our $1,000 criteria at all times throughout the year. That said, if you see it on sale (and we have seen it discounted regularly), we suggest picking it up if you want a premium design.

Best for battery life: Gigabyte Aorus 15

Gigabyte

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Intel Core i5-13500H
  • GPU: Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050
  • RAM: 8GB
  • Storage: 512GB
  • Display: 15.6 144Hz FHD
  • Dimensions: 14.2 x 10.7 x 0.82 (WDH)
  • Weight: 5 pounds
  • Connectivity: HDMI 2.1, Thunderbolt 4, 3x USB-A 3.1, USB-C 3.2

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Upgradeable
  • Great performance

Cons

  • 8GB of RAM standard

It’s no secret that gaming laptops prioritize performance over extended battery life. Even high-end models struggle to last a full workday while running demanding games. The Gigabyte Auros 15 stands out by offering a good balance between performance and battery life. You can expect to enjoy several hours of gameplay at medium or high settings without needing to be tethered to an outlet. The laptop also features a well-designed cooling system that keeps thermals in check without overly loud fan noise, ensuring a comfortable gaming experience.

This configuration packs a punch with a 15.6-inch 144Hz FHD display for smooth visuals, an Intel i5-13500H processor, and an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 GPU. You also get 512GB of storage to house your favorite games. While it comes with only 8GB of RAM—enough to run today’s games—it might not be ideal for future-proofing or heavy multitasking. The good news is that you can easily upgrade the RAM to 16GB for a relatively small cost, making this laptop a great long-term investment.

Best Mac: MacBook Air M3

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: M3
  • RAM: 8GB
  • Storage: 256GB
  • Display: 13-inch (2560×1664), 60Hz
  • Dimensions: 11.97 x 8.46 x 0.44 (WDH)
  • Weight: 2.7 pounds
  • Connectivity: MagSafe 3, 2x Thunderbolt 4, 3.5mm headphone jack

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Slim, lightweight design
  • Excellent performance

Cons

  • 8GB of RAM standard

While Apple computers haven’t traditionally been known for gaming, the latest MacBook Air with the M3 chip is surprisingly adept at handling casual gaming. The M3 chip offers a significant performance boost, making it suitable for playing older titles like Shadow of the Tomb Raider and Death Stranding. It’s important to note that achieving the smoothest gameplay will likely require adjusting graphics settings to medium or lower. That being said, for users who enjoy occasional gaming sessions and prioritize tasks like photo and video editing, the new MacBook Air presents a compelling option.

The base model MacBook Air comes equipped with an M3 chip, 256GB of storage, and 8GB of RAM. While 8GB is sufficient for many tasks, it might not be ideal for long-term use, especially if you plan on multitasking heavily or running demanding apps. Unlike some other laptops, Apple doesn’t allow component upgrades after purchase, so you’re stuck with your choice. However, the MacBook Air with M3 chip is still a great choice for casual gamers who don’t want to step up to Apple’s Pro-level MacBooks. You’ll just need to be aware that the selection of compatible games may be somewhat limited, and you might need to adjust settings to achieve optimal performance.

Best budget: MSI GF63 Thin

MSI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Intel Core i5-11400H
  • GPU: Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050
  • RAM: 16GB
  • Storage: 512GB
  • Display: 15.6-inch Full HD, 144Hz
  • Dimensions: 14.13 x 9.99 x 0.85 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 4.1 pounds
  • Connectivity: HDMI, USB-C 3.2, 2x USB-A 3.2, 3.5mm headphone jack, Ethernet

Pros

  • Thin, lightweight design
  • 1TB of storage
  • Great battery life

Cons

  • Underpowered GPU

If you’re looking for a balance between affordability and performance, the MSI GF63 Thin is the perfect solution for gamers on a budget. It costs a few hundred dollars under $1,000 but still offers an excellent gaming experience, thanks to its Intel Core i5-12450H processor, GeForce RTX 2050, and 1TB of storage. Sure, it’s not quite enough to play the latest AAA titles at max settings, but it will still perform well and definitely beats out an ultra-budget choice under $500.

Of course, there are trade-offs to consider at this price point. This particular configuration of the MSI GF63 Thin hit the scene in 2022, so it features some older specs. That said, it can still play the latest titles, but you will have to play them at lower settings. This means it may not offer the same future-proofing as newer laptops with the latest hardware, but it remains a compelling option for budget-minded gamers who prioritize affordability over cutting-edge performance.

What to consider when buying a gaming laptop under $1,000

Like we said, the market for affordable gaming laptops is vast, with some options well under the $1,000 threshold. It’s worth noting that there are also many excellent gaming laptops for just a few hundred dollars over $1,000 if your budget can stretch a bit further. These might offer more powerful components or higher-quality displays. Whether you’re a casual gamer who plays occasionally or someone who craves the latest titles with the highest settings, here’s what to look for in the best gaming laptops under $1,000.

Processor

The Central Processing Unit (CPU) is the brain of your gaming laptop, handling everything from running the operating system to complex in-game calculations. When searching for a gaming laptop under $1,000, the two main CPU contenders are Intel and AMD. Look for processors like the Intel Core i5 or i7 or AMD Ryzen 5. These processors typically have at least four cores and eight threads, offering a good balance for performance in this price range.

Graphics

The Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) is an essential component and directly affects how well your laptop runs games. At this price point, it’s important to set your expectations. Luckily, top-of-the-line options aren’t necessary for decent performance. These laptops prioritize smooth gameplay with features like high refresh rate displays, so expect to play most current games at 1080p resolution with medium to high settings. For example, the GTX 1650 is a budget-friendly option that handles 1080p gaming well. However, expect slightly lower frame rates on newer games. The key is finding a balance between visuals and frame rates for the most enjoyable gameplay experience.

Memory

Even for sub-$1,000, we recommend 16GB of RAM whenever possible. Think of RAM like your laptop’s short-term memory—it temporarily stores data and accesses it again if necessary. While you can save money upfront with 8GB of RAM, you might run into performance limitations down the line, especially with newer games. Upgrading RAM after the fact is possible in some laptops, but others use soldered RAM, meaning it’s permanently attached to the motherboard and cannot be replaced. For a smoother gaming experience and future-proofing, investing in 16GB of RAM is a wise choice.

Display

Ideally, you want a display that strikes a balance between size, resolution, and refresh rate. The sweet spot for size and resolution is 15 inches and Full HD (1080p), respectively. Full HD is widely supported by games, offers good pixel density for 15-inch screens, and helps maintain strong frame rates. While higher resolutions like 1440p are tempting, they can strain the GPU and lead to sluggish gameplay. Meanwhile, a higher refresh rate like 144Hz is especially important in fast-paced games, providing smoother visuals while reducing motion blur. Of course, if you plan on spending more time gaming at a desk, you can always connect an external gaming monitor.

Storage

Today’s games are larger than ever, making storage space a critical part of your setup. You should aim for at least 512GB of storage. This will provide enough space to store three to five AAA titles, along with your operating system and other applications. Meanwhile, solid-state drives (SDD) are a must-have for a smooth gaming experience. Compared to traditional hard drives (HDDs), SSDs significantly reduce game load times and make your entire system feel faster and more responsive. Some laptops will offer a combination of storage options. They might have a smaller, faster SSD for the OS and key games, and a larger, slower HDD for additional storage. You can also add external storage later with the best portable SSDs.

Battery life

Gaming laptops offer the freedom to play anywhere, but battery life can limit that freedom. The reality is, gaming laptops prioritize performance over battery efficiency. Even the most expensive models won’t last a full day of intense use. In general, you want to ensure you’re near an outlet for serious gaming sessions, as you’ll likely only get 4-6 hours of battery life depending on the game and settings.

FAQs

Q: How long does a $1,000 gaming laptop last?

Even with mid-range components, a gaming laptop under $1,000 should last 3-5 years with moderate use and proper care. Of course, your mileage may vary. While multiple factors determine its lifespan, two primary considerations are most important. Laptops boasting newer components, like faster processors, ample RAM, and more powerful graphics cards, will theoretically last longer. 

However, your gaming habits also play a role. Regularly pushing your laptop to its limits by playing the latest games at high settings for extended periods can lead to faster wear and tear. Fortunately, there are ways to maximize your laptop’s longevity. Keeping your software up-to-date, including the operating system, drivers, and games, optimizes performance, security, and even how your hardware runs certain tasks.
By understanding these factors, you can better choose how to use your computer best and extend its life.

Q: How much RAM do I need for gaming?

It really depends on the types of games you play, your multitasking needs, and how long you plan to keep your gaming laptop. For light gaming at low or medium settings, 8GB of RAM should be sufficient. However, for a smoother experience, especially with newer titles, 16GB is quickly becoming the new standard and the amount we recommend. That said, if you’re a heavy multitasker who wants to push their machine, then 32GB of RAM is the minimum you want to aim for, as this will provide the most headroom for demanding tasks.

Q: What are the minimum laptop requirements for gaming?

For a good starting point for casual gamers, consider aiming for an Intel Core i5 processor, 8GB of RAM, an Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050 or AMD Radeon RX 6600 graphics card, and at least 256GB of storage. This setup will allow you to play most modern games at playable frame rates with moderate graphics settings. The easiest way to determine if your laptop will be able to handle a game you want to play is to check its minimum requirements set by the developer. As games get bigger and become more visually impressive, the hardware needed to run them smoothly also increases. This means a computer that barely meets the minimum requirements for today’s games might struggle to play new releases just a year or so down the line.

Final thoughts on the best gaming laptops under $1,000

Finding good laptops for gaming under $1,000 is a balancing act, and even some of our recommendations here push that limit slightly. This highlights the challenge of getting a future-proof machine while staying in the realm of affordability. However, compromises are unavoidable at this budget, from an underpowered processor to an older GPU or limited RAM. On your search, prioritize what matters most to you. Consider factors like battery life for everyday use and performance for gaming. Ultimately, for most budget-minded gamers, focusing on the processor and graphics card will deliver the smoothest and most visually impressive gaming experience.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best gaming laptops under $1,000 in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Build your own palm-sized robot dog with this Kickstarter-funded kit, on sale through April 16 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/small-robot-dog-kickstarter-kit-deal/ Fri, 12 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609877
A person controlling a palm-sized robot dog with their cellphone.
Stack Commerce

Improve programming skills while having fun.

The post Build your own palm-sized robot dog with this Kickstarter-funded kit, on sale through April 16 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person controlling a palm-sized robot dog with their cellphone.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

In recent years, robotics has made extraordinary progress, opening up new opportunities for industries and individuals to delve into novel possibilities and integrate automation into their operations. Designed as a versatile STEM kit, the Petoi Bittle: Palm-Sized Robot Dog offers plenty of options to get started in innovative learning while providing an adorable companion that won’t bite. An excellent project for educators, students, and engineers alike, it’s now $66 off through April 16 with code ENJOY20

Successfully funded on Kickstarter, the complete kit brings on the challenge with its puzzle-like frame, emerging as an advanced four-legged robot pet—a perfect companion for those who can’t have live animals at home. Using popular and accessible coding languages such as Scratch, C++, and Python, Brittle soon becomes an engaging ally capable of running, jumping, walking, and even performing tricks while simultaneously teaching you new skills.

Based on the OpenCat software, Bittle allows for ultimate customization and innovation. Users can tweak its code, add functionalities, and even integrate new hardware components to make the robot their own. This feature makes the robot more interactive than ever and lets users explore concepts in robotics, coding, and STEM at whatever level they choose.

Brittle can also seamlessly integrate with Raspberry Pi and Arduino ecosystems, further extending its functionality and features. Users can add sensors, modify the robot’s behavior, and even add new features that can run for up to an hour on a single battery charge. Suitable for ages 14 and up, robotic enthusiasts of all stages of life can enjoy assembling and programming this educational and innovative sidekick, sure to entertain them for hours to come.

Build your own robot companion with the Petoi Bittle: Palm-Sized Robot Dog and pay $263.20 (reg. $329) through April 16 at 11:59 p.m. with code ENJOY20 at checkout. 

StackSocial prices subject to change.

The post Build your own palm-sized robot dog with this Kickstarter-funded kit, on sale through April 16 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Help your pet thrive with this 20-in-1 dog wellness test kit, now price-dropped through April 16 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/checkpup-dog-wellness-test-kit-deal/ Fri, 12 Apr 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609870
A Checkpup test and online portal pulled up on a laptop.
Stack Commerce

Get comprehensive insights and care for your pup.

The post Help your pet thrive with this 20-in-1 dog wellness test kit, now price-dropped through April 16 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Checkpup test and online portal pulled up on a laptop.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While our beloved dogs can’t talk to us, there are ways to learn more about them. This innovative veterinarian-developed Dog Wellness Test Kit helps you discover your dog’s unique health analysis and is now available at a limited-time best-on-web price with code ENJOY20.

This kit isn’t your ordinary pet health assessment tool; it evaluates 20 different aspects of a dog’s functional and nutritional health using just a hair sample (that’s right, no saliva or urine samples needed). This unique approach, currently the only one on the market, offers a comprehensive month-long analysis that reveals a three-month snapshot of a dog’s well-being, including blood sugar management, thyroid function, energy levels, inflammation, adrenal stress, and more.

The significance of this test kit is emphasized by Dr. Ava Frick, a veterinarian with decades of research in hair analysis for dogs since 1974. Dr. Frick elaborates on the common issues Checkpup has unveiled, from allergies and liver problems to anxiety, diabetes, and inflammatory conditions. “It empowers caretakers on what is going on with their dog’s health so that they can be more informed and ask better questions,” Dr. Frick explains. 

The kit doesn’t just identify problems; it also offers actionable steps for caretakers. That includes dietary changes, specific supplementation recommendations, strategies for reducing exposure to toxic heavy metals, and more. 

With comprehensive reports, you’ll learn how to best care for your pup and examine its health holistically. The kit delivers much data beyond typically gathered during a traditional vet visit. Regular follow-up tests, recommended every 3-4 months, allow for timely adjustments to the dog’s care regimen, ensuring optimal health outcomes.

Help your pet live a happier and healthier life with Checkpup’s Dog Wellness Test, now $119.99 (reg. $149.99) with code ENJOY20 through April 16 at 11:29 p.m.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Help your pet thrive with this 20-in-1 dog wellness test kit, now price-dropped through April 16 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best seat cushions for office chairs in 2024, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-seat-cushions-for-office-chairs/ Thu, 11 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610218
The best seat cushions for office chairs in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Stop sitting around wondering how you can alleviate your office aches and invest in some chair cushions that do the job.

The post The best seat cushions for office chairs in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best seat cushions for office chairs in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ComfiLife contoured seat cushion cross-section showing grey exterior and blue interior gel ComfiLife Gel Enhanced Seat Cushion
SEE IT

This memory foam seat cushion was comfortable to sit on and its gel technology regulated its temperature to keep things cool.

Best splurge Purple Ultimate best splurge seat cushion for office chairs showing its gel grid interior Purple Ultimate Seat Cushion
SEE IT

This luxe office chair cushion helped us maintain proper posture, and its porous design kept us from overheating.

Best budget Qutool Orthopedic Memory Foam Seat Cushion and Lumbar Support on a plain white background. Qutool Orthopedic Memory Foam Seat Cushion and Lumbar Support  
SEE IT

This two-cushion bundle provides support for your office chair’s seat and back for under $30.

If you work in an office, even a home office, you’re probably sitting in a chair for eight or more hours a day—a potentially tiring scenario, but the right seat cushion can make it more comfortable. To be clear, sitting for prolonged periods of time is detrimental to your health. Heart disease, lower back and spine issues, obesity, and blood clots are some of the issues caused by sitting for so long. So, in addition to recommending the best seat cushions for your office chair, we recommend that you stop every 30 minutes to stand up and walk around. In addition, try to exercise at least 150 minutes a week, which can be broken down into 30 minutes a day/5 days a week, per the CDC’s guidelines for physical activity. But when you must sit in your chair, the right cushion can help provide support, and these are the best seat cushions for office chairs we’ve found.

How we chose the best seat cushions for office chairs

We conducted extensive research, contacted experts, and did plenty of first-hand testing to compile this list of the best chair cushions for offices. Most of the selections on this list have been tested. We also considered peer recommendations and consumer reviews.

The best seat cushions for office chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

I work from home, and I love the ability to control my work hours. However, I often find myself falling into a writing groove, and before I know it, I’ve been at my desk for hours. I tend to scoot a new desk chair onto the mat every few months just to switch things up—it helps that I test them professionally—and I recommend a new ergonomic office chair if you don’t already have one). Still, even though most of my chairs are quite comfortable, I’ve found that an office chair cushion can provide an even better experience. When compiling this list, most of the recommendations are office chair cushions that I’ve actually tested, and I also tried to provide a variety of types at various price points.

Best overall: ComfiLife Gel Enhanced Seat Cushion

Terri Williams / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 x 13.7 x 2.8 inches
  • Fill Material: High-density memory foam with gel layer
  • Cover: Velour

Pros

  • Memory foam for support
  • Cooling gel layer
  • Built-in handle
  • Washable cover
  • Three color choices

Cons

  • May be too firm for some people

The ComfiLife Gel Enhanced Seat Cushion is our top pick—a thick, plush seat cushion made of high-density memory foam, designed to provide support and relieve pressure on the tailbone/coccyx area. The seat cushion also has a layer of gel technology on top. The gel provides additional comfort and keeps the cushion (and what it cushions) cool.

This is important because the cover is velvety material that I initially thought would make the seat cushion hot. However, the gel regulates the temperature well to keep the cushion nice and cool. The cover is available in black, grey, and navy blue. It also has a handle on the side, which makes the pillow easy to carry. In addition, the back side of the cushion has super-grippy dots to keep the cushion from sliding around or falling off the chair. I also like that the zippable cover can be removed and laundered in the washing machine in cold water and then tossed in the dryer.

Honestly, the first time I sat on the ComfiLife Gel Enhanced Seat Cushion, I found it firmer than I expected or preferred. It took a few times to get used to that level of firmness, but now I consider it the best overall choice if you’re looking for a seat cushion, thanks to feel and price. In terms of getting the best bang for your buck, the ComfiLife Gel Enhanced Seat Cushion delivers the best value.

Best cooling: Sutera Seat Cushion  

Terri Williams / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.7 x 16 x 4.3 inches
  • Fill Material: Bamboo charcoal-infused memory foam
  • Cover: 90% Polyester, 10% Spandex

Pros

  • Memory foam is 4.3 inches deep
  • Contours to the shape of legs and posterior
  • Bamboo provides cooling airflow
  • Cushion remains fresh
  • Grips keep cushion in place

Cons

  • May be too thick or hard for some

Runner-up for the best overall seat cushion for office chairs, the Sutera Seat Cushion is 4.3 inches in depth and makes a good choice if you want a thick option. The memory foam provides support and relief—and the pillow is also ergonomically shaped to support various body parts. For example, since it’s so thick, the seat cushion elevates the hips, and the thighs are also slightly elevated (but if this is uncomfortable, you can lower your chair so your feet are on the floor).

In addition to memory foam, the seat cushion includes bamboo charcoal-infused material. This breathable material provides a cooling effect by keeping heat from getting trapped in the cushion. In addition, the charcoal-infused bamboo keeps the seat cushion fresh. The cover, which is made of 90% polyester and 10% spandex, can be removed and machine-washed in cold water and then air-dried. The cover’s back side (bottom) also has rubber grips to keep the cushion in place.

The first time I tried the Sutera Seat Cushion, I found it so stiff that my legs actually hurt (and I’m 5’8”, so it’s not like my legs were too short). However, after using it several times, I grew to appreciate the level of support it provides. Sometimes, seat cushions can be so soft that they’re like sitting on a bed pillow (which does not provide enough support to sit in an office chair all day). Now, I thoroughly enjoy sitting on this seat cushion, and I appreciate that it hasn’t started sagging after continuous use.

Best splurge: Purple Ultimate Seat Cushion  

Terri Williams / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 21.75 x 18 x 2.5 inches
  • Fill Material: Hyper-Elastic Polymer
  • Cover: Polyester

Pros

  • Gel grid is squishy, soft, and supportive
  • Both cover and cushion are washable
  • Air channels keep the cushion cool
  • Grippy bottom keeps seat cushion from moving

Cons

  • Expensive

I’ve tested dozens of high-end pillows and the Purple Harmony Pillow is one of the very best pillows on the market. So, it’s no surprise that Purple would also make one of the best seat cushions. The company actually makes a variety of seat cushion options, but the Purple Ultimate Seat Cushion is designed for larger chairs. As with its pillow, this seat cushion is also more expensive than many (if not most) competitors, but it’s worth it.

The seat cushion is made of a purple grid (I unzipped the cover so you can see it). The grid is squishy and soft, yet it can provide support without pressure. The cushion cradles the tailbone and cushions the other body parts, and the contoured groove is designed to ensure the right posture. Also, there are hundreds of air channels that help to ensure the cushion is temperature-neutral so I can avoid getting hot and sweaty while seated. The Purple Harmony Pillow offers undoubtedly the best design of the desk chair cushions I’ve tried.

If you have a hard chair, this will definitely make it softer. However, remember it’s bigger than the average seat cushion, so measure your chair to ensure the right fit. The cover can be removed, washed in the machine, and dried on a low setting. In addition, the actual cushion can also be hand-washed in cold water and a gentle detergent.

Best non-slip bottom: Aylio Seat Cushion  

Terri Williams / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18” x 14” x 2.5 inches
  • Fill Material: High-density foam
  • Cover: Velvet

Pros

  • Carrying handle
  • Washable cover
  • Nonslip microgrip
  • Soft

Cons

  • May be too soft for some people

I first tested the Aylio Seat Cushion in 2020, and the fact that I still have it says something about the quality and durability of this product. It’s slightly firm—enough to be supportive—but not firm enough to be uncomfortable or hard. The cushion leans more toward the soft side and is quite comfy yet supportive. And there was no “break-in” period. From day one, it was nice and cushy.

The U-shape design eliminates the numbness that sometimes comes from sitting for long periods and takes the pressure off the coccyx, legs, and other areas. In addition, the cover, which has a carrying strap, can be removed and machine-washed to keep it hygienic. Although the cover is made of velvet, it doesn’t generate heat.

Best back cushion: Purple Back Cushion

Purple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 9.25 x 2.5 inches
  • Fill Material: Hyper-Elastic Polymer
  • Cover: Polyester

Pros

  • Adjustable strap keeps it in place
  • Provides lumbar support
  • Cool
  • Machine washable cover

Cons

  • Expensive

The Purple Back Support Cushion is large enough for any chair with a backrest. The hyper-elastic polymer (elastic gel) provides a squishy level of comfort that is also supportive. It’s designed to adjust to your body shape, and the adjustable strap keeps it in place so the cushion can provide lumbar support. The gel also has hundreds of tiny airways to ensure that the cushion does not trap heat but, instead, keeps you cool.

The zippered cover can be removed and tossed into the washing machine. In addition, the cushion itself can be cleaned with soap and water to keep it hygienic.

Best budget: Qutool Orthopedic Memory Foam Seat Cushion and Lumbar Support

Qutool

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: Cushion: 18 x 14 x 3 inches: Lumbar Pillow: 14 x 13 x 4 inches
  • Fill Material: Memory foam
  • Cover: Velvet

Pros

  • Great price
  • Seat cushion and lumbar pillow
  • Machine washable cover
  • Choice of colors 

Cons

  • Back cushion may not fit right for some

The Qutool Orthopedic Memory Foam Seat Cushion and Lumbar Support Pillow is a great option for those considering an office chair for back support but shopping on a budget. It’s a fabulous deal because it’s a combo that comes with two separate cushions: one for the seat and one for the back. The memory foam material is soft to the touch yet supportive, and the lumbar support pillow includes two straps to secure it to the back of the chair.

Keep in mind that if your chair already has a lumbar option, the lumbar support pillow will fit rather awkwardly. But if your chair doesn’t have a lumbar feature, the pillow should fit fine. The velvet cover zips off to launder in the machine, and the set is available in black and grey.   

What to consider when shopping for the best seat cushion for office chairs

There are several factors to remember to ensure you get the right seat cushion for your office chair: 

Material

Memory foam

“Memory foam cushions help contour the back and offer spinal support,” Dr. Allen Conrad, owner of the Montgomery County Chiropractic Center in North Wales, Penn., says. “Similar to a memory foam bed, the material will conform to your back and offer support.” However, he tells us there’s a downside: Like a memory foam bed, Conrad says, it will sag over time and lose its elasticity. Also, he warns that memory foam tends to retain heat and says it may not be the best choice if you tend to sweat a lot.

Dr. Sapna Sriram, chiropractor and injury expert at Integra Health in Toronto, agrees that the cushion’s material plays a significant role in providing both comfort and support. “Memory foam cushions are popular due to their ability to contour to the shape of the body, offering personalized support,” she says. “Additionally, materials like mesh or breathable fabrics can enhance airflow and prevent sweating, especially during warmer months.”

Liquid gel 

“Liquid gel and silicone gel offer the combination of support of a memory foam cushion,” Conrad says. “They also have individual cells, which allow circulation which helps you from overheating like a regular memory foam cushion tends to do.” He notes that these are very popular materials, especially for those looking for a combination of temperature control and comfort. 

Sriram adds, “Gel-infused cushions provide excellent pressure relief and help in dissipating heat, which can be beneficial for prolonged sitting.”

Inflatable 

While we didn’t include them on our list, some seat cushions can be inflated with air, reveals Conrad. “These are convenient for people that need something lightweight, but something they can travel with—for example, you use it at your desk at work and want to take the seat cushion home each day.” However, most options on our list have a carrying handle for easy transport. We didn’t include inflatables because they don’t provide the same level of support as the other two materials.  

Exterior materials

“The covering of an office seat cushion mostly focuses on personal taste, durability, and temperature control,” Conrad says. While some materials, like suede or leather, look nice, he warns that they may show wear and tear after only a few weeks. In addition, he says a wool or canvas material may also retain heat, compared with a cotton or polyester material. 

Firmness 

Sriram notes that the ideal firmness of the cushion will vary depending on your individual preferences and specific needs. “Generally, a cushion with medium firmness strikes a balance between comfort and support, ensuring that it adequately supports the body while alleviating pressure points,” she explains. However, she says some individuals may prefer firmer cushions for additional support, while others may find softer cushions more comfortable

If you don’t have any serious back conditions, Conrad says you may like a softer type; however, if you have a history of degenerative arthritis, for example, he says the firmer, the better. “When you get a degenerative spine condition, the ligaments of your spine lose their structural support,” Conrad explains. “As a result, you need the additional firm pressure while sitting to help reduce spasms and inflammation of the lumbar spine.” 

Size and shape

“The size and shape of the cushion should complement the dimensions of your office chair and provide ample support for your body,” Sriram says. “Look for cushions that are large enough to support your entire seating area and promote proper alignment of the spine.” In addition, she recommends an ergonomic design that contours to the natural curves of your body since it can help alleviate lower back pressure while also promoting a healthy posture.   

“You will need to measure the width and depth of your office chair to see the dimensions that will fit,” says Conrad. “If the cushion is too narrow, for example, it will tend to move and slide around. This will become uncomfortable and defeat the whole purpose.” 

Most people can use a flat style, Conrad continues, but for those with herniated discs or degenerative arthritis, the contoured type is preferred. “Contoured cushions will follow the lordotic curve of your lumbar spinal vertebrae,” he explains. “This provides additional reinforcement along your lower back to act as extra pressure right on your spine.  

Temperature regulation

Sriram says it’s important to maintain a comfortable temperature -especially if you spend a lot of time sitting at your desk. “Opt for cushions with temperature-regulating features, such as gel-infused or ventilated designs, which help dissipate heat and promote airflow to prevent discomfort caused by excessive sweating or overheating,” she says.

Additional features

Depending on your preferences and specific needs, Sriram says you may want to consider additional features that can enhance comfort and functionality. “This may include built-in lumbar support for extra back support, non-slip bottoms to prevent the cushion from sliding on the chair, and removable, washable covers for easy maintenance and hygiene.” 

FAQs

Q: Is gel or memory foam better for a seat cushion?

It depends on your preferences and needs. Memory foam can contour to the shape of your body and provide personalized support. Cushions infused with gel can provide pressure relief and dissipate heat.

Q: Can a seat cushion for an office chair relieve pain?

Yes, a seat cushion for office chairs can relieve pain in your lower back, hips, and joints. It also reduces fatigue by improving circulation. In addition, the seat cushion can support your legs and hips and promote proper posture.  

Q: What is the difference between a chair pad and a chair cushion?

A chair pad is typically a flat seat cushion for outdoor chairs, kitchen and dining room chairs, and other scenarios. Some models include fabric ties to keep them secure. They provide a more comfortable experience but usually don’t have the ergonomic effects you’d find in a dedicated seat cushion for an office chair.

Q: Can a seat cushion for an office chair be used in other environments?

Yes, a seat cushion for an office chair can be used in your car, while sitting on the sofa, in a wheelchair, and pretty much anywhere you sit down.

Final thoughts on the best seat cushions for office chairs

If you sit at your desk for an extended period, your body can start to ache. But one of the best seat cushions for office chairs can help alleviate these pains. Whether you prefer memory foam, gel, or a combination, there’s a seat cushion that meets your needs and can make it easier for you to focus and work comfortably.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best seat cushions for office chairs in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best label printers for home offices and small businesses in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-label-printers/ Fri, 15 Oct 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=403350
Rollo label printer in front of plants being held in a hand
Stan Horaczek

Make shipping and organizing much easier with these compact, efficient printers.

The post The best label printers for home offices and small businesses in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Rollo label printer in front of plants being held in a hand
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Rollo label printer in front of plants being held in a hand Rollo Wireless Label Printer
SEE IT

The easiest way to print shipping labels.

Best for small business The Dymo XL is the best label printer for small business. Dymo 4XL
SEE IT

A super-compact printer with a wide range of features

Best value The Leoity is the best label printer. Leoity Thermal Label Printer
SEE IT

This affordable option prints as fast as many competitors.

You don’t have to be a true type-A person for a label printer to change the way you work. Whether you’re running a high-volume online store or just trying to keep track of where all your stuff is, a great label machine can make the process much simpler. The best label printers are typically much more efficient than trying to wrestle with an unreliable all-in-one inkjet printer that tries to do everything and succeeds at almost nothing. These purpose-built printers can make the shipping process a lot easier and a whole lot cheaper. Just be sure you know what you’re looking for before taking the plunge and picking up one of the best label printers. 

How we chose the best label printers

Here at PopSci HQ, we have gadgets and other products coming in and out all the time. I’m also a frequent online seller with an established vintage clothing business, so this is essential equipment for me. I can look at a shipping box and tell you the correct dimensions at this point. Our regular delivery service workers gave us a holiday gift last year. We do a lot of shipping. At the same time, we also do a lot of organizing. Keeping track of everything can be a grind if we’re constantly sorting through identical boxes. Label makers can make a huge difference. 

The best label printers: Reviews & Recommendations

For this guide, we surveyed dozens of models but focused on the most reliable and revered brands with the best reputation. We considered ease of use and even design, which is important when you have to stare at these things all day.

Best overall: Rollo Wireless Label Printer

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Thermal printing
  • Up to 4-inch x 6-inch prints
  • Works with all the major shipping companies
  • Prints one label per second

Pros

  • Fast
  • No toner or ink to buy
  • Works with all major shippiers
  • Automatically recognizes labels
  • Connects wirelessly

Cons

  • Pricey unless you’re doing high-volume
  • No color 

Put a stack or roll of labels behind the Rollo label printer, and it can start pumping out ready-to-roll labels at a rate of one per second. It uses thermal-printing tech, which means it prints with heat onto thermal-compatible labels, which means there’s no ink or toner to buy as there would be with your inkjet. 

The Rollo has built-in sensors that can automatically detect what type of label it’s printing on to keep everything in the correct spot without a user having to dig into its settings. 

In many cases, you can get the Thermal Direct labels from the shippers for free, which means the cost of the printer and the small amount of electricity it takes to run it is all you’re spending on labels. 

As the best label printer overall, it works with USPS, UPS, and FedEx, and the whole thing is rugged and portable, so you can take it with you if you want to get some work done at a separate location. 

If you don’t need wireless capabilities, you can get the USB-only version for $199, though the wireless connectivity is extremely handy. Rollo also sells a scale specifically for online sellers in case you want the matching kit.

Best with wireless: Brother P-Touch PT-D460BT Business Expert Connected Label Maker

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Memory holds up to 70 labels
  • 30mm per second print speed
  • Bluetooth or wired connectivity
  • Five lines per label
  • Manual tape cutter

Pros

  • Easily stores frequently used labels for quick printing
  • Crisp, clear print quality
  • Keyboard is easy to type on
  • Quick
  • Screen is roomy and easy to red
  • Wireless connectivity is handy

Cons

  • Requires proprietary materials

This Bluetooth-enabled printer can churn out prints at up to 30mm per second on 0.75-inch wide tape. You’ll have to use the proprietary Brother tape, but that’s common for models like this. The P-Touch 460BT can store up to 70 different label templates in its memory, making them easy to quickly print if you use them frequently. Brother’s print quality and clarity are excellent. Even small print is simple to make out, thanks to the sharp, clear letters. You can connect this printer to a computer via Bluetooth or a cord, which makes it one of the most versatile models we’ve tried. It’s a great way to label things in storage or add QR codes to inventory that you’re trying to keep track of in automated systems. Plus, if you’re using it at home, you have many formatting options that are easily accessible through the keyboard. With 16 different fonts, 800 symbols, and 140 frame styles, you can personalize the look of the labels. If you’re looking for a traditional model, go check out our list of the best Bluetooth printers.

Best color label printer: Brother VC-500W Versatile Compact Color Label and Photo Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Specs

  • ZINK thermal printing technology
  • Prints in color and black-and-white
  • WiFi connectivity

Pros

  • Full-color printing without ink to buy
  • Can make prints up to 17 inches long
  • Small
  • Wireless connectivity
  • Lots of printing substrate options, including stickers

Cons

  • Width maxes out at two inches
  • Pricey paper refills

This printer can churn out full-color print jobs but doesn’t require ink. Instead, it relies on Zero Ink technology (sometimes called ZINK). The required colors exist inside the special paper or sticker refills before entering the printer. Heat activates them to create images.

These labels aren’t as big as typical shipping labels—they max out at two inches wide. It can print images up to 17 inches long, however. 

Built-in wireless connectivity makes connecting via WiFi or even a smartphone’s wireless connection easy. While this isn’t ideal for people in most business settings, it can be the best color label printer for a teacher or other professional that can benefit from the occasional splash of color. 

Best for small businesses: Dymo 4XL

Dymo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Prints up to 4 inches by 6 inches
  • 60 custom templates to choose from
  • Prints up to 129 labels per minute
  • Works with major selling and shipping platforms

Pros

  • Super-fast printing
  • Very small footprint
  • Super crisp, high-res text
  • Woks with shipping labels from major companies

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Works best with on-brand labels

Small business label printing goes beyond shipping. This 300-dpi printer can churn out super-crisp barcodes, QR codes, and other business-specific labels easily read with a machine or your eyeballs. If you’re mostly shipping, this printer works with labels from major shippers like FedEx, USPS, and UPS. With 60 built-in printing templates, the Dymo can automatically print labels from popular services like eBay and Etsy to streamline shipping. 

Like other label printers, it maxes out at four inches by six inches, which should be plenty big for the most common tasks. Dymo offers a litany of different first-party papers and substrates to match your exact printing requirements. 

Like other thermal printers, it doesn’t require ink or toner cartridge replacements, which keeps costs way down over inkjets making this the best label printer for small businesses. If you’re looking for the best printer for small businesses over all, go check out our buying guide.

Best for organizing: Brother P-Touch

Brother

SEE IT

Specs

  • Full QWERTY keyboard
  • Battery powered
  • Prints to half-inch tape
  • Three font choices

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Built-in keyboard
  • Portable
  • Prints quickly

Cons

  • Very small print material

If you don’t need to print barcodes or shipping labels and just need the best label printer for organizing, this portable unit can come in very handy. Load a roll of half-inch tape inside and choose one of three fonts. Then type into the onboard QWERTY keyboard, and the machine spits out your label in just a few seconds. It allows for borders and special characters like fire if you want to point out that something is flammable. 

This model can save 15 labels to its built-in memory, so if you’re constantly making the same one, you don’t have to create it every time you turn the machine on. Brother sells a whole line of compatible tape for printing, including various colors and types. The printing process is quick and quiet so that you can make fast work of an entire room or space. The best small printers can make a big difference in your workflow.

Things to consider when buying the best label printers

Paper size

The major shipping companies have standardized their label sizes, so it’s fairly easy to know whether the labels you need to use will fit. Anything capable of pumping out 4-inch by 6-inch labels is enough to cover USP, USPS, FedEx, and any other big names. 

Smaller label makers and quirky label printers often use much smaller material, which won’t work for shipping purposes.

Printing technology

Most shipping label printers use True Thermal technology. There’s no ink involved. Instead, the printer uses heat to reveal black substrate from behind a top white layer. This process requires special paper or labels to work, but it doesn’t require ink cartridges or toner, which is typically much more expensive. 

If you want color, you’re better off with inkjet or Zero Ink (ZINK), which uses the same thermal printing tech but includes color in the paper.

Print speed

You’ll sometimes see this expressed differently depending on the model. Some thermal printers will describe their speed by the number of mm per second it can churn out. For instance, you might see 150mm/s listed in a product description. Higher numbers mean faster printing. Other printers will tell you exactly how many labels you can print out per second or per minute. Expect 0.5 to 2 labels per second, depending on the content and the printer.

FAQs

Q: Do label printers need ink?

Thermal printers like the Dymo don’t rely on ink to make prints. Instead, they utilize special paper or labels that react with heat to reveal black material that makes up the print itself. So, there are no ink cartridges or toner cartridges to replace.

If you’re using a more traditional printer to print labels, however, you will need to replace those cartridges.

Q: What should I look for in a label printer?

As with any electronic, I suggest figuring out what the most important aspect of the device is to you and focusing on that. In the case of label printers, speed is likely a concern if you’re dealing with high volume. You want something that can churn out a lot of labels in a little bit of time. 

Size is also a consideration. If you only need labels to mark bins, boxes, binders, or other things that need organizing, pick something that gives you more text options and a portable form factor.

Q: How long do label makers last?

Heat and gadgets do not typically get along. Most label makers use heat for their thermal printing process. Good models have robust cooling solutions that blow hot air out to keep delicate electronics from overheating. Still, you’ll know your label printer is starting to go when prints get inconsistent and spotty.

Final thoughts on the best label printers

Shipping is a huge part of starting many small businesses; the best label printers can make short work of it. Of course, they also have utility beyond shipping. They can print barcodes, stickers, and other things to make your life easier and more organized. Just make sure you get the right model for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best label printers for home offices and small businesses in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $90 on a DEWALT drill and bit driver set at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-drill-bit-driver-amazon-spring-deal/ Thu, 11 Apr 2024 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610452
DEWALT DCD771C2 20V MAX Lithium-Ion Compact Drill:Driver Kit with DW2166 45-Piece Screwdriving Set Bundle Deal tiles.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The power tool is bundled with a 45-bit driver set.

The post Save $90 on a DEWALT drill and bit driver set at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
DEWALT DCD771C2 20V MAX Lithium-Ion Compact Drill:Driver Kit with DW2166 45-Piece Screwdriving Set Bundle Deal tiles.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spring is here, and with it comes longer days ripe for tackling DIY projects that have dodged you all winter. Thankfully, DEWALT is offering a $90 discount on its latest drill and driver set, which will cut your work time down significantly. The power tool can rotate up to 1,500 times per minute, has a built-in light that lights up during use to help you work in darker areas, and has a lightweight design that makes it easy to hold and use with one hand.

DEWALT Compact Drill/Driver Kit with 45-Piece Screwdriving Set $113.69 (Was $203.49)

DEWALT

SEE IT

We’re pleased to see this deep discount on a bundle that also includes the company’s 45-piece screwdriving set. This bit set includes an assortment of flat and Phillips head screwdriver bits at different lengths and thicknesses. More specialty bits for bolts or star-shaped screws are also included. DEWALT’s bundle comes with a battery and charger for its drill, and more critically, a carrying case that can hold the power tool and all of its accessories. This is a one-click solution for anyone starting their DIY journey, or who wants to upgrade from an older drill or screwdriver.

Other DEWALT Tool deals worth your dollar:

The post Save $90 on a DEWALT drill and bit driver set at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Grab this grade “A” refurbished Apple iPad Air 2nd Gen + Beats Flex bundle for under $150 https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/refurbished-apple-ipad-air-beats-flex-bundle-deal/ Thu, 11 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609856
An refurbished iPad Air and pair of Beats Flex headphones on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

Upgrade your tech without breaking the bank.

The post Grab this grade “A” refurbished Apple iPad Air 2nd Gen + Beats Flex bundle for under $150 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An refurbished iPad Air and pair of Beats Flex headphones on a plain background.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

With spring in full bloom, it’s the perfect time to refresh your tech arsenal. Embrace the season with a grade “A” refurbished Apple iPad Air (2014) bundle, complete with Beats Flex Headphones—now saving you $90.

With its sleek 9.7-inch Retina display, 16GB of storage, and dual cameras, the Apple iPad Air 2 continues to impress. It delivers vibrant colors and sharp details suitable for various activities, from leisurely browsing and reading to multimedia consumption and movie binging. Powered by Apple’s A8X chip with 64-bit architecture, the iPad Air 2 adeptly handles multitasking and demanding applications, facilitated by its Wi-Fi connectivity for seamless internet access.

The iPad Air also comes with various accessories, such as a stylus and screen protector, making the package even sweeter. Best yet, its grade “A” refurbishment means that this device has undergone rigorous testing and certification, ensuring it meets high functional standards and exhibits minimal to no signs of wear

Accompanying the iPad are the renewed Beats Flex Headphones (2020), which offer a seamless auditory experience that complements the iPad’s visual prowess. Whether immersing yourself in the vibrant sounds of your latest Spotify playlist or catching up on audiobooks and podcasts, these headphones deliver clear, balanced sound that enriches every audio encounter. Designed for comfort and flexibility, they’re perfect for all-day wear, from your morning jog to a relaxing evening unwind. They also are designed to be tangle-free with their seamless magnetic design.

Choosing this excellent refurbished tech bundle can be a wise financial decision that minimizes the environmental impact in the long run. 

Get a tech refresh today with the Apple iPad Air 2nd Gen (2014) Space Gray (Refurbished: Wi-Fi Only) + Beats Flex Headphones Bundle for $139.99 (reg. $229) with no coupon code required. 

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post Grab this grade “A” refurbished Apple iPad Air 2nd Gen + Beats Flex bundle for under $150 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best microscopes for students in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-microscopes-for-students/ Wed, 10 Apr 2024 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610048
The best microphones for students in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Seeing the small world up close gives students a clearer picture of the larger world around us. Here are the microscopes to help them get started.

The post The best microscopes for students in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best microphones for students in 2024 on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AmScope M150C-I on a plain white background. AmScope M150C-I
SEE IT

This classic microscope is made with students’ needs in mind.

Best for groups OMAX-MD82ES10 on a plain white background. OMAX-MD82ES10
SEE IT

It can connect to a laptop or other screen for group viewing, helping large groups explore the microverse together.

Best budget NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC Microscope for Kids on a plain white background. National Geographic STEM Kit
SEE IT

This scope has brightfield and darkfield for enhanced viewing and a “student-proof” design for longevity.

There’s a wide world full of shapes, colors, and things for the inquisitive to observe, but only with microscopes for students can the scientifically inclined investigate the world within the world—the world of the tiny. From the fine scratches on the top of a worn penny to the cilia of microbial life, a lot is going on that the naked eye cannot see. But what constitutes a great microscope is not always clear. Depending on the level of the student, they may need almost literal hand-holding through the operation of the scope, with interesting slides pre-prepared. Situations may call for less intense magnification and simpler devices that even young students can use if guided properly. In other scenarios, some microscopes connect with high-quality displays, letting a group work together, seeing and documenting what they find simultaneously. No matter your needs, these are the best microscopes for students, and one will likely fit your needs.

How we selected the best microscopes for students

It can be hard to believe that your friendly neighborhood article writer came from anywhere but a cramped library, surrounded by books and manuscripts. This one, however, came from cramped (and sometimes quite spacious) laboratories. One period of several months spent counting pollen for hours and hours a day—when, at 22 or so, I was hardly beyond being a student myself—stands out particularly in my mind as a period of learning and understanding the intricacies of microscope usage.

Of course, the microscopes presented below will be good for students, both young and old, with various capabilities depending on the age group. While no microscope is indestructible, they’re universally quite fragile at the lens, we are aiming for microscopes that can withstand (or safeguard against) beginner follies and common pitfalls. Two other features that give a big boost to a microscope’s suitability for students are easy ways to view and share what’s being seen, as well as supplied activities and guidance.

The best microscopes for students: Reviews & Recommendations

The following microscopes were all picked to satisfy your student at home or, as the case may be, in a group at your school, club, or other location. Check out each one to compare and contrast it to your needs. Also, while there will definitely be some overlap with the microscopes on this list, you should check out our listing of the best microscopes for kids. This goes doubly so if you feel that the microscopes and activities listed here are too difficult or challenging for the student you have in mind.

Best overall: AmScope M150C-I

AmScope

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Compound
  • Magnification: 40X – 1000X
  • Included activities: No

Pros

  • Classic style used in real labs and universities
  • Wide magnification range good for most activities
  • Teaches real microscope skills
  • Affordable for most

Cons

  • No included investigation kit
  • Not ideal for youngest learners

The AmScope M150C-I resembles many other microscopes but comes in at $100, within a serious student’s budget, and affordable enough multiples can be purchased for a group of learners. This microscope will teach real responsibility with a microscope, including proper handling, as well as give students a chance to see the smallest parts of the world properly. It uses a proper compound style, has an easily graspable fine coarse control, and an adjustable light source that can be powered either via batteries or an outlet.

This microscope has an incredible range of magnifications that you can use it at, as well. The world at 40X and 1000X, the two extremes this microscope has to offer, will appear almost completely different and will allow for different activities. At a low magnification, look at the exterior of a bug or plant “skins” up close. Then, at 1000X, take a look at the cells themselves. With all of these factors combined, you should expect your students to be able to learn a wide variety of lessons with this scope, making it a best value.

What gives us pause about this microscope is that it does not come with activities and may not be suitable for fast-moving and excitable youngsters. If you are the creative type and have equally curious and motivated students, these issues can be circumvented, however. Setting up scenes for young students to look at—without adjusting the scope themselves—can certainly help. Consider looking at award-winning microscope imagery and other outstanding microscope shots to spur creative impulses.

Best for groups: OMAX-MD82ES10 

OMAX

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Compound
  • Magnification: 40X – 2000X
  • Included activities: No

Pros

  • Built-in 1.3MP USB camera
  • Easy to connect software
  • Very solid slide grip
  • High longevity in use cases

Cons

  • Optional oil immersion capabilities are complex

The OMAX-MD82ES10 is a bi-focal compound microscope with a secondary viewing pattern—accessible through the 1.3MP camera that exports imagery through USB. This gives large groups of students of all capabilities a chance to simultaneously look at the same field of view. That can mean trusted students taking turns finding things in a microscope and being able to share what they see with each other in real-time or a teacher-led activity that lets students of all capabilities share in on the excitement. Furthermore, individual students can copy and save imagery and videos on the secondary view, allowing them to share their findings with the world.

Another point about this microscope is its build and construction. Take its slide-holding mechanism, with squared-off edges that grip and secure slides snuggly. Compared to less form-fitting mechanisms, there will be considerably fewer fears of slides popping up and tapping the lens, as well as less frustration when changing slides. You’ll also appreciate dual-sided fine focusing, maximizing comfort for right- and left-handed users.

We do think that for many students (and even teachers), the thought of using oil immersion microscopy—a very advanced technique and a capability included on this scope—may be rightfully intimidating. The good news is that getting quality shots does not require its usage, and the capability is there for you when (and if) you eventually want to try it.

Best for active students: AmScope Student Forward Binocular Stereo Microscope

AmScope

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Stereo
  • Magnification: 10X – 60X
  • Included activities: No

Pros

  • Stereo microscope usable by younger students
  • Higher magnification than many stereo scopes
  • Easy-to-use design

Cons

  • Cannot see cells, etc.

When we think of microscopes, we often think of compound microscopes, which can be problematic for students. Their lenses are very close to the subject, so small mistakes can ruin them easily. It can also be very difficult to find interesting things with them.

Enter the stereo microscope. These microscopes are designed for looking up close and seeing new details on full objects. Typically only getting about 50X magnification, max, these microscopes are great for revealing the finer details of rocks, bugs, and more. This AmScope student stereo microscope can get up to 60X zoom, quite better than others. It also has a lengthy distance from subject to lens, meaning an excited or shaky student is unlikely to damage the lens while putting something into frame.

We highly recommend a microscope like this for examining specimens from nature hikes, studying plants, and more biological research. The binocular eyepiece setup will also allow students to lean into the microscope more—holding your head properly at a microscope is more difficult than you might expect—without hiring their faces.

Best splurge: Accu-Scope EXM-150-MS-DF

Accu-Scope

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Compound
  • Magnification: Up to 400X
  • Included activities: No

Pros

  • Student-proof design protects lenses
  • Darkfield option increases visibility
  • Cordless LED lighting

Cons

  • Expensive

One of the biggest fears surrounding finding the best microscopes for students is the possibility of them messing up the lenses. It happens to fully trained adults in absent-minded moments of haphazardly switching from far to near focus, so imagine the possibilities for error in our youngest scientists!

This Accu-Scope microscope helps prevent this issue by including a pre-set focus stop to help students avoid hitting the lens. Of course, it won’t completely prevent the problem, and students should still be properly trained in how to increase focus—both for the sake of this scope and potential future ones they encounter—but the added safety barrier certainly helps.

Another feature that makes this our premium pick (its main downside is that, at $400, it is expensive) is the darkfield switch. This method of microscope usage greatly increases contrast on the edges of cells and other objects, making it easier to see boundaries.

Best budget: National Geographic STEM Kit

National Geographic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Compound
  • Magnification: 40X – 400X
  • Included activities: Yes

Pros

  • Has a great included kit
  • Very affordable
  • Entertaining presentation

Cons

  • Cheap construction

Not all students are ready for an intense simulation of the laboratory. Additionally, not all students will dedicate serious time to the art of using the scope. For the science-interested but not dedicated, this kit is what you want. It’s the right price for a weekend or even a fun week. If your student continues with it, that’s great. If they don’t, it’s no harm, no foul. You know where your student lies on this spectrum.

It’s got a great kit with included activities and a fun, lighthearted guide to go with it. The construction of the microscope is similarly simple and non-intimidating. It’s brightly colored, soft, and forgoes a lot of the complexities of other scopes on the list. While its plastic construction won’t exactly give it the longevity to make it a hand-me-down, it will be easy for young people to use, even heavily, without fears of trouble. This is a microscope that young (but still responsible) individuals can use and make their own without excessive family worry over damaging expensive lenses. In other words, it is perfect as a gift for the budding scientist near you.

What to consider before buying microscopes for students

Microscopes are complex. There are no ifs, ands, or buts about it. Here’s a guide on what you should expect and how to choose a reasonable microscope for students:

Age suitability

In many ways, this comes at your discretion before buying a microscope. Not all students (or even parents) have the patience to use a highly detailed microscope with the care it requires. Finding interesting things, even in pond water at 400X+ zoom, takes patience and a careful hand.

Throughout the above, we’ve attempted to give you a glimpse at what you and your student child (or student group, should you be a teacher) might be able to accomplish with a given microscope. If the activities supplied seem outside the scope of what the student or student group can accomplish on a fundamental level, that microscope can be put in your “pass” pile.

Magnification level

The first thing to know about microscope magnification is that a higher magnification level is not always better. This goes doubly for students who—if given proper guidance—can find excitement at all magnification levels. Avoid the temptation to summarize microscopes as “cell viewing devices” only. A student envisioning a world of gladiatorial amoeba battles will become instantly disappointed with anything less.

Here is what to expect at various microscope levels, as well as target tasks that you can expect to accomplish reasonably:

Under 50X, we will begin to see things just beyond the border of what the eye can normally see. Here, your students can understand the surface of normal objects better. Great investigations here include looking at printed text, looking at the veins and stomata of a leaf up close, and seeing insects clearly up close.

By 100X, individual cells and pollen can be seen, though it will definitely feel like a “bird’s eye view” of sorts. Here, you can observe how many cells are in a small area of one pond’s water to another. Do you expect there to be a higher density of cells observable in a spot of pond water or tap water left out overnight? Can you find cells in your saliva? Onion cells look particularly good at this level.

If you get to 400X, you can observe cells up close and even see their insides. What structures can you observe, and how can they move? This is the stage where you can see amoeba, though you should be warned that observed cells will likely be dead or die quickly after being observed in a slide under the heat of a microscope’s lamp.

Of course, you can get magnifications beyond these, but these three levels are fairly standard for student microscopes. Remember, there is no best magnification level; there are just different magnification levels that are best for different jobs. For example, you wouldn’t want the highest resolution microscope, which can see atoms, for looking at cells.

Microscope types and control

One of the first choices in your microscope-picking journey will be the type of microscope. There are many types of professionally used microscopes, but for the purposes of student microscopes, you can broadly separate them into two categories: stereo microscopes and compound microscopes.

Stereo microscopes are an oft-overlooked style of microscope that are particularly suitable for students who lack refined motor skills and advanced self-control. They feature a single, wide lens that towers far above the subject. Control often involves moving the subject and adjusting the (usually below 50X) zoom level, with little else. Since the lens stays far above the subject, the odds of damaging it are much lower, and reasonably well-behaved students can be trusted with the microscope after adult preparation and instruction.

Compound microscopes and other microscopes with a dual-lens approach are invariably cooler to use. They allow for higher magnifications, after all. Unfortunately, they also require more complex skills to use, with the lens approaching the subject directly. Should the lens become scratched, it can become completely ruined. This can occur by switching a shorter lens to a longer lens without pulling away from the subject first or accidentally moving the quick-moving coarse adjustment when you meant to use the fine-adjustment knob or even panning. In schools—including college classrooms—it isn’t uncommon to make students pass an easy test to verify their knowledge of a compound microscope before using it.

Price

Given enough technology, your journey to peer into the world of microcosms can stretch to infinitesimally small places. Much the same, it seems that more and more microscope technologies can bring with them infinitely high prices.

For student microscopes, this isn’t the way.

While price points you’re willing to pay are personal, you should be able to find the best student microscope for your family or small group for the price of any other modern tech gadget, such as a 3D printer or laptop computer.

The prices of the student microscopes above vary widely. If you’re a family buying a microscope for an individual student, gauge their level of interest and stick-to-it-iveness and buy accordingly.

FAQs

Q: How much does a microscope for students cost?

A microscope for students can cost anywhere from about $60 to over $300 or $400. What you are willing to spend on this scale will largely depend on the number of students who will be using a single scope, your budgeting, and the overall purpose of the microscope. 

Q: What type of microscope is used the most by students?

Younger students tend to mostly use stereo microscopes, while older students will use a mixture of both stereo and compound microscopes. Neither is the “best” type of microscope—they have different applications—but stereo microscopes are usable with less experience and training than compound microscopes.

Q: What is a student microscope?

Ultimately, there is no designation for a “student microscope” in the world of scientists. With the exception of cheaper plastic models that are clearly made for children, you’re either using a microscope or you aren’t. Instead, we can think of a student microscope as one that more easily enables students to learn about the world and fits their needs more than others. In this way, multi-thousand-dollar microscopes with complex operations and niche uses are not student microscopes.

Final thoughts on the best microscopes for students

The preceding microscopes will be able to help your individual student or student group on their first explorations into the world of the microscopic (and potentially beyond). They are designed to encourage creativity and promote skill in the reasonable exercises that most entering scientists will need in a career in microscopy. Toss in one of the best telescopes for kids and you’ll have both ends of the curiosity spectrum covered, equipping your student with a broader understanding of the world(s)!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best microscopes for students in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Swing over to Amazon for 20% off a PlayStation 5 console https://www.popsci.com/gear/playstation-5-spider-man-bundle-amazon-deal/ Wed, 10 Apr 2024 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=610338
PlayStation 5 ps5 storage
Stan Horaczek

The PlayStation 5 is a console that's made to be displayed and played, and right now it's on sale with a free download of Marvel's "Spider-Man 2."

The post Swing over to Amazon for 20% off a PlayStation 5 console appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
PlayStation 5 ps5 storage
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The PlayStation 5 is one of our favorite consoles here at the PopSci Goods testing lab. We love our respective PS5s for their beefy hardware, backward compatibility, and stunning exclusives. Although it’s been four years since the PS5’s debuted, it feels shorter, thanks to mass shortages that made the console almost impossible to get early in its release. Now, however, that shortage is over, according to the company. If you’ve waited for one, consider this the perfect time: You can get a PlayStation 5 console with Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 for just $449 at Amazon.

PlayStation 5 Console – Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 Bundle (slim) $449 (Was $559.99)

Sony

SEE IT

The PlayStation 5 is sleek and futuristic, inside and out. Its wedge-shaped chassis fits in all sorts of placements, both horizontal and vertical, and demands to be shown off. Mine personally blends in seamlessly on its side with my modern-style TV stand. Inside, you get a custom CPU, GPU, and 1 TB SSD for lightning speed—I’ve only had to wait a few minutes for a game to update or download, even with my normie basic Wi-Fi.

The controller’s haptic feedback that uses pinpointed vibrations to mimic on-screen action is extremely impressive. Additionally, the adaptive triggers and actuation points add a luxe user experience—even flipping through the radial menus of Baldur’s Gate 3 feels weighty, like your actions truly matter. Plus, it’s fun to see your spells and conditions light the controller up in purple, red, and poisonous lime green. Backward compatibility means you can enjoy old games you’ve purchased via the PlayStation platform on this newer console. I’ve only recently come into my gamer girl status, and I’m glad I can explore the complete dork canon without having to wait for a remastered version for the PS5. You’re itching to use that tax refund for something, right?

The post Swing over to Amazon for 20% off a PlayStation 5 console appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This lifetime e-learning bundle, ft. Rosetta Stone, is now available at an even lower price https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/rosetta-stone-stackskills-e-learning-bundle-sale/ Wed, 10 Apr 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=609850
Rosetta Stone and StackSkills pulled up on a tablet and laptop.
Stack Commerce

Achieve unlimited online learning and save through April 16.

The post This lifetime e-learning bundle, ft. Rosetta Stone, is now available at an even lower price appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Rosetta Stone and StackSkills pulled up on a tablet and laptop.
Stack Commerce

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Learning a new language might seem daunting initially, but it opens up opportunities. Rosetta Stone offers an effective method for learning languages, helping users quickly understand and master their selected language. Use the promo code ENJOY20 to enjoy lifetime access to this acclaimed language-learning software and various e-learning courses at a one-time payment of $151.99.

Rosetta Stone has been honored with various awards since its establishment in 1992, such as the esteemed PC Magazine Editors’ Choice Award for Best Language-Learning Software for five straight years. Whether it be Spanish, Italian, German, Japanese, or Mandarin Chinese, you’ll get an unlimited subscription to 25 languages and learn to read, write, and speak in your chosen language (or languages).

By replicating real-life situations, the app enables users to develop practical language skills that adapt to individual learners’ needs and proficiency levels in bite-size increments that fit into any lifestyle. It’s also equipped with TruAccent, the world’s leading speech recognition technology, and has been trusted for 27 years by top organizations such as NASA.

Additionally, the package grants lifetime access to StackSkills Unlimited, a premier online learning platform. With courses led by foremost experts across multiple fields and boasting a 4.5 out of 5-star rating on Trustpilot, its extensive catalog features over 1,000 courses covering Python, IT security, design, business, writing, and beyond.

PCWorld has praised it, stating, “StackSkills Unlimited offers a lifetime of professional training at a singular, low cost.” With over 50 new courses added each month, it provides unlimited opportunities for learning directly on your device.

Grab the Unlimited Lifetime Learning Subscription Bundle ft. Rosetta Stone for $151.99 (reg. $849) with code ENJOY20 at checkout. Hurry, this offer ends April 16 at 11:59 p.m.

StackSocial prices subject to change. 

The post This lifetime e-learning bundle, ft. Rosetta Stone, is now available at an even lower price appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best powered speakers in 2024, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-powered-speakers/ Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:22:20 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=430842
The best powered speakers composited
Stan Horaczek

Fill your space with sound, not extra components, when you plug in and bliss out to these top-tier powered speakers.

The post The best powered speakers in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best powered speakers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall JBL 4305P JBL 4305P
SEE IT

Prosumer connectivity and hi-res streaming meets precision tuning in a premium speaker ideal for both pro and casual listening.

Best for the bookshelf KEF LS50 Wireless II KEF LS50 Wireless II
SEE IT

This beloved powered bookshelf doubles as a full-featured hi-fi wireless hub.

Best PA speakers Bose L1 Pro8 Bose L1 Pro8
SEE IT

Power performances and parties with an ultra-portable all-in-one PA you can carry in one hand.

Powered speakers are a minimalist’s dream. Because they feature built-in amplification, there’s no power-matching, no racks of components, and cable clutter is essentially nonexistent: Just plug the speakers into wall power, connect your sound source, and you’re in business. Increasingly, powered speakers are being marketed as all-in-one sound hubs, combining the convenience of built-in power with wireless connectivity and smart assistants. But powered speakers aren’t just designed to spark joy in your less-is-more living space; they often offer sonic advantages over passive models. Read on to learn what’s great about the best powered speakers and how to start your journey into the maximized minimalism of a sweet new self-contained sound system.

How we chose the best powered speakers

We explored hundreds of products in our pursuit of the best powered speakers: We concentrated mainly on companies with a lot of experience designing powered models. While we considered a range of listening applications, we prioritized speakers that offer convenience and connectivity features but focus on fidelity first. Our in-house hi-fi heads and active producers debated our favorite models, solicited input from respected peers, and collected user impressions and critical perspectives, performing listening tests whenever possible as we narrowed down the contenders.

The best powered speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

As more speaker makers add powered models to their lineups, wading through the choices can get pretty overwhelming. We’ve made things a little easier with our top choices for a range of listening scenarios, from best-loved bookshelf speakers to all-in-one PA systems to power your next pool party or jam sesh. With models here starting below $200, you’ll land on the best powered speakers for your budget and lifestyle.

Best overall: JBL 4305P

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Advanced transducer designs, hi-res streaming, and prosumer connectivity make this powerhouse speaker well-suited for both pro monitoring and casual listening.

Specs

  • Driver complement: 2 (one 1-inch compression driver, one 5 ¼-inch composite woofer)
  • Amplification: 300 W rms
  • Frequency response: 45 Hz – 25 kHz
  • Dimensions: 13.2 x 8.3 x 8.8 inches (H x W x D)

Pros

  • Inputs support both consumer and pro devices
  • 24-bit/96 kHz converters preserve hi-res audio
  • Optimize sound with room-correction EQ

Cons

  • Pro sound comes with a premium price

JBL is no newcomer to powerful speakers, introducing some of the first models as far back as the 1960s. The company’s brand-new 4305P ($2,200/pair) is the first powered model in its consumer Studio Monitor series, which pay homage to the brand’s ’70s-style speakers. This fully loaded speaker features built-in Class D amplification, 24-bit/192 kHz converters, and six audio inputs that can connect to a huge range of digital and analog sources to provide comprehensive, hi-res wired and wireless connectivity. 

The 4305P (shown in walnut above with its grille removed) aims to deliver the presence and power of a floorstanding speaker in a standmount form factor, using patented JBL transducer technologies: each speaker features a 2410H-2 1-inch compression driver mated to a High-Definition Imaging horn for crystal-clear highs and lifelike dynamics. A 5.25-inch cast-frame, fiber-composite cone woofer operates in a bass-reflex configuration with dual front-firing tuned ports. An onboard Class D amp delivers 25W to each compression driver and 125W to each woofer for a total system power of 300W rms. Other features include a bass contour control to compensate for acoustic issues introduced by speaker placement close to walls, plus a signal-sensing line-level subwoofer out (which applies a high-pass 80Hz filter when in use to give the cabinets more headroom).

The result is the lively dynamics expected from a horn-guided tweeter presented with punchy authority, especially in its beefy midrange—not surprising for a company with heritage firmly entrenched in both control rooms and live sound reinforcement. Imaging is impressively wide, though the darting transients can get bright. Thankfully, this is accompanied by bass that’s well-etched and impactful, maybe not the deepest, but capable of keeping things balanced. (A powered subwoofer—such as the aesthetically and aurally compatible L10cs, with a 10-inch down-firing polycellulose cone driven by a 250W RMS/500W dynamic built-in amplifier—is needed to really warm things up.) What stands out most about the 4305P’s innate character, perhaps, is the overall speedy response, which never loses its footing at any pace or pressure. The 4305P isn’t a laidback analytical listen and can play far louder (with minimized distortion) than you’d expect from speakers this size.

When it comes to high-res streaming, the 4305P takes quality to the next level thanks to an integrated streaming engine that provides wired and wireless network audio capabilities via Ethernet, Google Chromecast Built-in, Apple AirPlay 2, and Bluetooth 5.1. A high-resolution digital-to-analog converter preserves 24-bit/96 kHz resolution when the speakers connect wirelessly; when they are tethered with the included 2m Digital Link cable, resolution can be extended to 192 kHz. The 4305P can render MQA files (the musical equivalent of a ZIP file, a way to encode and distribute full-spectrum audio in a compressed container) and is set to be Roon Ready, giving you access to a compatible music server while on your local network. As a bonus, JBL has thrown in a 90-day Qobuz trial membership that includes a curated playlist of songs that showcase the speaker’s audio capabilities.

Analog ins include combo XLR and ¼-inch TRS phono connectors and a selectable input-sensitivity switch. This configuration provides the option for balanced XLR and ¼-inch TRS (tip/ring/sleeve) or unbalanced TS (tip/sleeve) connections, which cover both pro and consumer gear. Other I/Os include asynchronous USB and optical digital inputs and a 3.5mm analog in. In addition to front-panel controls, the 4305P includes a Bluetooth handheld remote and can be controlled as part of a Google Home or Apple AirPlay ecosystem.

The 4305P’s enclosure is constructed from 3⁄4-inch MDF with internal bracing. It is finished in wood veneer, styled in Natural Walnut with a blue grille or Black Walnut with a black grille (shown above in Natural Walnut with the grille off). With its pedigree and presence, the 4305P can look as at home flanking a mix console as it does facing your comfiest listening chair. Crave more kick? The 4329P, which debuted at CES 2023 and will ship in Q2, is a similarly self-contained, amplified system that increases the size of the woofer to a JW200P-4 8-inch pure-pulp black paper cone, with 250W delivered there and 50W to the step-up JBL 2409H 1-inch compression driver. That comprehensive connectivity/high-res rendering engine remains intact while receiving a specs bump to Bluetooth 5.3 with aptX Adaptive audio. Of course, larger model means larger price, so expect these to hit the market around $4,500/pair.

Best bookshelf: KEF LS50 Wireless II

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Built-in amplification, hi-res audio support, acoustic upgrades, and futureproof connectivity add up to a full-featured audiophile-grade wireless hub.

Specs

  • Drivers: 2 (one 1”, one 5 ¼”)
  • Amplification: 380W per speaker
  • Frequency response: 45 Hz – 28 kHz
  • Dimensions: 12 x 7.9 x 12.2 inches (H x W x D)

Pros

  • Set up a whole-home system with Chromecast
  • Robust wired and wireless connectivity
  • Future-proof app tech

Cons

  • Speakers and stands are very pricey

In 2016, KEF debuted the LS50 Wireless, a successor to its classic LS50 bookshelf speaker that added built-in amplification and streaming. The next-gen LS50 Wireless II boasts refinements to acoustics, connectivity, and the KEF Connect control app.

As at home stand-mounted (shown above) or on a desktop as it is tucked in a nook, the KEF LS50 Wireless II is a “bookshelf speaker” in the classic audiophile sense, an effortlessly integrated component capable of bringing a wide sweet spot to a small room. Inside each speaker, custom amps deliver 280 watts of power to each woofer and 100 watts to each tweeter for big, clean, distortion-free sound at any volume. Digital processing lets you fine-tune the sound to fit your speaker placement and space, either on-speaker or via the free KEF Connect app.

The LS50 Wireless II is available in signature KEF Carbon Black, Titanium Grey, Mineral White (pictured), and Crimson Red finishes, with optional matching stands. KEF’s striking, copper-hued Uni-Q driver orients a 1-inch vented aluminum-dome tweeter in the acoustic center of a 5 ¼-inch magnesium-aluminum alloy woofer cone to create a wide listening sweet spot; a bass-reflex cabinet with elliptical rear ports is designed to maximize accurate, musical low end. And Metamaterial Absorption Technology (MAT) behind the proprietary 12th-generation drivers takes in unwanted reflections and reduces distortion. Much like the JBL 4305P (above) is detailed and dynamic, the LS50 Wireless II is spacious and gripping; one will sweep you up in every track while the other will let you float away. Your preference when it comes to these equally adept two-way challengers may come down to whether your listening leans nimble/bright versus natural/rounded.

The LS50 Wireless II supports Hi-Res Audio; network file support is 24-bit/384 kHz; a wireless setup supports 24-bit/96 kHz audio resolution or connect the speakers with the supplied CAT 6 cable for 24-bit/192 kHz support. Stream music directly over Bluetooth or Wi-Fi, AirPlay 2, and Google Chromecast, or through the KEF Connect app, which supports Spotify Connect, Tidal, Qobuz, Amazon Music, and Deezer. In addition, you can use the LS50 Wireless II as an endpoint if you set up a Roon music library on your local network. Wired connections include HDMI eARC, Ethernet, coaxial and optical inputs, a subwoofer out, and 3.5mm aux-ins.

The LS50 Wireless II is pricey, typically retailing for $2,799/pair, plus $449 for optional S2 floor stands. (Willing to sacrifice some features to save some money? KEF also makes a baby-in-size-not-sound brother speaker system, the Wi-Fi-connected LSX II, or you can opt for just Bluetooth connectivity and pick up the Dynaudio Xeo 2s at $679/pair.) But if you crave a highly resolving, engaging experience and your budget supports it, the LS50 Wireless II’s versatile connectivity options and potent sound make it an ideal all-in-one listening system. And they’re a “bargain”—even if you toss in the sonically and aesthetically complementary KEF KC62 subwoofer—considering stepping up to the richly evocative, surprisingly slimline KEF LS60 floorstanding powered speakers are $6,999!

Best for computers: Edifier S1000W

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Edifier S1000W’s sound, size, connectivity, and price are in perfect alignment for computer users looking at an audio upgrade.

Specs

  • Driver complement: 2 (one 1-inch tweeter, one 5.5-inch woofer)
  • Amplification: 120W rms
  • Frequency response: 45 Hz – 40 kHhz
  • Dimensions: 13.6in x 7.8in x 11.6in (H x W x D)

Pros

  • Well balanced sound
  • Great mix of inputs
  • High-resolution audio support
  • Amazon Alexa support
  • Intuitive app

Cons

  • No USB port

Edifier is a company known for its ability to cram a lot of performance into audio gear with surprisingly low prices. Its S1000W powered speakers, which were released late in 2021, continue that trend, but their $550 price tag allowed Edifier to reach beyond the technical sacrifices necessary to make its most budget gear. Although these speakers can be used in multiple applications, we found they’re particularly great with a computer due to their slim, acoustically angled design and clarity at a reasonable volume.

On paper, the speakers are pretty stacked: They’re powered by a 120W Class-D amplifier, can natively play 24-bit/192kHz audio, and use a digital signal processor to control their crossovers dynamically, so optimized frequency division always reaches the titamium-dome tweeter and aluminum woofer. These features are present in other speakers in this guide, but both of those pairs cost roughly four times as much as the S1000Ws. We wouldn’t go so far as to say these speakers can stand toe-to-toe with speakers that cost over $2,000, but after spending time with the S1000W at home we can say they certainly give any pair under $1,000 a run for their money.

Midrange-heavy genres like live and acoustic music sounded superb, with plenty of detail and a wide soundstage when the speakers sat 3 feet away from one another. We connected them to a computer for use more as nearfield monitors (more on that in a little bit), but we could see how listening to live music would become even more immersive and engaging if the S1000Ws were spread further apart. And, thanks to well-handed treble reproduction, distorted guitars and crashing cymbals in lo-fi and punk songs sounded clear without requiring us to reach for the volume knob to protect our ears.

Similarly, we didn’t hear any sibilance across the board. The S1000Ws didn’t have quite as much bass as we would have liked out of the box, though hip-hop and R&B sounded serviceable. Once we tweaked the response, though, we got closer to our ideal while never pushing the woofer to the point of distortion, even at the very least low frequencies. While our experience was positive, yours will vary based on the music you listen to, how it was mastered, and even its bitrate. In general, though, you should expect to hear quite a lot of detail without much futzing.

Beyond their sound, the S1000Ws are easy to recommend because they have many of the trademark features that have endeared Edifier to price-conscious audiophiles. The speakers have physical EQ knobs on a side panel, so you can adjust their sound to your exact preference. And if you prefer digital customization, Edifier’s app is surprisingly intuitive to use and walks you through the step-by-step process of hooking them up to your Wi-Fi network without frustrating you. While the S1000Ws don’t connect to each other wirelessly, the cable that’s provided to connect one speaker to the other is long enough that you can set the S1000Ws up on a desk with your computer, or on top of a media center flanking your television.

The speakers support both Bluetooth 5.0 and Apple’s AirPlay 2, wireless protocols that complement the pair of RCA inputs, coaxial input, and optical audio input on their backside. The speakers lack a USB port, but in this day and age it’s hard to imagine your computer, your whole house, isn’t on Wi-Fi so you can stream whatever you desire directly from your laptop. In addition, Spotify Connect and TIDAL Connect are supported, so once you pick a playlist on your phone you can offload the streaming directly to the speakers. If you’ve set up a smart home, you can connect Edifier’s speakers to your Amazon Echo and tell it to play music through your streaming service of choice using Alexa. Even the S1000W’s remote is good, with input and media control buttons that depress with a satisfying click and work instantly (as well as another way to adjust EQ). All of these smaller quality-of-life decisions add up and help the speaker become greater than the sum of its parts.

If you spend a lot of time listening to music at your work desk, you owe it to yourself to check out Edifier’s S1000W speakers, especially if you’ve been making do with tinny sound coming from the built-in drivers in your computer or monitor.

Best for turntables: Kanto YU6

Kanto

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Connect all of your digital and analog gear to these stylish speakers, available in seven stunning finishes.

Specs

  • Driver complement: 2 (one 1” silk-dome tweeter, one 5.25-inch Kevlar cone woofer)
  • Amplification: 100W rms
  • Frequency response: 50 Hz – 20 kHz
  • Dimensions: 13.98 x 6.89 x 10.71 inches (H x W x D)

Pros

  • Versatile inputs support turntables
  • Well-balanced sound with respectable bass
  • Seven gorgeous finishes elevate any décor

Cons

  • USB connection is underutilized

People often ask if powered speakers are good for vinyl and we can conclusively say that if you enjoy listening to both analog and digital sound, the Kanto YU6 ($379/pair) has you covered. It’s highly capable thanks to analog RCA and 3.5mm mini-jack ins, a switchable phono preamp/line-in, optical TOSLINK inputs, and Bluetooth 4.0 streaming with aptX support.

This versatile powered speaker features 1-inch silk-dome tweeters and 5.25-inch Kevlar cone woofers, powered by built-in Class D amps (50W rms per channel); it’s all housed in rear-ported fiberboard cabinets that come in a spectrum of bold finishes, including matte black, matte white, gloss black, gloss white, gloss red, bamboo, and walnut. (Available stands support a range of desktop and home theater scenarios.)

Vinyl fans will gravitate right to the YU6’s rear-panel RCA stereo input, which is switchable between moving magnet phono preamp-in and analog line-in. Optical ins connect TV, CD player, or game console digital audio. A USB jack charges devices and a subwoofer output with 200 Hz lowpass filter provides the ability to extend the low end with a standalone sub.

One note: If you’re using the YU6 speakers for a turntable playback system, it’s best to position your turntable and cabinets on separate furniture or stands or add a turntable platform to control vibration. (Just getting started on your vinyl journey? Fluance makes some great options to consider when it comes to turntables we like, such as the RT81 and RT85.)

A front-panel control knob provides simple access to volume and input adjustments: Twist the knob to adjust volume, press it to cycle through inputs. The included remote control handles power, volume, mute, EQ, source input, and Bluetooth pairing. Rubber feet are supplied but not attached.

Looking for a step up from the YU6? Kanto’s premium TUK powered speakers ($779) feature onboard DSP, high-performance AMT tweeters and 5.25-inch aluminum drivers, active crossovers, plus dedicated phono, RCA, and Optical TOSLINK inputs, onboard USB DAC and headphone amp, and Bluetooth 4.2 with aptX HD and AAC codecs.

Best PA speakers: Bose L1 Pro8

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This all-in-one sound system packs up tight to go from vehicle to venue in a single trip.

Specs

  • Driver complement: 8 2” neodymium drivers, 1 7×13” subwoofer
  • Amplification: 60W (driver array), 280W (subwoofer)
  • Frequency response: 45 Hz – 16 kHz
  • Dimensions: 78.94 x 17.32 x 38.92 inches (H x W x D) assembled

Pros

  • Eight-speaker array provides broad coverage
  • Control mixes from your mobile device
  • Two phantom power inputs

Cons

  • Assembled system can feel unstable in windy conditions

Whether you’re a singer/songwriter, band, DJ, or just looking for a plug-and-play-simple way to transform your next BBQ into an impromptu dance party, a portable powered public address system is the perfect all-in-one sound solution. Powered PA systems are serious multitaskers, delivering pro-quality sound reinforcement with built-in amps, mixers, audio effects, Bluetooth streaming, and tons of I/Os, in self-contained systems you can schlep in one hand while you carry your guitar (or beer) in the other.

Nearly 20 years ago, Bose introduced the shockingly portable L1 PA, which became a go-to gig staple for indie artists thanks to its premium sound and built-in amplification, mixer, effects, and subwoofer. The series has been updated over the years and the L1 Pro line debuted in 2021, in driver configurations up to 32 speakers.

The L1 Pro8 ($1,199), the most portable array in the Pro series, is ideal for singer/songwriters and best for DJs. Inside, a C-shape 8-driver array that provides 40 degrees of vertical coverage and 180 degrees of horizontal coverage, with an integrated subwoofer that features an elongated RaceTrack driver, which Bose says delivers low-end performance that rivals a conventional 12-inch woofer in a slimmer footprint. All L1 Pro models feature a built-in 3-channel mixer: Channels 1 and 2 can receive signal from combo XLR/TRS jacks (with phantom power), while Channel 3 can receive signal from either a 1/8-inch headphone jack, a ¼-inch TRS jack, or via Bluetooth streaming.

This system sets up fast, is easy to operate, and packs a sonic punch, powering the speaker array with 60 watts of Class D amplification and the subwoofer with 240 watts, for 118 dB peak SPL.

Use the Bose L1 Mix App to adjust mixes and effects settings (including Bose’s ToneMatch library of custom EQ presets) from anywhere in the room. The system weighs just 35 pounds and disassembles into three pieces that pack into the base unit for effortless transport in the included travel bag.

Thinking of cutting the cord entirely? Check out Bose’s S1 Pro portable Bluetooth speaker, which has three 2 1/4-inch high-frequency drivers and a 6-inch low-frequency woofer and provides up to 11 hours of play time. Or keep all the features (and, admittedly, the price) and get the rechargeable 1,500W JBL EON ONE MK2 column PA, with 8 2-inch tweeters, built-in 10-inch woofer, and a 5-channel mixer that can run off a 6-hour battery.

Best budget: Klipsch R-15PM

Klipsch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: When it comes to price/performance ratio, these feature-packed budget beauties punch way above their class.

Specs

  • Driver complement: 2 (one 1”, one 5 ¼”)
  • Power rating: 50 WPC
  • Frequency response: 62 Hz – 24 kHz
  • Dimensions: 12.5 x 7 x 8.11 in (H x W x D)

Pros

  • Diverse I/O set handles a range of sound sources
  • Onboard phono amp
  • Convenient remote

Cons

  • Difficult to conceal cables when using stands

The Klipsch R-15PM small powered speakers boast 50 watts per channel of amplification, for room-filling sound in a super-compact footprint. Each speaker features a 1-inch aluminum diaphragm compression driver that’s integrated with Klipsch’s square Tractrix horn, which Klipsch says delivers wider dispersion and cleaner, clearer highs; a distinctive, 5-¼-inch spun copper woofer provides solid midrange, and a rear-firing port beefs up bass response. It’s all housed in resonance-deadening MDF cabinets for smooth, distortion-free response.

These speakers, which retail for an affordable $275/pair, offer an incredible array of features on top of their solid sound performance. Setup is plug-and-play easy: Connect directly to a range of sound sources, from your tablet to your TV, thanks to an onboard phono preamp, Bluetooth connectivity, and a range of analog and optical digital inputs, plus a USB Type B input. A remote lets you adjust volume and change inputs from the convenience of your couch. A mono subwoofer output connects an optional powered sub; consider Klipsch’s wireless Reference R-10SWi.

For an alternative at the same price point, check out the Audioengine A2+ wireless Bluetooth bookshelf speakers, or if you’re hoping to keep your purchase below $200, the Edifier R1700BT, at $159, is a worthy contender.

Things to consider before buying powered speakers

Buying powered speakers is a personal process, weighing subjective factors like sonic preferences along with objective benchmarks like power output, number of inputs and outputs, and convenience features. Many factors influence a powered speaker’s sound, including driver and cabinet size, type of amplification, and build quality. The size of your listening space plays a major role. Your sound sources will also inform your decision: If you’re planning to connect a turntable, for example, you’ll need phono inputs. If you want to stream music, you’ll need Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.

One drawback of powered speakers is the inability to mix and match or upgrade components, such as the best AV receivers. But a pro is that, because amplification is built into a powered speaker, it’s perfectly optimized for its specific speaker driver(s) needs. Amps sit right inside the cabinet, so there’s no need to connect long lengths of wire between drivers and amplifiers, which takes cable-induced distortion and signal loss out of the picture. In addition, integrated crossover design gives the designer more control over the frequency response. [Note that not every speaker manufacturer designs its own amplifiers, sometimes relying on OEM parts. This isn’t a deal-breaker, but be sure the technologies are well implemented for the best sonic performance.]

What size powered speakers should I get?

Powered speakers are available in a vast array of sizes, from smart speakers you can fit in the palm of your hand to towers that top 6 feet in height. In general, the bigger the speaker, the more power it can put out, and the deeper the bass it can produce. But this doesn’t necessarily mean that more is better. Speakers should be small enough to efficiently produce space-filling sound; if they’re too powerful for the size of the room, they can’t be operated at their ideal performance levels and can end up sounding boomy. On the other hand, they must be powerful enough to easily reproduce the most dynamic music, movie, and game content. Generally, bookshelf speakers with 5- or 6-inch drivers are good matches for offices, dens, and other small rooms, while larger bookshelf speakers and floorstanding models with 8-inch drivers are more appropriate for bigger rooms, like home theatres.

What kind of features should I look for in powered speakers?

Increasingly, powered speakers offer more features than their passive counterparts, evolving into all-in-one entertainment hubs for minimalists who don’t want to navigate a sea of components and cabling. If you’re in the less-is-more camp, you’ll appreciate features like digital and analog inputs and Bluetooth and Wi-Fi streaming, in addition to built-in amplification.

Should I add a subwoofer?

You should add a subwoofer if you want to extend your system’s low-end energy and bring more visceral impact to your listening experience, whether you’re watching the latest action flick, crushing your favorite videogame, or transforming the living room into a dance floor. You can mix and match speakers and subs, but many products profiled here are designed to pair perfectly with available companion subwoofers. For instance, there is a setting within the KEF app to automatically integrate and optimize the KEF LS50 Wireless II and KEF KC62 subwoofer, allowing them to wake together and produce an amazingly musical, muscular response down to 11 Hz. Remember that you can always start small and add a sub later if you’re not feeling enough room-rocking thunder.

FAQs

Q: What’s the difference between passive speakers and powered?

Powered, or active, speakers have built-in amplification, while passive speakers need to be powered by an external amplifier, such as a stereo receiver or integrated power amp. Powered speaker setups are pretty turnkey, requiring fewer components and annoying cables—but more importantly, your speakers are already perfectly matched to the right amplifier. Passive speakers are often preferred by audiophiles because they offer the flexibility of mixing and matching components, for more control over system sound. And, unlike powered speakers, passive speakers don’t have to plug into a power outlet, which provides more placement options in some spaces.

Q: Are powered speakers better than passive speakers?

Powered speakers, by design, offer some sonic benefits: By incorporating precisely matched drivers, amps and crossovers, they can deliver cohesive sound that’s harder to achieve with discrete components. And, you never have to worry about underpowering or overpowering your speakers—no matter how loud you crank it up.
 
Traditionally, passive speakers have been sought out by hi-fi fans, because they provide opportunities to swap out and upgrade components. But these days, you’ll find a vast range of great-sounding options in both passive and powered categories.

Q: Do powered speaker need an amplifier or receiver?

Do not connect powered speakers to an amplifier unless you want to blow up your gear. Technically, it’s possible to connect powered speakers to an amplifier, and there are some niche cases where it might make sense, such as using speakers with bypassable built-in amplification. But really, we don’t recommend it. There’s a reason why the Golden Rule of Sound is: “Power + Power = Disaster”!

Final thoughts on choosing the best powered speakers

If you strive for a simple, minimalist setup, and don’t want to deal with connecting racks of audio components and yards of cables, powered speakers just might be perfect for you. Anytime you’re shopping for speakers, fidelity comes first. That said, we’ve spotlighted versatile products that excel in a range of scenarios. If you choose any of the speakers above, you won’t be disappointed.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best powered speakers in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best headphones for working out in 2024, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-headphones-for-working-out/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519976
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

Throw on some of these high-performance audio accessories and load up your perfect soundtrack to take workouts to the next level.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Beats fit pro amazon deal earbuds Apple Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

A snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity make these easy to add to any workout routine.

Best battery life Dark Grey Jabra Elite 8 Active best battery life earbuds for workouts Jabra Elite 8 Active
SEE IT

These earbuds are extremely impervious to dust and water and feature an amazing combination of ANC performance and battery life.

Best budget A pair of Anker Sport headphones on a blue and white background soundcore by Anker Sport X10
SEE IT

The soundcore by Anker Sport X10 headphones are great for runners on a budget.

Using headphones for working out can transform your frame of reference and put you in the mood to grind like nothing else. Of course, exercise can be strenuous and involve tons of movement, so it’s essential to find a pair that leaves you unencumbered by wires and fit securely enough that they won’t be flung to the ground every time you move your head. In this list, we’ll break down the best headphones for working out and optimizing your circuit(s) with your favorite music and podcasts.

How we chose the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. And, in all honesty, the best headphones for working out are earphones, which is why they make up the majority of our selections. We picked pairs that offer at least five hours of single-charge battery life, and all of the earbuds include charging cases. Considering the battery life of your audio device is extremely important for keeping the flow going—you wouldn’t want the music to stop mid-workout. All of the selections on our list fit securely around the head or in the ear to ensure that they move very little or not at all during workouts. Everyday headphones made for walking or when you’re stationary aren’t typically designed with extreme movement in mind.

Sound quality was also a big factor in considering headphones for this list, and many of the earbuds we picked either come with a full and balanced sound profile or offer the option to adjust their sound via an app. Staying aware of the activity around you is always important while wearing headphones, especially if you’re on the go. For our list, we picked headphones/earphones that either feature a transparency mode or are completely open-ear.

The best headphones for working out: Reviews & Recommendations

Prepping for a workout is all about getting your mind and body in the right place, and apart from stretching, putting on the right clothes, and making sure you have a favorite water bottle and your fitness tracker, pumping up the jams properly can pump you up for a regular training run. One of our choices is sure to put a spring in your step the next time you go for a jog or lift weights.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro features a snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity that make them easy to add to any workout routine.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 6 hours single-charge; 24 hours with case

Pros

  • High-performance active noise canceling in a compact earbud design
  • Secure design stays in ear when running or working out
  • Compatible with dynamic head tracking on iOS devices
  • Includes pocket-sized travel case and three eartip options

Cons

  • No wireless charging
  • iOS device required for full functionality
  • Not protected against water immersion
  • No multipoint pairing

We’ve thoroughly reviewed the Apple Beats Fit Pro, and they take the best overall award on this list thanks to their sound quality, workout-friendly design, and fantastic iOS compatibility. They contain the same proprietary H1 chip found in Apple’s AirPods, which enables near-instantaneous pairing and steady, reliable connections to iOS devices along with battery life optimization. Like AirPods, the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are also fully compatible with iOS head-tracking and spatial audio features for simulated surround sound and immersive media listening. Their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. We also love the range of colors these buds come in.

The Beats Fit Pro earbuds are designed to sit securely in your ears using small rubber wings that rest comfortably against your outer ear along with three sets of variously sized ear tips. A quick optional setup step uses the earbuds’ onboard microphones to test your fit for sound leaks. Once your optimal fit is achieved, the Beats Fit Pro can endure almost every exercise imaginable, including rowing, without budging. They’re some of the best running headphones around. The earbuds’ conveniently pocked-sized charging case brings their total battery life to around 24 hours. While it would be nice to see wireless charging in a product with this price tag, we appreciate that the case is chargeable via USB-C rather than Apple’s proprietary Lightning connector.

While the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are unmistakably great for iPhone users, it’s unfortunate that the instant pairing and steady connectivity of the earbuds’ H1 chip aren’t extended to Android users. For their price, it would also be nice to see features like multipoint pairing and more robust weatherproofing rather than the same IPX4 rating found in standard AirPods. Still, if you work out regularly and are an iPhone user, you’d be seriously hard-pressed to find a better in-ear option. If you’re sold on the Beats features but are looking for an option with earhooks, the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are also a solid choice.

Best on-ear: JBL Live 670NC

JBL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The JBL Live 670NC boasts full, energetic sound with up to a 65-hour battery life, making them perfect for spur-of-the-moment workouts.

Specs

  • Weight: 9.3 ounces
  • IP rating: N/A
  • Battery life: Up to 65 hours (50 with ANC)

Pros

  • Long-lasting 65-hour battery life
  • Quick charge gives 4 hours operation in 5 minutes
  • Adaptive noise cancelling
  • JBL app offers EQ and other advanced features

Cons

  • Variable fit affects noise cancellation performance
  • Integrated voice assistant button is easy to press accidentally
  • No IP rating

If you prefer the fit and look of over-ear headphones for working out, the JBL Live 670NC’s are worth considering, thanks to their snug fit and battery life. They offer up to 65 hours of operation on a single charge (50 with ANC, but aided by auto play/pause), a full recharge in two hours, and a burst charge for four hours of operation in 5 minutes, so they’re almost always ready to go on a moment’s notice. The 670NC’s also feature noise-canceling and ambient-aware modes fed by four noise-sensing mics, making them equally suitable for use in noisy gyms and on busy streets. We had inconsistent results with their noise-canceling abilities due to the on-ear earcups sealing differently on different peoples’ heads, so if the best noise-canceling is an absolute must in your book, you’ll want to consider noise-canceling over-ears or earbuds instead. But the 670NC is easy to pull off if you need situational awareness (or you can keep them on with Smart Ambient activated).

Thanks to their 40mm drivers and Bluetooth 5.3, the sound of the JBL 670NC is energetic and immersive with a pronounced “Pure Bass” response that makes them great for listening to pop, dance, and other beat-heavy music while working out. The JBL Headphones app offers further sculpting of the 670NC’s’ sound with EQ (including Personi-Fi 2.0 custom sound profile) and ambient-aware level adjustments, as well as access to battery life indicators and more. The headphones also feature their own onboard suite of control buttons. Still, they require a bit of studying to master, and the voice assistant button that covers the entirety of the left earcup is easy to press accidentally.

Lastly, the 670NCs have no official IP rating, and while we didn’t experience any technical issues from getting them a little sweaty, you’ll still want to be mindful of using them in heavy rain or other settings where they might get doused. If you absolutely need to work out with water-resistant over-ear headphones, the Treblab Z2 headphones are a uniquely light, comfy option with IPX4 and a long battery life that makes them great for taking on a run.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The unique design of the SHOKZ OpenRun keeps your ears fully open, so you can stay aware of your surroundings.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.92 ounces
  • IP rating: IP67 (dustproof, waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 8 hours

Pros

  • Fully sweatproof and weatherproof for high-impact workouts
  • Open-ear bone conduction design for improved situational awareness
  • Long battery life with quick charge function

Cons

  • Lacks bass response
  • Proprietary magnetic charger isn’t interchangeable
  • Not silent—others can hear what you’re listening to

The SHOKZ OpenRun is one of the best bone-conduction headphones on the market, boasting a unique open-ear design that allows you to listen to music and podcasts while maintaining full situational awareness. Unlike traditional headphone designs, bone conduction headphones employ a clever hack of human anatomy to transfer sounds directly to the inner ear by gently vibrating your facial bones from the outside in, leaving the entire ear canal unobstructed. The drawbacks to this design include that they provide no passive or active noise cancellation, and the vibrations can be audible to others, so they’re not the best choice for quiet environments or taking public transit. Bone conduction headphones also produce markedly less bass frequencies than traditional designs, making them less ideal for immersive music listening.

On the functionality side of things, the SHOKZ OpenRun packs about eight hours of battery life on a single charge and boasts a substantial IP67 rating, making them completely impervious to dust ingress and fully waterproof for up to 30 minutes. They have a comfy and lightweight headband design with easy-to-use control buttons that makes them particularly suited for running and cycling on roads and trails. While there’s no way to adjust the headband’s fit, the OpenRun does come in two different sizes. Another minor design gripe is that the OpenRun uses a proprietary magnetic charger instead of USB-C, making it more of a hassle to replace if it breaks or goes missing.

Best for running or cycling: Bose Ultra Open Earbuds

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Battery life: 7.5 hours (4.5 hours with Immersive Audio enabled)

Pros

  • Situational awareness of the world around you
  • Guaranteed to fit
  • Surprisingly good bass

Cons

  • Absolutely no isolation or ANC

It may come as a surprise that Bose, so well-known for industry-leading noise cancellation that shuts the world out, is also responsible for earbuds on this list that are purpose-built to do the exact opposite. Its new Ultra Open Earbuds have a unique design; instead of inserting buds into your ear canal, you wrap it cuff-like around the helix (the edge) of your ear, then settle the speaker end into the concha right above the ear canal. This lets the earbud play into your ear while leaving it exposed to outside noise, which is practical when running or biking or when you need to hear an instructor’s directions/motivation. You’ll be able to hear obstacles like cars or other runners/cyclists coming behind you. And, unlike with bone-conduction headphones, there is ample bass response and a convincing Immersive Audio mode, so the sound appears far more outside your head.

Getting the hang of how to properly wear the Ultra Open Earbuds takes a couple of tries. The buds are very flexible as you clip them on. This curled design ensures they can fit behind virtually any sized ear comfortably. There’s no worrying about which eartips will create a proper seal or whether they’ll fall out of your ear, which allows you to grab and go and focus on whatever you’re listening to or doing with your body. Once settled, the control buttons sit atop the body held securely behind the ear, allowing you push patterns to pause/play, skip/repeat a track, answer calls, toggle the Immersion mode, and adjust volume. And the polished exterior doesn’t interfere with the style or fit of your jewelry, glasses, hats, etc. They grip snugly around our ears even during jogs without indicating they’d slip or fall off. That said, it never felt like the earbuds were pinching our ears or irritating them in any other way.

Musically, Bose’s Ultra Open Earbuds are a great addition to the company’s lineup. They support Bluetooth 5.3 (including AAC for iPhones) and, surprisingly, delivered a lot of bass, which we didn’t think would be possible from earbuds that created no seal around our ears. Perhaps even more surprisingly, there was very little sound bleed; the directional drivers do an excellent job of beaming sound into the canal so that you could feel comfortable wearing these without worrying about disturbing someone doing their set next to you. But really where they excel is when you’re actively exercising outdoors and want to enjoy that perfect playlist without sacrificing safety.

Best battery life: Jabra Elite 8 Active

Jabra

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Jabra Elite 8 Active earbuds are highly resistant to dust and water and feature the best combination of ANC performance and battery life we’ve encountered in a pair of workout headphones.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 1.8 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP68 (dust-tight, waterproof against extended submersion)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge w/ ANC; 32 hours with case

Pros

  • Very long battery life for frequent use without charging
  • Snug and secure fit with three eartip sizes
  • Balanced sound profile with customizable EQ via app
  • Multipoint pairing
  • Military Standard (MIL-STD-810h) durability

Cons

  • Case can be tough to open
  • Low-frequency noise cancellation could be improved
  • Hit-and-miss phone call quality in loud environments

If you often find yourself in situations where you forget to charge your headphones—maybe you’re an endurance athlete, parent, or every overworked person in the modern world—the Jabra Elite 8 Active, much like the Elite 7 before it, is a great-sounding and reliable option to add to your workout routine. The low-profile design of the Elite 8 Active is utilitarian and doesn’t belie the wealth of tech and battery life within the military-grade, liquid silicone rubber-covered shells—available in dark grey, caramel, or navy. Despite weighing only 0.2 ounces per bud, the Elite 8 Active can run up to 8 hours with ANC on (14 hours with ANC off) and up to 32/56 hours when used with their charging case, making them great for infrequent charging and ideal for stowing in a gym bag or glove compartment.

The Elite 8 Active’s Adaptive Hybrid ANC is also very good in the midrange and high-frequency ranges where human conversation and music from speakers live. However, they didn’t beat our top picks when dealing with car engines, rumble from inside an airplane, and other very loud low-frequency information. This can be mitigated somewhat by selecting the best-fitting “EarGels” (aka tips) from the three pairs included with the buds. Still, if you’re using them for a workout or to listen to podcasts while your kid burns through some energy, the ANC might not be your first concern, as you’ll probably want to stay aware of your surroundings and use the earbuds’ HearThrough mode anyway (which benefits from upgrades to its wind noise detection and suppression technology).

Music sounds great on the Elite 8 Active earbuds thanks to their stable Bluetooth 5.3 (SBC, AAC) connection and flat and balanced sound profile, which you can sculpt further using the EQ settings in the Jabra Sound+ app. The app can also toggle Dolby Audio (spatial sound) and offers battery life indicators, pairing options, and firmware updates, among other features. Call quality through the buds is quite good, with six built-in mics sometimes to discern your own voice from ambient chatter when taking public transit or in other loud environments. The sleek charging case is also a great size and shape for keeping in a pocket during your workouts, but if you’ve worked up a sweat, its shape and smooth finish can make it difficult to open. Still, the ShakeGrip coating and drop resistance ensure these earbuds stay secure throughout strenuous exercises and survive in the unlikely event of a slip.

Best budget: soundcore by Anker Sport X10

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Anker Soundcore Sport X10 offers an incredibly secure fit and long battery life for runners on a budget.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 1.9 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes, not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 32 hours with case

Pros

  • Very secure swiveling ear hook design
  • Controls customizable via a smartphone app
  • Transparency mode enhances situational awareness

Cons

  • No multipoint connection
  • ANC performance is lacking in loud environments
  • Multi-press controls are confusing and uncomfortable

If you’re less concerned about noise cancellation performance, the Anker Soundcore Sport X10s are a great budget option for working out thanks to their secure fit and long battery life. They have a unique swiveling ear hook design that folds into a compact shape for storage in their charging case and unfolds to loop securely around the front of your earlobe, keeping them snug during even the most vigorous exercise routines. The Sport X10s also features a six-microphone array that provides relatively good phone call quality and an effective transparency mode. Still, their ANC performance falls short of quieting most common midrange sounds like speech, engines, and other urban noise.

The Sport X10’s sound profile is a bit muddy and heavy in the low-mids, but this can be adjusted using the EQ settings within the Soundcore app, which includes several presets to choose from. The app also allows you to rebind custom functions to the earbuds’ onboard control buttons, which are clicky and provide some nice feedback but tend to shift the earbud around with minor discomfort. You also don’t get multipoint pairing with the Sport X10, but at their price point, that’s understandable.

What to consider before buying the best headphones for working out

You could take the best headphones to the gym, but you would probably have very sweaty ears and potentially ruin your precious investment. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. So here is what to think about before clicking “add to cart” on the best headphones for working out and going all in on that next set:

Sweat level

Sweating is a normal part of any workout, but if you tend to sweat more than the average person while you exercise, you should consider a pair of headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of at least IPX7. Most of the headphones on our list are designed with that level of waterproofing, including the Jabra Elite 8 Active and SHOKZ OpenRun. If you sweat a lot, you’ll probably also want to steer clear of over-ear designs, which can heat up your ears and exacerbate the problem.

Workout intensity

If you do CrossFit or other forms of intense workouts, choose earbuds that use an ear hook or another type of external fastener to ensure that they don’t go flying. We like the Powerbeats Pro earbuds for heavy exertion, though the soundcore by Anker Sport X10 is an inexpensive alternative.

Charging capacity

If you use your headphones frequently, have limited access to charging capabilities, or just find yourself constantly running devices on low battery, picking a set of headphones with a high battery capacity can increase the likelihood that they’ll be ready come workout time. The 8-hour single charge and 30-hour charging case with the Jabra Elite 8 Active are the best we’ve tested in the battery life department, though our budget pick, the soundcore by Anker Sport X10, also performs well.

Situational awareness

If you spend lots of time exercising near traffic or in busy locations, it’s important to maintain a good level of situational awareness for your own safety. Many headphones include a transparency mode that allows you to hear your surroundings in addition to your music, including the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite 8 Active. For maximum situational awareness, nothing beats the open-ear design of bone-conduction headphones, and we prefer the SHOKZ OpenRun.

FAQs

Q: How much do headphones for working out cost?

Headphones for working out cost between $70 and $200, depending on features.

Q: Is it OK to sweat with headphones?

It’s generally OK to sweat with headphones as long as they were designed with some measure of waterproofing. The easiest way to tell if your headphones are waterproof is by looking for an IP rating in their specs—anything above IPX4 should be just fine for everyday workouts. If you sweat a bit more than average, it might be safer to choose something around IPX7 or higher. All of the picks on our list, except for the JBL Live 670NC, are water-resistant to fully waterproof.

Q: Are bone-conduction headphones good for working out?

Bone conduction headphones are very good for working out thanks to their open-ear design that keeps you fully in touch with your surroundings. Runners and cyclists are particularly good candidates for using bone-conduction headphones due to their proximity to road traffic, though anyone can benefit from the increased situational awareness that these designs provide.

Q: Do noise-canceling headphones work in the gym?

Noise-canceling headphones work in the gym to an extent, but not every pair of ANC headphones is created equal. The best headphones for canceling out human conversation and ambient music that we’ve tested include the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite 8 Active, both of which are aided by their secure earplug designs to deliver passive and active noise canceling at the same time.

Final thoughts on the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out will fit securely in your ears or on your head while delivering great sound and a good level of situational awareness. We love the Apple Beats Fit Pro for its overall sound quality and secure fit. If you need the longest and most reliable battery performance, the Jabra Elite 8 Active and JBL 670NC are the best earbuds and over-ears for working out, respectively. And if you want the best situational awareness possible while cycling and running, the SHOKZ OpenRun bone conduction headphones and the surprisingly immersive Bose Ultra Open Earbuds have our vote.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best HDMI splitters for managing multiple monitors https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hdmi-splitters-for-dual-monitors/ Thu, 30 Jun 2022 19:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=453700
Best HDMI splitters sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Put your PC, cable box, or console on many screens at once!

The post The best HDMI splitters for managing multiple monitors appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best HDMI splitters sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall OREI UHD-PRO102 HDMI Splitter OREI UHD-PRO102 HDMI Splitter
SEE IT

The OREI UHD-PRO102 HDMI Splitter is the perfect choice when you need to show one image on two screens.

Best USB-C-to-HDMI splitter Targus USB-C Dual HDMI 4K Docking Station Targus USB-C Dual HDMI 4K Docking Station
SEE IT

Power two displays and a whole bunch of ports from a single USB-C port with this portable hub from Targus.

Best budget Avedio Links HDMI Splitter Avedio Links HDMI Splitter
SEE IT

The Avedio LInks HDMI Splitter is extremely affordable solution for those with modest needs.

Unifying video and audio connections in a single HDMI cable may have simplified home theater setups for the majority of people, but some of us home theater enthusiasts and PC power users still find ways to complicate things, and require an HDMI splitter for dual monitors. For example, suppose you want to send a single video source to multiple TVs or monitors. In that case, you’ll need to use an HDMI splitter, which duplicates or “mirrors” from a single HDMI “in” connection, and provides multiple HDMI “out” ports so you can plug in many displays.

Of course, HDMI splitters can cost as little as a few dollars or run into the hundreds. They can offer a wide range of different capabilities depending on your needs. A quick search on your favorite shopping site will also reveal that there are a lot of them to choose from, which can make it tricky and frustrating to find a good one. We’ve collected some of the best HDMI splitters for dual monitors and more currently available, so you don’t need to guess which one will work well.

How we selected the best HDMI splitters for dual monitors

Unlike 4K TVs or gaming monitors, there isn’t a library of in-depth professional reviews on HDMI splitters for dual monitors that you can quickly turn to for trusted recommendations. Luckily, I’ve covered A/V gear for publications like Engadget, Popular Mechanics, and Reviewed, so I can step in and make some recommendations based on personal experience and hands-on time using them. In addition to my own testing, I turned to user impressions from comment sections and feedback in enthusiast forums so I could learn more about the quirks of each individual product.

The best HDMI splitters for dual monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Our recommendations for the best HDMI splitters range from basic and inexpensive options to pricier, more capable devices for advanced home theaters or commercial setups. Whether you’re looking to feed video to two displays or eight, you’re sure to find a solution here to meet your needs and make sure the equipment mounted (perhaps on the best dual-monitor stands) on your sturdy workstation works its best.

Best overall: OREI UHD-PRO102 HDMI Splitter

OREI

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: OREI’s UHD-PRO102 does almost everything we want in an HDMI splitter, supporting high resolutions and scaling automatically in a compact, affordable package. 

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 2
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 60Hz
  • Power: Micro USB (wall adapter included)

Pros 

  • Support for 4K at 60Hz
  • Built-in scaler will match the TV’s resolution
  • Affordable

Cons

  • May cause issues with Dolby Atmos

It costs a little more than a basic HDMI splitter, but the OREI UHD-PRO102 HDMI Splitter is still fairly inexpensive and offers just about all of the capabilities you’ll need if you’re simply looking for a splitter with two HDMI outs. It supports resolutions up to 4K at 60Hz and automatically scales your video source to match the resolution of each screen. It requires independent power via Micro USB, and OREI does include a wall adapter, which isn’t a given with some of the cheapest splitters. 

One small caveat: Some customer reviews report that video quality takes a hit when you try to pass Dolby Atmos through the splitter. It doesn’t officially support Atmos, though, so that’s to be expected. On the bright side, it does offer full support for Dolby TrueHD and DTS-HD.

Best 4-out: OREI UHDPRO-104 4K 1×4 HDMI Splitter

OREI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An upgraded version of our top overall pick, the OREI UHDPRO-104 matches does all the same things right, while adding support for two more displays.

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 4
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 60Hz
  • Power: Micro USB (wall adapter included)

Pros

  • Support for 4K at 60Hz
  • Automatic video scaling 
  • Compact design

Cons

  • Doesn’t fully support Atmos

If you need to mirror more than two displays, OREI also makes an equally effective 4-output version of our top overall pick. The OREI UHDPRO-104 offers all of the same key specs as the dual HDMI-out version, including support for 4K at 60Hz along with automatic scaling to match your TV’s resolution and, just like the OREI UHD-PRO102, it’s powered via Micro USB with a wall adapter included in the package. As you’d expect, this one is larger than the two-out model, but it is about as compact as a 4-output splitter can be, and you shouldn’t have any trouble tucking it away out of sight. It’s also substantially more expensive, but, again, you’ll be able to mirror twice as many displays.

Best 8-out: Tripp Lite 8-Port HDMI Splitter

Tripp Lite

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Tripp Lite’s 8-port HDMI Splitter may be pricey, but it will easily handle the most demanding multi-display setups thrown at it.

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 8
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 60Hz
  • Power: AC power supply

Pros

  • Support for 4K at 60Hz
  • Solid, all-metal construction
  • Three-year warranty

Cons

  • Expensive

If you need to split your image among eight displays, Tripp Lite makes the splitter for the job. It’s considerably more expensive than the others but it’s also capable of outputting a video source to eight screens in 4K at up to 60Hz. It’s a suitably heavy-duty unit with all-metal construction, and it even comes with mounting hardware if you want to attach it to a wall or a desktop. 

One small issue, considering the expense: Tripp Lite recommends you keep the HDMI cables to no longer than 15 feet to ensure the best performance. Even with that issue, though, it’s a small compromise to make if you want to get your image on eight screens at once.

Best 16-out: OREI 1×16 HDMI Splitter

OREI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This plug-and-play splitter can send a single HDMI source to 16 different monitors, making it a cost-effective option for personal and commercial applications alike.

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 16
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 1080p at 60Hz
  • Power: 12 DC adapter (included)

Pros

  • Durable metal chassis
  • Sends 1080p and 3D video channels to 16 HDMI outputs
  • Supports Dolby True HD audio

Cons

  • No 4K support

In cases where eight outputs just won’t cut it, the OREI 1×16 HDMI Splitter is a fantastic option for sending a single HDMI signal to 16 output devices simultaneously. It’s built into a durable metal chassis that’d be welcome in any media center or mobile A/V rig and comes with its own 12-volt DC wall wart for power. While this splitter only supports a maximum output resolution of 1080p, it can do so at a refresh rate of 60 Hz, making it a solid option for enjoying games and other high-frame rate content on multiple monitors or TVs. This splitter also supports 3D video as well as DSD, DTS-HD, and Dolby TrueHD audio. If you’re looking for a 1-to-16 HDMI splitter that supports higher resolutions, OREI also offers a 4K 1×16 HDMI splitter that costs a bit more.

Best USB-C-to-HDMI splitter: Targus USB-C Dual HDMI 4K Docking Station

Targus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While there are plenty of simple USB-C-to-HDMI adapters out there, Targus’ USB-C delivers the best possible HDMI splitter performance and throws in plenty of ports to match.

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 2
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 60Hz
  • Power: USB-C powered

Pros

  • Supports 4K at 60Hz
  • Mac and Windows compatible
  • Functions as a full-fledged docking station

Cons

  • Only one of the USB ports supports fast charging

While it may feel like overkill, Targus’ USB-C Dual 4K HDMI adapter is a stellar, relatively affordable USB hub that can both mirror your laptop display or “extend” it across multiple monitors. There are plenty of dedicated USB-C-to-HDMI adapters out there, but many of them come with caveats: Some either limit 4K playback to 30Hz. Others only support Windows. Meanwhile, Targus’ portable hub turns a single video-enabled USB-C port into two HDMI ports that support 4K at 60Hz, plus two standard USB 3.1 ports, an Ethernet port, and both SD and Micro SD card readers. Only one of the USB ports supports fast-charging, which is annoying because you’ll need to remember which one, but you’re adding a ton of functionality to your laptop, and it only costs a little bit more than a simple USB-C-to-HDMI adapter.

Best Mini DisplayPort-to-HDMI splitter: C2G Mini DisplayPort to HDMI Monitor Splitter

C2G

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While it has a few drawbacks, this adapter from C2G is a better option than standard USB adapters for Mini DisplayPort-enabled devices.

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 2
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 30Hz
  • Power: Micro USB (required in some instances)

Pros

  • Portable solution for Mini DisplayPort-enabled devices
  • Mirrors or extends displays with Windows
  • Three-year warranty

Cons

  • Will only mirror, not extend display on Mac
  • May require power from USB port in some instances

Have a laptop with a Mini DisplayPort but no video-capable USB-C port? This adapter from C2G will let you easily mirror or extend your display and should give you better performance than an adapter that simply relies on standard USB. Unfortunately, while it supports mirroring across all laptops, it can only output extended displays on Windows systems. The company also notes that the adapter may require external power by plugging it into a spare USB port on your computer “in some instances.”

avedio links

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Avedio Links HDMI Splitter gets high marks from customers and will be more than adequate for most setups, especially if you’re only concerned with 1080p video. 

Specs

  • Number of outputs: 2
  • Max resolution/refresh rate: 4K at 30Hz
  • Power: Micro USB (wall adapter not included)

Pros 

  • Very affordable
  • Compact 
  • USB-powered

Cons 

  • 4K limited to 30Hz
  • USB wall adapter not included

The Avedio Links HDMI Splitter might be inexpensive, but it will easily get the job done for anyone that doesn’t have especially demanding needs. It’s small enough to easily be tucked away, and it’s USB-powered, which means you can use either a wall adapter (which isn’t included) or a spare USB port if you have one. The two HDMI outs will handle video up to 4K, although the splitter only supports 30Hz at that resolution—you’ll need to drop down to 1080p for 60Hz.

Also worth a look: Plugable 4K DisplayPort and HDMI Dual Monitor Adapter

Plugable

SEE IT

Plugable’s HDMI splitter is just as compact as some of the other models we’ve recommended, but has two DisplayPort outputs too, which makes it a great choice in a mixed-monitor or TV setup. All four ports can send a 4K video signal at 60Hz, which is perfect for every application except for playing video games. The adapter terminates into a USB-C connector, which is built into the splitter so it can never get lost, but Plugable also includes a USB-C to USB-A adapter in the box. Both the adapter and cable can be tucked away neatly beneath the underside of the adapter for easier storage. Plugable says its adapter is compatible with computers running Windows or MacOS, but not ChromeOS. If you’re running HDMI-equipped monitors now, but want an adapter that’ll remain useful even if you switch over to one with DisplayPort inputs, this is the one to get.

What to consider before buying the best HDMI splitters for dual monitors

Before you buy an HDMI splitter for dual monitors, you should have a plan. This is a specific little accessory that does a very specific thing. If you don’t have a device, like a game console, cable box, or PC, that you want to show on multiple monitors simultaneously, you should hold off on buying this until such a need arises.

If you are looking for a device that allows you to plug multiple devices into a single HDMI port, you’re actually looking for an HDMI switcher, rather than a splitter. There’s also a wide range of HDMI adapters that convert signals to different kinds of ports. We totally understand if you got mixed up: Terms like splitter, switch, or adapter are sometimes used interchangeably, but they refer to completely different things. It certainly doesn’t help that HDMI switchers often come up in search results for HDMI splitters, and vice versa.

Considering how complicated it gets just talking about whether or not you need an HDMI splitter, we’re going to walk through some basic information we think everyone should know before buying one.

HDMI adapters and HDMI splitters

Like we said, a lot of people, including manufacturers and retailers, play it fast and loose with A/V terms like “HDMI splitters.” Technically, HDMI splitters turn one HDMI signal into many identical HDMI signals. It’s HDMI end-to-end, and all they can do is mirror the screen.

That said, there is also a category of HDMI adapters that can plug into a laptop via USB Type-A, USB-C, or Mini DisplayPort, and output to two monitors. These adapters will give you a more robust set of display options, including an extended desktop across multiple displays. (They can also mirror your laptop across multiple displays.) Usually, these accessories will be called adapters, because they take one connection type and convert it into another. In some cases, they will also be called HDMI splitters, either because that’s what people expect them to be called, or because they want to make our lives harder.

We realize that there is a very real possibility that you’re actually looking for an HDMI adapter that can serve as a splitter so you can plug your laptop into a dual-monitor setup. Rest assured: We have recommendations for both conventional HDMI splitters and various adapters that output video to two HDMI ports.

Picking the right splitter

HDMI splitters are fairly simple devices, but they don’t all have the same capabilities. First and foremost, figure out how many video-out ports you need. Personally, I’d suggest mapping out your exact setup, including the positions of each monitor or TV and the video source, as well as a cable management plan for your HDMI cables.

You’ll also want to pay attention to the maximum resolution and refresh rates that the HDMI splitter supports. Many splitters, particularly affordable ones, will only support 1080p at 60Hz. If you’re using 4K monitors with high refresh rates, make sure their specs are supported. Increasing a splitter’s bandwidth can be just as expensive as buying a larger splitter with extra ports. 

Lastly, you’ll find that some HDMI splitters require an independent power source, while others feature internal power. The latter can be more convenient and may be sufficient in some cases, but we recommend using a splitter with a dedicated power source, as they generally work more reliably.

All of this also applies to HDMI adapters that can output dual-HDMI signals. Most adapters will not be able to handle the same bandwidth as a direct HDMI 2.1 or DisplayPort 1.4 connection. Refresh rates, in particular, will likely take a pretty serious hit going through an adapter. On the plus side, most HDMI adapters we’re aware of will take power from your laptop, so there’s no need to plug them in independently.

FAQs

Q: What HDMI splitter do I need for dual monitors?

Any HDMI splitter will let you use two monitors, but it will only mirror the image on both displays. To “extend” your display, or expand your desktop to span two monitors, you will need to use an adapter or USB-C hub that converts video out from a compatible port, such as a Thunderbolt or DP Alt Mode-enabled USB-C port, or Mini DisplayPort, to a dual-HDMI connection.

Depending on your computer, you may also simply be able to connect two monitors using two separate ports. Most desktops, particularly gaming PCs, support multiple DisplayPort and HDMI connections. Some laptops may feature a single HDMI and a video-capable USB-C port.

Q: Does an HDMI splitter reduce quality?

At this point, most HDMI splitters (or adapters) can output your PC to multiple screens at up to 4K resolution, so you shouldn’t lose any visual fidelity. That said, most splitters and adapters will cap and reduce your PC’s refresh rate to 30 or 60Hz, which may be well below your PC and monitors’ capabilities.

Splitters and adapters may also introduce lag, which would be more noticeable in gaming than in other uses, and you may run into problems with longer lengths of HDMI cables, especially when using a non-powered splitter. 

Q: What is the difference between an HDMI splitter and a switch?

Though the terms are often used interchangeably, HDMI splitters and switches are literal opposites.

An HDMI splitter takes the signal from a single source (like a streaming device, game console, or 4K Blu-ray player) and sends it to TVs or monitors, so you can watch the same image on many screens at once.

An HDMI switcher lets you plug multiple video sources into a single HDMI port on your TV or monitor, then switch between them, which can be handy if you have more game consoles, streaming devices, and computers than HDMI ports. If you’re having this problem, you might also consider buying an AV receiver, which can provide more HDMI ports and can improve audio fidelity if you have a surround sound system.

Final thoughts on the best HDMI splitters for dual monitors

Clearly, HDMI splitters can be a very confusing topic, but sometimes you just need one. Whether you’re actually looking for a proper HDMI splitter or an adapter to create a dual-monitor setup with a compatible laptop, make sure you figure out exactly what you want before you buy anything. It is especially easy to buy the wrong thing and get discouraged or frustrated, so we hope our guide to HDMI splitters for dual monitors has helped clear the confusion.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best HDMI splitters for managing multiple monitors appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heated gloves in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-heated-gloves/ Fri, 12 Aug 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461459
Best heated gloves sliced header
Tony Ware

Don’t let frozen fingers spoil your fun.

The post The best heated gloves in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best heated gloves sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black pair of Gordini Forge Heated Gloves laying in the snow. Gordini Forge Heated Glove
SEE IT

Gordini’s heated leather gloves bring the heat, along with touchscreen-friendly fingertips and a removable battery.

Best for cycling A pair of Sealskinz Waterproof Heated Cycling Gloves on a plain background Sealskinz Waterproof Heated Cycle Glove
SEE IT

The Sealskinz heated cycle glove offers maximum protection from the elements.

Best for work A pair of yellow Volt Resistance Work 7v Leather Heated Gloves on a plain blue background. Volt Resistance Work 7v Leather Heated Gloves
SEE IT

Volt Resistance’s Work 7v Leather Heated Gloves have extra padding and cold-weather protection.

If you, like me, still enjoy spending time outdoors in below-freezing temperatures, you’ve probably considered purchasing heated gloves. I resisted for years, relying instead on chemical hand warmers and plastic bags. But, since winters seem to be getting colder and I start feeling the chill in my bones quicker than ever, I finally decided to see what all the hubbub was about. In the dead of winter, you want to keep your fingers toasty for a long time, whether you’re working up a sweat or just trekking out to the store. The best heated gloves are comfortable without impeding manual dexterity in your fingers, so you can ski, cycle, or do whatever you want in the freezing cold.

How we chose the best heated gloves

Living in New York City, I do not own a car, and while I have nothing against the city’s subway system, I prefer my bicycle as my mode of transportation. I ride/commute all year long, even through the winter. The only thing that keeps me off the bike is an active blizzard. I’ve also been lucky enough to spend months at a time cycling or trekking in remote mountain environments, like the Pamirs in Tajikistan and the Karakorum in northern Pakistan. I’ve been testing and writing about outdoor gear for over a decade for a variety of outlets, including HuffPost, BBC Travel, and Adventure Cycling. I am on a perpetual quest for cold-weather gear that works well and makes me forget that I’m even wearing it.

I tested these battery-operated heated gloves by using them like any other pair: taking them out on a bike ride or two. Cycling actively tests a glove’s grip, warmth, and wind resistance. You get to know a pair of gloves very well when you have a sustained stream of frigid wind blowing on your hands. I specifically noted how easy it was for me to operate my bike, the glove’s flexibility, and, when appropriate, their water resistance.

The best heated gloves: Reviews & Recommendations

As an outdoor and adventure lover whose hands and feet get cold easily, I feel as if I’ve spent an inordinate amount of time (and money) trying out a wide range of gear and techniques. While I admit to occasionally resorting to the wool socks and plastic bags on my feet method of combating freezing temperatures (I should try heated socks), my glove choices trend toward the more high-tech, as maintaining mobility and grippiness is almost as important as keeping warm. Here are some of the best heated gloves we’ve found for a variety of outdoor activities, and they’re a big step up from basic hand warmers in your mittens.

Best overall: Gordini Forge Heated Gloves

Emily Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These Gordini gloves are made for warmth and have all the features we could want for a cold day out.

Specs

  • Heating elements:  Far-infrared fiber
  • Temperature range: 113°F (low) – 150°F (high)
  • Power source: 7.4-volt rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 2200 mAh
  • Material: Polyester
  • Special features: Touchscreen-sensitive index finger and thumb, synthetic leather on palms
  • Sizes: M/L, L/XL

Pros

  • Soft and flexible
  • Anti-slip
  • Versatile
  • Warm even without heating element turned on

Cons

  • Expensive

Gordini’s rechargeable heated gloves provide the best, most versatile protection from the cold that we’ve felt in a pair of gloves. The company has been in the outdoor biz since 1956, meaning they have the track record to back up their performance.

In a field full of very similar products from companies with little reputation, they serve as a good example of what to look for in a pair of heated gloves. First and foremost, they’re quite warm with or without the heat turned on. They have three temperature settings, water-resistance and windproofing, heating elements that cover the back of your hand and fingertips, and touchscreen-sensitive material. Meanwhile, a leather palm ensures you won’t lose your grip when you need it the most. You can also connect it to the clim8 app (for iOS and Android) to track battery life and customize your gloves’ temperature.

They’re a bit on the thick side but still flexible enough for shifting gears on a bicycle or holding ski poles. Gordini also sells the Forge in women’s so everyone can have warm hands while traversing the snow.

Best for cycling: Sealskinz Waterproof Heated Cycle Glove

Sealskinz

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Made specifically for cycling, the Sealskinz waterproof heated cycle gloves keep your hands dry like no other.

Specs

  • Heating elements: Carbon fiber
  • Temperature range: N/A
  • Power source: 4-volt polymer rechargeable batteries
  • Battery life: 2200mAh
  • Material: Soft goatskin leather and polyester, Primaloft synthetic insulation
  • Special features: Waterproof, reflective details
  • Sizes: XS-XXL

Pros

  • Lifetime product and waterproof guarantee
  • Designed specifically for cycling
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Sizing runs small so make sure to purchase a size larger than normal

I first learned about Sealskinz products on an uncharacteristically cold, windy, and rainy group bicycle ride across the French countryside. Of the fifteen of us on the ride, all but one of us ended up with painful frozen fingers. The one guy whose hands were fine had a pair of Sealskinz waterproof gloves. I bought my own pair soon thereafter.

Many cold-weather cycling gloves do remain waterproof under sustained wet conditions, but Sealskinz’s cycling gloves keep your hands dry no matter how long you stay out. I have biked through rain, snow, and sleet storms (driving, relentless sleet for up to an hour), and very little moisture permeated the three-layer bonded construction. It features an insulation layer and a reflective layer that directs the body heat you’re generating back into the glove, keeping you extra warm. The integrated heating element produces heat for up to six hours.

A properly heated cycling glove is, in general, a rare find. Most heated gloves, while plenty warm, are often too bulky for gear-shifting and make braking cumbersome. They may also make it hard to grip your handlebars long-term properly. Sealskinz’s cycling gloves have a cycling-friendly design with a leather palm, enabling a better grip, and plenty of reflective details. (You can never have too many when commuting on dark, winter mornings.) In so many ways, it is the perfect winter cycling glove.

Best for motorcycling: Kemimoto Heated Gloves

Kemimoto

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Kemimoto’s heated gloves are very warm and durable, making them an excellent choice for motorcycle rides in the blustery cold.

Specs

  • Heating elements: Thin wires woven into fabric
  • Power source: 7.4V rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 2500mAh 
  • Material: Faux leather
  • Special features: Touchscreen-sensitive fingertips, waterproof
  • Sizes: S-XL

Pros

  • Long-lasting heat—up to 9 hours on lowest setting
  • 3 heating levels
  • Good price

Cons

  • Thick

Kemimoto’s heated gloves really emphasize the “heated” facet of the heated glove. They feature 2,500MaH batteries that can last up to nine hours on the lowest setting. Kemimoto gloves offer three heating levels.

Looking at the glove itself, it features a water- and windproof outer layer. The wrist buckle and velcro closure at the cuff allow for a secure fit that will block out a cold wind no matter how fast you’re going. These feature an anti-grip palm and have protective knuckle guards and reflective coating.

Best for work: Volt Resistance Work 7v Leather Heated Gloves

Volt Resistance

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Volt Resistance’s 7v Work gloves are much more durable and made for working outside in extreme cold.

Specs

  • Heating elements: “Zero layer” heat system: Thin wires bonded to the lining fabric
  • Power source: 7.4-volt rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 2500 mAh
  • Heat settings: 4
  • Material: Leather, tricot lining
  • Special features: Extra leather on palm for durability
  • Sizes: S-XXL

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Padded palms for added comfort
  • Heats entire hand

Cons

  • A bit bulky around the fingers

I grew up in northern Ohio near Lake Erie. My dad did a lot of work outside, including many wood-cutting expeditions to my Grandparents’ woods to procure fuel for our wood-burning stove. He had this amazing pair of yellow leather, fleece-lined work gloves that he’d wear on these trips. I liked to wear them around the house because I was fascinated with how they’d molded themselves into the exact shape of his hands and with how small my own hands felt inside them.

Constructed from durable yellow-stained leather with padded, reinforced palms, these heated work gloves from Volt Resistance remind me of the ones my dad wore. Heating wires extend through the entire glove, including the fingers, thumbs, and palms to provide full coverage across your hand. There’s a clear window on the back of the glove near the wrist that clearly shows how much power remains in the batteries. 

I bought a pair for my dad last Christmas. His review: “Wow, what will they think of next? You know, back in the day, we just put plastic bags on our hands under our gloves. These are definitely way better than that.”

Best for fingertips: Savior Thick Electric Heated Mittens

SAVIOR HEAT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re a mitten person, this heated version from Savior is the warmest pair we’ve found. 

Specs

  • Heating elements:  Far infrared fiber heating wires
  • Power source: 7.4-volt rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 2200 mAh
  • Material: Polyester, neoprene, cotton
  • Special Features: Touchscreen-sensitive fingertips
  • Sizes: XXS-XXL

Pros

  • Great for winter sports
  • Soft and flexible
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Battery is bulky at the base

This updated version of Savior’s heated mittens has double the heated wires and elements in the thumb area as the previous model. My thumbs are always the first of my digits to be affected by the cold, but these kept me warm during an ice canyon tour and skating on Mildred Lake in Jasper, Alberta, in February.

I wouldn’t use these for cycling or any other activity where flexibility and dexterity are super important. Still, they’re cozier than most gloves and a perfect fit for low-key outdoor events.

Best for skiing: Akaso Heated Gloves

AKASO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The anti-slip surface of these splashproof and breathable Akaso gloves makes them perfect for gripping ski poles.

Specs

  • Heating elements: Carbon fiber heating panels
  • Power source: 7.4V rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 3200mAh 
  • Heating levels: 3
  • Material: Faux leather, cotton
  • Special features: Touchscreen-sensitive fingertips, waterproof
  • Sizes: S-XL

Pros

  • Splash proof
  • Breathable
  • Reflective strip
  • Warm up quickly

Cons

  • Limited long-term waterproofing

Featuring a layer of 3M Thinsulate material that retains heat 1.5 times better than down, anti-slip gripping material on the palms, and a cuff drawstring to secure them around your wrist, these Akaso heated gloves offer the right kind of protection for skiers and snowboarders.

Carbon fiber heating panels cover the back of the hand, fingers, and thumb (not the palm). The heating elements are covered by water-repellent nylon and the 3M Thinsulate, which keeps your hands warm with or without the electric heat on. They’re warm and comfortable in good weather but don’t fare as well in the rain or snow. With a steady stream of precipitation, you will eventually feel moisture penetrate the outer layer and start to pool inside the glove. That said, they’re perfect for clear, sunny, ski days.

Best thin: Sun Will Heated Glove Liners

Sun Will

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These heated glove liners from Sun Will are so light you’ll almost forget you have them on.

Specs

  • Heating elements: Far infrared fiber heating wires
  • Power source: 7.4-volt rechargeable lithium-ion batteries
  • Battery life: 2200 mAh
  • Material: Polyester, lycra, fleece
  • Special features: Touchscreen-sensitive fingertips
  • Sizes: XXS-XXL

Pros:

  • Thin and light
  • Soft
  • Can wear under another pair of gloves
  • Great for arthritis and blood circulation

Cons:

  • Not as durable as thicker, bulkier gloves

Made from lycra and fleece, these gloves are intended to fit close to your hand and be worn under a waterproof glove shell when needed. If you already have a favorite pair of waterproof gloves you wear while hiking or skiing, add these as an underlayer on particularly blustery days. You can, of course, also wear them on their own. 

Thin heated gloves are also especially useful if you suffer from chronically cold hands, even when indoors. They’re excellent for stimulating blood circulation, whether you need to warm up from the cold or need help with symptoms caused by arthritis or Raynaud’s Syndrome.

Best budget: Hot Hands Heated Fleece Glove/Mittens

HotHands

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want to keep your hands warm without spending much money, a pair of cheap gloves and hand warmers will do the trick.

Specs

  • Heating elements: iron powder, salt, water, activated carbon. Oxygen reacts with the iron and salt to form iron oxide, which releases heat
  • Power source: Chemical air-activated hand warmers
  • Battery life: N/A
  • Heating levels: N/A
  • Material: Fleece, leather palm
  • Special features: Touchscreen-sensitive fingertips
  • Sizes: M/L-L/XL

Pros

  • No batteries or charging required
  • Inexpensive
  • TSA approved
  • Made in USA

Cons

  • Not very breathable
  • Not waterproof

Chemical hand warmers are the original, low-tech way to keep your hands (and feet) warm while out in adverse conditions. Working on outdoor TV productions in cold weather, we buy them in bulk and dole them out to cast and crew like candy. Any actor you see filming outside on a blustery day very likely has a hand warmer shoved into each of their pockets.

These fleece hybrid glove/mittens from Hot Hands, one of the biggest names in hand warmers, have a handy pocket to insert a warmer and hold them in place. Each individually sealed warmer is air-activated when removed from its package and stays warm for 10 hours. That’s as long as you’ll get from any battery-powered heated glove. On the other hand, you’ll have to buy more hand warmers after using the single pair that comes with the gloves. A box of 40 additional warmers costs about $22.00, though, so you’re still spending less than you would on our top pick.

The gloves themselves are the kind with fingers and a foldable mitten you can pull over your fingers when needed. They’re made from toasty warm fleece with a TruGrip leather palm. Are they as warm as our other picks? No. Do they offer the same wind and water resistance? Not really. But they’re very affordable, and those hand warmers will keep you warm in a pinch.

What to consider when buying heated gloves

While the majority of heated gloves available offer similar features, each one feels slightly different than the others and performs differently when worn out in the elements. Everyone also has their own personal criteria when evaluating apparel. I personally look for a pair of gloves that I don’t have to think about too much while I’m out in the cold. With that in mind, here are some things you should look for when buying your next pair of heated gloves.

How do heated gloves work?

Heated clothing has ultra-thin metal wires or fibers built into it that warm up when electricity passes through them. These wires or far-infrared fibers, most commonly made from carbon or a metal composite, are woven or fused directly into or onto an internal fabric layer. The voltage of batteries used in heating clothing like the best heated slippers and best heated insoles and best heated vests is low enough that there is no chance of electrical shock.

Fit and size

To ensure your glove provides maximum warmth without restricting manual dexterity, you should measure your hand and make sure you get the right size. Gloves are not one-size-fits-all. Moreover, the measurements for each size vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, so that you may require a medium from one brand and a large one from another.

In a properly fitted glove, your fingertips should reach just shy of the end of the glove—about a ¼ to 3/8 of an inch—so you have a full range of movement. The wrist portion of the glove should run far enough up your arm to tuck into or extend over a jacket sleeve, preventing cold air from getting under it.

Most manufacturers will have a size chart on their websites, showing you how to measure your hand and find the right size with each brand.

Waterproofing

To waterproof or not to waterproof? That is the question. Waterproofing measures generally make clothing less breathable so that body sweat will get trapped inside. In other words, your waterproof gloves may soak up sweat and start to smell more quickly than a less water-resistant pair. On the other hand, you don’t want to get completely soaked and end up with gloves full of water. 

Many heated gloves have a waterproof fabric on the outside part of the glove and something breathable on the palm area, giving you the best of both options (kind of like how packable rain jackets sometimes have strategically more breathable panels). Breathable fabric on the underside of your hand reduces the chances of sweat building up in your palms, which could affect your ability to grip a ski pole or climbing rope. Having waterproof fabric on the outside of your gloves—the part that is most often exposed directly to snow and rain—means excess water won’t be able to penetrate the glove. As a general rule, if you’re likely to find yourself outside when it’s actively snowing or raining, go with a waterproof option.  

Battery life

Most heated gloves are powered by 7.4-volt rechargeable lithium-ion batteries, which usually last between 2 and 8 hours, depending on the temperature setting and other factors. Rather than presenting battery life estimates, which can vary quite a bit, we recommend looking at the raw battery capacity, measured in milliamp hours (mAh), which should give you a general idea of how long it should last compared to other gloves.

Some, but not all, heated gloves feature removable, replaceable battery packs. If you plan on being outside for extended periods of time, we recommend choosing gloves with replaceable batteries so you can swap them out as needed.

Touchscreen capability 

Gloves and smartphones don’t always get along. Between the padding and materials, capacitive touchscreens don’t pick up taps and swipes as easily when your fingers are covered. Having to take a glove off while in inclement weather in order to use your phone is annoying at best, and excruciating in extreme cold.

Some gloves have an outer layer over your fingertips with a special material made from copper fiber conductive yarn, making it easier to use a touchscreen without removing your gloves. Essentially, the copper in the fabric allows the gloves to interact with the electrical current produced by touchscreens. Most commonly, the material is used only on the tips of one or two fingers in a small enough area that overall warmth isn’t really affected. 

At this point, these features are fairly common, but you should check for them when picking a cheaper glove or something from a less technical brand.

FAQs

Q: How much do heated gloves cost?

Most of our favorite heated gloves cost around $100. There are alternatives, like our budget pick, which cost considerably less. That said, there isn’t too much variation between major and minor brands, so you should expect to spend $100 or more for high-quality heated gloves.

Q: Where do I recycle my heated gloves?

Recycle heated gloves anywhere that takes clothing and textiles as long as you remove the batteries beforehand. To recycle rechargeable lithium-ion batteries properly, you will need to find a local recycling center that’s certified in handling electronic waste. Check with your local recycling and waste disposal service to find out where.

Q: Are heated gloves or mittens better?

It’s largely a matter of personal preference. Gloves are the obvious choice if you’re doing something where you need your fingers to move individually. If you’re doing nothing, literally standing still, mittens may be better because your fingers keep each other warm. That said, the materials and design in modern technical gloves and mittens both keep your hands very warm.

Q: Are heated gloves worth it?

Heated gloves are definitely worth it if your fingers are always cold and you enjoy outdoor activities in the winter months. Frozen, stiff fingers will spoil the fun every time—and could be potentially dangerous. Heated gloves don’t really cost more than conventional winter gloves without a heating element, and are more convenient to carry around than a heated blanket

Final thoughts on the best heated gloves

Heated gloves are great when you need to work or want to play out in extremely cold weather. By giving these naturally warm gloves a nice, battery-powered boost, you can keep your hands toasty for hours on end. There are plenty of extra warm gloves out there, though, so you have tons of options.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heated gloves in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>